Pree ae Sony Ramey
s
Bos afin Ah Tees EM,
Tee Bastin, ect
res Pe Bes Sate
Po Andie, ‘de
a oe Bas
See ets ot
Sit . net ye
mt am
aes
~ ana Mg hlim Bg FSi Pe a,
papeiiiapeatineo dah ia ce ee
iptipcene ake eae
NOILO 11
NOLLALH
LIBRAR
SaluYvVud!I1 LIBRARIES
1 LIBRAR
l
SAIYVUGIT_LIBRAR
INSTITUTION NOILNLIL
INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION
Saiuvygy
SaIuvug
GIT LIBRARIES
t
it
Ay
!
INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YV4Y
g g g : .
Y : = ae = 47 = =
Yy ot z : y pp =
Ys WL J ; Ya ; ty, ° z
Ais : May aS ISAS AN . Yn Mf,
ts AS oO rf mA WS oO bi le pa BF Oo
AY Z : SS Nae a xian Z
Y= A ee - =
NOILNLILSNI SA!1YVUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU
LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
7 i Z ih a:
: a 2 - %."
= . pe < UW fas =
lad cS Vf Uf! y cS )
pa, mM a. ope Je —t yi
O aii oO a j ‘on FINOs we
Me me a =e > ‘e
i'di7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS SI1uva
ie < ve z 200 uy Vd 4
2 z: 3 9 o és 8 Ue
0 a = am ASX canta (SY
a pa =
Pe) ra me) “ni Po) we “a
i _ ae ata - \ag)
A Zz ¥ Zz m 2 a
TION NOLLALILSNI SAIYVYUA!IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT.
” = 2) = Ti 21 im Oe F
= 5 = .< =< > x NS
= > 3 ie 5 = Wo
. Tr O a oi aa NAY
ae S| z g 2
. 2 = 2 = = =
2 = > ‘ = Res Ss x
a. 2 7) = Yn a 2) Ai
SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uVut
Zz ie -% ee > | n i
Ww WwW tap) ar wn QS tu SHE
= : = 2 4 SNe a
ar "* ~ <t + * VA
5 c : 2 NS 5
we eh a re | md Ne Be |
TION NOILNLILSNI SJIMUVUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
ad a =< r z. 7 ae
: : : : - :
5 >) 5 es) ss mee
te Sea - i oh
ey — XS A a = % usd
a NOE, ie a
2 en Ale mn Z m
a4 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3AIYV
at 7 io2) rad —) = (o 2) :
‘a = = = ma =
| = ~ oe mh m8 at
Y 5 XK Z S : , 5 z
— : \ NS ec pens . ys 4 — eae
= ae = SW =F = alk
Ww ue aa “n gts > wo pris yet a
TION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS Saluvy dy LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT
Z ) Zz nf ; a
Liat Ww Lil wn tu) Wg “yd
Z = - = = Vin ~
= zs ae a < i pes 3
or auf a ce ot fe he pee ~~}
ea 3 an in rs) st 5
ay = siti hee ae bi >
Y¥Giy7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31¥
Prod Lay
AM — We AECL aT Cc a“ LZ ASONES. i ——— A LO =.
LIBRAR
LIBRAF
NOILOLI
NYINOSHLINS SAIHYVuUdIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILN4
5
INSTITUTION NOLLALI
INSTITUTION NOILALI
S3IYYN@IN-LIBRAR
INSTITUTION
S3IYVYRSTT
INSTITUTION NOJLALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSIuvyualT LIBRA
NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUgl
z= op] uw : = *"
, < = hr . = WY; =
; a = get ; 4 L, ss
- s\n i i Ym; X
WS ERO aE BO he Ex
s = os 2 a
LILSNI NVINOSHLINS SAZtYVUGIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOtLN:
BRARIES SMITHSONIAN
= = _ yn
- 2 us 2 + ut
: : : 2 :
_ : = cS c =
- “4 am
aul, m ~~ — mM
O y ve ra = ra) ii
Za as a ot ‘=. i
ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Saruyuai7_ LIBRA
=. ae pe =
> io S = 6
E 2 : x E
I = ru > _
Br a = mw —
a - o = a
z . ne Z Hf . ie
NVINOSHLINS S3IHVYUEIT SMITHSONIAN
rd ” z ” =
= = ie = <
z -_ "2 =i -
(@) aw . '@) ; ra oO
a La = a dh
- = | a z =
Ss >
= 5 5 3 =
ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS
wn a ep) pate
uw = ud os vf :
wn “ as ~ =
<x} me << a <t Cc
oc pox X a x 4
- S Z S e S
ny PF a | a >. 7 i.
S31uvuUatIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION
i Zz r z= Pa
a 5 ta = 7 a 3
se) ee ow = o _
> | rai Aw — - wD =
: D - 2° m3 2
ep) i < Ww = on ad
ARIES SMITH INSTITUTION NOILALILSNIE NVINOSHLINS SS3ITYVYYat) :
= aod = ,
~— *\ y OL : a “Ye y
os S SSX = ti, Zs : We LA »
ANY SO TA AYE SG bi li = eo. ba prt _ ot
NS z EN ey ee mee = ©
~~ 2 A ene f = d
ILILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S43 hyYVvuad cme BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION ee
Ti Ww a ts | a .
Pw\ a oe = is ‘sell x
— oxen ‘aad Lt me
WY OC a 5 0 . 5 2
: Zz et = J 2 | ad
ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS Sa3ryuvVugIi7 LIBR:
$) a
Aye hee
Veer
ho i
Alea
JOURNAL
ee omotocical
SOCIETY of
BRITISH COLUMBIA
SCUDDER—The Gerridae (Hemiptera) of British Columbia
_ MADSEN and DAVIS—A progress report on the use of
‘a female-baited traps as indicators of codling moth popu-
lations
_ FINLAYSON and CAMPBELL— Toxicity of insecticides to
two strains of Hylemya platura (Meig.) (Anthomyidae:
Diptera)
~ MORGAN and ARRAND— Additional Syrphidae from the
Oliver and Osoyoos districts of British Columbia
~ BORDEN and DEAN— Observations on Eriocampa ovata
L. (Hymenoptera Tenthredinidae) infesting red alder in
southwestern British Columbia _
BANHAM—Native hosts of western cherry fruit fly (Dip-
tera: Tephritidae) in the Okanagan Valley of British
Columbia
“DOWNING and MOILLIET—Occurrence of Phytoseiid
mites (Acarina: Phytoselidae) in apple orchards in south
central British Columbia
KITCHING—The Psyllidae of British Columbia with a key
to species
‘| BOOK REVIEW
|| ERRATUM
Cs
e
a
JOURNAL
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY of
BRITISH COLUMBIA
Vol. 68. Issued August 1, 1971
SCUDDER—The Gerridae (Hemiptera) of British Columbia
MADSEN and DAVIS—A progress report on the use of
female-baited traps as indicators of codling moth popu-
URUMOTISME NA fates bois cos sss als Me Wee we Oe bs
FINLAYSON and CAMPBELL—Toxicity of insecticides to
two strains of Hylemya platura (Meig.) (Anthomyidae:
MONET ete cae rss doe a ee dS OPS ww ww ee Sw we
MORGAN and ARRAND—Additional Syrphidae from the
Oliver and Osoyoos districts of British Columbia .....
BORDEN and DEAN— Observations on Eriocampa ovata
L. (Hymenoptera Tenthredinidae) infesting red alder in
southwestern British Columbia ................
BANHAM—Native hosts of western cherry fruit fly (Dip-
tera: Tephritidae) in the Okanagan Valley of British
AP OMITNOT AP oe te od Gee hee ee eee
DOWNING and MOILLIET—Occurrence of Phytoseiid
mites (Acarina: Phytoseiidae) in apple orchards in south
central British Columbia ..................00.
KITCHING—The Psyllidae of British Columbia with a key
GIS CIES Ee cas ee ae aM ge wave one a ee 4 a we
Rea GEN LOW oo a as ee ee ee Se
11
14
25
26
29
33
36
28
32
43
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumMBrIA, 68 (1971), Aug. 1, 1971
Directors Of The Entomological Society Of
British Columbia For 1970-71
President
D.G. FINLAYSON
Research Station,
6660 N.W. Marine Drive, Vancouver 8
President-Elect
R. RING
University of Victoria
Past President
W. T. CRAM
Research Station,
6660 N.W. Marine Drive, Vancouver 8
Secretary-Treasurer
N. V. TONKS
2819 Graham Street, Victoria
Honorary Auditor
P. ZUK
Vancouver
Editorial Committee
H. R. MacCARTHY, Chairman C. V.G. MORGAN
Vancouver Summerland
Directors
J. H. BORDEN, Simon Fraser University
A. T.S. WILKINSON, Vancouver J. CHAPMAN, Victoria
R. D. McMULLEN, Summerland R. S. DOWNING, Summerland
J. Entomou. Soc. Brit. Cotumsta, 68 (1971), Aua. 1, 1971 3
THE GERRIDAE (HEMIPTERA) OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
G. G. E. SCUDDER!
ABSTRACT
Eight species of Gerris are recorded from British Columbia. The dis-
tribution and co-existence is documented and a key to species is included.
INTRODUCTION
Downes (1927) has reported six species of
Gerridae from British Columbia, namely G. buenoi
Kirk., G. incognitus D. & H.,G. incurvatus D. & H.,
G. notabilis D. & H., G. remigis Say and G.
rufoscutellatus Latr. Drake & Harris (1934) added
G. nyctalis D. & H. to the list and noted that G.
-rufoscutellatus did not occur in North America; this
has been confirmed by Kelton (1961). Three ad-
ditional species have been recorded from British
Columbia in the very early literature, G. marginatus
Say (Parshley, 1921),G. dissortis D. & H. (Criddle,
1926) and G. gilletti Leth. & Sev. (Bueno, 1925).
However, these latter species have not been
recognised in recent studies on the fauna of the
province.
In research on the fauna of saline lakes in the
interior of British Columbia (Scudder, 1969a), I
have discovered two additional species that have not
previously been recorded from the Province, namely
G. comatus D. & H. and G. pingreensis D. &. H. It
thus is appropriate to review the records of this
family in British Columbia, to assess their occurrence
and distribution, and to give a key to the species.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
Most of the material considered in this paper is
located in the Spencer Entomological Museum at the
University of British Columbia (U.B.C.). The
waterbodies mentioned in the Cariboo and Chilcotin
areas of the interior are listed in full in Scudder
(1969a, 1969b). Additional records from insects in
the Canadian National Collection (C.N.C.) have also
been obtained.
RESULTS
This study has shown that eight species of Gerris
are present in British Columbia. The records of G.
dissortis, G. gilletti, G. marginatus and G.
rufoscutellatus have not been confirmed.
The eight species and their distribution are as
follows:
' Department of Zoology, University of British Columbia,
Vancouver.
Gerris buenoi Kirkaldy *’’
Gerris buenoi Kirkaldy 1911, Ent. News 22: 246
(Orig. descr.)
Gerris buenoi, Drake & Harris, 1934, Ann. Carnegie
Mus. 23: 195 (Descr.)
Gerris buenoi, Brooks & Kelton, 1967, Mem. ent.
Soc. Can. 51:47 (Descr.)
A small species, recognised by the pale lateral
pronotal stripe, and the short and broad genital
segments. It is known mostly from macropterous
specimens in B.C., but short-winged and apterous
individuals also are present. The species is widely
distributed in the province on small freshwater lakes
and ponds. Observations on the life history of this
species have been made by Hoffman (1924) and the
fifth instar larva has been described by Sprague
(1967).
B.C. Material examined: Brunson L., vi
(G.G.E.Scudder); Boitano L., v_ (G.G.E.S.);
Cariboo, 83 mile, v (G.G.E.S.); pothole near
Boitano L., vi (G.G.E.S.); Chilecotin — Moon’s L.,
East L., Box 17, Nr. Phal., Crescent pothole, iv-v
(G.G.E.S.); Clinton, 6 mile lake, vi (G.G.E.S.);
Dutch Creek, vi (G.G.E.S.); Fort St. John, vi (A. B.
Acton); Kamloops, ix (G.J.Spencer); Lac du Bois
area (LB3) near Kamloops, v (G.G.E.S.); Kin-
basket, vi (G.G.E.S.); Loon Lake, v (G.G.E.S.);
Malahat, viii, ix (W.Downes); Manning Park,
beaver pond, viii (G.G.E.S.); Marion Lake, v (G.
Jamieson); McIntyre Lake, vi (G.G.E.S.); Nicola,
vii (G.J.S.); Osoyoos, iii (H.B.Leech); Quesnel, vi
(G.J.S.); Quick, viii (G.J.S.); Saanich Distr., vi, ix
(W.D.); Springhouse, v-vi (G.G.E.S.); Steelhead, ix
(G.G.E.S.); Vancouver, ix (W.D.); Victoria, vii
(W.D.); Westbank, ix (W.D.); Westwick Lake, v-vi
(G.G.E.S.); Williams Lake Distr., v (G.G.E.S.); W.
Crescent Valley, v (J. Sheppard) (U.B.C.). Creston,
v (G. Stace-Smith); Summerland, iv (A.N.Gartrell)
(C.N.C).
Range: a transcontinental species occurring
throughout the northern part of the United States
and southern Canada (Drake & Harris, 1934;
Moore, 1950; Strickland, 1953; Brooks & Kelton,
1967; Cheng & Fernando, 1970). I have also seen
specimens from Mile 550, Alaska Highway,
31.v.1962 (I. Stirling). Recorded previously from
4 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971
Saanich by Parshley (1921) and Vancouver by
Downes (1927).
Gerris comatus Drake & Harris £7, |”
Gerris comatus Drake & Harris 1925. Ohio J.Sci.
25:270 (Orig. descr.)
Gerris comatus, Drake & Harris,
Carnegie Mus. 23:193 (Descr.)
Gerris comatus, Brooks & Kelton, 1967, Mem. ent.
Soe. Can. 51: 46 (Descr.)
1934, Ann.
This species is without a pale lateral stripe on the
pronotum. The male has distinct lateral tufts of long
hairs on the genital segment (segment VIII) and the
female has the connexivum of segment VII not
greatly incurved dorsally. Macropterous insects
outnumber micropterous forms (9:1) in the B.C.
material studied. The species seems to be confined to
the central and northern interior of the province. The
fifth instar larva has been described by Sprague
(1967).
B.C. Material examined: Brunson L., vi
(G.G.E.S.); Cariboo, pothole near Boitano L., vi
(G.G.E.S.); Cariboo, Sorenson L., v (G.G.E.S.);
Cariboo, Springhouse, v (G.G.E.S.); Cariboo, 155
mile, Old Cariboo Hwy., v (G.G.E.S.); Chilcotin,
Moon’s L., East Lake, v-vi (G.G.E.S.); Fort St.
John, vi (A.B.A.); Stuart L., viii (G.J.S.); Van-
derhoof, viii (G.J.S.); Williams Lake Distr. vi
(G.G.E.S.) (U.B.C.). Rolla, vii (P.N.Vroom)
(C.N.C.).
Range: from the Atlantic coast, east to Montana,
being recorded from most of the intervening states
(Drake & Harris, 1934). In Canada recorded from
Ontario (Drake & Harris, 1934: Cheng & Fernando,
1970), Quebec (Moore, 1950), Alberta (Strickland,
1953), Manitoba, and Saskatchewan (Brooks &
Kelton, 1967). Not previously recorded from B.C.
Gerris incognitus Drake & Harris T4,9 V2
Gerris incognitus Drake & Harris 1925, Proc. Biol.
Soc. Wash. 38: 73 (Orig. descr.)
Gerris incognitus, Drake & Harris, 1934, Ann.
Carnegie Mus. 23: 193 (Descr.)
A species with pale lateral stripe to the pronotum,
and male with distinct lateral tufts of long hairs on
the genital segment (segment VIII). Macropterous
and apterous forms occur in about equal numbers in
the material examined. This species has been
recorded mostly in the southern parts of the province
and on the west coast. However, it does occur in the
Kootenays and the interior.
B.C. material examined: Cariboo, 83 mile, v
(G.G.E.S.); Courtenay, ii; Galiano Is., iv
(G.G.E.S.); Hat Creek, vii (G.J.S.); Kimberley,
North Star Mt., slough at 4,500 ft., v (I. Stirling) ;
Lakelse Lake, v (R. Drent); Kamloops, vi (G.J.S.)
Marion Lake, v-vi, viii (J. Maynard; G.J.);
Qualicum, v (W.D.); Queen Charlotte Is.: Port
Clements, Tlell, iii (A.B.A.); Texada Is., Paxton L.,
v (G. Larsen); Vancouver, iii, v-vi (G.J.S.;
G.G.E.S.; H.B.L.); W. Crescent Valley, v (J.S.)
(U.B.C.) Mission City, vi (E. Mason); Mt.
Revelstoke, vii (G.J.S.); Squamish, 3200 ft., viii
(G.J.S.) (C.N.C.).
Dr. L. Kelton informs me that the C.N.C. also
contains specimens from Rolla.
Range: A western North American species for
the most part, being recorded from Washington,
Oregon, California, Montana, Idaho, British
Columbia (Kaslo) (Drake & Harris, 1934).
However, it is also reported from Quebec (Drake &
Harris, 1934; Moore, 1950). Recorded from
Goldstream in B.C. by Downes (1927).
Gerris incurvatus Drake & Harris /, © , ’
Gerris incurvatus Drake & Harris 1925, Proc. Biol.
Soc. Wash. 38: 71 (Orig. descr.)
Gerris incurvatus, Drake & Harris, 1934, Ann.
Carnegie Mus. 23:192 (Descr.)
A moderate sized species, without a pale stripe
laterally on the pronotum, and the male without
lateral tufts of long hairs on the genital segment. The
species is widely distributed in the province.
Macropterous and short-winged forms have been
examined and the former is most abundant in the
B.C. material studied.
B.C. material examined: Endiver, vi (G.G.E.S.);
Hat Creek, vii (G.J.S.); Kamloops, vi, viii (G.J.S.);
Malahat, ix (W.D.); Marion Lake, iv-viii (J.M.;
G.J.); Nicola, vi-vii (G.J.S.); Saanich Distr., ix
(W.D.); Saanich Distr., Elk L., iv (W.D.); Van-
couver, v-vi (G.J.S.; H.B.L.); Vernon, ix (W.D.);
previously determined by H. B. Hungerford as G.
marginatus; Victoria, vii (W.D.); Wellington, vi;
West Vancouver, Lions Bay, v (G.J.S.) (U.B.C.).
Copper Mt., v (G.S.-S.); Douglas Lake, vii (N.C.);
Minnie Lake, vii (N.C.) (C.N.C.).
Material from Summerland and White Lake is
also present in the C.N.C.
Range: A western species, recorded from
Washington, Oregon, California, Idaho, Montana
and British Columbia (Drake & Harris, 1934).
Drake & Harris (1934) also record the species from
Illinois. It was recorded from Saanich and Vernon by
Downes (1927), who also noted that this is the
species that was reported from Beaver Lake as G.
marginatus by Parshley (1921).
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumstiA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971 5
eric notabilis Drake & Hottes
Gerris notabilis Drake & Hottes 1925, Ohio J.Sci.
25:46 (Orig. descr.)
Gerris notabilis, Drake & Harris, 1934, Ann.
Carnegie Mus. 23: 189 (Descr.)
Gerris notabilis, Brooks & Kelton, 1967,
Mem.ent.Soc.Can. 51: 45 (Descr.)
A rather large and slender, somewhat rufous
species, with sternum VII of male simply
emarginate. It is widely distributed in the province.
Drake & Harris (1934) note that the species usually
inhabits streams and is only known as _ the
macropterous form.
B.C. material examined: Adams River, viii
(G.J.S.); Aleza Lake, vii (H. Barclay); Cariboo,
pothole near Boitano Lake, vi (G.G.E.S.); Brunson
Lake vi (G.G.E.S.); Cariboo, Springhouse, v
(G.G.E.S.); Cedarvale, viii (G.J.S.); Chilcotin, v-vi
(G.G.E.S.); Duncan, ix (W.D.); Endiver, vi
(G.G.E.S.); Florence Lake, xi (G.M.Neal); For-
bidden Plateau, viii; Goldstream, vii (K.F.Auden) ;
Haney, ix (W.D.); Hat Creek, vii (G.J.S.); Jesse Is.,
vi (G.J.S.); Kamloops, vi (G.J.S.); Kinbasket, vi
(G.G.E.S.); Lake Cowichan, Vi-viii
(R.W.Pillsbury); 5 mi. E. of Lone Butte, vii
(A.Jansson); Malahat, ix (W.D.); Marion Lake, v,
viii (J.M.; G.J.); McIntyre Lake, vi (G.G.E.S.);
New Westminster, ix (W.D.); Nicola, vii (G.J.S.);
30 Mls. E. of Prince George, viii (G.G.E.S.);
Saanich, vi (W.D.); Vancouver, v (G.J.S.); Van-
couver, Mt. Seymour, vii (H.B.L.); Vancouver, Mt.
‘Seymour, Nacy Lake, ix (R. Leech); Vernon, x
(W.D.); Vanderhoof, vii (G.J.S.); Victoria, ix
(G.J.S.); Walhachin, vii (E.R.Buckell); Westwick
Lake (outlet of Sorenson Lake), v (G.G.E.S.); W.
Crescent Valley, v (J.S.) (U.B.C.). Copper Mt., v
(G.S.-S.); Keremeos, vii (J.E.H.Martin); Minnie
Lake, vii (N.C.); Mission City, v (G.J.S.); Sum-
merland, ix (A.N.G.); Vaseaux Lake, v (A.N.G.);
Westbank, iv (A.N.G.) (C.N.C.).
In the C.N.C. there are specimens also from
Kitimat, Mt. Adams, Mt. Revelstoke, Queen
Charlotte Is., and Terrace.
Range: California, Oregon, British Columbia,
Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, Utah, Colorado, Iowa
(Drake & Harris, 1934), Alberta (Brooks & Kelton,
1967). Recorded from Saanich and Vernon by
Downes (1927), who notes that this was reported by
Parshley (1919) as G. rufoscutellatus.
Gerris nyctalis Drake & Hottes >.’
Gerris nyctalis Drake & Hottes 1925, Ohio J.Sci. 25:
47 (Orig. descr.)
Gerris nyctalis, Drake & Harris, 1934, Ann. Car-
negie Mus. 23: 190 (Descr.)
This species is very similar toG. remigis, but the
male of G. nyctalis has a broader keel on the genital
segment: usually apterous, but macropterous in-
dividuals are known (Drake & Harris, 1934). I have
not seen material of this species from British
Columbia, but Dr. L. A. Kelton informs me that
there is material from Yahk in the C.N.C.
Range: Idaho, Colorado, Montana, Washington,
California, eastern British Columbia, Newfoundland
(Drake & Harris, 1934), Quebec (Moore, 1950),
Alberta (Strickland, 1953).
Gerris pingreensis Drake & Hottes -
Gerris pingreensis Drake & Hottes 1925, Ohio J.Sci.
25: 49 (Orig. descr.)
Gerris pingreensis, Drake & Harris, 1934, Ann.
Carnegie Mus. 23: 194 (Descr.)
Gerris pingreensis, Brooks & Kelton,
Mem.ent.Soc.Can. 51: 46 (Descr.)
A moderate sized species without long silvery hair
tuft on the genital segment of the male, but with a
pale lateral stripe on the pronotum and abdominal
sternum VII with a median longitudinal impression.
The species would seem to be confined to the interior
and northern part of British Columbia. Apterous
individuals seem to outnumber macropterous forms
(3:1).
B.C. material examined: 45 mls. N. of Atlin, vi
(A.B.A.); Boitano L., v (G.G.E.S.); pothole near
Boitano L., vi (G.G.E.S.); Chilcotin: Barkley Lake,
Box 17, Moon’s Lake, Round-up Lake, v-vi
(G.G.E.S.); Clinton (LE 4), viii (G.G.E.S.); Dease
Lake, viii-ix (I.S.); Fort St. John, vi (A.B.A.);
Kamloops, Lac du Bois area, v-vi (G.G.E.S.); Loon
Lake, v (G.G.E.S.); Meadow Lake, v (G.G.E.S.);
Nicola, vii (G.F.S.); Sorenson Lake, v (G.G.E.S.);
Westwick Lake, v (G.G.E.S.) (U.B.C.)
Range: streams and lakes at higher altitudes of
Montana, Colorado, Idaho, Alberta (Drake &
Harris, 1934; Strickland, 1953), Alberta,
Saskatchewan, Manitoba (Brooks & Kelton, 1967),
Quebec (Moore, 1950), Yukon-NWT, 4.vii .1944
(P.A.Larkin). Not previously recorded from British
Columbia.
1967,
Gerris remigis Say ° ~
Gerris remigis Say 1832, Heter, New Harmony: 35
(Orig. descr.)
Gerris remigis, Drake & Harris, 1934, Ann. Car-
negie Mus. 23: 189 (Descr.)
6 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBtiA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971
Gerris remigis, Brooks & Kelton, 1967, Mem.ent.-
Soc.Can. 51: 45 (Descr.)
A large and robust species, with pronotum rather
brownish. It is widely distributed in the province:
both apterous and macropterous forms are present,
but the former predominate by far. The life history
and habits of the species have been studied by Bueno
(1917) and Riley (1921, 1922). This species
frequents small brooks with rapid current (Sprague,
1967). The fifth instar larva is described and figured
by Sprague (1967).
B.C. material examined: Alta Lake, v (J.
Scudder); Cultus Lake, iv, viii, x (J. Boone; R.D.;
G.G.E.S.); Cayuse River, vii (G.S. Brown); Coal
Creek., 1.5 mls. S. Pt.-no-Pt., v (R.D.); Courtenay;
Departure Bay, vi (G.J.S.); Hatzic Prairie, ix;
Jordan River, vi (K. Taylor); Kelsey Bay, vii
(G.G.E.S.); Lakelse Lake, v (R.D.); Lynn Valley,
vii (H.B.L.); Marion Lake, ii, v, viii (G.J.; J.M.);
Milner, viii (G.G.E.S.); Nanaimo, vi (G.J.S.);
Nicola, vii (G.J.S.); Osoyoos, v (M. H. Ruhman);
Paul Lake (Kamloops), viii (W. A. Clemens);
Pavilion Lake, vi (G.G.E.S.); Penticton, iv
(E.R.B.); 9m. and 12m., E of Princeton, iii
(H.B.L.); Roberts Lake (Vancouver Is.), vii
(G.G.E.S.) ; Royal Oak, vii (G.J.S.); Saanich Distr.,
x (W.D.); Salvus, viii (G.J.S.); Sweltzer Creek, iv.
(R.D.); Trout Lake, x (M. Miyaona); Vancouver,
viii (K.F.A.); Vernon, ix (H.B.L.); Victoria, vii
(K.F.A.; G.J.S.); Walhachin, vi (G.J.S.); W.
Crescent Valley, v (J.S.) (U.B.C.). Errock Lake, nr
Deroche, vii (G.J.S.); Keremeos, vii (J.E.H.M.);
Mission City, vii (W.R.M.Mason); Oliver, ix
(C.B.Garrett); Qualicum Bay, vi (R. Coyles);
Summerland, viii (A.N.G.) (C.NC.).
In the C.N.C there is also material from Kleena ©
Kleene.
Range: widely distributed in North America, and
recorded from Canada in the north to Mexico and
Guatemala in the south (Drake & Harris, 1934).
Recorded previously from Vernon and Saanich by
Downes (1927), and Jordan Meadows by Hardy
(1949).
KEY TO GERRIDAE OF
BRITISH COLUMBIA
Males
1. Venter with sternum VII simply emarginate
(Hig Nes are a5 a ee ne notabilis D. & H.
— Venter with sternum VII double emarginate . .2.
2. Larger species (over 11.00 mm.); first genital
segment with a strong keel ................. 3.
— Smaller species (under 11.00 mm.); first genital
segment with a weak keel .................. 4,
3. Species 11.50 - 16.0 mm. in length and brownish
on the pronotum; genital keel narrower (Fig. 2)
—Species 11.50 - 13.0 mm. in length and quite
fuscous on pronotum; genital keel broader (Fig.
3) oS Sy ee nyctalis D. & H.
4, First genital segment with a tuft of long silvery
hairs on each side of keel (Figs. 4-5) ......... a:
— First genital segment without a tuft of long
silvery hairs on each side of keel (Figs. 6-8) . . .6.
5. Pronotum with pale stripe laterally; hairs on
genital segment in a line (Fig. 4)
wihiu dee LENG delet ene ae incongitus D. & H.
— Pronotum without pale stripe laterally; hairs on
genital segment in a tuft or group (Fig. 5) ......
oo dash liie Saves © eee eee comatus D & H
6. Pronotum with pale stripe laterally .......... ie
— Pronotum without pale stripe laterally; genitalia
asin Figs 6:4. .¢e or incurvatus D. & H.
7. First genital segment as broad as long (Fig. 7);
sternum VII without a median longitudinal
POOVE iyo os aed Hones ee buenoi Kirk.
— First genital segment longer than wide (Fig. 8);
sternum VII with a median longitudinal groove
(Pigs 8)! oh iti oben eee pingreensis D. & H.
Female?
1. Pronotum laterally with pale stripe .......... 2,
— Pronotum laterally without a pale stripe ..... 6.
2. Large and rather slender species, length 15.0-
20.0 mm.; with very long legs; colour rather
rufous; male stripe on pronotum laterally, usually
continuous with the rather pale posterior part of
the pronotum ............... notabilis D. & H.
— Smaller species, less than 16.0 mm. in length;
pale lateral stripe to pronotum not continued
posteriorly: <2is.44 4. hea eee 3.
3. Larger and robust species, over 11.0 mm. in
length: ¢ 50:4. Fin 25 ADA ee ee remigis Say.
—Smaller and less robust species, less than 11.0
mm. in length. 2.6.0.4 oe ae eee 4,
4. Genital segment rather quadrate (Fig. 16);
tergum VIII dorsally with lateral prominences
(Fig. 17); small species, 7.0-8.5 mm. in length.
— Genital segments not quadrate (Figs. 12-15) . .5.
5. Lateral margins of anterior abdominal sterna not
broadly pale, but fuscous to margin (Fig. 11);
sterna very hirsute ........ pingreensis D. & H.
— Lateral margins of anterior abdominal sterna
broadly pale (Fig. 9); sterna not densely hirsute
sigh tt nd ES CR a eee incognitus D. & H.
6. Connexival spines on segment VII, when
viewed from above, greatly incurved and
directed towards centre of tergum (Fig. 13) ...
eats UR ae ACen ate ee incurvatus D & H
J. Envomo.. Soc. Brit. CotumBrIA, 68 (1971), Ava. 1, 1971 q
—Connexival spines on segment VII, when
viewed from above, not greatly incurved, but
directed caudad (Fig. 15) ....comatus D & H
2G. nyctalis not included.
Coexistaence in Gerris
‘(Gause’s Principle, Gause’s Hypothesis or the
Competitive Exclusion Principle holds that two
species with similar ecology cannot live together
in the same place indefinitely (Gilbert et al.,
1952; Hardin, 1960). During the course of
studies on the aquatic insects of British
Columbia, several localities have been found
where more than one species of Gerris may be
observed together and breeding at the same time.
d
O
q
wo
Area Water body S
Fraser Borvane i. Dd
PEeees Westwick L. x
MenliaGyice im, xX
Bruns On, Ti. os
BOK. all. Be
Moon's. L. ne
Boitvanoe PH ae x
. HBS (mre ac Ke
du Bois)
Lower Fraser
Valley INO Tr sien. x
While the biology of these species has yet to be
worked out in detail, it seems worthwhile to
record the occurrence of this situation. Table I
presents the localities where this coexistence has
been observed, and the species involved are
noted. Work now being undertaken hopefully
will clarify the biological significance of this
coexistence in Gerris.
Acknowledgments
I am indebted to Dr. L. A. Kelton for infor-
mation on the Gerridae in the Canadian National
Collection, and Mrs. M. D. Jensen for the illus-
trations. This paper results from research
supported by the National Research Council of
Canada.
Sjosenl sss
n
mn 9) oa
ia 3 op) op)
p p d cd
op “4 av) r co) op)
5 S > = oO) =
p QO M & M Q0
cant oO is (a0) QO “4
= O o) p S 'S
O SI S, O “d o
oO “d a Si Qy M
x
x x
x
x
x
x x
x x xX
x
x x x xe
TABLE 11. Records of coexistence of species of Gerris in British Columbia. Water bodies arranged
in order of decreasing salinity.
References
Brooks, A. R. and Kelton, L. A., 1967. Aquatic and semiaquatic Heteroptera of Alberta, Saskatche-
wan, and Manitoba (Hemiptera). Mem. ent. Soc. Canad. 51:1-92.
Bueno, J. R. de la Torre, 1917. Life-history and habits of the larger water-strider, Gerris remigis
Say (Hem.), Ent. News 28:201-208.
Bueno, J. R. de la Torre, 1925. On a small collection of Heteroptera from British Columbia. Canad.
Ent. 57:280-286.
Cheng, L. and Fernando, C. H., 1970. The Water-Striders of Ontario (Heteroptera: Gerridae). Life
Sci. Misc. Publ. R. Ont. Mus. 23 pp.
8 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumpBtA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971
Criddle, N., 1926. The Entomological record, 1925. Ann. Rpt. ent. Soc. Ont. 56 :94-107.
Downes, W., 1927. A preliminary list of the Heteroptera and Homoptera of British Columbia. Proc.
ent. Soc. B.C. 23:1-22.
Drake, C. J. and Harris, H. M., 1934. The Gerrinae of the Western Hemisphere (Hemiptera). Ann.
Carnegie Mus. 23:179-240.
Gilbert, O., Reynoldson, T. B. and Hobart J., 1952. Gause’s Hypothesis: an examination. J. anim.
Kcol. 21:310-312.
Hardin, G., 1960. The competitive exclusion principle. Science 131:1292-1297.
Hardy, G. A., 1949. A report on a study of Jordan Meadows, Vancouver Island. Rpt. Prov. Mus.
B.C. 1948: K20-K46.
Hoffman, W. E., 1924. The life histories of three species of Gerridae (Heteroptera, Gerridae). Ann.
ent. Soc. Amer. 17:419-430.
Kelton, L. A., 1961. A new species of Gerris F. from Yukon and Alaska (Hemiptera: Gerridae).
Canad. Ent. 93:663-665.
Moore, G. A., 1950. Check-list of Hemiptera of the Province of Quebec. Contr. Inst. Biol. Univ.
Montreal 26:1-49.
Parshley, H. M., 1919. On some Hemiptera from Western Canada. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich.
71:1-35.
Parshley, H. M., 1921. A report on some Hemiptera from British Columbia. Proc. ent. Soc. B.C.
18:13-24.
Riley, C. F. C., 1921. Responses of the Large Water-strider, Gerris remigis Say to contact and
light. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 14:231-290.
Riley, C. F. C., 1922. Food during captivity of the Water-striders, Gerris remigis Say and
Gerris marginatus Say (Hemiptera). Ent. News 33:86-88.
Scudder, G. G. E., 1969a. The fauna of saline lakes on the Fraser Plateau in British Columbia.
Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 17:430-439.
Scudder, G. G. E. 1969b. The distribution of two species of Cenocorixa in inland saline lakes
of British Columbia. J. ent. Soc. B.C. 66:32-41.
Sprague, I. B., 1967. Nymphs of the genus Gerris (Heteroptera: Gerridae) in New England. Ann.
ent. Soc. Amer. 60:1038-1044.
Strickland, E. H., 1953. An annotated list of the Hemiptera (S.L.) of Alberta. Canad. Ent. 85
193-214.
Figs. 1-8. Ventral view of genitalia of male Gerris. 1, G. notabilis; 2, G. remigis; 3, G. nyctalis;
4, G. incognitus; 5, G. comatus; 6, G. incurvatus; 7, G. buenoi; 8, G. pingreensis. Scale line
= 1.00 mm.: colour pattern not indicated.
J. Enromot. Soc. Brit. CotumstiA, 68 (1971), Aua. 1, 1971
10
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumMBiA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971
15
16
Figs. 9-17. 9-11, Side view of abdomen of female Gerris: 9, G. incognitus; 10, G. incurvatus; 11,
G. pingreensis. 12-15, dorsal view of terminal part of abdomen of female Gerris: 12, G. incogni-
tus; 13, G. incurvatus; 14, G. pingreensis; 15, G. comatus. 16-17, structure of end of abdomen
in female G. buenoi: 16, ventral view; 17, dorsal view. Scale line =1.00 mm.: colour pattern shown
only on pregenital segments in Figs. 9-11.
J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CotumsBtisA, 68 (1971), AucG. 1, 1971
A PROGRESS REPORT ON THE USE OF
FEMALE-BAITED TRAPS AS INDICATORS OF
CODLING MOTH POPULATIONS!
H. F. MADSEN AND W. W. DAVIS
Research Station, Canada Department of Agriculture,
Summerland, British Columbia.
ABSTRACT
Traps containing live female codling moths, Laspeyresia pomon-
ella (L.), as lures were used to indicate native codling moth populations
in 2 orchards in the Kelowna area of British Columbia. In one orchard the
traps captured an average of fewer than 1 male codling moth per week with the
exception of 2 traps along one side of the orchard. These 2 traps caught 45 per
cent of all males trapped in the orchard, and codling moth entries were found in
this vicinity. A spray to control codling moth was applied to 4 outside rows of
trees on this side but the remainder of the orchard was not sprayed. No fruit
injured by codling moth was found in the nonsprayed portion of the orchard.
In the second orchard the traps captured an average of 5 moths per week. No
sprays were applied to the trees and, at harvest, 9.3 per cent of the apples
were injured by codling moth. These preliminary data indicate that traps bait-
ed with female codling moths can be used to indicate levels of codling moth
11
populations and also to indicate if chemical control is necessary.
INTRODUCTION
Developments in the field of insect sex
pheromones has led to a number of practical uses for
these lures. They have been employed to reduce pest
populations (Guerra, Garcia and Leal 1969) and as
survey tools to detect low pest populations (Dean and
Roelofs 1970).
Sex traps as a lure for male codling moths,
Laspeyresia pomonella (L.), are baited with either
live female codling moths (Proverbs, Newton and
Logan 1966) or extracts of the female abdomens
(Butt and Hathaway 1966). They have been used to
time spray applications, to assess field activity of the
moths (Batiste 1970), and to provide information on
the ratio of sterile to native moths in a program of
control by the sterility method (Proverbs, Newton
and Logan 1969). One area which has received little
attention is the use of sex traps to determine
population levels of codling moth and to estimate the
potential fruit damage at harvest. With such in-
formation, a grower could judge whether a spray is
warranted and thus base his codling moth control
program on need rather than on a routine preven-
tative schedule. The first step taken to obtain in-
formation of this nature was to install female-baited
traps in locations where sprays were not applied and
then attempt to correlate moth capture with the
infestation at harvest. This paper reports our first
study of the use of sex traps to establish a population
level for the codling moth.
' Contribution No. 318, Research Station, Summerland, British
Columbia.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
The codling moth pheromone traps used in this
study were similar to those described by Proverbs,
Newton and Logan (1966), and each trap contained
10 virgin females. As little data were available on
how many traps should be installed to assess a
codling moth population, the figure of 1 per acre
was chosen based on field experience from the
codling moth sterility program (Proverbs, Newton
and Logan 1969) and on the availability of man-
power to maintain trap records. Two orchards were
used in the study; one was a grower-operated
planting (Price orchard) and the other an ex-
perimental orchard (Substation) operated by the
Canada Department of Agriculture. Both orchards
were located at Kelowna, B.C.
The Price orchard is a mixture of young and old
trees on a rectangular shaped area of approximately
15 acres. The largest planting within the orchard is a
block of mature McIntosh apple trees 15 rows deep
by 10 rows wide, and a block of medium sized Red
Delicious trees 27 rows deep by 19 rows wide. The
McIntosh trees are bordered on the north by a mixed
planting of young Golden and Red Delicious trees (8
rows long by 18 rows wide) and on the south by
approximately 2 acres of newly planted, nonbearing
trees. The orchard is in the center of a commercial
apple producing area. All the adjoining orchards are
routinely sprayed for codling moth control. The area
was carefully searched for abandoned trees that
might provide a source of codling moths, but none
were found within a mile of the Price orchard. Price
12 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. Cotumsra, 68 (1971), AuG. 1, 1971
had not sprayed his orchard for codling moth control
for 3 seasons, and he stated that his packinghouse
records did not show codling moth damage during
this three year period. A total of 15 pheromone traps
were placed in the orchard so that they were
uniformly distributed amongst the bearing trees.
The Substation orchard consisted of 5 acres of
mature McIntosh and Spartan apple trees which had
not been sprayed for codling moth control for 3
years. The per cent infestation at harvest in 1967 and
1968 was 9.7 and 26.8 respectively. In the winter of
1968-1969, temperatures dropped to a low of -32. C.
which caused a high mortality of overwintering
codling moth larvae. As a result, the 1969 harvest
infestation was only 3.7 per cent. Five traps were
placed in the orchard, distributed evenly among the
trees.
The traps were collected weekly, and replaced by
others containing recently emerged virgin females.
Captured male codling moths were counted and
recorded in the laboratory.
The infestation at harvest was determined by
examining samples of apples for the number of
codling moth entries and stings. At the Price orchard,
it was not.possible to obtain harvest samples in the
field, and the codling moth injury was determined by
examining the culls after the fruit was graded in the
packinghouse. At the Substation, the harvest sample
consisted of 5 boxes per tree on 20 trees selected at
random from the test area
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Male codling moth activity as determined by sex
trap catches for the two orchards is illustrated in Fig.
1. The flight periods of the moths were similar in the
2 trap locations, but more moths were captured at
the Substation. A seasonal average of 82 moths per
trap were captured at the Substation compared with
31 at the Price orchard. The majority of the moths at
the Price orchard were recorded from 2 traps along
the south end of the McIntosh block. Forty-five per
cent of the total moths were captured in this portion
of the orchard. The population peaked from mid-
July to mid-August and, based upon previous flight
data, these moths were probably second brood. The
orchard had been examined for first brood entries
prior to this time, but none was found. At the
Substation, first brood entries were
relatively cormmon.
When the 2 traps in the Price orchard showed
relatively high numbers of moths in mid-July the
fruit throughout the orchard was carefully checked
for second brood entries. Infested fruit was found
only in the McIntosh trees and most of this was along
the south edge of the block. The entries were found in
groups which indicated activity by relatively few
females. The first entries were found on 21 July, and
however,
the number of infested fruits increased through late
July and early August. All infested apples observed
in the field were collected and dissected. Each
contained early instar larvae which was further
evidence that the infestation was due to second brood
activity. Because the number of entries were in-
creasing, the grower treated the outside 4 rows of the
McIntosh block along the south side with azin-
phosmethyl in August. No further entries were
observed for the remainder of the season.
Since so many moths were captured along the
south end of the McIntosh trees, it seemed likely that
they originated outside the Price orchard. Almost all
of the entries were found along the side which ad-
joined 2 acres of nonbearing, recently planted trees.
An examination of cull fruit from the Price or-
chard did not show any apples infested with codling
moth. This does not suggest the harvest infestation
was zero, as pickers often discard fruit that is ob-
viously wormy. The data do indicate that the in-
festation was very low and would not have justified a
routine codling moth spray. If the high counts in the
2 traps in the McIntosh trees are omitted, the total
seasonal moth catch per trap in the rest of the or-
chard would be 17, or less than 1 moth per trap per
week. By contrast, the weekly catch in the Substation
orchard was 5 per trap.
At the Substation, second brood codling moth
entries were evident by the end of July and fresh
damage was observed throughout August. The
harvest examination showed that 9.3 per cent of the
apples were injured by codling moth.
Our preliminary investigations suggest that traps
baited with female codling moths can be used to
indicate levels of codling moth populations and
whether control measures are necessary. In the Price
orchard the majority of the traps caught less than one
moth per week, and this population did not result in
significant fruit loss. The relatively high population
indicated by the traps in one section of the orchard
necessitated a spray, and this was the only treatment
required for pest control in the orchard. Such a
program represents a considerable saving to the
grower when compared with a_ conventional
schedule.
More information is required before sex traps can
be used with confidence to indicate codling moth
population levels. The traps capture only males, and
data are needed on female activity. It is difficult to
determine whether males attracted to female-baited
traps originate in the orchard where the traps are
located or come from a more distant source. Proverbs
(unpublished data) has shown that marked male
moths can travel for a distance of 4 miles from their
release site. There are indications that sex traps do
not accurately reflect population levels when codling
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971 ile
moth numbers are high (Howell, U.S.D.A., Fruit traps within an area been determined. Data thus far
Insects Laboratory, Yakima, Washington, personal obtained, however, indicate that codling moth sex
communication). The optimum number of traps per __ traps show promise for determining population levels
unit area is not known nor has the best distribution of and periods of moth activity in the field.
? PRICE ORCHARD — KELOWNA
13 SUBSTATION —- KELOWNA
MOTHS PER TRAP
ia. 2 10
20 i ya cues eco) a ay g 95
MAY JUNE Ney, AUG SEPT
Fig. 1. Male codling moths captured in female-baited traps at the Price and Substation orchards,
Kelowna, B.C. 1970.
14 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Auc. 1, 1971
References
Batiste, William C. 1970. A timing sex-pheromone trap with special reference to codling moth
collections. J. Econ. Entomol. 63:915-918.
Butt, B. A. and D. O. Hathaway. 1966. Female sex pheromone as attractant for male codling
moths. J. Econ. Entomol. 59:476-477.
Dean, R. W., and W. L. Roelofs. 1970. Synthetic sex pheromone of the red-banded leaf roller
as a survey tool. J. Econ. Entomol. 63:684-686.
Guerra, A. A., R. D. Garcia, and M. P. Leal. 1969. Suppression of populations of pink boll-
worms in field cages with traps baited with sex attractant. J. Econ. Entomol. 62:741-742.
Proverbs, M. D.,J. R. Newton and D. M. Logan. 1966. Orchard assessment of the sterile male
technique for control of the codling moth, Carpocapsa pomonella (L) (Lepidoptera:
Olethreutidae). Can. Entomol. 98:90-95.
Proverbs, M. D., J. R. Newton and D. M. Logan. 1969. Codling moth control by release of
radiation-sterilized moths in a commercial apple orchard. J. Econ. Entomol. 62:1331-1334.
TOXICITY OF INSECTICIDES TO TWO STRAINS OF
HYLEMYA PLATURA (MEIG.)
(ANTHOM YIDAE: DIPTERA)!
D. G. FINLAYSON AND C. J. CAMPBELL
ABSTRACT
Using the topical-application and impregnated-paper methods base-
line toxicity data were obtained for male and female flies of a susceptible
and a cyclodiene-insecticide resistant strain of the seed-corn maggot, Hylemya
platura (Meig.). As shown by topical application the resistance factor with
dieldrin for male and female flies was 337.8 and 342.7 respectively. However,
the LCs. by exposure to dieldrin-impregnated papers could not be obtained for
the resistant strain at the concentrations tested. There was no cross-resistance
to six other insecticides: two from each of the major groups of organocarba-
mate, organochlorine, and organophosphorous insecticides. Both methods are
useful for determining the toxicity of insecticides and offer ways for agricul-
turists to determine if spray practices have failed or were faulty, or if resist-
ance is developing within a species.
INTRODUCTION
Infested onions were collected at Victoria,
British Columbia in August, 1964 to establish a
colony of onion maggots (Hylemya antiqua (Meig.))
resistant to cyclodiene insecticides. These collections
yielded two species of flies: one was the onion fly;
the other, somewhat smaller, was identified by the
late Dr. J.G.T. Chilcott, of the Entomology
Research Institute, Ottawa, as the seed-corn maggot,
(Hylemya platura (Meig.) = Hylemya cilicrura
(Rond.)). The onion seed had been treated with
aldrin, which suggested that the smaller flies might
also be resistant to the cyclodiene group of the
organochlorine insecticides.
In 1961 Begg reported resistance of this type in
two closely related species of root maggots, H.
cilicrura and H. liturata which feed on flue-cured
' Contribution No. 221 Research Station, Research Branch,
Canada Agriculture, 6660 N.W. Marine Drive, Vancouver 8,
British Columbia.
tobacco in southwestern Ontario. Laboratory tests at
Chatham, Ontario (Harris et al., 1962) with field-
collected adults and comparison with laboratory-
reared flies of the Chatham susceptible strain of H.
platura, indicated that the field-collected flies were
resistant to dieldrin but susceptible to diazinon.
Although it was reported by Miller and McClanahan
(1960) that the ratio of H. platura to H. liturata
averaged 9:1 in 1958, by 1961 H. liturata had
become the dominant species (Harris et al., 1962).
Attempts by Telford and Brown (1964) to compare
the degree of dieldrin resistance in the two species
with laboratory-reared flies proved unsuccessful. Not
only were they unable to rear H. liturata but H.
platura reared from collections made at Delhi proved
to be as susceptible as the Chatham strain. H.
liturata field-collected from St. Thomas and Delhi
were highly resistant.
Preliminary tests (Finlayson and Noble, 1964)
J. ENromou. Soc. Brrr. COLUMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971 15
by exposing laboratory-reared flies from the Victoria
source, to papers impregnated with several insec-
ticides indicated that both males and females were
resistant to dieldrin, but susceptible to diazinon and
malathion. Concurrently, Harris et al., (1966) ob-
tained evidence of a low level of resistance to
cylodiene insecticides in H. platura from the tobacco-
growing areas of southwestern Ontario. More
recently seed-corn maggot resistance to aldrin has
been reported in Illinois (Harris, 1969).
For this experiment the susceptible strain of flies
from Chatham was obtained from Dr. C. R. Harris
and colonies of the Victoria and Chatham strains
were reared in the laboratory to compare methods of
application and the degree of toxicity of selected
insecticides representing the major groups:
organocarbamates, organochlorines, and
organophosphorus compounds. Two methods of
application were chosen; topical application to
determine the median lethal dose LD,, for male and
female flies for both strains and the impregnated-
paper method, developed by the WHO for
mosquitoes, to provide a simple method suitable for
tests by agriculturalists. This paper reports the
findings.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Mass rearing of H. platura flies
Adults were maintained in cages approximately
60 x 60 x 60 cm with clear plastic on the sides and
top, lumite plastic screen at the rear, and the front
fitted with a small access port within a large door,
(Fig. 1). The small port, with plastic screen, allowed
movement of air and served for adding food and for
adding or withdrawing oviposition pots.
Adult food was a 5% sugar solution in a 125 ml
Erlenmeyer flask stoppered with a wick of shredded
paper towelling; a mixture of molasses and con-
densed milk, 1:6, poured over bread in a 10 cm petri
dish; and a dry mixture of Brewers’ yeast, yeast
hydrolysate, and soya flour, 3:1:3, spread in the
bottom of a shallow 10 cm petri dish. Pollen was
added to the dry mixture whenever it was available.
The breeding population was maintained at
approximately 150 flies per cage and the conditions
in the rearing room were maintained as close to
optimum as possible: day temperature, 24°C; night
temperature, 21°C; photoperiod 16 hours; and
relative humidity 50-75% (Harris et al., 1966).
Ovipostion pots were new one-pint (0.5 liter) ice
cream containers. The pots were one-third filled with
a moist peat-sand mixture (1:1), five or six 2 to 3-em
cubes of potato were added and covered with a paste
of soybean flour, Brewers’ yeast, and wheat flour
(1:1:1), covered with the peat-sand mixture to two-
thirds full, seeded with 10 to 15 dwarf pea seeds and
20 to 30 oat seeds, then covered lightly with the peat-
‘sand mixture and kept moist. Oviposition pots were
removed in four to seven days and placed in a
holding cage similar to the oviposition cage, to allow
development.
Flies were withdrawn from the holding cages at
three to four day intervals, with a vacuum aspirator
into a 1000 ml Erlenmeyer flask with a 2 cm foam
pad at the bottom of the flask, held with food for 24
hours, then used for toxicity experiments. The flies
tested were thus two to five days old. Surplus flies
were used to determine dosage ranges and for
maintinaing the colony.
Topical Application
Stock solutions were prepared by dissolving in
acetone a known amount of the insecticide, of pure or
technical grade. The test solutions were prepared
either by serial dilution or dilution of aliquots from
the stock solution. From preliminary trials to
determine the approximate LD,,, five levels of
dosages were prepared; two above, two below and
the estimated median lethal dose. These doses should
cause 10-90% mortality.
Impregnated Papers
Papers from two sources were used. From the
WHO came papers with dieldrin or DDT dissolved
in risella oil and malathion in olive oil-lonol CP.
Prepared at this laboratory were papers with
diazinon, in corn oil-acetone (1:2), and lindane in
risella #17-trichlorethylene (1:1). Dieldrin-
impregnated papers using the risella #17-
trichlorethylene solvent were also prepared and
tested at the laboratory. We used No. 1 Whatman
filter papers, 15 cm square, which we prepared by
moistening with 2 ml of the solution, the paper being
held on a bed of nails. After partial drying they were
attached with clips to a line in a fume hood to dry for
24 hours. The preliminary trials provided in-
formation for the range of papers needed. ‘The papers
were labelled and dated prior to treatment so that old
papers would not be used.
Treatment of the flies
Two- to five-day-old flies were provided with 5%
sucrose for 24 hours after removal from _ the
emergence cage. Each replicate consisted of at least
120 flies, which were immobilized with carbon
dioxide and sexed. Each replicate consisted of 10
males and 10 females for each range of the test in-
secticide and the same for an untreated control. With
topical applications the solution was administered by
two methods: by a calibrated micrometer through a
# 26 hypodermic needle bent at right angles and
16 J. EnromMoct. Soc. Brir. CotumMbtiA, 68 (1971), Auc. 1, 1971
Fig. 1. Cages used for rearing large numbers of seed-corn maggot Hylemya platura (Meig.).
Fig. 2. WHO plastic tubes separated by slide-bar with hole exposed; Left, exposure tube with
impregnated paper; Right, holding tube.
J. Enromot. Soc. Brit. CotumBrA, 68 (1971), Aua. 1, 1971 17
filed square at the tip, fitted to a syringe in a Syringe
Microburet Model No. SB2'; and by a micro-
pipette?. The standard dosage of | Jil was applied to
the dorsum of the thorax of the anesthetized fly and
the 10 flies per dosage were placed in a plastic tube
closed at each end with a screw cap fitted with plastic
screening. Control flies were treated in the same
manner, with | jil of acetone. When all the flies for a
replicate had been treated they were held for one
hour in the treatment area to ensure recovery of the
control group from the anaesthetic. They were then
transferred to the holding area for 24 hours under
controlled temperature of 22 + 2°C, relative
humidity 50-60% and continuous lighting. To
reduce variability the order of treatment was varied
so that each group was subject to long and short
periods of anaesthesia. To avoid toxic effects from
carbon dioxide the flies were never held under
anaesthesia for more than 30 minutes.
Impregnated papers were inserted with the
treated side inward in WHO plastic tubes which were
fitted with a slide bar (Fig. 2), and the 10 male or
female anaesthetized flies were placed in the ex-
posure tube. One hour later the flies were transferred
to the holding tube through the hole in the slide-bar.
'Micro- Metric Instrument Co., Cleveland, Ohio.
90
CHATHAM
nn N
fo) (o)
PE RCENTAGE MORTALITY
(o}
MALE °
.0005_ .0
FEMALE °---
Ol .005 Ol .O5
PERCENTAGE CONCENTRATION
The exposure tube was removed and the treated flies
in the holding tube placed in the holding area for 24
hours.
Percentage mortality was recorded 24 hours after
treatment. The criterion for death was inability to
walk or fly. When mortality in the control group
exceeded 20 percent the results for the complete
replicate were discarded. Five replicates for each
insectcide were tested, with male and female flies
from both strains. Percentage mortality for each
insecticide was corrected using Abbott’s formula
(Abbott, 1925).
Results from the topical application were
averaged and the slope, LD, in jig/g of fly (ppm),
and the fiducial limits were calculated in accordance
with Finney (1962). The resistance factor (LD 50
Victoria strain’ LD;, Chatham strain) was cal-
culated for both sexes and each insecticide.
Results from the impregnated-paper method were
averaged and graphs prepared by line of best fit and
the LC;, (median lethal concentration) read from
the graphs. The resistance factor (LC;. Victoria
strain/LC,, Chatham strain) was calculated where
possible.
?Drummond Scientific Co., Bromall, Pa.
DIELDRIN
VICTORIA
0.5 1.0
Fig. 3. Dosage-mortality regression lines, determined by topical application of dieldrin, for male
and female Hylemya platura Chatham and Victoria strains.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. CoLumsta, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971
18
I AA SOL LAL SC LE SSD
Bo = eS" €8°? 2S°O + 06°47 1S" €. = 19"°? 90°€ L7°O + O6°E ureyyeug
£6°O Gore; -9enc 79°S T7°O + B7°C S0°T OU °C. - = Gers 4e°€ 67°90 + GL°E | eTuojoTy
UOTUyE TEN
1Z°OU = 81°? 16°83 €S°0 + 60°C Gr = 10°s C6°S 8€°O + 98°e = ureuyeUg
8T°z T9°Te - L6°ST 19°8T iO +2076 T° Z6°EZ = OS°LT Du°0e ~ SC°O % GIS - SEaOqOTA
SUB PUTT
LO, — SET 97°T 8S°O + 6e°7 CTE 590° GSe°T = sn S°0 + 79° «= reyeUD
L9°27E 96°86S - 09° Tet 06°00G: 22°0 = S5°e BL° LEE S5°60S = HS°TSE. 2e°ec? Sc°O + Gece ‘BLuonOT)
UtTIpTotq
G6°0 — €8°0 83°0 89°O + 63°8 06°0 - §9°0 SL°O 26°0 466°C iteuzeyy
98°O f3°0 = 69°0 9L°0 90°T + B4°L 60° 06°0 - €L°0 T8°O 98°O + TE°9 eTL04oTA
UOUTZETG
ST°9% - O€°9T OL°S6T 95°O + 96°2 C6°9L - 97°ZT = te*YT) = og + BETTY «= reueUg
» iy bast co. ie = ce SS eU49 92°0 + 0° €2°E m7°9S = 69°LE 16°S7 YO ¥ 60°Z eTAOVOTA
Tad
T° OUI 27° SZ, 08°06 B8E°O + 19°Z ET°SSs — 26°49 85°SL § 6€°0 + Gz°E = wegqeug
8Z°O 9L°OE = €9°0% SU°Se ZE°O + GSE%Z BE°O Te°Ge.= Creu 60°T? 2Z€°O + 9¢°s eBTa0TOTA
TxArTeqIe9
GL°C = G9°z GI's 1€°0 + 69°2 18°€ = 49° BT°E T€°0 + T9°% - wreuyeug
05°O 46°L - OTT 85°T O7°O + S8°z €7°0 79°T- 00°T Oe T9°O + B1°E eTIOFOTA
uemyoqie9
enn e@ OS ul @ e OS
yeu0/°4°TA aT ATS euTT yeug/* PTA aT AT euTT
104OeI JO SqUtTT rd uoTsseIset 104025 JO SqTUTT am uoTsseised sotty
eoue4s Tsay Teponpty aT Jo as Sedots aoue4stsey Tetonpty O7q] yo ag fadoTg Jo uTexs
fquouyzeo.y,
aTewagy oTeW
‘eanyeld BAUla[AH Jo Sulerjs OM} JO salyy afeuley pue seu 07 suorjeodde [eo1do, Aq saptoroesut payoajas Jo AWOIXO] “1 ATAWL
J. ENroMoL. Soc. Brir. CotumBrA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971 19
Results and Discussion
Table 1 shows that male and female flies of the
Victoria strain were respectively 337.8 and 342.7
times more resistant to dieldrin than the susceptible
strain from Chatham. However, males and femals of
the two strains were more or less equally susceptible
to carbaryl, carbofuran, DDT, diazinon, lindane and
malathion. The resistance factor ranged only from
(0.28 for carbaryl to 3.44 for lindane. McLeod et al.,
(1969) reported a resistance factor of 727 for aldrin
in a strain of H. platura from Delhi near Chatham,
but like ourselves, they also reported no cross-
resistance to DDT and diazinon. Diazinon was the
most toxic insecticide tested; the LD, for both male
and female flies for the two strains was less than 1.0
pe/e fly.
When we examine the
regression lines for topical applications (Fig. 3-6) it is
quite obvious that the patterns of susceptibility for
male and female flies of the same strain are similar.
In all cases the lines are close and parallel or form a
very shallow cross, the angle of intersection never
exceeding 10 degrees. The regression lines (Fig. 3)
for dieldrin inidicate that the Chatham strain is
homozygous susceptible and that the Victoria strain
dosage-mortality
is homozygous resistant. The slightly higher LD,,
for lindane and DDT with the Victoria strain can
hardly be interpreted as development of resistance.
Nor can resistance be suspected in the Chatham
strain where slightly more carbaryl and carbofuran
had to be applied. ‘These would appear to be merely
strain characteristics.
The dosage-mortality curves from the im-
pregnated paper method for 5 of the 7 insecticides
are shown in Fig. 7. From this figure the LC 5) values
were read for both sexes of each strain for 4 of the 7
insecticides and the resistance factors were calculated
(Table 2).
The resistance factors for the organophosphorus
insecticides, diazinon and malathion, were similar by
both methods. When the resistance factors were
calculated for the organochlorine insecticides, DDT
was 5.1 times higher by the impregnated paper
method than by topical application, and lindane was
4.6 times. The resistance factor for dieldrin was
hardly calculable because mortality to the Victoria
strain from exposure to 4% papers was only 8.2%
for males and 6.1% for females. In all probability the
absorbed insecticide was detoxified.
TABLE 2. Toxicity of selected insecticides on male and female flies of two strains of Hylemya
platura exposed to impregnated papers.
Insecticide eo of strains of flies Resistance
factor
Victoria Chatham Vict -/Chat.
DDT
male 2-10 0.11, 18.42
female 2.60 0.165 yet
Diazinon
male 0.0275 0.0335 0.82
female 0.0390 0.0360 1.08
Dieldrin
male o= 0.0094, =
female = 0.0135 =
Lindane
male 0.105 0.0096 10.94
female 0.095 0.020 hold
Malathion
male 1.20 1.10 1.09
female 1.20 1.94 0.62
20 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brrr. CoLumBrA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971
D.D.T. D.D.T.
CHATHAM VICTORIA
>
-
z
ee
a
Oo
=> .004 .008 .016 .00625 .0125 .025 .05 Ol
us 98
°C) LINDANE LINDANE F
< CHATHAM VICTORIA}
Zz
LJ
O
aw
LJ
ae
.0O! .002 .004 .008 005 Ol .02 .04
PERCENTAGE CONCENTRATION
Fig. 4. Dosage-mortality regression lines, determined by topical application of organochlorine
insecticides, for male and female Hylemya platura Chatham and Victoria strains.
21
J. Enromo.. Soc. Burr. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971
98
90
70
50
30
3°
DIAZINON
VICTORIA
U
0
UJ
U
0
I
UY
UY
U
U
Uy
DIAZINON
CHATHAM
i)
.00025 .0005 .00I
.00025 .0005 .00! .002
MALATHION al MALATHION
CHATHAM ’ VICTORIA
PERCENTAGE MORTALITY
wy
(o)
50
30
.0005 .00! .002 .004
0005 001 .002 .004
PERCENTAGE CONCENTRATION
Fig. 5. Dosage-mortality regression lines, determined by topical application of organophosphorous
insecticides, for male and female Hylemya platura Chatham and Victoria strains.
a2 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. CotumBtiA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971
CARBARYL
CHATHAM
CARBARYL
VICTORIA
90
70
50
30
>
2 10
—J
<
tf
@ 2
O
_
02 04 08 16
ty 98
<x
fe
7
(90
ac
LJ
ae
70
50
30
10
CARBOFURAN CARBOFURAN
CHATHAM VICTORIA
MALE °— ae
FEMALE °--------- °
.0007 .00!14 .0028 .0056 .0007.0014 .0028 .0056
PERCENTAGE CONCENTRATION
Fig. 6. Dosage-mortality regression lines, determined by topical application of organocarbamate
insecticides, for male and female Hylemya platura Chatham and Victoria strains.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA, 68 (1971), Augc. 1, 1971 23
99
CHATHAM
VICTORIA
90
70 if
50 <q ¢
= /
30 f
10
>
a ane
=I * DIELORIN /
= MALATHION
/ DIAZINON Z DIELORIN
o | LINDANE / “MALATHION
s * DIAZINON
LJ
rT)
=
-
z
tad :
oO i
a LINDANE ;
uJ 7
QO 96
70
WwW
—
507 <{
=
WwW
307
10
/o.DT.
DIAZINON (LINDANE
DIAZINON
MALATHION /
MALATHION
DIELDRIN
0.D.T.
DIELORIN
001 005.01 0.1 1.0
PERCENTAGE CONCENTRATION OF IMPREGNATED PAPERS
Fig. 7. Regression lines for five insecticides determined by exposure of male and female Hylemya
platura, Chatham and Victoria strains, to impregnated papers.
24 J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brir. CoLtumsra, 68 (1971), Aua. 1, 1971
We were unable to determine the LC,, for the
organocarbamate insecticides which automatically
prevented the calculation of resistance factors for the
two strains. When the Victoria strain of flies was
exposed to carbaryl impregnated papers, higher
mortality was recorded from | or 2% papers than
from 4% papers. When the Chatham strain was
exposed to carbaryl papers, 50% mortality was not
reached even with 20% impregnated papers. Ex-
posure to carbofuran papers presented similar
difficulties. Knockdown in both species occurred at
various concentrations. However, by the end of the
24-hour holding period from 90-100% of the flies
had recovered. The effects of topical applications
were similar but to a lesser degree. At the con-
centrations applied topically all flies were im-
mobilised one hour after treatment, but 24 hours
later many had recovered, as shown by the dosage-
mortality regression lines. Detoxification of car-
bofuran within the flies appears to be the only ex-
planation.
While the impregnated-paper method affords a
‘simple and valid technique for assessing the ap-
proximate susceptibility of strains of a species to an
insecticide it is clear that the resistance factor
determined from the LC; could lead to wrong
conclusions. The topical application of a known
dosage gives more accurate results leading to firm
conclusions. For indications of developing resistance
the impregnated-paper method might be used, but if
toxicological conclusions are to be valid then ac-
curate dosages must be known.
Acknowledgments
The authors gratefully acknowledge technical
assistance from Dr. H. R. MacCarthy and pre-
paration of the figures by Mr. H. Severson, both
of the Vancouver Research Station.
References
Abbott, W. S. 1925. A method of computing the effectiveness of an insecticide. J. Econ. Entomol.
18:265-267.
Begg, J. A. 1961. A note on resistant root maggots, Hylemya spp., as pests on flue-cured tobacco
in southwestern Ontario. Canad. Entomol. 93:1022.
Finlayson, D. G. and M. D. Noble. 1964. Preliminary studies on resistance to insecticides, seed-corn
maggot, Hylemya cilicrura (Rond.)=H. platura (Meig.). Pesticide Research Report
(1964) 214-215. (Compiled by Canada Comm. Pesticide Use in Agriculture Cat. No.
A-41-7/1964).
Finney, D. J. 1952. Probit Analysis. Cambridge Univ. Press, 318 pp.
Harris, C. R. 1969. Seed-corn maggot resistance to aldrin in Illinois. J. Econ. Entomol. 62:
957-958.
Harris, C. R., G. F. Manson, and J. H. Mazurek. 1962. Development of insecticidal resistance by
soil insects in Canada. J. Econ. Entomol. 55:777-780.
Harris, C. R., J. L. Hitchon, and G. F. Manson. 1966. Distribution of cyclodiene-insecticide
resistance in the seed maggot complex in relation to cropping practices in southwestern
Ontario. J. Econ. Entomol. 59:1483-1487.
Harris, C. R., H. J. Svec, and J. A. Begg. 1966. Mass rearing of root maggots under controlled
environmental conditions: seed-corn maggot, Hylemya cilicrura; been seed fly, H. litur-
ata; Euxesta notata; and Chaetopsis sp. J. Econ. Entomol. 59:407-410.
McLeod, D. G. R., C. R. Harris, and G. R. Driscoll. 1969. Genetics of cyclodiene-insecticide
resistance in the seed-corn maggot. J. Econ. Entomol. 62:427-432. )
Miller, L. A. and R. J. McClanahan. 1960. Life-history of the seed-corn maggot, Hylemya
cilicrura (Rond.), and H. liturata (Mg.) (Diptera: Anthomyiidae) in southwestern
Ontario. Can. Entomol. 92:210-221.
Telford, J. N.. and A. W. A. Brown. 1964. Resistance to cyclodience insecticides in root maggots
infesting tobacco. Can. Entomol. 96:758-764.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. CoLumMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971 25
ADDITIONAL SYRPHIDAE FROM THE
OLIVER AND OSOYOOS DISTRICTS
OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
C. V. G. MORGAN! AND J. C. ARRAND?
ABSTRACT
A list of 9 species of adult Syrphidae in 7 genera is presented with
their hosts and month of catpure in 1969 in the vicinity of Oliver and Osoyoos
in British Columbia.
Allan (1969) published a list of 39 species of
adult Syrphidae collected in 1967 and 1968 mostly
in southern areas of the Okanagan Valley of British
Columbia. In 1969 he made further collections in the
vicinty of Oliver and Osoyoos, but before he was able
to summarize these he was forced to retire because of
ill health. The 9 additional species collected by him
in 1969 are listed in the accompanying table. ‘These
were identified by Dr. J. R. Vockeroth, Entomology
Research Institute, Canada Department of
Agriculture, Ottawa, Ontario.
' Contribution No. 319, Research Station, Canada Department
of Agriculture, Summerland, British Columbia.
British Columbia Department of Agriculture, Vernon, British
Columbia.
Allan began these collections with the hope of
finding species that, if reared in large numbers and
released in orchards, would control aphids. However,
except for some preliminary attempts to rear certain
species, he was unable to proceed beyond collecting
and sorting specimens.
Most of the 48 species in 23 genera collected by
him in 1967, 1968, and 1969 are new records for the
Okanagan Valley; 18 species and 6 genera are new
records for British Columbia. In addition, 10 species
remain unnamed. The number of new species
collected in this one area of the Okanagan Valley
illustrates our lack of knowledge of the Syrphidae of
British Columbia.
Reference
Allan, D. A. 1969. Syrphidae collected mostly in southern areas of the Okanagan Valley, British
Columbia. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 66:19-21.
Syrphidae from the Oliver and Osoyoos districts
of British Columbia, 1969
Number of
specimens
Species collected
Arctophila flagrans 0.5. ale
Chrysotoxum sp. 6
Epistrophe nitidicollis Mg. 1
Helophilus hybridus lw. 1
Phalacrodira tarsata (Zett.) 1
P. Sp. a
Toxomerus marginatus (Say) 2D
a. occidentalis Cn. imei
Volucella bombylans (L.) uf
Place
collected Host Date
Osoyoos Unknown August
Osoyoos Unknown June—Sept.
Oliver Mustard May
Osoyoos Unknown June
Osoyoos Dandelion June
Oliver Unknown Apri
Oliver Mustard, June-Aug.
garden flower
Oliver, Osoyoos Mustard, June-July
dandelion
Osoyoos Unknown July
26 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtuMBrA, 68 (1971), Aua. 1, 1971
OBSERVATIONS ON ERIOCAMPA OVATA L.
(HYMENOPTERA: TENTHREDINIDAE) INFESTING
RED ALDER IN SOUTHWESTERN BRITISH COLUMBIA!
J. H. BORDEN AND W. F. DEAN?
Pestology Centre, Department of Biological Sciences,
Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
As in Quebec, Eriocampa ovata L. in British Columbia is bivol-
tine, parthenogenetic and overwinters as a prepupa. Unlike E. ovata in
Quebec, the first instar larvae emerge on the lower side of the leaf, and pass
through 6 or 7 rather than 5 or 6 larval instars. Defoliation characteristically
leaves only the midrib and main secondary veins. In limited areas, small trees
may be completely defoliated.
The red-backed sawfly, Eriocampa ovata L.,
introduced into Canada from Europe at an un-
determined date, is now widespread on Alnus spp.
throughout the country (Ross 1951; Raizenne
1957; Bouchard 1960). In British Columbia, one
specimen was taken in Vancouver by Hopping and
Leech on August 26, 1932 (J. W. E. Harris, pers.
comm.). Although it is of little economic importance
on either continent, it may severely defoliate young
trees in eastern Canada (Bouchard 1960). Bouchard
(1960) described the life history, morphology and
characteristics of all the life stages of E. ovata on
Alnus rugosa var. americana (L.) in Quebec.
In 1968, we observed E. ovata defoliating red
alder (Alnus rubra Bong.) regeneration on Burnaby
Mountain (elev. 1200 ft.), and have since noted
similar defoliation in various locatilities in the lower
mainland of this province. Our objectives were to
note its habits, and its effect on 4. rubra, with special
attention to possible differences between the biology
of EF. ovata in eastern Canada and British Columbia.
As in Quebec (Bouchard 1960), E. ovata appears
to be bivoltine in B.C. Adults, first observed on May
7 and 6 in 1969 and 1970, respectively, were con-
tinually present until the end of August, but were
most numerous from mid May to early June, and
from late June through July. Moreover, 16 adults
emerged in rearing from June 30 to September 4. No
males were collected or reared.
In the laboratory, 3 adults displayed a charac-
teristic oviposition behaviour similar to that
described by Bridgeman (1878). After wandering
over the upper surface of a leaf and following its
perimeter for some distance, the insect approached
the central axis of the leaf, facing the petiole, and felt
for the mid rib with the tip of its abdomen. It placed
the ovipositor one to 2 mm from the mid rib, cut
' Supported by an operating grant from the National Research
Council of Canada.
2Associate Professor and Insect Rearing Technician, respec-
tively.
through the surface at an angle toward the main leaf
vein, straightened its abdomen, inserted an egg deep
into the mid rib, and withdrew the ovipositor. The
entire process took 150 +445 sec. (mean of 10
Ovipositions by 3 females). It then moved forward
and repeated the process, laying the next egg very
near to or touching the preceeding one.
The oviposition scars are externally evident (Fig.
1). Internally, the eggs lie inside the vein, the
cephalic pole facing ventrally and towards the leaf tip
(Fig. 2). Eggs were rarely found in secondary veins,
but in the laboratory, adults offered a_ limited
number of leaves frequently oviposted into secondary
veins once sites on the mid rib were taken. In 50
field-collected, infested leaves, there was a mean of
9.02 eggs per leaf (range, 1 to 25) and 3.67 per
clutch (range, 1 to 10). The earliest field record of
eggs was May 12 in both 1969 and 1970, and for
larvae, May 15, 1969, but not until June 10, 1970
(following a period of unseasonally cool weather.
Two eggs in the laboratory hatched in 10 and 11
days at 24 C.
Bouchard (1960) observed that first instar larvae
on A. rugosa var. americana were impeded from
leaving the incubation site by sclerotized leaf tissue.
However, on A. rubra they easily chewed through
and ingested the lower epidermis of the leaf, and
unlike E. ovata in Quebec (Bouchard 1960) began
to feed on the lower rather than the upper surface of
the leaf.
All larval instars except the last are covered by a
white, woolly, epidermal secretion (Fig. 3). Of
fourteen larvae successfully reared individually, 9
passed through 6 larval instars over an average
period of 18.2 days (range, 14 to 22 days) and 5 had
7 larval instars over 21.4 days (range 17 to 25 days).
In Quebec E. ovata has 5 or 6 larval instars
(Bouchard 1960).
Damage caused by E. ovata feeding was often
extreme on young alder seedlings and saplings.
J. ENromMo.u. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA, 68 (1971), Auc. 1, 1971 of
Fig. 1. E. ovata oviposition scars on upper surface of red alder leaf. One scar designated by arrow.
Fig. 2 E. ovata eggs inside mid rib of red alder leaf as viewed from above.
Fig. 3 Feeding E. ovata larva skeletonizing leaf in characteristic manner.
Fig. 4 Alder sapling defoliated by E. ovata except for current year’s apical growth.
Fig. 5 Leaves from defoliated red alder skeletonized by E. ovata.
28 J. Enromo.u. Soc. Brit. CotumstiA, 68 (1971), AuG. 1, 1971
However, the current year’s apical growth was
usually untouched (Fig. 4). Even after larvae have
left the tree, the white exuviae on the branches
implicate E. ovata as the principal defoliator. The
alder sawfly, Hemichroa crocea (Fourc.) was not
available for comparison, but defoliation by EF. ovata
can easily be separated from that by two chrysomelid
beetles, Pyrrhalta punctipennis (Mannerheim) and
the alder flea beetle, Altica ambiens (LeConte). The
beetles chew holes in a leaf, at first leaving even the
thinnest veins intact, while EF. ovata consumes the
fine veins (Fig. 3) and often so completely
skeletonizes a leaf that only the mid rib and main
secondary veins remain (Fig. 5).
A few late instar larvae were found in the field as
late as October 18, 1969. The last instar larva drops
without feeding from the tree on the same day as the
final moult, and burrows into the soil where it forms
a cocoon within 5 cm from the surface. Dissection of
30 cocoons throughout the winter disclosed only
prepupae until the first 2 weeks of May when further
development became evident.
We found no parasites or evidence of parasitism
throughout the study.
Acknowledgments
We thank the Entomology Research Institute,
Canada Department of Agriculture for identify-
ing specimens, Mr. B. Jenkins for assistance in
the study, and Mr. R. G. Long for photography.
References
Bouchard, P. 1960. La tenthrede a thorax rouge de l’aulne, Eriocampa ovata (L) (Hymenoptera:
Tenthredinidae). Ann. Soc. Ent. Que. 6:69.80.
Bridgeman, J. B. 1878. On parthenogenesis in the Tenthredinidae. The Ent. 11:191-192.
Raizenne, H. 1957. Forest sawflies of southern Ontario and their parasites. Can. Dept. Agric.
Publ. No. 1009.
Ross, H. H. 1951. p. 61. In: C. F. W. Musebeck and K. V. Krombein, Hymenoptera of America
north of Mexico, U.S. Dept. Agric., Agric. Mon. No. 2.
RESPIRATION AND CIRCULATION
Compiled and edited by
P.L. ALTMAN and D.S. DITTMER
1971
Federation of Amer. Soc. for
Exptl. Biol., Bethesda, Md.
Pp. xxv and 930. U.S. $30.00
The fifth in a series prepared for specialists, this
large, heavy book is a _ stupendous work of
organization and system, indexing and filing, a
Handbuch in the German tradition, of Teutonic
thoroughness. Of the 315 contributors and reviewers,
78 are from the U.S.A., 6 from the U.K., 4
from Canada, and the rest from 19 other countries.
The arrangement is in 1] sections. In order, these
are: general principles; basic physical and chemical
data; thorax and ventilation; airways and gas
movement; blood gases; heart and pumping action;
vascular system and blood distribution; capillaries
and the exchange system; invertebrate respiration ;
invertebrate circulation; plant respiration and fluid
movement. Although the emphasis is thus on man
and other vertebrates, the book will be important to
anyone in active research on invertebrates and even
plants, in the appropriate disciplines. It offers
perhaps the swiftest and most effortless means of
acquiring background, comparing fresh with
previous work, avoiding duplication and entering the
contemporary and established literature. To judge by
a sample count on 400 pages there must be close to
6,000 references.
There are 232 tables, some of them enormous,
e.g. Table 229, Translocation of growth regulators
and herbicides in vascular plants; this is 49 pp. long
and includes 369 references for 582 items. Some
other tables of direct interest to entomologists
concern: inhibition of 0, consumption; comparative
anatomy of circulatory systems; electrical and
mechanical properties of cardiac muscle; heart
rates; hemolymph volumes; hemocytes; and car-
bohydrates in hemolymph. The names of the con-
tributors are shown with the tables. Insects are well
represented and the information is easily accessible
even where it is embedded in large tables, by using
the 83-page index and two mirror-image appendixes
of 20 pages each, with matching common and
scientific names. It is a pleasure to draw attention to
this vast accumulation of organized and .accessible
data, the value and veracity of which is attested by
the names of the distinguished compilers, con-
tributors and authors.
A copy is available in the society’s library, by
courtesy of the Federation of American Societies for
Experimental Biology, to whom we are grateful.
H. R. MacCarthy
J. Exromo.. Soc. Brir. CotumBtiaA, 68 (1971), Auc. 1, 1971 29
NATIVE HOSTS OF WESTERN CHERRY FRUIT FLY
(DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE) IN THE OKANAGAN VALLEY
OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
F. L. BANHAM!
ABSTRACT
In the Okanagan Valley, bitter cherry, Prunus emarginata Dougl.,
the principal host of the western cherry fruit fly, Rhagoletis indifferens
Curran, was found at 3 locations only but may occur elsewhere in the Okana-
gan Valley in restricted habitats. The rare occurrence and unreliable fruiting
habit indicate its existence is marginal. Adult R. indifferens were trapped on
this host even though no fruit was present. This indicates that bitter cherry and
probably, the less preferred native host, western choke cherry, P. virginiana
var demissa (Nutt.) Torr., are both important to the ecology of isolated, low,
endemic populations of R. indifferens in the central and possibly northern
Okanagan Valley. No instances were found where endemic populations of R.
indifferens on native hosts might have formed a host strain adapted to the
earlier maturing, introduced, cultivated cherries. Widespread infestations of
this pest have adapted to development on cultivated sweet and semi-sweet
cherries and appear to be a recently introduced race that is distinct from the
endemic populations on native hosts. R. indifferens on cultivated cherries
had an earlier emergence peak that those on the native hosts and were not
associated with the presence of bitter cherry.
INTRODUCTION
The western cherry fruit fly, Rhagoletis in-
differens Curran, was first recorded in the Okanagan
Valley in 1968 (Madsen, 1970). In 1969 and 1970,
widely dispersed infestations were reported from
Vernon in the north to Okanagan Falls about 66
miles south (Anon. 1969, 1970). None has been
found in the Oliver-Osoyoos area at the southern end
of the valley or immediately west in the Similkameen
Valley.
In 1930, S. C. Jones recorded bitter cherry,
Prunus emarginata Dougl. as a native host of. R.
indifferens in Oregon (Blanc and Keifer, 1955). In
California, Blanc and Keifer traced adults from
cultivated cherries to bitter cherry and believed the
flies infesting cherry orchards originated from the
native host. Frick et al. (1954), in Washington,
showed that western choke cherry, Prunus virginiana
var.demissa (Nutt.) Torr., was also a native host of
R. indifferens but was less important than bitter
cherry. According to Blanc and Keifer, the
distribution of R. indifferens ranges from California
into British Columbia and coincides with the
distribution of bitter cherry. Bush (1966) defined the
distribution of R. indifferens as ranging from north-
central California to south-eastern British Columbia.
Both descriptions of the distribution indicated it does
not extend so far south or north as the extremes of
distribution of bitter cherry.
Peters and Arrand (1968), stressed the im-
‘Contribution No. 320. Research Station, Canada Department
of Agriculture, Summerland, British Columbia.
portance of bitter cherry as a host reservoir from
which R. indifferens could reinfest cultivated
cherries in the Kootenay Valley of British Columbia.
Madsen (1970), conducted a cursory survey in the
Okanagan Valley in 1969, for the occurrence of
native host plants but encountered only western
choke cherry. A more intensive search for both hosts
was conducted in 1970. The results of this survey
and discussion of the ecological relationships bet-
ween R. indifferens and the native and cultivated
hosts in the Okanagan Valley are presented here.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
A search for bitter cherry in the Okanagan Valley
was conducted in April and May, 1970 in all
locations known or suspected to have favorable
habitats similar to those described by Lyons (1954)
and Hosie (1969). An intensive search for this host
was also made in the Okanagan Mission and
Westbank areas near cultivated cherry plantings
where crop damage was caused by R. indifferens in
1968 and 1969. Vigorous stands of choke cherry at 3
widely separated sites with no bitter cherry nearby,
were sampled for R. indifferens as possible alternate
hosts. These were at Lambly Creek, 6 miles north of
Westbank, adjacent to an abandoned sweet cherry
orchard; at the Research Station, Summerland,
about |/3-mile from sweet cherries; and at the
Upper Bench, Penticton, adjacent to a block of sweet
cherries.
Bitter cherry was found at 3 sites in the
30 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971
Okanagan Valley. These were: at Deeper Creek, 6
miles south of Okanagan Mission; at Caesars, | mile
south of Nahun; and at Ewing, 2.5 miles north of
Fintry. All sites were within 1/4-mile of the shoreline
of Okanagan Lake. The largest stand at Caesars was
scattered over an area of about 2.5 acres and the
smallest at Deeper Creek consisted of 18 large trees
and numerous seedlings. Unsprayed, cultivated
sweet cherries were located 1/2- and 1/4-mile from
these stands.
Host plants at all sites were sampled for adults by
trapping with sticky boards similar to those
described by Kaloostian and Yeomans (1944). These
were made from 14-inch plywood 54% x 114%
inches painted yellow on one face and covered with
Stikem (polymerized butene, methylpropene and
butane 97% ; inert ingredients, 3%. Michel and
Pelton Co., 5743 Landregan Street, Emeryville,
California, 94608, U.S.A.). At each site, 5 to 12
traps were hung on branches of trees 4 to 8 feet above
the ground. These were changed at about 14-day
intervals. Two glycine-lye bait pans, described by
Barnes and Madsen (1963), were set-out at one of
these sites and 10 at another. Each 6-inch diameter
bait pan was made from a 1|-gallon plastic bleach
container filled with 8 oz of glycine-lye mixture and
suspended in a tree as described by Peters and
Arrand (1968). Both types of trap were set-out
commencing May 27, and inspected at 7- to 14-day
intervals until September 24. The bait pans were
serviced at each inspection by removing all trapped
insects and other debris and either replacing the
glycine-lye mixture or adding water to replace that
evaporated from the original volume. Most iden-
tifications of R. indifferens on sticky board traps
were made in the field with or without the aid of a
hand lens. Specimens trapped in bait pans were
identified in the field but when too many were
present these were collected by straining the solution
and taking them to the laboratory for identification.
Adults were identified by wing patterns as illustrated
by Bush (1966). The mature fruit of native host
plants was also sampled and examined for larvae. If
available, samples of not less than 5 lb of fruit were
collected at each site. These were placed over 4-mesh
wire screen for 21 days at room temperature to
permit larvae infesting the fruit to mature and be
extracted.
RESULTS
P. emarginata was found growing in association
with the following trees and shrubs: Douglas fir,
Pseudotsuga menziesii var. glauca (Beissn.) Franco;
black cottonwood, Populus trichocarpa Torr. and
Gray; Pacific willow, Salix lasiandra_ Benth.;
mountain or thinleaf alder, Alnus tenuifolia Nutt. ;
water birch, Betula occidentalis Hook.; western red
cedar, Thuja plicata Donn.; Douglas maple, Acer.
glabrum Torr. var douglasii (Hook.) Dipp.; and
western choke cherry, Prunus virginiana var.
demissa (Nutt.) Torr.
At all sites the peak of bitter cherry bloom was
about May 5, similar to that of most cultivated
varieties of sweet cherries. Following fruit set, there
was a heavy June drop and a further heavy drop in
the latter half of July. By August 5, no fruit remained
on the trees at any site and all showed symptoms of
stress from the hot, dry conditions.
Surveys conducted in Okanagan Mission and
Westbank near cultivated sweet and semi-sweet
cherry plantings where crops had been damaged by
R. indifferens in 1968 and 1969, showed that choke
cherry was abundant, particularly near Okanagan
Mission. No bitter cherry was found; the closest
known stand was at Deeper Creek, about 6 miles
from two Okanagan Mission cherry orchards where
damage was found. High hills separated these
commercial blocks of cherries from the Deeper Creek
site.
No bitter cherry was found during limited sur-
veys in the Oliver-Osoyoos areas of the southern
Okanagan Valley or in the adjacent Similkameen
Valley. Bitter cherry was found at Armstrong, im-
mediately north of the Okanagan Valley and was
common at Salmon Arm, a further 20 miles north.
Heavy crops of fruit matured at both locations.
Two adult R. indifferens were taken on sticky
board traps at Ewing during the periods July 24 to
August 5 and August 14 to 20, respectively. None
was taken at Deeper Creek or Caesars on sticky
board traps or in bait pans. Late season examination
of bitter cherry fruit from Armstrong and Salmon
Arm revealed abundant evidence of recent larval
feeding damage including the presence of breather
holes cut through the skin but all larvae had matured
and left the fruit. R. indifferens adults have been
found at Salmon Arm (Anon., 1969) and there have
been unconfirmed reports of sporadic damage in
cultivated cherries.
Western choke cherry is abundant and
widespread in the Okanagan and Similkameen
valleys and in the Armstrong and Salmon Arm
districts. Heavy crops of fruit were observed in all
areas. Black choke cherry, P. virginiana var.
melanocarpa (A. Nels.) Sarg., is also abundant and
widespread in the two latter areas. During the —
surveys, no evidence of larval feeding damage was
found in mature fruit of either species. Western
choke cherry was found wherever bitter cherry was
recorded in the Okanagan Valley. No adult R. in-
differens were taken on sticky board traps in stands
of choke cherry at any of the 3 principal sites
J. Entomot. Soc. Brir. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Aua. 1, 1971 apt
sampled nor were any larvae extracted from fruit
collected at these sites.
DISCUSSION
This study has established that bitter cherry is
present in the Okanagan Valley but it occurs only in
widely separated, restricted habitats. None of the
stands was over 2.5 acres and all were within 1/4-
mile of Okanagan Lake. Based on site studies at the 3
locations discovered, it is most likely to occur in
protected areas with higher than normal humidity
and soil moisture as are found in gullies and near
streams. This and the fact that the plants suffered
heat and moisture stress during the unusually hot,
dry summer of 1970, resulting in a complete,
premature fruit drop, confirms that the central
Okanagan Valley is marginal to the greater
distribution of this species (Lyons, 1954). None was
found nor is likely to be found in the southern end of
the valley or in the adjoining Similkameen Valley
where summer conditions are even hotter and drier
than those in the central areas where bitter cherry
was found. The climate is more moderate at the
north end of the Okanagan Valley, particularly at the
north-west end of Okanagan Lake so that other bitter
cherry sites may well be present.
The trapping of 2 adults in a stand of bitter
cherry at Ewing, shows that this host plant is a factor
in the ecology of isolated, low, endemic populations
of R. indifferens in the central and possibly, northern
Okanagan Valley. Trap catches were probably
reduced by the lack of fruit to attract emerged adults
and stimulate feeding, mating and oviposition. The
presence of fruit on bitter cherry attracted adyplt R.
indifferens at Creston, British Columbia, in 1970.
Fly catches on sticky board traps were correlated
directly with the presence or absence of fruit.
For endemic populations of R. indifferens to exist
when bitter cherry produces no fruit, newly emerged
females must seek cultivated cherry or the secondary
native host, choke cherry, although no adults were
taken on sticky board traps hung in this host nor
were any larvae collected from fruit that was at a
suitable stage of maturity for oviposition and larval
development. Cultivated cherry is restricted to
irrigated areas and annually produces light to heavy
crops depending on spring frosts, whereas choke
cherry is abundant, widespread and annually
produces fruit. Two adult R. indifferens were taken
on bitter cherry at Ewing, July 24 to August 5 and
August 14 to 20. These dates are much later than the
emergence peak of June 9 to 26, for this species in
cultivated sweet and semi-sweet cherries and after
crop harvesting. Choke cherry with abundant,
immature fruit at these dates may enable R. in-
differens to survive when fruit of the principal native
host is not available.
The rare occurrence of bitter cherry, apparently
restricted to the central and possibly, northern
Okanagan Valley, is unlikely to have influenced the
rapid spread of R. indifferens in cultivated cherry
plantings throughout most of the valley. Widespread
infestations of this insect on cultivated cherries
probably did not evolve from populations on bitter
cherry in these areas. This is supported by lack of
evidence to indicate that the endemic populations of
R. indifferens on native hosts have formed a host
strain adapted to development in fruits of the in-
troduced, earlier maturing, cultivated host. No
adults were trapped in 2 unsprayed, cultivated
cherry plantings located 1/4- and 1/2-mile from
stands of bitter cherry and both owners reported no
infested fruit had ever been found. In addition, no
other plantings of cultivated cherries up to 6 miles
from bitter cherry have been infested with R. in-
differens to indicate the possibility that a shift to the
introduced host had occurred. These results are in
contrast with those of Simkover (1953), who
reported that in the laboratory R. indifferens exhibit
a preference for cultivated cherries over the principal
native host and with those of Bush (1966) who
reported that a continual shift occurs from the native
to the cultivated host in cherry growing areas of
northern California. Both indicate the occurrence of
adaption from the native to the introduced host. It is
concluded that isolated, endemic populations of R.
indifferens occur principally on bitter cherry and
occasionally on choke cherry at such low levels that
adaption to the cultivated host is unlikely in the
Okanagan Valley.
The marginal existence of bitter cherry with
occasional or frequent crop failures and the resulting
necessity to depend on the less suitable choke cherry
may explain why R. indifferens was not a pest in the
Okanagan Valley before 1968. The sudden
widespread occurrence of this pest in cultivated
cherry plantings here may be similar to that in
Montana. There, R. indifferens occurs in cherry
growing areas beyond the range of bitter cherry and
according to Bush (1966), is a recent introduction.
Thus, in the Okanagan Valley, there may be 2
distinct host races of R. indifferens; an isolated, low,
endemic race on the native hosts and a widespread,
recently introduced race on cultivated sweet and
semi-sweet cherries. Elsewhere, the rapid spread of
this pest in commercial cherry plantings has occurred
mainly in areas where bitter cherry is abundant.
Recent examples include the Kootenay Valley of
British Columbia (Arrand and Peters, 1968), the
Yakima Valley, (Eide et al., 1949) and _ the
Wenatchee area (Fricket al., 1954) of Washington.
In the Okanagan Valley, R. indifferens infesting
32 J. ENroMoL. Soc. Brir. COLUMBIA, 68 (1971), AuG. 1, 1971
irrigated commercial cherries has a greater tolerance
to summer temperature extremes than its principal
native host. Irrigation, besides supporting the in-
troduced host, may be essential for survival of the
insect under these conditions. Bush (1966) reported
that Rhagoletis species appear to be less tolerant of
dry conditions than their hosts. The apparent lack of
bitter cherry in the Oliver-Osoyoos areas at the
adjacent Similkameen Valley is unlikely to prevent
the eventual establishment of this pest in these areas.
Acknowledgment
Mr. T. B. Lott, Plant Pathologist (retired),
Summerland, B.C. identified plant species and
helped locate stands of bitter cherry in the
Okanagan Valley. This invaluable assistance is
southern end of the Okanagan Valley and in the gratefully acknowledged.
References
Anon. 1969. Report on the cherry fruit fly survey Okanagan Valley 1969. Can. Dept. Agr. Plant
Protection Div. Mimeo. Circ. Sept. 4, 1969. 1-9.
Anon. 1970. Report on the cherry fruit fly survey Okanagan Valley 1970. Can. Dept. Agr. Plant
Protection Div. Mimeo. Circ. Sept. 3, 1970. 1-2.
Arrand, J. C. and W. S. Peters. 1968. A record of Rhagoletis indifferens Curran from Creston,
British Columbia. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia. 65:40.
Barnes, M. M. and H. F. Madsen. 1963. Analyzing the threat of the husk fly. Diamond Walnut
News. 45(3):5-7.
Blanc, F. L. and H. H. Keifer. 1955. The cherry fruit fly in North America. Morphological
differentiation between the eastern and western subspecies of the cherry fruit fly, Rhago-
letis cingulata (Loew). Calif. Dept. Agr. Bull. 44:77-78.
Bush, Guy L. 1966. The taxonomy, cytology and evolution of the genus Rhagoletis in North
America (Diptera, Tephritidae). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Univer. 134(11):431-562.
Eide, P. M., F. T. Lynd and H. S. Telford. 1949. The cherry fruit fly problem in eastern Wash-
ington. Wash. Agr. Expt. Sta. Circ. 72:1-8.
Frick, Kenneth E., Harold G. Simkover and H. S. Telford. 1954. Bionomics of the cherry fruit
flies in eastern Washington. Wash. Agr. Expt. Sta. Tech. Bull. 13:1-66.
Hosie, R. C. 1969. Native trees of Canada. Queen’s Printer, Ottawa. 7th ed., 380 p.
Kaloostian, G. H. and M. S. Yeomans. 1944. A sticky board trap used in scouting for pear psylla.
U.S. Dept. Agr. ET-220. Mimeo. Circ. 1-12.
Lyons, C. P. 1954. Trees, shrubs and flowers to know in British Columbia. J. M. Dent & Sons
(Canada) Ltd. Vancouver. 1952. Rev. 194 p.
Madsen, Harold F. 1970. Observations on Rhagoletis indifferens and related species in th
Okanagan Valley of British Columbia. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia. 67:13-16.
Peters, W. S. and J. C. Arrand. 1968. The control of cherry fruit flies in the Kootenay area of
British Columbia. Brit. Columbia Dept. Agr. Bull. 68-6:1-6.
Simkover, H. G. 1953. Rhagoletis cingulata on wild and cultivated cherries in eastern Washington.
J. Econ. Ent. 46(5):896-897.
ERRATUM VOL. 67, PAGE 28
Delete “The skunk was ... three days’ and
insert: The skunk was placed in an outdoor cage, in
a site known to be suitable for development of D.
andersoni, and was infested with about 8000 larvae
on 9 July 1968. No development of larvae was noted
and no nymphs appeared. Later the skunk was caged
over water and infested with about 6000 larvae on 10
September 1968. No fed larvae were seen on the
skunk or in the water tray during the next three days.
J. ENromou. Soc. Brrr. COLUMBIA, 68 (1971), Aug. 1, 1971 3s
OCCURRENCE OF PHYTOSEHID MITES (ACARINA:
PHY TOSEIIDAE) IN APPLE ORCHARDS IN
SOUTH CENTRAL BRITISH COLUMBIA
R. S. DOWNING AND T. K. MOILLIET'!
ABSTRACT
Sprayed and nonsprayed apple trees in the interior of British Colum-
bia were sampled from 1967-70 for mites belonging to the family Phytoseiidae.
Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt and T. columbiensis Chant were the
only species commonly found in sprayed orchards. T. occidentalis was more
abundant. In nonsprayed orchards, T. caudiglans Schuster was practically
the only phytoseiid found in the Okanagan and Similkameen valleys whereas it
and Phytoseius macropilis (Banks) were the most common mites found in
samples from higher rainfall districts bordering the Shuswap and Arrow Lakes.
T. pyri Scheuten was less widely distributed than the above mites but was
found in large numbers on nonsprayed trees in the Shuswap area and at
Summerland in a dwarf apple orchard that is irrigated by overhead sprinklers.
Five other species of phytoseiids were found but in very small numbers.
INTRODUCTION
During the past 2 or 3 years, predaceous mites
belonging to the family Phytoseiidae have become
important to the British Columbia fruit industry.
These mites have controlled some _ species of
phytophagous mites better and much more cheaply
than acaricides. In 1968, a publication (Downing
and Arrand 1968) outlining the procedures of in-
tegrated control including information on habits,
recognition and conservation of phytoseiids, was
made available to orchardists. Since then many
British Columbia fruitgrowers, with the help of the
provincial Department of Agriculture, have become
familiar with the use of predaceous mites in apple
pest control programs. During this time the
population density of the phytoseiids increased to
such an extent that many growers were able to omit
most acaricidal sprays that were usually required.
Other apple growing areas of the world are
having similar success with phytoseiid mites but
often different species are involved. For example, in
Missouri apple orchards, Neoseiulus (= Amblyseius)
fallacis (Garman) and Galendromus
(=Typhlodromus) longipilis (Nesbitt) according to
Poe and Enns (1969) are the most important
phytoseiids. Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt
(Hoyt 1969) is the predominant species in the State
of Washington U.S.A. whereas in England
Typhlodromus pyri Scheuten (Collyer 1964) is the
most important phytoseiid.
Anderson et al. (1958) listed a total of 28 species
of phytoseiids in British Columbia. Fourteen were
found in orchards but only 3 occurred in relatively
' Contribution No. 310, Research Station, Summerland, British
Columbia.
large numbers: Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt,
T. caudiglans Schuster (referred to as T. rhenanus by
Anderson et al. ) and Phytoseius macropilis (Banks).
At this time, phytoseiid mites could not survive in
sprayed orchards. Consequently their numbers were
not sufficient to suppress populations of
phytophagous mites. Now the situation has changed.
This report describes the current status of
phytoseiids in apple orchards in south central British
Columbia.
METHODS
Most of the collections of phytoseiid mites were
made from 1967-1970 in the dry Okanagan and
Similkameen valleys (18-36 cm. annual
precipitation) where the majority of apple orchards
in British Columbia are located. Collections were
also taken from locations with higher rainfall (50-
100 cm. annual precipitation) such as the fruit
growing areas near Shuswap, Arrow and Christina
lakes. Samples were usually collected during the
growing season when the majority of phytoseiids
were on the leaves. When collections were made
during the winter, spring or fall, overwintering sites
such as twigs, bark, and sometimes duff at the base
of the trees were sampled. Leaf samples were
processed by the method of Henderson and Mc-
Burnie (1943) as modified by Morgan et al. (1955.
Pieces of twig and bark were examined for mites
under a binocular microscope. The duff samples
were processed in a Berlese funnel using a glass plate
collector. The perimeter of the plate was treated with
a sticky substance to prevent the mites from
escaping. Identification of the phytoseiid mites listed
in this report was based on the generic concepts and
keys of Chant (1957, 1959, 1965).
34
RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS
Major Species
Five species of phytoseiids were generally the
most abundant in the collections and under certain
conditions could play a prominent part in the control
of phytophagous mites.
Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt. At present
this is without doubt the most important predaceous
phytoseiid in sprayed orchards. In Okanagan and
Similkameen apple orchards where spray programs
have been adjusted to allow its maximum survival,
this predator has been the main factor in control of
McDaniel spider mite, Tetranychus mcdanieli
McG., which was previously the most feared of all
phytophagous mites. T. occidentalis is not so ef-
fective against the European red mite, Panonychus
ulmi (koch). However, if oil is applied to apple trees
at the half-inch green bud stage to kill most of the red
mite winter eggs, T. occidentalis will usually hold the
surviving mites under control so that a summer
acaricide is seldom necessary. ‘This predator also
feeds on and suppresses population growth of the
apple rust mite, Aculus schlechtendali (Nalepa).
However, the apple rust mite is an excellent alternate
food source for T. occidentalis as it is present during
late May and early June when the other two
phytophagous mites are scarce.
T. occidentalis was found in all areas sampled
except those with a very high rainfall. It was found in
extremely small numbers in nonsprayed orchards
presumably because of competition from other
predators including different species of phytoseiids
and its inability to survive on foods such as pollen
(Laing 1959), when animal prey is not available.
This species survives in sprayed orchards because it
has developed strains with a high degree of tolerance
to organic phosphate insecticides, such as azin-
phosmethyl, that are used for control of the codling
moth, Laspeyresia pomonella (L).
The overwintering habits of T. occidentalis play a
significant role in its survival. If its preferred prey,
the McDaniel spider mite is present and wintering on
the trunks of apple trees, T. occidentalis will also
winter there and probably be protected from freezing
by snow cover. If, on the other hand, the European
red mite is the main prey, then T. occidentalis will
spend the winter in the aerial parts of the tree on
twigs etc. near red mite winter eggs. These locations
offer little or no protection from cold weather. This
was well demonstrated after the winter of 1968-69
when temperatures in the Okanagan Valley dropped
to -25°C or lower. T. occidentalis suffered almost
complete mortality where it wintered in the aerial
parts whereas it survived with little mortality where
it wintered on the trunks.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971
In apple orchards where integrated control is
practised, European red mite and apple rust mite are
generally present whereas the McDaniel spider mite
is not. This is because T. occidentalis is highly ef-
ficient as a predator of the McDaniel spider mite but
much less effective against the other two mites. In
such orchards T. occidentalis therefore winters
mainly in the aerial parts of the tree and con-
sequently is subject to periodic kills by cold winters.
T. caudiglans Schuster is the most abundant and
often the only phytoseiid in nonsprayed orchards in
the Okanagan, Similkameen and Arrow Lake
regions. It has been collected from all the areas
sampled including the high rainfall area of Seymour
Arm on Shuswap Lake.
T. caudiglans is much more tolerant of cold than
T. occidentalis. Where the two mites wintered
together in the aerial parts of apple trees during
periods of -25° to -35°C there was almost 100%
survival of T. caudiglans but almost 100% mortality
of T. occidentalis. Live T. caudiglans were also
collected from the North Thompson area after a
winter during which a temperature of -43°C was
recorded. This species, unlike T. occidentalis,
survives during periods of low prey density because it
is able to feed on pollen (Putman 1962). Probably
the greatest weakness of this predator is its inability
to survive the pesticides used in orchards. Unlike T.
occidentalis, it is very susceptible to the organic
phosphate insecticides that are used for codling moth
control.
T. columbiensis Chant. Chant (1959) described
this species from a specimen he collected in 1956
from wild cherry at Hedley, B.C. in the Similkameen.
Valley. Since then T. columbiensis has been found in
most areas of the Okanagan and Similkameen
valleys. It is present but less common in the Shuswap
and Arrow lake districts. Very few specimens have
appeared in samples from non-sprayed orchards.
After the extremely cold winter of 1968-69 which
severely reduced populations of T. occidentalis, large
populations of T. columbiensis were found in some
orchards. In some instances they comprised close to
90% of the phytoseiid population. However, in 1970
when T. occidentalis had recovered from the cold |
winter and was at a high population density, T.
columbiensis accounted for only about 3% of the ©
phytoseiids in those orchards. The apparent com- |
|
petition from T. occidentalis may explain the rise and —
fall of T.
columbiensis populations.
organophosphate resistant strains of this mite may be
developing. Resistant strains would assist integrated _
control.
Laing (1969) and Lee and David (1968) showed
However, _
because this rise of T. columbiensis took place in |
sprayed orchards there is good reason to suspect that _
J. Entomou. Soc. Brir. CotumBiaA, 68 (1971), Auga. 1, 1971 35
that 7. occidentalis does not feed on pollen, leaves, or
fungus spores as alternate food sources when prey
mites are not available. Our experiments showed that
T. columbiensis is able to survive and lay eggs when
fed a diet of pollen and therefore should be able to
survive during the early part of the growing season
when numbers of prey mites are low.
Phytoseius macropilus (Banks). This was the
most common phytoseiid collected in the Shuswap
region where the annual precipitation is 50-65 cm. It
was also found in the Arrow Lake district. It has not
been taken in samples from sprayed orchards or from
any orchard in the Okanagan or Similkameen valleys
except from a nonsprayed orchard west of and 500
m. above Oliver.
T. pyri Scheuten. T. pyri is probably the best
known and has the greatest world wide distribution
of all members of the family Phytoseiidae. However,
its distribution in the interior of British Columbia is
very limited. It has been taken from nonsprayed
apple trees near Christina Lake and in the Shuswap
region, particularly around Sicamous and Mara
Lake where it was the main species present. It, along
with T. caudiglans, is the main mite predator in a
dwarf apple orchard that is irrigated by overhead
sprinklers at the Summerland Research Station.
Perhaps overhead sprinkling is creating conditions
similar to those in high rainfall areas where T. pyri is
more common. If so, this predator may become more
widespread, as overhead sprinkling becomes more
widely practised. According to Collyer (1964), and
from observations here, T. pyri is an effective
predator. It could be very useful for control of
phytophagous mites in British Columbia apple
orchards if organic phosphate resistant strains of the
mite could be developed.
Minor Species
The following five phytoseiids were found only in
certain collections and in very limited numbers and
do not appear very promising as predators in apple
orchards.
T. soleiger (Ribaga) has been found only in
nonsprayed orchards at Silverton, Christina Lake
and at a high elevation (800 m.) in the Okanagan
Valley.
T. arboreus Chant is very similar in appearance
toT. columbiensis but has been found only once in a
sample from a semi-neglected apple orchard in
Summerland.
T. smithi Schuster was found on twigs from a
nonsprayed apple tree near Vavenby.
Amblyseius cucumeris Oudemans is usually
found on low growing plants including grape vines
but was taken once from a leaf sample of apple trees
in Kelowna.
A. fallacis (Garman) is one of the most important
phytoseiids in the eastern United States and is able to
survive in sprayed orchards in Missouri (Poe and
Enns 1969). It is comparatively scarce in apple
orchards of the interior of British Columbia but a few
have been taken from semi-neglected apple trees in
Summerland.
References
Anderson, N. H., C. V. G. Morgan, and D. A. Chant. 1958. Notes on occurrence of Typhlo-
dromus and Phytoseius spp. in southern British Columbia (Acarina: Phytoseiinae). Can.
Ent. 90:275-279.
Chant, D. A. 1957. Descriptions of some phytoseiid mites (Acarina: Phytoseiidae). Part I. Nine
new species from British Columbia with keys to the species of British Columbia. Can.
Ent. 89:289-299.
Chant, D. A. 1959. Phytoseiid mites (Acarina: Phytoseiidae). Part II. A taxonomic review of the
family Phytoseiidae with descriptions of 38 new species. Can. Ent. 91 (Suppl. 12) 121 pp.
Chant, D. A. 1965. Generic concepts in the family Phytoseiidae (Acarina: Mesostigmata). Can.
Ent. 97:351-374.
Collyer, Elsie. 1964. A summary of experiments to demonstrate the role of Typhlodromus pyri.
Scheut. in the control of Panonychus ulmi Koch in England. Proc. Ist int. Cong.
Acarology, Fort Collins (1963) pp. 363-371.
Downing, R. S. and J. C. Arrand. 1968. Integrated control of orchard mites in British Columbia.
B.C. Dept. Agr. Publ. 68-4.
Henderson, C. F. and H. Y. McBurnie. 1943. Sampling technique for determining populations of citrus
red mite and its predators. U.S. Dept. Agr. Circ. 671.
Hoyt, S. C. 1969. Integrated control of insects and biological control of mites on apple in Wash-
ington. J. econ. Ent. 62:74-86.
Laing, J. E. 1969. Life history and life table of Metaseiulus occidentalis. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer.
62:978-982.
Lee, M. S. and D. W. Davis. 1968. Life history and behaviour of the predatory mite Typhlodro-
mus occidentalis in Utah. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 61:251-255.
36 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Auac. 1, 1971
Morgan, C. V. G. et al. 1955. Methods for estimating orchard mite populations, especially with
the mite brushing machine. Can. Ent. 87:189-200.
Poe, Sidney L. and Wilbur R. Enns. 1969. Predaceous mites (Acarina: Phytoseiidae) associated with
Missouri orchards. Trans. Missouri Acad. Sc. 3(1969) 69-82.
Putman, Wm. L. 1962. Life-history and behaviour of the predaceous mite, Typhlodromus (T)
caudiglans Schuster (Acarina: Phytoseiidae) in Ontario with notes on the prey of related
species. Can. Ent. 94:163-177.
THE PSYLLIDAE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA WITH
A KEY TO SPECIES
R. L. KITCHING!
ABSTRACT
A list is presented of the 38 plant-lice or Psyllidae recorded from
British Columbia. Keys to the species are given with locality records, together
with an additional 28 species recorded from adjacent areas of Alberta, Wash-
ington and Alaska. The keys are adapted from those given in monographs by
Crawford (1914), Caldwell (1938a) and Tuthill (1943) with the addition of ten
species not included in their keys.
INTRODUCTION
The Psyllidae (=Chermidae) of British
Columbia have been neglected as a group and no
comprehensive check-list has been published since
Downes’ (1927) list which consisted of eight species
only. Two monographs on the group for the whole of
North America have been produced, namely those of
Crawford (1914) and Tuthill (1943), but the latter
work covered the sub-families Triozinae and
Psyllinae only. Other writers, notably Klyver
(1932b), Caldwell (1936, 1937, 1940), Strickland
(1938, 1939) and Jensen (1956), have described
species and published records of the occurrence of
psyllids from British Columbia and adjacent areas
and the list of Hemiptera of North America by Van
Duzee (1917) also contains some records for the
region. The list given below is based upon these
works and upon the collection of the late W. Downes
preserved in the Spencer Entomological Museum of
Subfamily: LIVITNAE
Genus: Livia Latreille
Species: — caricis Crawford 1914
Genus: Aphalara Forster
Species: °*calthae (Linnaeus 1861)
rumicis Mally 1894
angustipennis Crawford 1911
veaziet Patch 1911
nebulosa kincaidi Ashmead 1910
vanceuverensis Klyver 1932
?persicaria Caldwell 1937
' Institute of Animal Resource Ecology, University of British
Columbia, Vancouver 8, Canada.
the University of British Columbia and brought to
my attention by Dr. G. G. E. Scudder.
CHECK-LIST OF THE PSYLLIDAE
RECORDED FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA
In this list the nomenclature follows Crawford
(1914) and Tuthill (1943) and, therefore, conflicts
to some extent with that of Caldwell (1938a). I base
this choice on what appears to be the most common
modern usage both in North America and among
_European workers (eg. Kloet and Hincks, 1964).
‘The reference following the author and date of each
species gives the source of my record which is a
published work except when drawn from the
Downes’ collection (“Downes coll.’) or from the notes
of Downes preserved with the collection (‘Downes
notes’). I have given the oldest reference I could find
in each case although I do not claim that these are
the earliest records of the occurrence of each species
in the province.
Crawford 1914.
Downes coll.
Klyver 1932b
Downes 1927
Downes coll.
Klyver 1932b
Klyver 1932b
Waddell 1952
? Calthae is not accepted by Caldwell (1937) as a North
American species and he has described several further species
including persicaria from North American material previously
ascribable to calthae (see keys and notes below).
J. Enromou. Soc. Brir. COLUMBIA, 68 (1971), Aug. 1, 1971 37
Subfamily: TRIOZINAE
Genus: Tricza Forster
Species: maura Forster 1848
quadripunctata Crawford 1910
albifrens Crawford 1910
frentalis Crawford 1910
inversa Tuthill 1939
varians Crawford 1910
incerta Tuthill 1943
eccidentalis Tuthill 1939
lengicernis Crawford 1914
Subfamily: PSYLLINAE
Klyver 1932b
Downes’ notes
Tuthill 1943
Klyver 1932b
Tuthill 1939
Van Duzee 1917
Tuthill 1943
Tuthill 1939
Crawford 1914
Genus: Psylla Geoffroy
Species: alni_ (Linnaeus 1758) Downes 1927
caudata Crawford 1914 Klyver 1932b
galeafermis Patch 1911 Downes coll.
fleccesa Patch 1909 Downes coll.
trimaculata Crawford 1914 Klyver 1932b
striata Patch 1911 Tuthill 1943
ceryli Patch 1912 Tuthill 1943
°?stricklandi (Caldwell 1939) Downes’ notes
magnicauda Crawford 1914 Tuthill 1943
buxi (Linnaeus 1758) Downes coll.
pyriccla Forster 1848 Downing, Morgan & Proverbs 1956
parallela Crawford 1914 Klyver 1932b
miner Crawford 1914 Crawford 1914
*?latiferceps Tuthill 1943 Downes’ notes
Genus: Arytaina Forster
Species: — fuscipennis Crawford 1914 Crawford 1914
rebusta Crawford 1914 Tuthill 1943
pubescens Crawford 1914 Downes coll.
sparticphila (Forster 1848) Downes 1957
Genus: — Psyllepsis Low
Species: —fraxiniccla (Forster 1848) Downes coll.
Genus: Euphyllura Forster
Species: arbuti Schwartz 1904 Klyver 1932b
arctestaphyli Schwartz 1904 Klyver 1932b
KEYS TO THE SPECIES OF Columbia. The keys to these additional species are
PSYLLIDAE RECORDED FROM based on the published descriptions and exact
BRITISH COLUMBIA AND references are given. Except where otherwise stated,
ADJACENT AREAS place names in parentheses represent records within
The keys that follow include all the species listed
above together with additional species recorded from
Alberta, Washington State and Alaska south of the
63° N parallel. I include these because the list above
cannot claim to be complete and species recorded
from adjacent areas may well be found within the
borders of the province. The keys are based upon
those of Crawford (1914), Caldwell (1938a) and
Tuthill (1943) suitably abridged and added to. I
have added eight species of Aphalara and one of
Psylla that were not included in these works al-
though none of the nine is recorded yet from British
* These two species of Psylla are marked with a question mark
in Downes’ notes and I can locate no further records for them. I
retain them as records needing confirmation.
British Columbia.
KEY TO SUB - FAMILIES
OF THE PSYLLIDAE
(AFTER CRAWFORD 1914)
1. Frons not covered by genae; genae not
produced into conical processes; front ocellus
at extremity of frons. ..................... 2
—.Frons covered by genae; genae_ usually
produced into conical processes (‘genal
cones’); front ocellus embedded between vertex
QNGIENAC ee iaee ice ak ee 5
2. Vertex flat and horizontal, with frons beneath it
in the form of a narrow (usually elongate)
sclerite from clypeus to front ocellus; wings
often more or less thickened and maculated.
eT ee ee eer ore LIVIINAE
38 J. ENTOMOL.
—. Vertex rounded downward in front, not
horizontal, with frons as a distinct sclerite
usually forming a uniformly smooth surface
with vertex and genae; wings usually mem-
branous............. PAUROPSYLLINAE
3. Basal tarsal segment of hind-legs without a pair
of black claw-like spines at their tip; radius,
media and cubitus usually diverging at same
point from basal vein; wings usually angulate
ALE ADO NIP Pepe re ea tad ef oie ood TRIOZINAE
. Basal tarsal segment of hind-legs with two
black claw-like spines at tip; the three veins not
diverging at the same point from basal vein but
media and cubitus with a common stem; wings
rarely angulate at apex. ...... PSYLLINAE
One other sub-family of psyllids, the CAR-
SIDARINAE, is recorded from North America but I
have found no records for farther north than Ohio
(Caldwell 1938a). This sub-family is distinguished
from all others by having ‘a head deeply cleft in
front, with the antennae attached to the truncate
anterior ends on each side of the cleft’ (Crawford,
1914).
KEY TO GENERA OF
THE LIVIINAE
(AFTER CRAWFORD 1914)
1. Eyes greatly flattened, not hemispherical;
vertex longer than broad; pronotum extending
far down laterally toward coxae; wings
thickened.................... Livia Latreille
—. Eyes more or less hemispherical; vertex not
longer than broad......... Aphalara Forster
KEY TO SPECIES OF
THE LIVIINAE
Genus: Livia
Only one species of Livia, caricis Crawford, is
recorded from the region and is characterised by
Crawford as follows: ‘length seldom more than
3mm., often less, vertex not deeply emarginate in
front, scarcely raised on margins, flagellum of an-
tennae usually about two and a half times as long as
segment II; forceps of male usually short, stout, not
pyriform, truncate at apex; wings not maculated,
semi-transparent, thick and transversely wrinkled.’
(Glacier, Duncan, Riske Creek and Kamloops).
Genus: Aphalara
1. Clypeus much elongated, more or less cylin-
drical, rounded or truncate at apex extending
down and forward. ...... ‘calthae’ group. .8
(Recorded as calthae L. from Quesnel, Stanley
and Soda Creek).
—. Clypeus sub-globose or pyriform, not
elongated, more or less adpressed to face. . . . .2
. Wings distinctly maculated or banded. ...... 3
. Wings not distinctly maculated or banded. . .7
. Forceps of male clavate, with inwardly directed
tooth or inner anterior margin, subapically. . . 4
w | to
Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971
Forceps of male not clavate at apex, without
inner subapical tooth. %) 747) .909) 1 e 6
4. Wings clear with an irregular brown band
running diagonally across their apices; colour
of body reddish to flavous. ..rumicis Mally
(Chilliwack).
—. Wings opaque, whitish, covered more or less
densely with brown spots. ................ E
9. Wing spots running together to form maculae,
more numerous distally; general colour grey
with yellowish or brownish tinge on head and
thorax and dark transverse stripes on dorsum
of abdomen. ........ vancouverensis Klyver
(Recorded and described from Duncan).
. Wing spots small, round; general colour
greenish yellow with whitish stripes on dorsum
of thorax... 35222 angustipennis Crawford
(Vernon, Quesnel and Soda Creek).
6. Posterior process of male anal valve tapering
uniformly to apex, not lanceolate; forceps
deeply bifurcate with two long, thin processes;
antennae one and a half times as long as head
Width 2. 3.2.44... Mae cee alaskensis Ashmead
(Recorded from Fox Point, Alaska and
Easton, Washington (Crawford 1914)).
. Posterior process of male anal valve con-
spicuously lanceolate, petiolate at base; forceps
T-shaped; antennae 11/4 times head width.
epee irar ree Te. nebulosa kincaidi Ashmead
(Chilliwack and Triangle Island).
7. Forceps of male with caudal margins appearing
straight or slightly concave; dorsal valve of
female genital segment relatively straight with
rather abruptly upturned apex; antennae
varying in length, at least as long as head
Widths. cao, ce veaziei Patch
(Victoria, Quesnel and Prince George).
Forceps of male with caudal margins distinctly
sinuate or convex in lateral aspects; female
genital segment with dorsal valve sinuate or, if
appearing straight, apex not upturned; an-
tennae almost twice as long as head width.
Ledeuenait: dene eee fumida Caldwell
(Recorded by Strickland (1939) from several
localities in Alberta).
‘8. Body entirely black. .manitobaensis Caldwell
(Recorded by Strickland (1939) from
Wabumun, Alberta).
. Body orange to red but not entirely black ... .9
9. Fore-wings not hyaline often with dark areas,
bands or spots
. Fore-wings hyaline. .....................0
10. Fore-wings with a sub-apical brown band and
spot on the commissural margin; membrane
yellowish). 4). oA ee dentata Caldwell
constructed from Caldwell’s original descriptions (1937, 1938b) of |
the species previously designated as calthae. I was restricted,
therefore, to the characters included in his descriptions. The four |
species, confusa, simila, persicaria and loca, will be found —
difficult to separate, especially the females, and this should not
be attempted without Caldwell’s (1937) diagrams of the genitalia
to hand (e.g. the females of confusa and simila are separated on |
the length of the proboscis-like extension of their dorsal valves).
J. Enromot. Soc. Brrr. CoLUMBIA, 68 (1971), Aug. 1, 1971 39
(Records from Medicine Hat, Alberta in
Strickland (1938)).
—. Fore-wings with no bands or spots, ter-
minations of all veins usually have surrounding
dark areas, sub-apical faint brown cloud may
be'present.................. curta Caldwell
(Recorded by Strickland (1938) from
Beaverlodge, Alberta).
SEN Pg hich. ue kad nis we awd ean 8 12
3 Ue 15
12. Forceps of genitalia having relatively long
anterior-mesal processes widely separated at
their tips from the apices of the forceps ....13
—. Anterior-mesal processes of forceps relatively
short and not widely separated from the apices
of the forceps at their tips. .............. 14
13. Tips of forceps squarely truncate.
| Se ee er confusa Caldwell
(Recorded from several localities in Alberta
by Strickland (1938)).
—. Tips of forceps tapering and rounded.
ME Set Or win dels e x Fn ern loca Caldwell
(Recorded from several localities in Alberta
by Strickland (1938)).
14. Anterior-mesal processes short and _ closely
adpressed to bodies of forceps with tip not quite
reaching apices of forceps, forcep tip more or
less square.............. persicaria Caldwell
(Creston).
—. Anterior-mesal processes short but not closely
adpressed to bodies of forceps, forcep tip
oblique. .............0...004 simila Caldwell
(Recorded by Strickland (1938) from
Wabamun, Alberta).
15. Dorsal valve of genitalia with a proboscis-like,
downward pointing extension, circum-anal ring
of even width all round. ................. 1
—. Dorsal valve with no proboscis-like extension:
circum-anal ring with an apron-like distal
SXCCNSION, 2... ole cae ii
16. Head greatly deflexed. ..... confusa Caldwell
—. Head not greatly deflexed... . simila Caldwell
17. Dorsum of dorsal valve sinuate beyond anal
opening, apex of this valve narrowing to a nose-
like apex; anal vein finely serrate.
Oe Ste aided Xe dda wh persicaria Caldwell
—. No nose-like apex to the dorsal valve; anal vein
not finely serrate.
PPP Ok dna bpaxevecae ck loca Caldwell
A further species, Aphalara hebecephala,
described by Caldwell in 1936 is recorded by
Strickland from Alberta but I found Caldwell’s
description too incomplete to include the species in
this key.
One final word on the ‘calthae group’ and that is
that if Caldwell’s supposition holds, that the North
American ‘calthae’ are, in fact, several closely
related species, then we may expect that more species
will be described and determination to a particular
species at this stage must be made with cir-
cumspection which will be removed only after further
work on the group.
THE PAUROPSYLLINAE
Only one species of this sub-family, namely
Calophya triozomima Schwartz, is recorded from
the region, by Strickland (1939) from Medicine Hat,
Alberta. Crawford (1914) characterises the species
as follows: ‘genal cones not longer than broad,
usually much reduced; wings more or less angulate
at apex, hyaline, transparent, shining, pterostigma
short and small; prescutum long’.
KEY TO GENERA OF
THE TRIOZINAE
(AFTER TUTHILL 1943)
1. Radius, media and cubitus arising from basal
vein at same point. ....................4. 2
—. Radius, media and cubitus not arising at same
point, radius and media or media and cubitus
with a short, common petiole.
Sr era Hemitrioza Crawford
. Genae produced as usually conical processes at
least moderately long (usually half as long as
vertex or longer). ........... Trioza Forster
—. Genal processes, if present, very short, conical
or pad-like, sometimes lacking, or genae
smoothly, spherically swollen.
Senha ath cindees ...........Paratrioza Crawford
i)
KEY TO SPECIES OF
THE TRIOZINAE
(AFTER TUTHILL 1943)
Genus: Trioza
1. Hind tibiae with two inner apical spines. ... .2
—. Hind tibiae with three inner apical spines. . . .9
2. Genal processes longer than vertex
re Pere et ret pulla Tuthill
(Recorded by Tuthill (1943) from
Washington).
—. Genal processes not longer than vertex (usually
distinctly shorter). ....................... 3
3. Antennae at least twice as long as width of
heads: 24 cnuee eee oe longicornis Crawford
(Vancouver)
—. Antennae less than twice as long as width of
head (rarely over 13/4 times as long). ........ 4
4, Marginal cells of fore-wings very small; female
genital segment over half as long as rest of
abdOmen’. is.) 45 ¢ fc ig at Oe ee b)
—. Marginal cells typical size for Trioza; female
genital segment less than half as long as rest of
abdomel: 25.4 dtd cednes eles a eeme nea 6
5. Dorsal valve of female genital segment straight
and acute apically; length about 4 mm.
re re ee eee ee ee occidentalis Tuthill
(Recorded and described from Kaslo Creek).
—. Dorsal valve of female genital segment up-
turned and blunt apically; length about 3.5
THN 5. facets toe a Te oe rubicola Tuthill
40
10.
11.
12,
. Fore-wings immaculate. .
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Aug. 1, 1971
(Described by Tuthill (1943) from Tacoma,
Washington).
. Antennae 114 times as long as width of head.
Antennae at least 134 times width of head
Pi LAE AED ctr cee okie ae varians Crawford
(From British Columbia (Van Duzee, 1917)).
. General colour black; female genital segment
straight and acute........... incerta Tuthill
(From British Columbia (Tuthill, 1943)).
General colour green to orange, head often
black; female genital segment shorter, strongly
curved ventrally. ......................4. 8
. Vertex strongly bulging anteriorly; caudal
lobes of male proctiger short, only half as long
as axial portion ........... minuta Crawford
(Recorded by Strickland (1938) from several
localities in Alberta and by Tuthill (1943) from
Washington).
. Vertex not strongly bulging; caudal lobes of
male proctiger as long as axial portion.
ee Lee ee eee ee ee maura Forster
fiitsemarity Island).
. Thorax very strongly arched; male proctiger
arcuate caudally but not produced into an
extended lobe; both valves of female genital
segment straight, about equal in length, ventral
valve not upcurved to meet dorsal valve. .. . 10
. Thorax moderately arched; male proctiger
with a prominent caudal lobe (either apical or
basal) ; female genital segment with at least the
ventral valve strongly upcurved. .......... 11
Fore-wings with four dark spots on posterior
margin........... quadripunctata Crawford
(Quesnel and Soda Creek).
.albifrons Crawford
(From British Columbia (Tuthill, 1943)).
Male proctiger with caudal lobes as long as
axial portion, lobe never entirely basal; an-
tennae 114 or more than 114 times as long as
widthor heads. 205: 624 sete (ae eee 12
. Caudal lobe of male proctiger much shorter
than axial portion, lobe basal in origin; an-
tennae | 1/3 times as long as width of head.
rr ree ree: inversa Tuthill
(From British Columbia (Tuthill, 1943)).
Forceps of male in lateral view parallel sided,
not enlarged apically; species about 3 mm. in
length; colour typically orange with black tarsi
and antennae but may be much darker with
brown markings........... sulcata Crawford
(Recorded by Strickland (1938) from Ed-
monton, Alberta).
Forceps of male in lateral view slender basally,
enlarged apically; species about 3.5 mm. in
length; colour orange-red to brown with darker
antennae, genal processes and abdomen.
CE een on inner ts frontalis Crawford
(Victoria).
Genus: Paratrioza
A single species of this genus, cockerelli (Sulc) is
recorded from the region, from several localities in
Alberta by Strickland (1938, 1939). The species is
characterised by Tuthill (1943) as follows: ‘a small
(3 mm. to tip of folded wings) species with hyaline
fore-wings and having genae produced as small but
distinct conical processes’.
Genus: Hemitrioza
Again a_ single species of this genus,
washingtonia Klyver, is recorded from the area.
The species was described from a single individual
from Toppenish, Washington by Klyver (1932b).
Tuthill (1943) characterised it as follow: ‘species
with costal margins of fore-wings not strongly ar-
ched, Rs long, straight, extending beyond furcation
of media; general colour brown, forewings im-
maculate’.
KEY TO GENERA OF
THE PSYLLINAE
(AFTER TUTHILL 1943)
1. Genal processes large, flattened, contiguous, on
same plane as vertex; fore-wings thickened,
rugose, rhomboidal. ....Euphyllura Forster
—. Genal processes not flattened, rarely con-
tiguous; fore-wings usually membranous,
sometimes thickened and rugose but not
rhomboidal.. .. 5.5.2... \.an enon eae 2
2. Pleural suture of prothorax extending to middle
of lateral margin of pronotum, propleurites
equal dorsally. ..... .... =. 332: eee ae 3
. Pleural suture of prothorax oblique,
propleurites not equal dorsally.
paoliois gene ee Psylla Geoffroy
3. Genal processes sharply depressed from plane
of vertex parallel toit ....... Arytaina Forster
—. Genal processes not depressed from plane of
vertex. js ee Psyllopsis Low
KEY TO SPECIES OF
THE PSYLLINAE
(MODIFIED FROM TUTHILL 1943)
Genus: Psylla
1. Eyes borne on prominent stalk-like portion of
the head)... ose ager negudinis Mally
(Recorded by Strickland (1938) from Ed-
monton, Alberta).
. Eyes not borne on prominent stalk-like portion.
2. Antennae twice as long as width of head or
longer... 66.5546 60). oe ee ee 3
width of head
3. Smaller (up to 3.5 mm. to tip of folded wing
species; yellowish green wings, not clear or
hyaline; distal third of antennae dark,
segments without dark annuli..
(From British Columbia (Tuthill, 1943)).
. Antennae distinctly less than twice as long as _—
_ striata Patch |
|
—. Larger (more than 4.5 mm. to tip of folded —
J. ENromMo.. Soc. Brit. CotuMBiA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971 41
10.
H.
2.
13.
wings) species; without above combination of
MBRGCLCES a0 be ose eee oe ee ee ee 4
. Pterostigma present, prominent. ........... b)
Pterostigma obsolete or nearly obsolete. .... . 7
. Genal processes no longer than basal width,
typically rounded apically....alni (Linnaeus)
(Sooke and Victoria).
Genal processes longer than basal width,
SHanper apically. ......02c.s2 see es sees: 6
. Female genital segment 3/4 as long as rest of
body; male forceps enlarged apically.
ce eae caudata Crawford
(Vancouver (Klyver, 1932b)).
Female genital segment not over 1/2 as long as
rest of body; male forceps nearly parallel,
margined to apices.
5h I eae eee ere galeaformis Patch
(Quesnel and Soda Creek).
. Female genital segment larger than rest of
abdomen, slender, styliform, abruptly enlarged
basally; male forceps not notched apically.
Me Silane Mase in le floccosa Patch
(Quesnel and Soda Creek).
. Female genital segment shorter than rest of
abdomen, stout; male forceps notched apically.
A en oe trimaculata Crawford
(From Thormanby Island and Esquimalt, by
Klyver (1932b) who regarded the variety
astigmata Crawford as a separate species).
. Small (2-2.5 mm.) species; genal processes
separate basally, strongly divergent ; fore-wings
more or less fumate ...................... 9
. Larger (more than 2.5 mm.) species; genal
processes separate basally, less _ strongly
divergent; fore-wings not usually fumate
(except in pyricola and alaskensis). ...... 10
. Head and thorax very prominently pubescent.
PR eter Push La tele AB wt hirsuta Tuthill
(From Satus Creek, Washington (Tuthill,
1943)).
Head and thorax not pubescent.
MORAN wide ase eng tne ces ates coryli Patch
(From British Columbia (Tuthill, 1943)).
Female genital segment distinctly longer than
rest of abdomen and male forceps simple . . . 11
Female genital segment at most as long as rest
of abdomen or, if longer, male forceps not
SIT 0) (SN aA ea eet ae rr 15
Antennae | 2 / 3 times as long as width of head
DP TENOR iy Rs ere ee oe eee ee | 4
. Antennae | 1/3 to 1 1/2 times as long as
width of head ............. buxi (Linnaeus)
(Vancouver).
Apex of dorsal valve of female genital segment
curved ventrally............... hartigii Flor
(Recorded from Edmonton, Alberta).
. Apex of dorsal valve of female genital segment
PIBCUNN CO 6255 6 Wea Loo Baca wk POs Ges 1}
Ventral valve of female genital segment with
sharp apex; large species (4-4.5 mm.).
2 Na rr stricklandi Caldwell
(Recorded from several localities in Alberta by
Strickland (1939)).
—. Ventral valve of female genital segment with
DluntsapeXec ete oa cw ee eee 14
14. Ventral valve of female genital segment
distinctly shorter than dorsal valve, latter
evenly upcurved ; male forceps arched to black,
blunt apices ......... magnicauda Crawford
(From British Columbia (Tuthill, 1943)).
—. Ventral valve of female genital segment nearly
as long as dorsal valve, latter very abruptly
upturned apically; male forceps slender,
gradually narrowing to apices.
pe es Pe ae ey Pe eae tuthilli (Caldwell)
(Recorded by Strickland (1939) from
Medicine Hat, Alberta).
15. Antennae slightly longer than width of head.
BS Ae Mate, 4k es Oe eae parallela Crawford
(Chilliwack, Chilcotin and Nicola Lake,
(Klyver 1932b)).
(see also couplet 22 below).
—. Antennae at least 1 1/3 times as long as width
of head (sometimes slightly less in alaskensis).
rg eee ee ere ee ee: 16
16. Male forceps simple, blunt to acute apically
(not truncate); greenish white ............ Le
—. Male forceps not simple. ................ 20
17. Genal processes almost as long as vertex; light
green species................ alba Crawford
(Recorded by Tuthill (1943) from
Washington).
—. Genal processes not over 2/3 as long as vertex;
dark coloured species. .................. 18
18. Fore-wings with a black spot at apex of clavus,
often somewhat fumate. ................. 19
—. Fore-wings immaculate. .americana Crawford
(Recorded by Tuthill (1943) from Banff
Springs, Alberta).
19. Pterostigma narrow. ...°*pararibesiae Jensen
(Recorded by Jensen (1956) from Ellensberg,
Washington).
(see also couplet 20).
—. Pterostigma large. .......... pyricola Forster
(Interior of British Columbia (Downing et al.,
1956)).
20. Fore-wings with a prominent dark spot at apex
Ol ClAVIS eee ‘pararibesiae Jensen
(see couplet 19 above).
—. Fore-wings immaculate (except pterostigma
may be dark, more or less fumate in
alaskensis) <0. 0. cue ee ae eee ee 24
21. Male forceps narrowed before apex, then
enlarged and truncate, somewhat T-shaped in
Appearance! a tao een Minin Meee ee ai
> The species, pararibesiae, was described and separated from
ribesiae (Crawford) by Jensen (1956) along with notapennis
Jensen. Of these three only one, pararibesiae, is recorded from
the area of interest; ribesiae being recorded from no nearer than
Oregon and notapennis being restricted to California. From Jen-
sen’s descriptions I surmise that the complex of all three species
would key out as ribesiae in Tuthill’s (1943) key. I have there-
fore retained Tuthill’s method of determination as a means of
identifying pararibesiae in the region being considered here.
42 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. CotumMBIA, 68 (1971), Aua. 1, 1971
—. Male forceps not T-shaped. .............. 23
22. Length to tip of folded wings 3 mm.
ie er eines eae ee ae ae parallela Crawford
(see couplet 15 above).
—. Length to tip of folded wings 3.5 to 4mm.
Or eer eer ee) aaa minor Crawford
(Victoria and Vancouver (Crawford, 1914)).
(note that americana flava = minor flava —
see Tuthill, 1943).
23. Male forceps broad, apices very broadly
truncate and heavily sclerotised.
Pie MA ad hae PIE latiforceps Tuthill
(Quesnel (Downes, but with a question mark
against the determination), recorded by Tuthill
(1943) from Easton, Washington).
—. Male forceps otherwise. ................. 24
24. Male forceps strongly sinuate on caudal
THA OM on opine ee ee eee sinuata Crawford
(Recorded from Edmonton and Nordegg,
Alberta by Strickland (1938)).
—. Male forceps otherwise. .................25
25. Entire apical portion of forceps hooked, heavily
pubescent ; female genital segment shorter than
rest of abdomen............. uncata Tuthill
(Recorded by Tuthill (1943) from Banff
Springs, Alberta).
—. Forceps bearing a small apical hook, scarcely
visible in lateral view; female genital segment
as long as or longer than rest of abdomen.
ed mnamdres cee toe alaskensis Ashmead
(Recorded from Fox Point and Seldovia,
Alaska by Tuthill (1943)).
Genus: Arytaina
1. Fore-wings conspicuously maculate, spotted or
entirely darks ante sno. nce ee aa ete 2
—. Fore-wings not conspicuously maculate, often
more or less evenly fumate. ............... 4
2. Fore-wings with prominent pterostigma.
Cee Se ie hot ee pubescens Crawford
(Penticton).
—. Fore-wings with pterostigma almost or com-
pletely obsolete. .....................005. 3
3. Fore-wings entirely dark; male forceps
bilobate.............. fuscipennis Crawford |
(North Bend).
—. Fore-wings white with brown spots or maculae;
male forceps not bilobate.
Us atls Phe ee robusta Crawford
(From British Columbia (Tuthill, 1943)).
4, Pterostigma lacking. . .spartiophila (Forster)
(Victoria).
—. Pterostigma prominent. . . .ceanothi Crawford
(Recorded from Easton, Washington by
Tuthill (1943)).
Genus: Psyllopsis
A single species of this genus is recorded from this
region. This is fraxinicola (Férster) from Victoria.
Tuthill (1943) characterises the species as follows:
‘unicolourous, including wings, greenish yellow,
wings hyaline’.
Genus: Euphyllura
1. Veins Rs and M (including branches) of fore-
wings very strongly sinuate; wings brown
basally, light apically. ...... arbuti Schwartz
(Galiano).
—. Veins Rs and M not or only very slightly
sinuate; wings generally brownish with red
VEINS. (Jou 4400 arctostaphyli Schwartz
(Merritt).
Note that in the above keys the most exact
localities recorded for the species from British
Columbia are given. Species occurring in adjacent
areas but not within the province are included only
when a definite record has been published.
Acknowledgments
Iam most grateful to Dr. G. G. Scudder for
suggesting the area of this study and for reading
an early draft of this paper. I thank, also, Miss
Kathleen Stuart of the Spencer Entomological
Museum who ran checks on my keys.
References
Caldwell, J. S. 1936. Seven new species of the genus Aphalara (Homoptera: Chermidae). Ohio
J. Sci. 36:220-223.
Caldwell, J. S. 1937. Some North American relatives of Aphalara calthae Linnaeus. Ann. ent.
Soc. Am. 30:563-571.
Caldwell, J. S. 1938a. The jumping plant-lice of Ohio (Homoptera: Chermidae). Bull. Ohio biol.
Surv. 6:228-281.
Caldwell, J. S. 1938b. Three new species of psyllids and the description of the allotype of Livia
opaqua Cald. (Homoptera: Psyllidae). Ann. ent. Soc. Am. 31:442-444.
Caldwell, J. S. 1940. Three new species of Psyllidae with notes on others. Ohio J. Sci. 40:49-50.
Crawford, D. L. 1914. A monograph of the jumping plant-lice or Psyllidae of the New World. Bull.
U.S. natn. Mus. 85:186 pp.
Downes, W. 1927. A preliminary list of the Heteroptera and Homoptera of British Columbia. Proc.
entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 23:1-22.
Downes, W. 1957. Notes on some Hemiptera which have been introduced into British Columbia. Proc.
entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 54:11-13.
J. Entomou. Soc. Brir. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971 43
Downing, R. S., Morgan G. V. G. and Proverbs, M. D. 1956. List of insects and mites attacking
tree-fruits in the interior of British Columbia. Proc. entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 52:34-35.
Jensen, D. D. 1956. New species of Psylla from western United States and biological notes. Can.
Ent. 88:101-109.
Kloet, G. S. and Hincks, W. D. 1964. A check-list of British Insects. 2nd edition (revised). Handbk.
Ident. Br. Insects 11:1-120.
Klyver, F. D. 1932b. New records and two new species of Chermidae from British Columbia and
Washington with biological notes. Pan-Pacif. Ent. 8:11-17.
Strickland, E. H. 1938. The Chermidae (Homoptera) of Alberta. Can. Ent. 70:200-206.
Strickland, E. H. 1939. Further notes on Psyllidae taken in Alberta (Homoptera). Can. Ent.
4@1:212-215.
Tuthill, L. D. 1939. New species of Psyllidae from the western United States. Iowa St. Coll. J. Sci.
13:181-186.
Tuthill, L. D. 1948. The psyllids of America north of Mexico (Psyllidae: Homoptera). Iowa St. Coll.
J. Sci.17:443-660.
Van Duzee, E. P. 1917. Catalogue of the Hemiptera of America north of Mexico excepting the
Aphididae, Coccidae and Aleyrodidae. Univ. Calif. tech. Bull. Coll. agric. exp. Sta. 2:1-902.
Waddell, D. B. 1952. A preliminary list of the Hemiptera of the Kootenay valley. Proc. entomol.
Soc. Brit. Columbia 48:93-96.
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
Since this society no longer has any support except from subscriptions it
has become necessary to institute a page charge. This has initially been set at
cost: $12.00. The page charge includes all extras except coloured illustrations,
provided that such extras do not compromise more than 40% of the published
pages. Coloured illustrations will be charged directly to the author. Authors, not
attached to universities or official institutions, who must pay these charges from
their personal funds and are unable to do so, may apply for assistance when sub-
mitting a manuscript.
Reprints are sold only in even hundreds and at the following prices:
Number of pages 1-4 5-8 9-12 13-16 17-20 21-24 25-28
First 100 copies $22.0 “Sy B42 55 70 87 106
Each extra 100 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
Author’s discounts (up to 40%) may be granted to authors who certify
at the time of ordering that they are buying reprints at personal expense.
Authors ordering personal reprints in addition to those ordered by an institution
will be billed at the rate for extra hundreds.
Papers for the Journal need not have been presented at meetings of the
Entomological Society of British Columbia, nor is it mandatory, although pref-
erable, that authors be members of the society. The chief condition for publica-
tion is that the paper have some regional origin, interest, or application.
Contributions should be sent to:
H.R. MacCarthy,
6660 N.W. Marine Drive,
Vancouver 8, B.C.
44 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA, 68 (1971), Auc. 1, 1971 ,
Manuscripts should be typed double-spaced on one side of white, line- —
numbered paper if possible, leaving generous margins. The original and two
copies, mailed flat, are required. Tables should be on separate, numbered sheets,
with the caption on the sheet. Captions for illustrations should also be on sep-
arate numbered sheets, but more than one caption may be on a sheet. Photo-
graphs should be glossy prints of good size, clarity and contrast. Line drawings
should be in black ink on good quality white paper.
The style, abbreviations and citations should conform to the Style
Manual for Biological Journals published by the American Institute of Biological
Sciences.
BACK NUMBERS
Back numbers of this journal are available from the Secretary-
Treasurer, from volume 45 (1949) to the present, at $4.00 per volume. Certain
earlier back numbers are also available, but only on special request to the
Secretary-Treasurer.
Address inquiries to:
N. V. Tonks, Secretary-Treasurer,
2819 Graham Street,
Victoria, B.C.
METRIC CONVERSION
Contributors of papers on laboratory studies should use the metric system exclusively.
Use of the metric system in reporting the results of field studies is a desirable ultimate
objective. Since it is difficult to replace immediately such standard concepts as lb/
acre by the unit kg/hectare, yards by meters, or miles by kilometers, the following
table of conversion factors is presented.
1 in.=2.54 cm 1 ft3—=28.3 dm3 1 cm=—0.394 in
1 yard—0.914 m 1 acre—0.405 hectares 1 m=3.28 ft—1.094 yards
1 mile=—1.61 km 1 lb/acre=1.12 kg/hectare 1 km=0.621 mile
1 lb.—453.6 g 1 lb/in2(psi)=70.3 g/cm2 1 kg=2.2 lb
1 gal (U.S.)=8.785 liters 1 lb/gal (U.S.)=120 g/liter 1 liter—0.264 gal (U.S.)
1 gal (Imp) —4.546 liters 1 lb/gal (Imp)—100 g/liter 1 liter=0.220 (Imp)
1 dm3—0.0353 fts
1 hectare—2.47 acres
1 kg/hectare—0.89 lb/acre
1 g/m2z—0.0142 psi
1 g/liter=0.83 1b/100 gal (U.S.)
=1000 ppm
1 g/liter=1 1b/100 gal (Imp)
JOURNAL
of the
N et al: ea Sets. and berince of inbecticdes sha doe aboieniti
maggot damage . . .
Perens |! GENERAL
ie fungi Beauveria bassiana and Metarrhizium anisopliae in cultures
he root weevil Nemocestes incomptus Horn (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) .
A simple ne efficient method of rearing tant hae hoverflies ee
. i at ou sea wate
lg notes on a green boiworn.: Lethophane ectreti. Grr.
eras Sk sae aes ee in the Phage a cies of British
A Eien Zea beetle from the Pacific Northwest, new to North
merica . .
and BERRYMAN—Larval iapause in - Seolytus neenorelis eC hleapierut
. . ° ° . . . . . ° . .
TAXONOMIC
pe LEECH— Additional récubile ae spiders (Araneida) and harvestmen
ee) for British Columbia
; TO CONTRIBUTORS... . 2 a as i ae ease e .
14
21
23
25
27
31
33
41
44
46
49
30
34
38
67
ce
80
81
JOURNAL
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY of
BRITISH COLUMBIA
Vol. 69 Issued August 1, 1972
ECONOMIC
McMULLEN— Taeniothrips orionis oviposition and feeding injury on cherries . . . 3
McMECHAN, MORGAN and WARDLE—Erosion of azinophosmethy! from apple leaves
by rain and overtree irrigation... .... 2... ee eee ee ee ee es 3
FINLAYSON et al.—Insecticides against tuber flea beetle on potatoes in British
Columbia (Chrysomelidae: Coleoptera)... . 2... ......2.---62008- 9
FINLAYSON et al.—Rates, methods, and persistence of insecticides used for preventing
CalrolmMmArPOLGamaper, «0s s),3 G@ sce cls 4 2 Sues SO ae ew = 14
GENERAL
CRAM—The fungi Beauveria bassiana and Metarrhizium anisopliae in cultures
of the root weevil Nemocestes incomptus Horn (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) . 21
FRAZER—A simple and efficient method of rearing aphidophagous hoverflies (Diptera:
ETUC V3 Vio art ae Ga i eo a a a eg ea 23
FIELDS and McMULLEN—Aggregation sites and behavior of two species of Hip-
podamia (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae) in south-central British Columbia : 25
FORBES—Innervation of the stylets of the pear psylla, Psylla pyricola iHomonters:
Psylliade), and the greenhouse whitefly, Trialeurodes vaporarium (Homoptera:
EN PCr 0G 10 2) REI ae ae a a ee ee ee 27
MADSEN—Biological notes on a green fruitworm, Lethophane_ georgii Grt.
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae), attacking apples in the Okanagan Valley of British
AGosltienis AGee ee ee ee ee cock ts yr Ses A Re ee ee 31
McMULLEN and SKOVSGAARD—Seasonal history of the balsam woolly aphid in
coactal Britisn Columbia ..5% 4. «4 2 4 285 2 4 wo fa ee ee ee 33
GRAY and DYER—Flight-muscle degeneration in spruce beetles, Dendroctonus
rufipennis (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). . .....- ee ee ee ee 41
JANSSON and SCUDDER— Corixidae (Hemiptera) as predators: rearing on frozen
ame sR peta dee tn Sk we Ae ye dks Soe oes esl ee Gee Se oe 44
SCUDDER — Industrial melansim: a possibility in British Columbia .......... 46
PUTHZ—A European staphylinid beetle from the Pacific Northwest, new to North
EN er COMMER kt tat B eta ms toi Wa Sot dae ce Sia NTE ep oer ae 49
SCOTT and BERRYMAN—Larval diapause in Scolytus ventralis (Coleoptera:
CONV RIUME) lar Meese .eoke) ce vere) a) ete ees) ae Gul sk | Gt acca See eee te a 50
TAXONOMIC
MACKAUER and CAMPBELL—The establishment of three exotic aphid parasites
(Hymenoptera: Aphidiidae) in British Columbia. . . ..........2.2.. 54
HAMILTON—The leafhopper genus Empoasca subgenus Kybos in the southern
interior of British Columbia... .. 2... 2... eee ee ee es 38
BRAGG and LEECH—Additional records of spiders (Araneida) and harvestmen
(Phalangida) for British Columbia... . 2... 2... ee ee ee ee 67
SCUDDER and JAMIESON—The immature stages of Gerris (Hemiptera) in British
Mite Lea nxn iy ae anon 20 oe eee Gees Sh aes SS) 92s) canes ES NS) es (az
Se PGe UE NEE WS cee ok ee ew Ow SL He GL) ee EE Re eS 53, 80
|
J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. Cotumsra, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 —
Directors of the Entomological Society of
British Columbia for 1971 - 1972
President
R. RING
University of Victoria
President-Elect
J. A. CHAPMAN
Pacific Forest Research Centre
506 West Burnside Road, Victoria
Past President
D. G. FINLAYSON
Research Station, C.D.A.
6660 N.W. Marine Drive, Vancouver 8
Secretary-Treasurer
N. V. TONKS
2819 Graham Street, Victoria
Honorary Auditor
P. ZUK
Vancouver
Editorial Committee
H. R. MacCARTHY, Chairman C. V. G. MORGAN
Vancouver Summerland
Directors
R. DOWNING, Summerland T. FINLAYSON (Mrs.), Vancouver
J. A. CHAPMAN, Victoria J. RAINE, Vancouver
P. W. WOOD, Castlegar
|
Z Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLtumstIA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972 3
~!
TAENIOTHRIPS ORIONIS OVIPOSITION AND
FEEDING INJURY ON CHERRIES!
R. D. MCMULLEN
Research Station, Canada Department of Agriculture
Summerland, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
Oviposition by overwintered Taeniothrips orionis Treherne in the
ovaries of cherry flowers and immature fruits during early May caused injury
which resulted in dimple-like depressions on the mature fruits. The damage
was widespread in the Okanagan Valley in 1971. First brood adults oviposited
in cherry fruits during late June and early July but the injury caused at this
time was less pronounced. Feeding injury by larvae caused russeting on fruits
and chlorotic areas paralleling secondary veins on leaves.
Treherne (1924) described Taeniothrips
-orionis from specimens collected in the lower
Fraser Valley of British Columbia on Acer
-macrophyllum, cultivated apple, pear and
Nuttalia cerasiformis. Bailey (1949)
-redescribed the species and mentioned that it is
most commonly found at high elevations
during the spring and summer in the flowers of
various shrubs and trees. He listed the
distribution of T. orionis as British Columbia,
Washington, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado
and California. Bailey and Knowlton (1949)
recorded it from Utah. The first reported
instance of economic injury by T. orionis was
on cabbage, lettuce and potatoes, near Kenai,
Alaska (Washburn, 1958). The following
describes oviposition injury by adults and
feeding injury by larvae of T. orionis on cherry.
In mid-May, 1971, approximately 2 weeks
after full bloom of sweet cherries, very small
depressions similar to a pin prick were ob-
served on cherry fruits. At this time the cherry
fruits were approximately 5 mm in diameter
and the injury was not very discernible. As the
fruits developed the injured tissue around the
depressions failed to grow as rapidly as
uninjured tissue, which resulted in the for-
mation of dimples (Figure 1). A large number
of cherry fruits were dissected during the 3rd
week of May and a few thrips eggs were found
in small cavities beneath the epidermis at the
bottom of the dimples. No adult thrips were
found on the cherry trees at this time but Ist
and 2nd instar thrips larvae were common on
leaves. Adults reared from collections of these
nymphs were identified as T. orionis by Dr. W.
R. Richards, Entomological Research In-
stitute, Ottawa. Presumably overwintered
adult T. orionis oviposited in the flower
‘Contribution No. 343, Research Station, Summerland.
ovaries during bloom or shortly after.
In cherry orchards where thrips larvae were
extremely abundant, feeding on the epidermis
of fruits caused a noticeable russeting (Figure
2). Severely russetted fruits split as they grew
due to the inability of the injured epidermis to
expand. Larvae feeding on leaves caused the
injury shown in Figure 3. The injury was
restricted to the lower surface and was most
common on young succulent leaves. The in-
jured areas were chlorotic and tended to be
distributed parallel and adjacent to secondary
veins.
Oviposition injury on fruits was most
obvious during the latter 2 weeks of June when
the fruits began to color. The dimples turned
deep red while the rest of the fruit was pale
(Figure 4). When the cherries ripened and the
red color was uniform, the dimples were less
noticeable (Figure 5).
First generation larvae matured to adults
during the 3rd and 4th weeks of June. Females
of this generation also oviposited in the fruits.
At this time the fruits were nearly full size,
therefore the oviposition sites did not develop
distinct dimples. The oviposition scars were
difficult to differentiate from lenticels until the
eggs hatched. After the eggs hatched the scars
were slightly larger than lenticels. Eggs were
also laid in leaf petioles and main veins. Second
brood larvae fed mainly on young succulent
leaves and matured to adults during the last
week of July and the Ist week of August. No
evidence of a 3rd brood on cherry trees was
observed.
Injury was more variable between orchards
than within orchards, and all varieties of sweet
and semi-sweet cherries were susceptible.
Approximately 10% of the total cherry crop in
4 J. ENToMoL. Soc. Brit. CotumstaA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972
Fig. 1. Dimples on immature fruit caused by oviposition at, or shortly after bloom.
Fig. 2. Larval feeding injury on an immature fruit.
Fig. 3. Larval feeding injury on a leaf.
Fig. 4. Appearance of dimples on fruit in late June. The injured areas were deep red, the
remainder of the fruit pale yellowish-green.
Fig. 5. Dimples on a mature fruit.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumMBrIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 5
the Okanagan Valley was affected. Injury
varied from 0 to 2% in orchards which were
sprayed with diazinon at petal fall for control
of fruittree leafroller. Diazinon, 2 quarts 50%
E.C. per acre applied on June 29 gave 100%
reduction of adult and late instar ‘arvae.
References
Bailey, S. F. 1949. A review of R. C. Treherne’s species of Thysanoptera. Can. Entomol. 81:153-158
51:230-234.
| Bailey, S. F. and G. F. Knowlton. 1949. The Thysanoptera of Utah. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash.
Treherne, R. C. 1924. Thysanoptera known to occur in Canada. Can. Entomol. 56:82-88.
Washburn, R. H. 1958. Taeniothrips orionis Leh., A thrips destructive to vegetables in Alaska.
J. Econ. Entomol. 51:274.
EROSION OF AZINPHOSMETHYL FROM APPLE LEAVES
BY RAIN AND OVERTREE IRRIGATION!
A.D. MCMECHAN, C. V. G. MORGAN and G. A. WARDLE
Research Station, Canada Department of Agriculture
Summerland, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
Three sprays of azinphosmethyl wettable powder were applied for
seasonal control of the codling moth, Laspeyresia pomonella (1.), in a semi-
dwarf apple orchard. A rain of 1.75 cm, occurring 6 hours after a spray applica-
tion, removed 41% of the deposit from the leaves; a rain of 1.00 cm, occurring
16 days after an application, did not remove any residue. Residues in the
treetops were eroded more rapidly in blocks with overtree irrigation than in
those with undertree irrigation. But there was no difference in the erosion
rate in the overtree-irrigated orchard whether 5.1 cm of water was applied
biweekly or 2.5 cm was applied weekly. There was a trend to poorer control of
the codling moth with overtree irrigation.
INTRODUCTION
There has been concern for many years that
overtree irrigation of apple trees may remove
pesticides and thus reduce control of the
codling moth. Laspeyresia pomonella(L.). In a
small-scale experiment in 1961 with Golden
Delicious trees, Williams showed that 1
overtree sprinkling, applied 5 days after a
spray of azinphosmethyl, removed a large
amount of the residue and that-a rain of 0.33
cm that fell 2 days after spraying removed an
even larger amount. A number of workers have
investigated the influence of rain, or simulated
rain, on the removal of other pesticides. Much
of this work is summarized by Ebeling (1963)
and Linskens, Heinen, and Stoffers (1965).
Our experiment, conducted throughout the
1971 growing season, was designed to measure
the effects of overtree irrigation on the erosion
of azinphosmethyl residues from apple leaves
and on the control of the codling moth. The
amounts of residue removed by rain were also
measured whenever possible.
‘Contribution No. 342 of the Research Station.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
The experiment was conducted in 3 ad-
jacent blocks (I, 11, III) of semi-dwarf apple
trees on M.VII rootstocks. There were 8
varieties in each block, planted randomly.
Each block consisted of 7 rows with 12 to 15
trees per row. The rows were spaced 4.6 m
apart and the trees 2.3 m apart. Height of the
trees was about 3.7 m.
Each block was divided into 4 plots of 3
rows each; the 7th row served as a buffer
between the sprayed plots. Three sprays of
90% azinphosmethyl wettable powder were
applied for codling moth control on 2 June, 23
June, and 28 July, at the currently recom-
mended rate of 0.23 kg/ ha in plot I, and at
rates of 0.17 and 0.11 kg / ha in plots 2 and 3
respectively. Plot 4 was sprayed with water
only: it served as a check on codling moth
infestation at harvest and asa blank for residue
analysis. No other pesticides were applied
during the season. The sprays were applied
with an experimental, low-volume, airblast
6 J. ENtomot. Soc. Brit. CoLumMsta, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972
sprayer using 55 | of water per ha:
The blocks were irrigated from May to
September. Block I received 5.1 cm of water
every 2 weeks by undertree sprinkling. Blocks
II and III were irrigated by _ overtree
sprinkling: block II received 2.5 cm every
week and block III 5.1 cm every two weeks.
No irrigation was applied until at least 1 week
after a spray application.
The following rains occurred during the
experiment: 1.75 cm accompanied by strong
winds on 2 June, starting 6 hr after the spray
had dried; 0.89 cm on 8 June; 1.19 cm on 13
June; 0.15 cm on 22 June; 0.30 cm on 23
June, starting 5 hr after the spray had dried;
0.46 cm on 25 June; and 1.00 cm during 9-10
July.
Leaves for analysis of azinphosmethyl]
residues were sampled 20 times during the
season: before and after each spray ap-
plication, before and after each irrigation, and
Application rates, 2° June
kg/ha Range Average
Oz23 1,0-1.6 LSS
One. diet Sao) ae
Ove. 0.7-0.9 0.6
Figure 1A shows the average residues of
azinphosmethyl on the leaves on sampling
dates throughout the summer, where blocks
were irrigated by undertree and _ overtree
sprinklers. Overtree sprinkling weekly with 2.5
cm of water did not remove any more residue
than overtree sprinkling biweekly with 5.1 cm.
The residues, eroded more rapidly in the
overtree-irrigated blocks than in the undertree-
irrigated block, but the differences were barely
Irrigation pase ae ee
method ae Pe ECS hy) eRe
m pe/ ome
Overtree, Biel ak
weekly 2.3 1 ee5
ee TES,
Overtree, Balt 0.87
biweekly PIES AB)
dae 1 @2
Undertree Biety ee
PAA: Lr
2 ABR IES
following periods of rain. A sample consisted of
a total of 25 leaves picked from 4 trees in the |
centre row of each plot at each of 3 levels: 1.2, |
2.3 and 3.4 m above the ground. Azin-
phosmethyl was determined by the Miles .
method (1964). |
The codling moth infestation at harvest was _
determined by examining all the fruit on the
trees and on the ground for stings and entries.
Unfortunately, the crop was light and variable,
ranging from 0 to 500 apples per tree.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The initial deposits of azinphosmethyl! on
the leaves varied widely between blocks, in-
dictating that large differences would be —
required to show the effects of sprinkling on the
erosion of spray deposits. The greatest varia- —
tion was at the 3.4-m level where the range of
spray deposits (ug / cm’) on the 3 spray dates
for the 3 application rates was:
23 June 28 July
Range Average Range Average
0. /=L58 dl 10-2. Lk
1.1-1.7 gay dei Lok
0.8-0.9 0.8 0. 9=s,3 Le
significant (P = 0.05) only at the 3.4-m level.
The following table shows the per cent of
the original deposits left on the leaves at the
different levels 3 weeks after the spray of 23
June.
There was no significant difference
(P= 0.05) between blocks with different
irrigation treatments in the percentage of
original deposits still remaining at the 1.2 and
2.3-m levels. Evidently the insecticide eroded
% of original
deposits remaining
on leaves after
Residue on leaves
after 3 weeks
pe/ ome 3 weeks
0.49 40
0.70 4g
0.73 61
0.41 47
0.78 56
Onn 70
0.77 DY
0.9L 58
0.83 (é
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumsriA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972 7
A ——————- Undertree sprinkled biweekly
---------Overtree sprinkled weekly
2.0 —— — — —Overtree sprinkled biweekly
és
oO)
5 B _——— At 12-m level
-—- ---——--At 2.3-m level
2.0 —— - —-At 3.4-m level
21 2324 28 30
“23 89
15 16
June
6 7
13 4
July
Fig. 1. Average residues of azinphosmethyl on leaves on 20 dates:
A—in blocks irrigated by overtree and undertree sprinklers (insecticide rates and levels in trees
combined)
B—sampled from 3 levels in the trees (insecticide rates and irrigation methods combined).
from tree-tops by overtree irrigation was not re-
deposited on leaves in the lower levels of the
trees.
Figure 1B shows the average residues of
azinphosmethy] on leaves sampled at 3 levels in
the trees throughout the summer. Though
residues were highest at the 2.3-m level and
lowest at the 3.4-m level, the only instance
where the initial deposits at these 2 levels
differed significantly (P = 0.05) was on 2 June.
Regardless of the magnitude of the initial
deposits, the residues eroded at approximately
the same rate at each of the 3 sampling levels.
This agrees with the work of Gunther et al.
(1946) who found that the rate of decrease of
DDT residues is independent of the original
deposits.
Rains occurring soon after spray ap-
plication removed large amounts of insecticide.
For example, the 1.75 cm that fell 2 June
starting 6 hr after the spray had dried, and
lasting for 10 hr, removed 41% of the initial
deposit; the much lighter rainfall of 0.30 cm
on 23 June, starting 5 hr after spray ap-
plication, and lasting for 3.5 hr, removed 12%
of the inital deposit. When dry weather
followed a spray application the erosion rate
was much slower. For example, during the dry
8 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumsiA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972
l-week period following the spray of 28 July
the initial deposit eroded only 7% .
Residues that had been on the leaves for
long periods were not eroded as readily as
freshly-applied sprays. For example, the
average residue on leaves in all plots on 7 July,
14 days after spray application, was 0.65
yg / cm’. Though a rain of 1.0 cm fell during
19 hr on 9-10 July the average residue on 12
July was still 0.64 ng / cm’. No irrigation was
applied between 7 and 12 July.
Overtree sprinkling is likely to have an
effect similar to rain on the removal of residue
and therefore we _ believe that overtree
irrigation should be delayed as long as possible
after spray application. Further work is
required to determine how soon _ overtree
irrigation can be applied after spraying without
causing serious erosion of spray deposits.
It is interesting to note that azinphosmethy]
residues declined more rapidly, and to lower
levels, in the wet weather of June than in the
drier periods of July and August. Cool tem-
peratures usually occur with the wet weather of
June and this extends the period of codling
moth emergence. These 2 factors, rapid residue
decline and cool wet weather, may explain why |
good control of first-brood codling moth is not |
readily obtained in some years.
Because the crop was so light and variable |
no definite conclusions could be drawn from |
there |
appeared to be no difference in the control —
achieved with 0.23 and 0.17 kg/ha of —
the codling moth counts. However,
azinphosmethyl. Control appeared poorer with
0.11 kg/ha. Percentage codling moth in-
festation for the 3 rates of azinphosmethyl! was
5, 9, and 8, respectively; infestation in the |
check was 43%. The effect of irrigation
method on codling moth control appeared
more pronounced; there was a trend to poorer
control with overtree irrigation. The infestation
in the block sprinkled undertree averaged 2% ;
in the block sprinkled overtree weekly, 6% ;
and in the block sprinkled overtree biweekly,
12% . Respective percentages in the checks
were 39, 42 and 45.
Acknowledgements
We wish to acknowledge the assistance of
B. J. Madsen and G. D. Halvorson in the
management of irrigation, application of sprays,
and sampling of leaves and fruit.
References
Ebeling, W. 1963. Analysis of the basic processes involved in the deposition, degradation,
persistence, and effectiveness of pesticides. Residue Rev. 3: 35-163.
Gunther, F. A., D. L. Lindgren, M. I. Elliot and J. P. Ladue. 1946. Persistence of certain DDT
deposits under field conditions. J. Econ. Entomol. 39: 624-627.
Linskens, H. F., W. Heinen, and A. L. Stoffers. 1965. Cuticula of leaves and the residue problem.
Residue Rev. 8: 136-178.
Miles, J. R. W. 1964. A new colorimetric method for determination of residues of Guthion and
Ethyl Guthion and their oxygen analogs. J. Ass. Off. Agric. Chem. 47: 882-885.
Williams, K. 1961. Note on the effect of rain, and sprinkler irrigation, on the persistence of
spray residues of Guthion and Sevin on apple leaves. Can. J. Plant Sci. 41: 449-451.
J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLumstA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 9
INSECTICIDES AGAINST TUBER FLEA BEETLE ON
POTATOES IN BRITISH COLUMBIA
(CHRYSOMELIDAE: COLEOPTERA)
D. G. FINLAYSON, M. J. BROWN, C. J. CAMPBELL,
A. T. S. WILKINSON AND I. H. WILLIAMS!
ABSTRACT
To protect potatoes from damage by larvae of the tuber flea beetle,
Epitrix tuberis Gent., in silt and sandy clay loam soils, carbofuran
(Furadan) fensulfothion (Dasanit), and fonofos (Dyfonate) were applied as
12-inch band or broadcast, treatments, rotovated to a depth of 4 inches and
rows of potatoes planted in the treated areas. Three supplementary drenches
were applied at about 2-week intervals to include the emergence period of the
second generation adults. In silt loam the untreated and fonofos band-treated
plots produced 31 and 40% marketable tubers, respectively, against 92 to
100% for the other treatments. In sandy loam the comparable figures were 0.5
and 4.5% against 10 to 97%. Residues in the tubers ranged from none detected
in fonofos treatments to 0.23 ppm of fensufothion and its sulfone in potatoes
from the band treatment.
INTRODUCTION
The tuber flea beetle, Epitrix tuberis Gent.
(Fig. 1C), was present in the lower Fraser
Valley by 1940 (Glendenning, 1945) and in
the southern interior by 1944 (Neilson and
Finlayson, 1953). It became well established
and its spread to other potato areas is recorded
(Fulton and Banham, 1960). The adults feed
on the leaves (Fig. 1B) and the larvae on the
tubers (Fig. 1A). Damage by this pest does not
cause a reduction in yield, but it reduces the
number of marketable tubers.
Early experiments with foliar applications.
reduced the adult populations and resulted in
decreased oviposition (Finlayson and Neilson,
1954). This method was replaced by soil
incorporation of persistent cyclodiene
organochlorines (Banham, 1960). In coasta}
British Columbia where late blight and aphids
are additional problems, a combined foliar
application of a fungicide and an insecticide
also controlled the beetles.
In 1964 aldrin and dieldrin failed to
prevent larval damage in the Salmon River
Valley near Vernon. Experiments in the
laboratory showed that the flea beetles were
resistant to DDT and dieldrin both there and
at Lavington, and to DDT as far north as
Pavilion. However, they remained highly
susceptible to diazinon and presumably to
other organophosphorus compounds (Banham
and Finlayson, 1967). By 1970, nearly all
organochlorine insecticides had been removed
‘Research Branch, Canada Agriculture, 6660 N.W. Marine
Drive, Vancouver 8, B.C.
by legislation from agricultural use in British
Columbia.
By 1968 Banham (1965, ’67, ’68) had
demonstrated conclusively that none of the
organophosphorus or carbamate insecticides
investigated could produce more than 50%
marketable tubers by single or split ap-
plications applied in the soil. In contrast
Wilkinson (1968, °69) found that both fonofos
(Dyfonate) and carbofuran (Furadan) would
protect potatoes from wireworm damage in
peat soil. Concurrently Finlayson (1968) had
shown that fensulfothion (Dasanit) and
carbofuran although excellent soil insectcides,
lacked the persistence necessary to protect root
crops from the damaging second and third
generation of soil insects.
In 1971 the recommendation for tuber flea
beetle control was carbaryl (Sevin) in the
interior and endosulfan (Thiodan) at the coast,
applied as spray or dust at approximately 1
lb/ acre / application at 10-day intervals until
harvest. The recommendation for wireworms
was fonofos or carbofuran, but conflicting
reports of failures of carbofuran in some soils in
the interior of British Columbia placed doubt
on its efficacy. With these problems in mind
experiments were designed to investigate the
rates, methods and persistence of _ these
compounds for potato growing.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
In sandy clay loam at Kelowna and in silt
loam at Vernon, granular _ fensulfothion,
fonofos and carbofuran were applied to the soil
10 J. ENTomMo.L. Soc. Brit. CoLumMBIA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972
surface at 0.66 lb toxicant per acre in a 12-inch
band, and at 5 lb toxicant per acre broadcast.
The insecticides were rotovated immediately
after application to a depth of 4 to 5 inches and
seed potatoes of Foundation grade were sown
at 1-foot intervals by hand in the treated areas
in rows 3 feet apart. Each location included 32
plots consisting of a broadcast and a band
treatment for each of the 3 compounds; | plot
treated with carbaryl (Sevin), the currently
recommended treatment; and an _ untreated
plot; all in 4 replications. A plot consisted of 4
rows 25 feet long.
In addition to the granular applications the
broadcast and band-treated plots received 3
supplementary sprays at | lb toxicant /acre/
application in 100 gal water to wet the plants
and the soil about the base of the
plant to reduce the population of adults and
thus oviposition. The sprays were applied at
about 2-week intervals starting in mid-July to
coincide with the emergence of second-
generation adults. Carbaryl was applied at | lb
toxicant acre application in 100 gal water
when approximately 75% of the plants had
emerged and was repeated 9 times at 10-day
intervals until 10 days before harvest.
At harvest 100 marketable tubers with a
minimum diameter of 1.5 inch, were dug at
random from the 2 central rows of each plot. A
sub-sample of 50 tubers from each plot was
peeled, and the flea beetle damage was assessed
by counting the number of larval tunnels. The
damage was grouped in 6 categories: 0 larval
tunnels; 1 to 4; 5 to 9; 10 to 14; 15 to 19;
and 20 or more. Tubers having less than 10
larval tunnels were considered marketable
(Banham, 1960). The data were examined by
analysis of variance and the results compared
by Duncan’s multiple range test (Duncan,
1959).
For residue analysis, 10 tubers from each
replicate were quartered longitudinally and one
quarter from each tuber was put into a plastic
bag and frozen. The frozen samples were later
macerated in a Waring Blendor, pooled by
Fig. 1. A. Potato showing severe damage by larvae of tuber flea beetle. B. Holes in potato leaf
from adult feeding. C. Tuber flea beetle (X 20).
J. Entomon. Soc. Brit. CoLtumstiA, 69 (1972), AuaG. 1, 1972 11
treatments, mixed thoroughly and held in
refrigeration during completion of the analysis.
Sub-samples of the various treatments were
analysed as follows:
fensulfothion. Determined by the method for
carrots of Williams et al. (1971) but the second
cleanup column containing Norit A and Celite
was eliminated. Recovery from fortified
potatoes at the 0.2 ppm level was: fen-
sulfothion, 102% and its sulfone 90% .
fonofos. Determined by the same procedure as
for fensulfothion except that a 180 cm gas
chromatographic column was used instead of
the 80 cm one used for fensulfothion. Using
this procedure fonofos was eluted in Fraction 1|
and its oxygen analog in Fraction 2. Recovery
from fortified potatoes at the 0.5 ppm level was
fonofos 106% and its oxygen analog 93% .
carbofuran. Determined by a modification of
the method for corn stover described by Cook
et al. (1969). Modifications included sub-
stitution of alumina for Nuchar-Attaclay and
silica-gel in the cleanup column, and the use of
a Coulson conductivity detector instead of a
microcoulometric detector. Recovery from
fortified potatoes at the 0.1 ppm level was:
carbofuran, 81% and 3-hydroxycarbofuran.
90% .
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The average population of second-
generation adult flea beetles in mid-July was
10 times higher at Kelowna than at Vernon.
Foliage feeding and adult beetles were readily
seen in the Kelowna plots and tubers from
volunteer plants were badly damaged.
Table 1 shows the results of examination of
the tubers.
From the table it is clear that 9 applications
with carbaryl did not prevent damage under a
severe infestation. It was evident also that
TABLE I. Potatoes' in each damage category and percentage marketable after various treatments
against tuber flea beetles in British Columbia, 1971.
Treatment Larval tunnels per potato %
O 7-4 5-3 10-14 15-19 20+ nanketaules
- Kelowna
fensulfothion band 74 83 oe 6 eS 1 OS: Oma
m broadcast 108 60 2c 8 O 2 95.0 a
fonofos band O 5 4 12 12 167 ode
2S broadcast 27 30 27 19 19 78 Le sOac
carbofuran band ho 58 39 25 LY; 19 69.5 b
: broadcast 99 75 20 3 2 = 97.0 a
carbaryl O 12 8 14 14 152 160.0: d
Untreated O O aL 3 4 192 Oso)
Vernon
fensulfothion band 102 77 Wy al O 98.0 a
4 broadcast 160 LO O O O O 100.0 a
fonofos band 33 31 15 ney 10 g4 Bee)
mn broadcast 111 54 19 7 6 3 92.0 a
carbofuran band 100 67 26 4 il 2 96.5 a
mt broadcast 160 36 4 O O O 100.0 a
carbaryl 147 4k 5 3 O aL 98.0 a
Untreated # 22 33 22 19 97 S100
Pitty tubers, minimum diameter 1.4 inches, from each of 4 replicates, total 200.
“Percentages followed by the same letter are not significantly different at the 5‘ level.
under heavy infestations treatments with
fonofos were unable to prevent damage. Even
under light attack at Vernon protection given
by fonofos was inferior to that given by fen-
sulfothion and carbofuran.
Band treatments had much lighter ap-
plications per unit area than _ broadcast
treatments, and they did not give good
protection in all cases.
The results of the residue analyses are
shown in Table 2. The treatments which af.-
forded the least protection also had the lowest
residues. There was no residue of fonofos in the
Kelowna
Insecticides
Band Broadcast
fensulfothion 0.09 0.08
fens. sulfone 0.14 0.10
fonofos a z
fono. O-analog ND ND
carbofuran ND 0.05
3-hydroxy carb. 0.06 O.15
ND = None detected
T «= Trace
4.5 inches in June. At Vernon the rainfall was
about 30% lower. The rainfall, irrigation, and
the topography of the land allowed large areas
of the Kelowna site to be inundated for several
hours at a time. Although the water solubility
of carbofuran is only 700 ppm at 25°C it
appears that the residues in the untreated
potatoes may have resulted from its systemic
properties and the flooding described.
The cost per acre of the two compounds
which afforded protection were:
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumpstA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972
tubers at harvest.
Potatoes from untreated plots, especially at —
Kelowna, contained both carbofuran and its 3-
OH metabolite. Analysis of potatoes from the —
fensulfothion-treated plots also showed that
there was a trace of carbofuran and its 3-OH |
from —
Kelowna but little or none in those from |
metabolite present in the samples
Vernon. The explanation appears to lie with
weather, irrigation, and the solubility of
carbofuran. Rainfall at the Kelowna site was
approximately 2 inches in the week preceding —
application, 0.4 inches immediately after and —
The authors gratefully acknowledge technical
advice from Dr. H. R. Mac Carthy and prepara-
tion of the figure by Mr. H. Severson, both of
the Vancouver Research Station, and technical
assistance from Messrs. J. C. Arrand, G. G.
and A.
Chambers all of the British Columbia Depart- |
Anderson, H. Parsons, G. Carter
ment of Agriculture.
References
Banham, F. L. 1960. Soil insecticides for control of the tuber flea beetle, Fpitrix tuberis Gent. |
in the interior of British Columbia. Can. J. Plant Sci. 40:165-171.
Banham, F. L. 1965. Control experiments using soil-incorporated insecticides. Pesticide Res. Report
(Can. Dept. Agr., Ottawa). 102-104.
TABLE II. Residues in ppm in potatoes after various treatments against tuber flea beetles in
British Columbia, 1971.
Vernon
Untreated Band Broadcast Untreatenl
Tt 0.04 0.09 AW
ND 0.04 0.06 ND
ND ND T ND
ND ND ND ND
0.03 ND 0.03 < 0.02
0.07 0.04 0.07 <0.02
fensulfothion carbofuran
Broadcast + sprays $46.90 $49.20
Band + sprays $20.20 $22.75
Acknowledgements
J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 13
Banham, F. L. 1967. Control experiments using soil-incorporated insecticides. Ibid. 121-122.
Banham, F. L. 1968. Field trials of soil-incorporated insecticides against the tuber flea beetle.
Ibid. 126-127.
Banham, F. L., and D. G. Finlayson. 1967. Resistance to organochlorine insecticides in the tuber
flea beetle, Epitrix tuberis Gent. (Coleoptera:Chrysomelidae), in British Columbia.
J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia, 64:17-22.
Cook, R. F., R. P. Stanovick, and C. C. Cassil. 1969. Determination of carbofuran and its
carbamate metabolite residues in corn using a nitrogen-specific gas chromatographic
detector. J. Agr. Food Chem. 17:277-282.
Duncan, D. B. 1955. Multiple range and multiple F tests. Biometrics 11:1-42.
Finlayson, D. G., and C. L. Neilson. 1954. Experiments on the insecticidal control of the tuber
flea beetle, Epitrix tuberis Gent. in the interior of British Columbia. Can. J. Agr.
Sci. 34:156-160.
Fulton, H. G., and F. L. Banham. 1960. A brief history of the tuber flea beetle, Epitrix
tuberis Gent., in British Columbia. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 57:47-49.
Glendenning, R. 1945. The tuber flea beetle in British Columbia and its control. Can. Dept.
Agr. Publ. 22 (Processed).
Neilson, C. L., and D. G. Finlayson. 1954. Notes on the biology of the tuber flea beetle, Epitrix
tuberis Gentner (Coleoptera:Chrysomelidae) in the interior of British Columbia. Can. Ent.
85:31-32.
Wilkinson, A. T. S. 1968. Chemical control of wireworms. Pesticide Res. Report (Can. Dept. Agr.,
Ottawa). 99-100.
Wilkinson, A. T. S. 1969. Chemical control of wireworms. Ibid. 121-122.
Williams, I. H., R. Kore, and D. G. Finlayson. 1971. Determination of residues of Dasanit and
three metabolites by gas chromatography with flame photometric detection. J. Agr. Food
Chem. 19:456-458.
14 J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumstiA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972
RATES, METHODS, AND PERSISTENCE OF INSECTICIDES
USED FOR PREVENTING CARROT MAGGOT DAMAGE!
D. G. FINLAYSON, M. J. BROWN, C. J. CAMPBELL AND I. H. WILLIAMS
ABSTRACT
Fourteen carbamate and organophosphorus insecticides for preventing
damage by carrot maggot, Psila rosae (Fab.), were applied as granules in the
seed furrow at 2 locations in muck soil, and supplemented with 2, 3, 4, or 8
sprays of the same materials during the season. The spray applications were
made at 40 and 70 days after seeding; 30, 50, and 70 days; 30, 50. 70, and 90
days; 40, 70, and 100 days. Diazinon, the currently recommended treatment,
was applied 8 times at 10-day intervals from 30 to 100 days. All the granules
except chlorfenvinfos and ethion reduced the number of emergent seedlings.
The reduction was 40% in plots treated with diazinon, thionazin, Chemagro
7375, Nemacur, pirimiphos-methyl, and TD-8550. Maggot damage was neg-
ligible until 100 days after seeding, but by 160 days only plots treated with
carbofuran, fensulfothion, ethion and 3 of the numbered compounds had less
than 20% damage. Residues of pesticides in the carrots ranged from 0.12 ppm
of ethion 30 days after the final application, to 1.28 ppm of thionazin 10 days
after. Residues in carrots held in storage at 5°C for 30, 60, and 90 days,
increased with the period of storage, except those from plots treated with
chlorfenvinphos.
INTRODUCTION MATERIALS AND METHODS
When strains of carrot rust fly, Psila rosae The insecticides used in the primary and
(Fab.), became resistant to organochlorine secondary experiments are listed alphabetically
insecticides, experiments were conducted after
1961 to determine methods and rates or ap-
plications of insecticides which would prevent
damage by the rust fly maggot yet produce
carrots free of residues. From 1961 to 1963
promising carbamate and organophosphorus
insecticides were applied at various rates in the
seed furrow. None was persistent enough to
prevent damage for more than a _ single
generation (Finlayson et al., 1964). Further
experiments (Finlayson et al., 1966) showed
that damage could be reduced below 5%_ if
furrow applications were supplemented by
drenches, but the method usually resulted in
residues in the carrots at harvest (Finlayson et
al., 1970). The = only insecticide which
protected the carrots from damage without
leaving residues in excess of established
tolerance was diazinon (Finlayson et al.,
1968). However, the need to spray every 10
days from 30 days after seeding to 10 days
before harvest made the cost almost
prohibitive. Experiments were continued with
the most promising compounds to determine
effective methods at reduced rates which would
lower costs and residues. This paper reports on
an experiment designed to investigate the use
of fewer sprays at various periods after seeding.
‘Research Station, Canada Dept. of Agriculture, 6660 N.W.
Marine Drive, Vancouver 8, B.C.
and identified chemically in Table 1. Common
names are used except where these have not yet
been assigned. (Kenaga and Allison, 1969).
At two locations in muck soil, granular
insecticides at | oz toxicant per 1000 row-feet
were applied in the furrow with the seed.
Carrots, var. Hi Pak, were sown at 0.5 g per 20
feet of row with a V-belt rod-row seeder. The
seed and the insecticide were separated in the
belt by a fine layer of soil over the seed. In-
furrow applications in the primary experiment
were supplemented with 2, 3, or 4 sprays
(Table 3) at staggered intervals after seeding,
at | lb toxicant per acre per application in 100
gal water. The schedules were: 40 and 70
days; 30,50, and 70; 40, 70, 100; and 30, 50,
70 and 90. In-furrow applications of the
secondary experiment were supplemented 30,
90, and 70 days after seeding. Diazinon, the
currently recommended treatment, was applied
in the furrow at | oz toxicant per 1000 feet and
sprayed 8 times at 10-day intervals starting 30
days after seeding, at 10 oz toxicant per acre in
100 gal water.
Treatments in the primary experiment were
randomized and replicated four times at each
location. Each plot consisted of four 20-foot
rows. Treatments in the secondary or trial
experiment were randomized and replicated
only twice. The effectiveness of the insecticides
_ J. Entomot. Soc. Brit Cotumpta, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 15
| TABLE 1. Chemical definitions of insecticides used for preventing damage by carrot maggots.
1:4 mixture m-(l-ethylpropyl)phenyl methylcarbamate
m-(1-methylbutyl)phenyl methylcarbamate
Bux
carbofuran
bamate
Chemagro 7375 Unknown
chlorfenvinphos
diazinon
phosphorothioate
ethion
fensulfothion
N-2596
Nemacur
pirimiphos-ethy1?
2, J-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-7-benzofuranyl methylcar-
2-chloro-1-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)vinyl diethyl phosphate
0,0-diethyl O-(2-isopropyl-4-methyl-6-pyrimidyl )
0,0,0,0'-tetraethyl S,S'-methylenebisphosphorodithioate
0,0-diethyl O-p-[ (methyl sulfinyl ) phenyl] phosphorothioate
S-(p-chlorophenyl) O-ethyl ethanephosphonodithioate
ethyl 4-(methylthio)-m-tolyl isopropylphosphoramidate
2-diethylamino-4-methylpyrimidin-6-yl diethyl
2-diethylamino-4-methylpyrimidin-6-yl dimethyl
S-(N-methoxycarbonyl-N-methylcarbamoyl-methy1l)
dimethylphosphonothiolothionate
phosphorothionate
pirimiphos-methy1*
phosphorothionate
TD-85507
thionazin
trichloronate
‘Chemical definitions from Pesticide Research Report 1970
315-332. Compiled by Can. Comm. Pesticide Use Agriculture,
Ottawa.
was assessed by counting the number of
emergent seedlings in 2 meters of row and by
examining scrubbed carrots, harvested 160
days after seeding, for maggot tunnels; one or
more tunnels per root constituted a damaged
carrot.
At intervals of 10, 30, and 50 days after the
final application five carrots were taken from
each replicate treated with carbofuran,
chlorfenvinphos, ethion, fensulfothion and
thionazin. The carrots were washed and placed
in frozen storage for analysis. Large samples
were also taken 50 days after the final ap-
plication from the plots treated at 40, 70, and
100-days, then placed in open bags in
refrigeration at 5° C. Sub-samples of these were
taken after 30, 60, and 90 days refrigeration,
washed and put into frozen storage prior to
analysis to determine the effect of refrigerated
Storage on residues.
Q,0-diethy1l 0-2- pyrazinyl phosphorothioate
O-ethyl 0-2,4,5-trichlorophenyl ethylphosphonothioate
The frozen samples of treated and un-
treated carrots were shredded on a Braun
Multimix, thoroughly intermixed and 50 g sub-
samples were analysed as follows:
Chlorfenvinphos, ethion and thionazin were
extracted with ethyl acetate following the
procedure of Storherr and Watts (1965).
Cleanup was by sweep co-distillation (Watts
and Storherr (1965) ) and analysis was by gas
chromatography on a 6 ft column of 4% OV
101 and 6% OV 210 using a flame photometric
detector in the phosphorus mode. Recoveries
from fortified carrots were as_ follows:
chlorfenvinphos, 1.0 ppm, 97%; ethion, 0.1
ppm, 111%; and thionazin, 1.0 ppm, 82%.
Fensulfothion residues were determined by the
method of Williams et al (1971) using flame
photometric detection.
Carbofuran analyses were made by modifying
the method described by Cook et al (1969) for
16 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972
corn. The modifications included substitution
of alumina for Nuchar-Attaclay and silica gel
in the cleanup column, and the use of a
Coulson conductivity detector (Coulson, 1966)
instead of a microcoulometric detector.
Recoveries from fortified carrots at 0.5 ppm
were: carbofuran, 101% and _ 3-hydoxy-
carbofuran, 108%.
The percentage solid matter in the frozen
shredded carrots after refrigeration at 5 C for |
0, 30, 60, and 90 days was determined by two
methods. In the first, 100 g samples were oven- |
dried at 100°C, air cooled and brought to |
constant weight at room temperature in a |
desiccator over calcium chloride. In the second,
2 g samples were boiled in xylene and the water |
collected in a Bidwell and Sterling distilling
receiver (1925).
TABLE 2. Average number of emergent carrot seedlings in 2 meters of row after treatments to |
prevent damage by carrot maggots.
Treatment Number of
seedlings
Bux 45.0
carbofuran DLO
Chemagro 7375 LEIS
chlorfenvinphos 63.5
diazinon 34.0
ethion 6725
fensulfothion 47.0
N-2596 48.5
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Seedling emergence was unsatisfactory for
determining the effects of the insecticides on
the seeds at the Kennedy location because a
layer of blue clay which extended over several
plots resulted in very restricted germination.
Counts were taken only at the Spranger
location. Some effects are recorded in Table 2.
Only chlorfenvinphos and ethion treatments
produced as many seedlings per unit length of
row as untreated plots. Chemagro 7375,
Nemacur, pirmiphos-methyl, and TD-8550, all
exploratory compounds, had less than half the
number of seedlings found in untreated plots.
Seedling numbers in the diazinon-treated plots
were about half those in untreated plots, a
disadvantage to its use since it was first
recommended. Thionazin caused similar
reductions.
Treatment Number of
seedlings
Nemacur 2750
pirimiphos-ethyl Da sO
pirimiphos-methyl 29.5
TD-8550 2D SO
thionazin 34 8
trichloronate 56.8
Untreated 65.0
Damage from first and second generation
maggots was almost negligible 100 days after
seeding. By 130 days damage was evident in
untreated and diazinon-treated carrots and at
160 days losses in yield were evident (Table 3).
Of the insecticides in the primary experiment
only carbofuran, fensulfothion and thionazin
were consistently effective in preventing
damage. Three sprays at 40, 70, and 100 days
appeared to be the best schedule for preventing
damage. In the secondary experiment (Table
4) all except N-2596 and _pirimiphos-methy]
averaged less than 20% damage. Chemagro
7375 and Nemacur had less than 10 % damage
but their reduction of seedling emergence offset
their usefulness.
Residue analysis was restricted to the five
most effective insecticides. The results from
samples taken 10, 30, and 50 days after final
17
J. EnToMoL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumstiA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972
‘suotjeordde Aeids yyai4-
‘sXeids g 10 p ‘¢ ‘Zz snid uoneodde sejnueis MOLINy-uy,
Br He = = = 2 = Or Hs peyeorjzug
0°92 - - - 0°92 - - a7euoTOTYoO TIA
Get = Omit O°+ G°Z 9°+ - uTZeUOTUy
6°¢S = Chik o°G 6°9 6°¢ - uotTyZof Tnsuey
Sail = 3 - Toe Gale = uoTYze
L°8e ice G = = = - uOUTZEeTP
ae 2 ae 6°S Oe 9°ST - soydutauajazoTyo
aXe = tT eae O°O G°ST Cr - NOT wernjoqsreo
OF LE a = = OTL = - HG uerinzyoqreo
te be = = = C1Go te - xng
wreg Jesueidg
2) Sin = 3 . = 9° St peyeorqzug
O°S2 = = = O7Ge ~ - ayeUuoIOTYOTI4
C°CL = G*eL G°ST L500 Gece uTzeuotyy
ere = Es Q°6 O°h 0°9 - uotyzosTnsuay
ee)! = au 4°9T = uotyyze
ein OTe = = - ~ - uOUTZeTp
6°42 = tae Cate 4° OS Geol, - soydutauess0Tyo
Sorel = Of08 eae O*TT igual x DOT Uernfoqres
C°6 = = - G°6 - - HG weinjoqreo
1° oS a a a c°9e 9°9¢ a xng
’ sureg Xpouuey
3(O0T"** (06 ‘Od (OOT (02
adelaay ‘Ot *OS) ‘OS 0S) ~=*02 =SOt) ‘OS ‘O¢) (OZ ‘Ot) pezyesrzuy eptotzyoesuy
at 2 al 9 artic at ¢ al +
( ) pettdde etem skeads Sutpees szeyge sfkep pue taroe/qt ut eyey
‘quowliiedxe Arewtid
a4} Ul SapldIjIesUI JO seqyeI PUL SPOYJEW SNOWeA SBuISN ‘SuIpses 19}Je SABP OO 3 SjJOLIeD 0} sjosseul Aq aseuIep asejUB.Ieg *§ ATAVL
18 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumstiA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 |
TABLE 4. Percentage damage by maggots to carrots at 160 days after seeding, in the secondary |
experiment. !
LL SOC, CITC I ES TT SR eS
Treatment
Chemagro 7375 -
N-2596 260
Nemacur 230
pirimiphos-ethyl 19.6
pirimiphos-methyl 68.0
TD~8550 a
‘In-furrow applications followed by 3 sprays 30, 50, and 70 days
atter seeding.
treatment, are shown in Table 5. Some
reduction of residue occurred in this period,
probably as a result of dilution by growth, but
in most treatments it did not diminish by as
much as 50%.
Residues in samples from the 40-70-100
day schedule of treatments taken 50 days after
the final application and held at 5°C for 30,
60, and 90 days, are given in Table 6. Except
for those treated with chlorfenvinphos there
was a general increase in the residues per unit
weight over the storage period. We assumed
that this resulted from a loss of water by the
carrots in storage. Weights of the shredded
samples, oven-dried at 100°C, or dehydrated
by boiling in xylene, are shown (Table 6). It
appears from the results that more than water
is removed by the oven-drying method. These
results are comparable to those of Bidwell and
Sterling (1925) who discuss the advantages
and disadvantages of each method. From the
table it can be seen that the apparent increase
in residue is associated with the change of
Kennedy Farm
Spranger Farm
26.9
Dell
1, 23
P30
water content of the carrots during storage.
The extra solid matter per unit weight, as
determined by the xylene method, ranged from
27.8% for chlorfenvinphos treated carrots to
33.9%for those treated with thionazin. These
findings are different from those of Read
(1971) who found that until approximately 80
days after planting rutabagas absorbed fen-
sulfothion, which then decreased at a relatively
constant rate; and that residues present at
harvest decreased quickly to non-detectable
levels in storage. Suett (1971) found that from
a single application at seeding concentrations
above | ppm could be present in marketable
carrots 12-14 weeks after application at
recommended rates. The rates of uptake
declined as carrot growth slowed and _ sub-
sequently the amounts of chlorfenvinphos,
fonofos residues in carrots
diazinon and
changed very little.
In the U.K. Wheatley (1971) and _ in
Canada Finlayson et al (1966) have shown
13
J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. CotumBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972
pezoezyep suON = CN
1G: Hl? 94° . QE" ge" IN 6." AOE Sicha = eH" te’ aN 0S
O° 90° TS° = Ge° i c= ae 60° 96° = 92° 4T° CN Of
BO0°T GO* 4S" = ay Gila 20 2Or BO. seis z T6° 6L* 60" OT 06-04-05-0¢
ce 6055 92" = ies Oe> 20 eis 907 ay - ee 907 0 OS
9S° 4L° St? cs Ce: el Oe G9* 90° Se" = ele 80° S0O° O¢
sy x - = 2 = = 92° GO”. 4° = 9g * 60° dN OL -Col- 02-07,
ea 907. ye" ce. ae T° CN Gt° A Che She eae 9S* eal. Soke OS
oa * GO* “Is eis 9g ° St° dn 9s° 90° 0O¢° ee QS° Lu 80° o4
G6° GO* TS° 91° deve Ot = 60> c6° GO* TS" 4g ° 09° 9e* 0° OT OZ-0S-0¢
eG ZO (Oe Og ee ee TO" 4° OTe ocs 02° Og * 90° 90° OS
Et 40° os ee” ere He* SO* c9Q° 90° Se2° tone G¢° Nie ge SSO: os
be - CG] 62" qe * OS* Lo OOF OR* Ol -9e~ Ro yar OL sam On 04-07
=
: ae ee: ae ee: i ee ee ees
O 0 ms By is a =, = 5 s EH a B td &
2 a a on On =I O << on Ko
S & c fe) 5 Qu O = c S O 5 Oo O b
ns ie = Ky 8 tb - ee 5 i) B H QO ©
a. O a O Oo Sc N ime) Kh o) O S 0 Hh
= o = > 4 7 fe) fe) 3) na K ct ct
. o § 5. 6 OE . oF cs 6 8 of
° E : S : : ei
=) 2p oO =) on i)
Oo e oO e n
a 0) ct
soyoueirp
Jesueidg kpouuey
‘aplorqoasut Jo uorqeordde [euly ay} 103Je SAep Qc pue ‘og ‘OT Use Seydues joured ul widd UI senpIsey “¢ ATAVL
JO eTnpeyog
20 J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972
that damage from carrot maggots can be
prevented by preseeding applications of
pesticides to the soil, by post-emergence ap-
plications to the foliage, and by combinations
of the two. Regardless of method the carrots
harvest. The results of this experiment are no
exception. As long as 50 days after final ap-
plication, residues close to or above acceptable
levels are still present in the carrots when
treated at rates and with methods necessary for
have contained objectionable residues at protection.
TABLE 6. Effect of refrigerated storage for various periods, on carrots harvested 50 days after
the final application of insecticide.
Days Percentage solids Rosas
at Oven Xylene
Insecticide 50C dried method 2 M Total
carbofuran O OAS S 2ce ©202 0226 0. 28
40 11.99 14.0 ©O.10 Oa 0.25
60 sO 14.6 0.06 Os25 ©. Si:
90 5267 16.4 ND Onee 0233
chlorfenvinphos O Meese 13.60 DED - Os 34
40 bec 14.8 0.05 = 0.059
60 2. 15.0 O20 ~ Os16
90 13.45 16.6 207 - 02,07
fensulfothion O ieee 1220 0.26 0.09 O. 35
30 WR ZAL 14.0 0.20 0.08 0.28
60 Pee 2 1 14.6 Oe 35 OFA On 5
90 ere lee) O25 O.t2 0.63
thionazin O 10.88 224 0.68 <= 0.68
30 11.90 12© 0.82 - 0.82
60 ieee 14.4 0.60 - 0.60
90 12.66 1656 1.08 - MAO'S
i
P = Parent compound, M = Metabolite, ND = None Detected
References
Cook, R. F., R. P. Stanovick, and C. C. Cassil. 1969. Determination of carbofuran and its
carbamate metabolite residues in corn using a nitrogen-specific gas chromatographic
detector. J. Agr. Food Chem. 17:277-282.
Bidwell, G. L., and W. F. Sterling. 1925. Preliminary notes on the direct determination of
moisture. Ind. Eng. Chem. 17: 147-149.
Coulson, D. M. 1966. Selective detection of nitrogen compounds in electrolytic conductivity gas
chromatography. J. Gas Chromatogr. 4: 285-287.
Finlayson, D. G., H. G. Fulton, and I. H. Williams.
residues in carrots. J. Econ. Entomol. 63: 1304-1306.
Finlayson, D. G., H. G. Fulton, and M. D. Noble. 1964. Experiments against carrot rust fly
(Psila rosae (F)) resistant to cyclodiene organochlorine insecticides. Proc. Entomol.
Soc. Brit. Columbia 61: 13-20.
Finlayson, D. G., H. G. Fulton, and M. D. Noble. 1966. Integrated control of cyclodiene-resistant
carrot rust fly. J. Econ. Entomol. 59: 1082-1085.
Finlayson, D. G., I. H. Williams and H. G. Fulton. 1968. Residues of diazinon in carrots after
treatment against cyclodiene-resistant carrot rust fly. J. Econ. Entomol. 61: 1174-1176.
1970. Fensulfothion and_ thionazin
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972
21
Kenaga, E. E., and W. E. Allison. 1969. Commercial and experimental organic insecticides. Bull.
Ent. Soc. America. 15: 85-148.
Storherr, R. W., and R. R. Watts. 1965. A sweep co-distillation cleanup method for organophos-
phate pesticides. I Recoveries from fortified crops. J. Ass. Offic. Agr. Chem. 48: 1154-1158.
Suett, D. L. 1971. Persistence and degradation of chlorfenvinphos, diazinon, fonofos and phorate
in soils and their intake by carrots. Pestic. Sci. 2: 105-112.
Watts, R. R., and R. W. Storherr. 1965. A sweep co-distillation cleanup method for organophos-
phate pesticides. II Rapid extraction method for crops. J. Ass. Offic. Agr. Chem. 48:
1158-1160.
Wheatley, G. A. 1971. Pest control in vegetables: some further limitations in insecticides for
cabbage root fly and carrot fly control. Proc. 6th Br. Insectic. Fungic. Conf. 386-395.
Williams, I. H., R. Kore, and D. G. Finlayson. 1971. Determination of residues of Dasanit and
three metabolites by gas chromatography with flame photometric detection. J. Agr. Food
Chem. 19:456-458.
THE FUNGI BEAUVERIA BASSIANA AND
METARRHIZIUM ANISOPLIAE IN CULTURES OF THE
ROOT WEEVIL NEMOCESTES INCOMPTUS HORN
(COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE)
W.T. CRAM
Research Station, Canada Department of Agriculture
Vancouver, British Columbia
The woods weevil, Nemocestes incomptus
Horn, is a native root weevil which causes
serious damage to strawberries in coastal
British Columbia. Freshly emerged adults were
collected in large numbers from a strawberry
planting in early September 1971, and con-
fined in screen-covered quart sealers in the
laboratory at room temperature. About 200
adults were kept in each sealer and fed fresh
wet strawberry foliage daily. By early October
most of the adults had died. White fungus was
seen at their leg joints and mouthparts. When
apparently healthy, freshly collected adults
were confined singly with a dead, fungus-
covered adult they died within two to three
days. The fungi on the dead weevils were
identified as Beauveria bassiana (Fig. 1A) and
Metarrhizium anisopliae (Fig. 1, A and B).
These fungi are well known and have many
insect hosts. The importance of these fungi in
controlling root weevil adults or larvae in the
field is not known but warrants further in-
vestigation.
Acknowledgement
Gerard M. Thomas, Division of Entomology,
University of California, Berkeley, kindly iden-
tified the fungi.
22 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumBIA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972
Fig. 1. A. Beauveria bassiana on Nemocestes incomptus adult.
B. Early stage of Metarrhizium anisopliae on N. incomptus adult. |
C. Late stage of M. anisopliae on N. incomptus adult showing prismatic masses of spores. |
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CorumstiaA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 DS
A SIMPLE AND EFFICIENT METHOD OF REARING
APHIDOPHAGOUS HOVERFLIES (DIPTERA: SYRPHIDAE)
B. D. FRAZER:
ABSTRACT
Syrphid larvae and their aphid prey are reared together with minimal
maintenance on caged broad bean plants. An essential feature of the cage for
adults is a feeding platform raised well off the floor for the diet of cube sugar,
water and freeze-dried pollen. Since mating occurs in flight, the cage must be
higher than wide or deep.
INTRODUCTION
During investigations on the biotic mor-
tality agents of aphids, the predators most
often present in southwest British Columbia
were syrphid larvae. Before their importance to
aphid control could be assessed it was
necessary to rear the various species in
numbers for laboratory studies.
Few species of aphidophagous syrphids
have been reared successfully because of their
dietary and _ behavioral requirements; the
adults need carbohydrate and _ protein to
mature their eggs and the larvae need living
aphids. The food of the adult is usually pollen
and nectar. Sugar or honey water are sub-
stitutes for nectar, but in practice the adults
often stick to gauze or paper wetted with
sugary solutions. The collection of enough
aphids to feed larvae is time consuming and not
efficient if the feeding is done without plants,
because many aphids die before they are eaten.
The rearing system discussed here solves
these problems and has been very successful
with the species studied.
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Unopened catkins of hazelnut trees Corylus
sp. were collected in April, placed over
radiators on sheets of paper and allowed to
open. The dried catkins were screened and the
pollen collected, freeze-dried and vacuum-
packed in glass ampoules sealed with heat.
Gravid females, caught in the field, were
brought into the rearing room, and allowed to
Oviposit on leaves or plants infested with
aphids. The rearing room was maintained at
20+0.5C, 70-80% RH and light was provided
16 hr per day. When the eggs hatched, the
larvae were allowed to feed for 1 or 2 days
before being transferred with a moist #00
sable hair brush, to newly-sprouted broad bean
plants, Vicia faba L. var. Exhibition Long Pod,
growing in UC mix C, Fertilizer I (Matkin and
Chandler, 1957) in 15 cm round, plastic pots.
‘Research Station, Canada Dept. of Agriculture, 6660 N.W.
Marine Drive, Vancouver 8, B.C.
One larva was transferred to each plant in each
pot. Nine pots were set in a cage for rearing the
larvae and the plants were heavily infested with
the pea aphid, Acyrthosiphon pisum (Harris).
Within 10 to 14 days when the larvae had
matured and pupated in the soil, the plants
were cut down, and the soil was allowed to dry
out. After a further 21 to 28 days the adults
emerged, and were transferred to another cage
(Fig. 1) and fed cube sugar, water and
hazelnut pollen (Fig. 2). In 4 or 5 days, broad
bean plants 10 to 15 cm high and infested with
the black bean aphid, Aphis fabae Scopoli,
were placed in the cage with the adults and left
for 3 or 4 hr. The eggs produced were then
handled as described for eggs from field-caught
flies.
The cages for the adults are 45 cm wide, 60
cm long and 75 cm high and havea 20 x 20 cm
platform 35 cm from the floor. The two side
walls are of saran screening, the back and top
of Kodapak clear sheets, and the front of wood
with a 15 x 15 cm hole covered by a sliding
door.
The cover of the cages for the larvae rests
on a 15 cm high stand. The dimensions are 50
cm wide, 60 cm long and 30 cm high. The sides
are covered with saran screening and the top
with Kodapak. The top of the stand has 9 holes
in it so that when the pots are in place, they are
suspended in the holes by their rims over
watering trays.
DISCUSSION
Black bean aphids are ideal for stimulating
oviposition because they are small, sedentary,
and not easily dislodged from the plant. If pea
aphids are used for this purpose many are
knocked or fall from the plants and wander
about the cage causing the syrphids to oviposit
on the cage. However, pea aphids are well
suited as prey for the larvae because they are
large, have a rapid rate of population increase,
and are not toxic to the plants or to the syrphid
larvae. Their mobility allows them to use all
available areas of the plant.
24 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972
*“@SGbCBeeSt et ecu. ~-%
s |
¢)
§
¢
ie
&
Ld
3
&
¢
&
g
B
@
eB
8
CJ
@
Be
¢
Bw
&
Fig. 1. Cage for rearing adult aphidophagous syrphids.
Fig. 2. Elevated feeding platform in the cage.
Female flies can produce eggs more or less
continuously but it is best not to allow them to
do so. If eggs are laid over an extended period
or are very numerous, the larvae will eat the
unhatched eggs and smaller larvae. Provision
of an infested plant for 8 hr twice a week
results in large numbers of eggs of the same
age. Newly hatched, uniform larvae are left on
the plants to feed because they are easier to
transfer when they have grown.
The combined rearing of the larvae and
aphids eliminates the need for mass rearing of
the prey species, which is usually the limiting
factor in rearing predators. Set up correctly,
the 9-pot cages are well balanced predator-prey
ecosystems and no further addition of aphids is
needed. Emerging adults reach the surface of
dry UC mix quicker than if soil is used. Cutting
the plants makes their capture easy.
The large size and shape of the adult cage
(Fig. 1) and presence of the platform (Fig. 2)
are essential features, for most syrphids mate in
flight and seldom visit the floor of a cage. In
small cages without platforms, the adults flew
only if frightened and seldom fed.
The adult diet of dry sugar cubes, tap water
and freeze-dried vacuum-packed pollen
produced the best results and was the simplest
of the diets tested. Yeast, soya bean flour, and
yeast hydrolysate mixtures became caked on
the flies’ feet and abdomens, and condensed
milk and molasses mixtures on bread, saran
paper or cheese cloth trapped the flies. Honey
and sugar solutions were accepted by the flies
but they were messy and required frequent
attention and renewal. With the method
described routine maintenance involves only
the refilling of the water flask every second
day, bi-monthly replacements of the sugar
cubes and bi-weekly additions of pollen.
Species successfully reared by this method
were: Syrphus torvus O.S., S. ribesii (L), S.
opinator O.S., Metasyrphus spp., and Scaeva
pyrastri (L).
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to Dr. J. R. Vockeroth,
Entomology Research Institute, Canada
Department of Agriculture, Ottawa for identi-
fying the syrphid species.
References
Matkin, O. A. and P. A. Chandler. 1957. The U.C. system for producing healthy container-
grown plants, K. F. Baker (ed.) California Agr. Expt. Sta. Manual 23, p. 73.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 25
AGGREGATION SITES AND BEHAVIOR OF TWO SPECIES
OF HIPPODAMIA (COLEOPTERA: COCCINELLIDAE) IN
SOUTH-CENTRAL BRITISH COLUMBIA
G. J. FIELDS' AND R. D. MCMULLEN:
ABSTRACT
Hippodamia caseyi Johnson and H. oregonensis Crotch over-
winter in aggregation sites on mountain tops in south-central British
Columbia. Each species selects distinctive overwintering sites. During the
summer, H. caseyi is distributed mainly in the valleys and lower mountain
elevations, particularly in irrigated alfalfa fields. H. oregonensis is restricted
to subalpine and alpine areas during the summer. Availability of suitable over-
wintering sites may be a limiting factor in the abundance of H. caseyi.
INTRODUCTION
Many species of Coccinellidae are
recognized as important and _ valuable
predators of insect and mite pests throughout
the world. However, in the Okanagan region of
British Columbia this group of insects has
received only passing attention from economic
entomologists.
Successful pest control through the pest
management concept depends largely upon
manipulation of crop ecosystems, making
maximum use of natural enemies of pests. To
this end, it is essential to attain a more com-
plete knowledge of the life histories and factors
affecting the abundance and efficiency of
beneficial species. The object of this in-
vestigation was to study the life histories and
habits of two species of Hippodamia that form
hibernation aggregations on mountain tops in
south-central British Columbia.
METHODS
From the last week of May through Oc-
tober 1970, various agricultural crops, native
plants and mountain top aggregation sites were
examined periodically for the presence of
coccinellids. The sweep net and beating tray
methods were used to sample vegetation for
beetles. Intensive sampling from the valley to
the tops of the mountains was done during
periods of dispersal and assembly of the beetles
at the aggregation sites.
The area examined was the Okanagan
Valley from Osoyoos north to Summerland
including the highest mountains immediately
to the east and west. The elevation of the valley
in this area varies from 278 m in the south to
~ 'Pestology Centre, Dept. of Biological Sciences, Simon Fraser
University, Burnaby 2. B.C.:; Present address, Mid-Columbia
Experiment Station, Hood River, Oregon, U.S.A.
“Canada Department of Agriculture. Research Station, Sum-
merland, British Columbia.
343 m in the north. The elevation of the
highest mountain in the area is 2303 m. An-
nual precipitation at Osoyoos and Summerland
averages approximately 20 and 27 cm
respectively. At higher elevations the annual
precipitation is much greater and occurs mostly
as snow. The climax vegetation of the valley is
yellow pine, sage brush and antelope brush.
However, much of the valley bottom has been
modified by irrigated farming. The major crops
are pome fruits, stone fruits, grapes, corn,
alfalfa and vegetables. With increasing
elevation, east and west, the climax vegetation.
changes to Dry Forest with yellow pine,
Douglas fir and western larch; to Subalpine
Forest with lodgepole pine, aspen, Englemann
spruce and alpine fir; to Alpine Arctic at the
highest elevations with dwarf willows,
saxifrages and false heathers.
OBSERVATIONS AND DISCUSSION
Aggregation Sites. Overwintering
aggregation. sites of Hippodamia_ caseyi
Johnson were identified on five mountains:
Baldy Mountain (2303 m), Mount Kobau
(1975 m), Beaconsfield Mountain (2196 m),
Apex Mountain (2248 m) and Sheep Rock
(2200 m). Overwintering aggregations of
Hippodamia oregonensis Crotch were also
found on all of these mountains except Mount
Kobau. H. caseyi was the most abundant
species on each of the mountains except on
Sheep Rock.
The aggregation sites of the two species
differed both in physical features and location.
Typically, the sites occupied by H. caseyi were
located on the south facing upper-most slopes
of the mountains, among fractured boulders
covered with lichens. The beetles clustered in
crevices between the rocks. The crevices were,
in almost all cases, free of soil and vegetation.
26 J. EnTomot. Soc. Brit. CoLumsta, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972
Rocks lying on, or partially buried in soil, but
with cavities under them were never found to
shelter beetles. The aggregation sites become
free of snow earlier in the spring than most
other parts of the mountain tops because of
their southerly exposure and the combined
effects of topography and wind which result in
shallow snow packs.
H. oregonensis aggregation sites were
located in all quadrants on the upper-most
slopes of the mountains. Typical sites were
beneath rock slabs lying on, or partially buried
in soil but with crevices beneath them and with
grasses and sedges growing immediately
around them. The aggregation sites were
always in areas where exposure to winds result
in relatively shallow snow packs.
In most instances both species were present
in any one aggregation, but the minority
species usually represented less than one
percent of the total. Only the two above-
mentioned species were found in aggregations
on the mountain tops.
Observations of the aggregation sites in
early June, when large snowfields were still
present and in mid-October when the first
permanent snow had fallen, indicated that both
species remain in the aggregation sites through
the winter. In western Washington, Edwards
(1957) described large swarms of H. orego-
nensis near the summits of Pinnacle Peak
in June, 1952, and on Yakima Peak in Sep-
tember, 1952. He also noted large numbers of
dead beetles beneath slabs of rock. He assumed
that these had been trapped and killed by cold
weather and that the beetles normally returned
to lower elevations to hibernate. Chapman
(1954) and Chapman et al. (1955) reported
large aggregations of ladybird beetles, in-
cluding H. caseyiand H. oregonensis near the
summits of several mountains in western
Montana. Indirect evidence was noted that the
beetles remained at these aggregation sites
through the winter.
Dispersal from Aggregation Sites.
Dispersal of beetles of both species from the
aggregation sites began in early June when
there were still extensive snow fields on the
upper mountain slopes but the aggregation
sites were free from snow. The vigor and
rapidity of dispersal of the two species differed.
Adult H. caseyi flew strongly in a downhill
direction at low elevations above the ground.
Within a week of the first flights a few H.
caseyi were collected in the valley. However,
samples taken from the valley to the mountain
tops indicated that the rate of dispersal of the
main body of beetles from the aggregation sites
was slow. Dispersal of H. caseyi from Mount
Kobau, the lowest peak, was complete by mid-
June and from Baldy Mountain, the highest
peak, by the end of June. On Baldy Mountain,
however, a few aggregations of from about 50
to 500 beetles remained in situ through the
summer. During July and August, H. caseyi
adults and immature stages were found at all
elevations from the valley to the upper slopes of
the mountain but with the greatest population
densities occurring at or near the valley bot-
tom, particularly in alfalfa fields.
Dispersal activity by H. oregonensis began
at the same time as H. caseyi but the rate of
dispersal was slower. Flights by beetles leaving
the mountain top were random in direction and
of short duration which resulted in a gradual
spread downward from the upper slopes. For a
few weeks after dispersal began, adults of H.
oregonensis were most commonly found
feeding on the pollen of wild flowers, par-
ticularly Ranunculus spp., from near the tops
of the mountains down to about 1800 m.
Reproduction occurred on a number of species
of shrubs and herbs through July and August.
H. oregonensis apparently is a subalpine to
alpine species because it was not found at
elevations lower than 1700 m.
Formation of Aggregations. The
movement of beetles to the mountain top
aggregation sites was gradual, beginning in
early September and ending by mid-October
when the first permanent snow occurred.
During early September, adults of H. caseyi
were most commoly observed feeding on
aphids on plants between the elevations of 400
m to 900 m but rarely at higher elevations.
Through September to mid-October, numbers
at the lower elevations decreased to nil while
the numbers seeking shelter in aggregation
sites on the tops of the mountains gradually
increased.
No attempt was made, during this study, to
estimate absolute numbers of each species in
the aggregation sites. This was partly due to
the physical impossibility of moving sufficient
rock and partly because of the fear of
disturbing too much of the aggregation sites
and thus destroying their attractiveness for the
beetles. On the five mountain tops, H. caseyi
was on the average about one thousand times
more abundant than H. oregonensis. H. caseyi
was more abundant on Baldy Mountain than
any of the others. On this mountain top a very
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972 PAE
rough estimate of the volume of beetles present
in the third week of June was 5000 cm:.
It is apprent from this investigation that H.
oregonensis is of no value as a predator of
aphids on cultivated crops because of its
restricted distribution. It may be important in
the natural control of aphids on subalpine and
alpine ranges. H. caseyi may be of value,
however, as a predator of aphids on cultivated
crops, particularly alfalfa.
This investigation also suggests that the
availability of suitable aggregation sites may be
a limiting factor in the natural abundance of H.
caseyi. The number of mountains of sufficient
altitude and with features suitable for
aggregation sites for H. caseyiare limited and
the area comprising the five mountain top
aggregation sites is very small compared with
the total of the whole study area. It is hoped
that this report will stimulate further in-
vestigation into the feasibility of manipulating
H. caseyi populations to benefit aphid control
on agricultural crops in south-central British
Colum bia.
Acknowledgements
This investigation was financed from a
National Research Council of Canada Operating
Research Grant to Dr. B. P. Beirne, Director,
Pestology Centre, Simon Fraser University, who
was responsible for general supervision of the
work of the senior author.
References
Chapman, J. A. 1954. Studies on summit-frequenting insects in western Montana. Ecology 35: 41-49.
Chapman, J. A., J. I. Romer and J. Stark. 1955. Ladybird beetles and army cutworm adults
as food for grizzly bears in Montana. Ecology 36: 156-158.
Edwards, J. G. 1957. Entomology above timberline: II. The attraction of ladybird beetles to
mountain tops. Coleopterists’ Bull. 11: 41-46.
INNERVATION OF THE STYLETS OF THE PEAR PSYLLA,
PSYLLA PYRICOLA (HOMOPTERA:
THE GREENHOUSE WHITEFLY,
VAPORARIORUM (HOMOPTERA:
PSYLLIDAE), AND
TRIALEURODES
ALEYRODIDAE)!
A. R. FORBES
Research Station, Canada Department of Agriculture,
Vancouver 8, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
The fine structure of the stylets of the pear psylla, Psylla pyricola
Foerster,
and the greenhouse whitefly,
Trialeurodes vaporariorum
(Westwood), is described from sections studied in the electron microscope.
Their mandibular stylets are innervated, each containing two dendrites.
INTRODUCTION
The discovery of nerves in the stylets of
aphids (Forbes, 1966, 1969; Parrish, 1967;
Saxena and Chada, 1971), an adelgid (Forbes
and Mullick, 1970), a leafhopper (Forbes and
Raine, in press), and in Rhodnius (Pinet,
1963, 196%) suggested that the stylets of all the
Hemiptera-Homoptera may be _ innervated.
The present paper demonstrates nerves in the
stylets of a representative of each of the
Psylloidea and Aleyrodoidea, two super-
families of the Homoptera in which innervation
of the stylets has not previously been shown.
The pear psylla, Psylla pyricola Foerster,
and the greenhouse whitefly, Trialeurodes
‘Contribution No. 248, Research Station, 6660 N.W. Marine
Dr., Vancouver 8, British Columbia.
vaporariorum (Westwood), are the subjects of
the present report.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Adult pear psylla were from pear and adult
greenhouse whiteflies were from fuschia. The
heads were dissected from the insects, fixed in
5% glutaraldehyde, post-fixed in 1% osmium
tetroxide, and dehydrated in a graded series of
ethanol. The pear psylla heads were embedded
in Spurr Low-Viscosity Embedding Medium
(Polysciences, Inc., Warrington, Penna.). The
whitefly heads were embedded in Epon 812 by
the method of Luft (1961). Sections were cut
with glass knives on an LKB Ultrotome III,
mounted on grids with carbon-colloidicn
supporting films, and subsequently stained
28 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumstiA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972
Fig. 1. Electron micrograph of a cross-section of the stylet bundle of a pear psylla, Psylla
pyricola (Foerster). Each central duct contains two dendrites. CD, central duct; FdC, food canal;
MdsS, mandibular stylet; MxS, maxillary stylet; SC, salivary canal.
Fig. 2. Electron micrograph of a cross-section of the stylet bundle of a greenhouse whitefly,
Trialeurodes vaporariorum (Westwold). Each central duct contains two dendrites. The cell
membranes and pair of neurotubles of each dendrite are clearly visible, as is the cuticular sheath
surrounding the dendrities. Abbreviations as in Fig. 1.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumnrraA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 29
with uranyl acetate and lead citrate. They were
examined in a Philips 200 electron microscope.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The mouthparts of the pear psylla and
greenhouse whitefly are similar to those of
other Homoptera, a fact undoubtedly
associated with the uniform piercing and
sucking phytophagous feeding habits of the
group. The mouthparts consist of two pairs of
chitinous needle-like stylets, a labium, and a
labrum. The stylets are well adapted for
piercing plant tissue and for extracting juices.
The basic structure of the stylets of the pear
psylla and the greenhouse’ whitefly is
remarkably similar. In cross sections of their
stylet bundles (Figs. 1 & 2), the outer pair is
the mandibular stylets; the inner is_ the
maxillary stylets. The whole stylet bundle is
compact since the inner surfaces of the
mandibular stylets are contoured to conform
with the outer surfaces of the maxillary stylets.
In the greenhouse whitefly, marked projections
at the margins of the mandibular stylets wrap
around the maxillary stylets to aid in the
coaptation of the stylet bundle. The maxillary
stylets of both are interlocked by a series of
ridges and grooves to form the larger food
canal and the smaller salivary canal between
their apposed inner surfaces. The maxillary
stylets are not bilaterally symmetrical. The
salivary canal is contained almost entirely in
one stylet, the other forming only the closing
wall. The food canal is centrally located,
formed by the apposition of the food canals in
both maxillary stylets. Midway in the stylet
bundle of the pear psylla, the salivary canal is
approximately 0.5y in diameter and the food
canal is approximately 1.5y in diameter. In the
greenhouse whitefly the salivary and food
canals are smaller, measuring 0.25y and 0.9y
respectively. When the insects feed, saliva is
pumped down the salivary canal and plant sap
is sucked up the food canal. The functional
mouth, then, is at the tip of the maxillary
stylets.
The mandibular stylets have a central duct
running from the base to near the tip. Midway
in the stylet, the diameter of this duct is ap-
proximately 0.75 in the pear psylla and 0.6y
in the greenhouse whitefly. The central duct in
each mandibular stylet contains two dendrites.
Each dendrite consists of a cell membrane,
neurotubules, and a structureless material,
probably a_ fluid, which surrounds the
neurotubules. The dendrite itself is closely
surrounded by a cuticular sheath. The central
duct is probably filled with fluid in life, but
appears empty in fixed sections. The fine
structure of the dendrites is particularly clear
in the section of the stylet bundle of the
greenhouse whitefly (Fig. 2). The maxillary
stylets do not contain nerves.
For many years, stylets of the Hemiptera-
Homoptera were generally considered to be
needle-like non-living, chitinous bristles. The
existence of central ducts in the mandibular
stylets was known, but nerves were not
associated with them until Pinet (1963)
showed bipolar neurons in the bases and nerves
running into the shafts of both the mandibular
and maxillary stylets of Rhodnius prolixus
Stal. Forbes (1966, 1969) later traced two
dendrites from the base to near the tip of the
mandibular stylets of the green peach aphid,
Myzus persicae (Sulzer). There were several
previous indications of the existence of these
nerves in aphids. Bradley (1960, 1962) found
that amputating the tip of a mandibular stylet
or inserting the intact stylet tip into various
solutions prevented feeding but greatly in-
creased larviposition. He suggested that this
response demonstrated the presence of nerves
in the stylets and observed that their central
duct contained material that could be pulled as
a thread from the cut end of the stylet. Wensler
(1962) showed that the cabbage aphid,
Brevicoryne brassicae (L.), perceives. the
specific feeding stimulus, sinigrin, with the
stylets after they have penetrated the leaf
surface.
The nerves in the stylets are undoubtedly of
fundamental importance in the selection of
hosts and feeding sites and in otherwise
monitoring substrates at the stylet tips.
Probing and feeding behavior, which has been
well studied in aphids, indicates that these
nerves supply contact chemoreceptors. Indeed,
the work of Wensler (1962) mentioned above
seems to confirm this concept.
Both the pear psylla and greenhouse whitefly
are virus vectors. Their stylets and method of
feeding are ideally suited for the acquisition
and transmission of plant viruses. The pear
psylla has been shown to transmit pear decline
virus (Jensen et al, 1964) and the greenhouse
whitefly is the vector of beet pseudo-yellows
virus in California (Duffus, 1965). More than
25 other plant virus diseases are transmitted by
other whiteflies (Costa, 1969).
Acknowledgements
The author gratefully acknowledges the excel-
30 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972
lent technical assistance of Miss B. Schroeder. Entomology Research Institute, Ottawa, On-
Dr. R. D. McMullen, Research Station, Sum- _ tario, confirmed the identity of the greenhouse
merland, British Columbia, supplied living whitefly. Mr. J. H. Severson prepared the figures |
specimens of pear psylla. Dr. W. R. Richards, for publication.
References
Bradley, R. H. E. 1960. Effect of amputating stylets of mature apterous viviparae of Myzus
persicae. Nature 188:337-338.
Bradley, R. H. E. 1962. Response of the aphid Myzus persicae (Sulz.) to some fluids applied
to the mouthparts. Can. Entomol. 94: 707-722.
Costa, A. S. 1969. White flies as virus vectors. p. 95-119. In Viruses, vectors, and vegetation.
K. Maramorosch (ed.) Interscience Publishers, New York.
Duffus, J. E. 1965. Beet pseudo - yellows virus, transmitted by the greenhouse whitefly
(Trialeurodes vaporariorum). Phytopathology 55: 450-453.
Forbes, A. R. 1966. Electron microscope evidence for nerves in the mandibular stylets of the
green peach aphid. Nature 212:726.
Forbes, A. R. 1969. The stylets of the green peach aphid, Myzus persicae (Homoptera:
Aphididae). Can. Entomol. 101:31-41.
Forbes, A. R. and D. B. Mullick. 1970. The stylets of the balsam woolly aphid, Adelges
piceae (Homoptera: Adelgidae). Can. Entomol. 102: 1074-1082.
Forbes, A. R. and J. Raine. The stylets of the six-spotted leafhopper, Macrosteles fascifrons
(Homoptera:Cicadellidae). Can. Entomol. In press.
Jensen, D. D., W. H. Griggs, C. Q. Gonzales, and H. Schneider. 1964. Pear decline virus trans-
mission by pear psylia. Phytopathology 54: 1346-1351.
Luft, J. H. 1961. Improvements in epoxy resin embedding methods. J. Biophys. Biochem. Cytol.
9:409-414.
Parrish, W. B. 1967. The origin, morphology, and innervation of aphid stylets (Homoptera).
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 60: 273-276.
Pinet, J. M. 1963. L’innervation sensorielle des stylets mandibulzires et maxillaires de Rhodnius
prolixus Stal. (Insecte Hémiptere Hétéroptere. C. R. Hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci., Paris 257:
3666-3668.
Pinet, J. M. 1968. Données ultrastructurales sur l’innervation sensorielle des stylets maxillaires
de Rhodnius prolixus (Heteroptera Reduviidae). C. R. Hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci. Paris
267: 634-637.
Saxena, P. N. and H. L. Chada. 1971. The greenbug, Schizaphis graminum. 1. Mouth parts
and feeding habits. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 64: 897-904.
Wensler, R. J. D. 1962. Mode of host selection by an aphid. Nature 195: 830-831.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Auca. 1, 1972 aul
BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON A GREEN FRUITWORM,
LETHOPHANE GEORGI GRT. (LEPIDOPTERA:
NOCTUIDAE), ATTACKING APPLES IN THE
OKANAGAN VALLEY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA!
HAROLD F. MADSEN
Research Station, Canada Department of Agriculture
Summerland, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
For the past 3 seasons a green fruitworm, Lithophane georgii Grt.,
has injured apples in the Okanagan Valley of British Columbia. Larvae feed
on leaves, will attack fruit early in the season causing deep russeted pits
similar to those caused by the fruittree leafroller, Archips argyrospilus
(Walker). Larvae were active from late April to early June. Pupation took
place in the soil, and adults emerged in October. The insect apparently over-
winters as an adult and deposits eggs early in the spring, although eggs of this
species have not been found in the field.
Although larvae of L. georgii are capable of injuring apples observa-
tions in 1970 and 1971 indicate the numbers are so low that the species cannot
be considered a major pest.
INTRODUCTION
For several years, periodic reports have
been received of injury to apples caused by a
large lepidopterous larva referred to by or-
chardists as a cutworm or a fruitworm. A
survey of several apple orchards in 1970 and
1971 showed that a green fruitworm was
present in limited numbers. In most instances,
the fruitworms were associated with in-
festations of the fruittree leafroller, Archips
argyrospilus (Walker). Both pests caused deep
russeted pits in apples and the injury caused by
the two insects could not be distinguished from
one another on mature apples at harvest.
Green fruitworms are the larval stages of
several species of moths belonging to the family
Noctuidae which attack apple trees and
characteristically eat deep holes in the fruit
(Rings 1965). The fruitworm responsible for
injury to apples in the Okanagan Valley was
identified as Lithophane georgii Grt. by E. W.
Rockburne (Entomology Research Institute,
Ottawa, Canada). This species was_ first
described by Sanders and Dustan (1919) in
Nova Scotia where it was reported to attack
apples. Crum (1956) gives its distribution as
both the eastern and western U.S. and the
adjacent provinces of Canada. Food plants for
this species are listed as apple, antelope brush,
ocean spray, alder and raspberry.
FIELD OBSERVATIONS ON BIOLOGY
In apple orchards in the Kelowna district of
‘Contribution No. 338, Research Station, Summerland.
British Columbia, larvae of L. georgii were
found feeding on developing apple leaves and
blossoms at the pink bud stage of tree
development. After bloom, they were found in
loosely rolled leaves fastened with silk. They
fed principally upon foliage, but also fed on the
flesh of adjacent developing apples. This
behavior is similar to that of the fruittree
leafroller. Fruitworm larvae were found op
apple trees from late April to early June and
their distribution within an orchard was very
spotty. In a routine examination for fruittree
leafroller larvae in an apple orchard at
Kelowna, 50 clusters on 108 trees were
checked and green fruitworms were found in
only 10 trees. One tree had more than 50 larvae
and an average of only 2 per tree were recorded
on the other 9 trees. A similar pattern of
distribution was found in other apple orchards.
The larvae are not gregarious, as they were
always found singly at a considerable distance
from another larva. They were less active when
disturbed than larvae of the fruittree leafroller.
Green fruitworm larvae are light green with
longitudinal white lines along the dorsum (Fig.
1), and when mature are robust and 3-4 cm
long.
Field collected larvae were brought into the
laboratory and caged on excised apple leaves
and on potted apple seedlings. Larval mortality
was high, and only a few reached maturity.
Mature larvae dropped to the soil, burrowed
about an inch below the surface and pupated.
Soil containing the pupae was placed outside in
O28 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972
Fig. 1. Mature larva of Lithophane georgii.
a screenhouse, and moths emerged in October.
They were typical noctuid moths, thick bodied
with gray wings. These laboratory reared
specimens were collected and submitted for
identification.
Moth emergence in October indicates that
the species overwinters as an adult which seems
an unusual behavior in the cold winters of
inland British Columbia. Rings (1969)
reported that a related species, Lithophane
laticinerea Grote, overwinters in Ohio as an
adult and deposits eggs the following March
and April.
To determine if adults were active in early
spring, 2 standard 15 watt ultraviolet light
traps were installed in an apple orchard at
Kelowna in March. Cheesecloth bags were
fitted to the base of the traps in order to collect
live moths. Several male and female L. georgii
were captured in March and early April. They
were placed in cloth sleeve cages on tree limbs
in the hope that mating and oviposition would
occur. No eggs were laid on the _ leaves,
blossoms or bark of the caged limbs. Branch
samples were collected at random from this
orchard and examined in the laboratory, but
eggs were not found on these samples. Moths of
L. georgii are evidently active early in the
season, but the location and distribution of
eggs is still unknown.
Very few L. georgii larvae were found
during the 1971 season in either commercial or
abandoned orchards. The species may exist in
low numbers naturally, or unknown factors
may influence their abundance from season to
season. It is evident from field observations
made during the last two seasons that damage
caused by the fruittree leafroller is difficult to
distinguish from that caused by the green
fruitworm. Probably, a portion of the injury
caused by fruittree leafroller has been in-
correctly identified as green fruitworm
damage.
References
Crumb, S. E. 1956. The larvae of the Phalaenidae. U.S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 1135:186-187.
Rings, Roy W. 1965. Identification of fruitworms and climbing cutworms attacking deciduous fruit
trees. Res. Sum. 2, Ohio Agr. Res. and Develop. Cent. :47-52.
Rings, Roy W. 1969. Contribution to the bionomics of the green fruitworms: The life history of
Lithopane laticinerea. J. Econ. Entomol. 62:1388-1393.
Sanders, G. E. and A. G. Dustan. 1919. The fruit worms of the apple in Nova Scotia. Can. Dept.
Agr. Entomol. Br. Bull. 17:1-28.
]
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 33
SEASONAL HISTORY OF THE BALSAM WOOLLY APHID
IN COASTAL BRITISH COLUMBIA!
L. H. MCMULLEN AND J. P. SKOVSGAARD
ABSTRACT
Studies of the balsam woolly aphid at four locations in south-western
British Columbia showed that there were basically two generations per year,
although only a partial second generation may occur at high elevations and a
partial third generation at low elevations in some years. The initiation of spring
development occurred as early as February in the moderate climatic sites and
as late as May in the more severe ones. The first crawlers appeared in late
April, with initial peak abundance occurring from late May to the first half of
July, depending on location. Thereafter crawlers were present during the
remainder of the season, even into December at low elevations, with peaks in
abundance occurring throughout August, September and October.
INTRODUCTION
The balsam woolly aphid, Adelges piceae
(Ratzeburg), a native of European white fir
(Abies alba Miller), is capable of attacking all
true firs (A biesspp.). It has been introduced to
both coasts of North America, probably
through movement of nursery stock (Balch,
1952).
The insect was first found in British
Columbia in 1958 (Silver and Ross, 1959) and
is presently distributed over 3700 square miles
of the southwestern mainland and Vancouver
Island (Molnar et al, 1970). Amabilis fir
(Abies amabilis (Douglas) Forbes) has suf-
fered heavy mortality, and grand fir (A.
grandis (Douglas) Lindley), although more
resistant to injury by the insect, has suffered
appreciable mortality and deformity. Alpine fir
(A. lasiocarpa (Hooker) Nuttall) also suffers
heavy mortality but the insect is not widely
distributed in stands of this species. Further
spread of the aphid threatens the alpine fir
stands in the interior of the province and
amabilis fir stands on the coast and Vancouver
Island.
A knowledge of the seasonal history is
important in assessing the hazard of further
spread. The aphid is a minute, parthenogenetic
insect, the life cycle consisting of five stages:
egg, first-instar nymph (which includes an
active crawler and a settled ‘“‘neosistens’’),
second- and third- instar nymphs and adult.
Winged forms seldom occur and the only
motile stage is the crawler. The aphid usually
overwinters in the neosistens stage. The
number of generations per year varies with
climatic conditions. In Eastern Canada, one
‘Contribution from Pacific Forest Research Centre, 506 West
Burnside Road, Victoria, B.C.
2 Tree Tanglefoot Ltd., Grand Rapids, Michigan.
generation occurs in cool regions and a second
and partial third in warmer regions (Green-
bank, 1970). In western United States, up to
four generations occur in mild climates at low
elevations (Tunnock and Rudinsky, 1959;
Mitchell et al., 1961).
Studies of the seasonal history of the
balsam woolly aphid were carried out in British
Columbia during 1967 and 1968 to determine
the number of generations per year, the time of
initiation of development in the spring, and the
time of year when crawlers were most abun-
dant.
METHODS
Four study sites were located in infested
stands of A. grandis and A. amabilis. The
former stands were on Vancouver Island near
Victoria (elev 100 ft) and Deerholme (elev 300
ft), near Duncan; the latter were on the lower
mainland in the Seymour Valley (elev 800 ft)
and on Mount Fromme (elev 2700 ft), both
near North Vancouver. Seasonal history was
determined by weekly examination of infested
stems and tanglefoot‘covered cards. The trees
selected for study varied from 12 to 20 inches
dbh, had medium to heavy stem populations,
and were located near the stand margins.
Study areas, on the bark were examined
with a stereo microscope (approx. 20X) (Fig.
1). Light was provided by a microscope lamp,
fitted with a heat absorbing lens, and powered
by a small six-volt battery.
On amabilis fir, the study areas (7 to 10 on
3 trees at each location) were |-inch squares of
bark, delineated by red wax pencil and divided
into quarters. A dot in the centre of each
quarter facilitated orientation and ‘‘mapping”™
the location of aphids. On grand fir, the rough
bark made this method unsatisfactory. Instead.
34 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumBriA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972
Fig. 1. Examination of bole with microscope mounted on scissor jack on portable platform and
showing tanglefoot drop cards (arrows) in position on the bole.
the field of view of the stereo microscope
(approx. 0.1 sq inch) was used and map pins
on the bark located the positions (6 to 12 on 3
or 4 trees). The stage of development of each
aphid was recorded weekly on a map of the
study area.
The tanglefoot-covered cards (Fig. 2) were
mounted on three or four trees at each site.
Each card was supported by galvanized metal
of the same size and placed in a horizontal slit
cut in the bark of the tree, one at each cardinal
direction (Fig. 1). The cards were replaced
weekly and examined for numbers of crawlers
(crawler drop). Sub-blocks marked on the
Fig. 2. Crawler drop card.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 35
cards facilitated counting the number of
crawlers in each block; when numbers were
extremely high, totals for each card were
estimated from counts in one sub-block chosen
at random in each of the blocks.
Temperature records were obtained from
hygrothermographs operated in the stands
throughout the year at Deerholme and Vic-
toria, and from mid-April (1 June, Mt.
Fromme, 1967) to mid-November on the lower
mainland. The thermograph records were
supplemented with data from federal govern-
ment weather stations. Degree-days above 42°
F were calculated from the maximum and
minimum temperatures (no upper threshold)
(Baskerville and Emin, 1969). As a check on
this technique, degree-days were also
calculated for 2 one-week periods each year at
each location by measuring the area above
42°F and below the trace on the thermograph
charts. Although the latter were usually slightly
higher, particularly at Victoria and Deerholme,
differences for the total of the 4 one-week
periods at any one location did not exceed
ep aaa
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
A total of 3425 neosistentes were examined
on the boles; 825 in the spring, 1548 in the
summer and 1052 overwintering in the fall;
TABLE 1. Duration (weeks) of immature stages of balsam woolly aphid.
Season
1
n2/ Mean se2/ n
Spring Overwinter 326
Sumer 558 Oy en Oras LAS
1/ Number of individuals
2/ Standard error
888 adults were observed. Duration of the
immature stages showed no consistent dif-
ferences associated with location and are
grouped in Table I. However, those individuals
that moulted to second instar early in the
spring took longer to develop.
The insect’s seasonal history for each
location and year, as determined from bark
observations, is shown in Figure 3. The major
difference among locations was the late
initiation of spring development on the lower
mainland, particularly on Mount Fromme.
Between years, the major difference was the
earlier appearance of adults in the spring and
earlier settling of overwintering neosistentes in
the fall of 1968. Although only immature
Stages were present on the study areas, on
Vancouver Island during January, February
and March, occasional adults with eggs were
seen on other areas of the bole.
Crawler drop for both years at each
location is shown in Figure 4. In 1967, the
cards were not in place early enough to observe
Instar
2 3
Mean se n Mean se
Zag eo B38" 2e2 news
eds A008 209, el FO, 06
initiation of crawler drop except on Mount
Fromme, where it occurred on 12 June.
Although a few crawlers were found on the
cards during February, March and April in
1968 on Vancouver Island, a major increase in
numbers did not occur until mid-May.
Crawlers were first found in Seymour Valley on
23 May and on Mount Fromme on 5 June.
The peaks in crawler drop (Fig. 4) indicate
periods of greatest crawler abundance, with the
initial peak representing progeny of the over-
wintering generation. Following this peak,
crawlers were present continuously, with
populations peaking at various times, until
December. The major differences among
locations were the later occurrence of the initial
peak on the mainland and the lack of a second
peak on Mount Fromme in 1968. The initial
peak crawler drop occurred slightly earlier in
1968 than in 1967 at Victoria, whereas it
occurred earlier in 1967 at Seymour. At
Deerholme and Fromme this peak occurred at
about the same time in both years.
36 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972
—<__ NEOSISTENS —<L ADULT
4 OVERWINTERING
—Q@RR 2nd & 3rd INSTAR BROKEN LINE = ESTIMATE
=
a
Oo
-
=
>
uJ
=
a
Oo
AG
a
uJ
uJ
a)
a
3 Cs EE
=
>
uJ
W
=
Oo
a
ve
FEB. APRIL JUNE AUG. OCT. DEC.
Fig. 3. Seasonal development of balsam woolly aphid on the bole at four locations, 1967 and 1968.
The wide part of each bar represents the period when over 80%, and the single line less than 20%,
of the maximum population of that stage was present.
J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. CotumstA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 37
eye)
4)
5O
25
75
50
25
FIRE
2 CLOSURE
(NO DATA)
5O
RELATIVE NUMBER OF CRAWLERS
Oo
20
15
5O
25
O
APR. MAY JUNE JULY
AUG.
MAXIMUM WEEKLY NUMBER
PER “TREE
VICTORIA
lOO
DEERHOLME
3028 8802
SEYMOUR
4138 10888
FROMME
SEPT, OCT. NOV. DEC.
Fig. 4. Crawler drop relative to maximum weekly number (expressed as 100) at four locations,
1967 and 1968.
Greenbank (1970) indicated that 650
degree-days above 42 F were required for
com pletion of the overwintering generation and
an additional 1550 were required for com-
pletion of a second generation in New
Brunswick. The dates on which _ these
requirements were met at each location in each
year (Table II) indicate that at least two
38 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972
TABLE II. Dates on which heat accumulations of 650 and 2200 degree-days above 42°F were
attained at four locations in 1967 and 1968.
Degree—days
Location 650 2200
1967 1968 1967 1968
Victoria June 7 May 23 August 20 August 15
Deerholme June 12 June 11 August 25 September 10
Seymour June 17 June 20 August 24 September 7
Fromme July 2 July 10 October 9 (Oct. 7 only 1590)
generations might be expected at all locations
except Mount Fromme in 1968, and that
development would be later on the mainland
than on Vancouver Island. Although heat
accumulation requirements were met earlier at
Victoria than at Deerholme, the _ bole
examinations and crawler drop indicated that
development of the overwintering generation
occurred at least as rapidly at Deerholme as at
Victoria. Although mean temperatures were
usually slightly lower at Deerholme than at
Victoria, maximum temperatures were higher,
suggesting that more efficient development
took place under conditions occurring at
Deerholme.
The crawler drop was affected to some
extent by weather conditions, as indicated by
the means of the daily maximum temperatures
(mean maximum temperature) during the
periods of crawler drop (e.g. Seymour Valley,
1968, Fig. 5). Higher temperatures cause
greater activity of the crawlers (Atkins and
Hall, 1969) and therefore increase the chance
of their dropping onto cards. Initial peak
crawler drop was possibly delayed at Seymour
in 1968 by early June weather conditions.
--—— CRAWLERS
MEAN WEEKLY
{ere) ‘
\
RELATIVE NO. OF CRAWLERS
MAY
Fig. 5. Crawler drop and mean maximum temperatures in Seymour Valley, 1968.
JUNE JULY
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE
80
(i
Nees
70 w
a
>
q
ar
LJ
60 $
LJ
KE
AUG. SEPT. OCT.
J. EntToMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumstA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 39
Variation in crawler drop was also in-
troduced by differences in trees. The initial
peak crawler drop on different trees at the
same location was up to two weeks apart, and
later peaks up to five weeks apart. The pattern
of crawler drop on one tree at Deerholme (Fig.
6) was greatly different from the pattern on
other trees in 1967 and was omitted from the
data for Figure 4. Although the initial peak
occurred at the same time as on other trees, the
second peak occurred only five weeks later,
whereas at least eight weeks elapsed between
similar peaks on other trees at all locations.
The pattern of drop was similar on each
cardinal direction and no _ differences in
location of this tree in comparison with other
trees at Deerholme were apparent. Some in-
dividual host difference may have promoted
rapid development of the summer generation
on this tree. In 1968, such extreme differences
between this tree and others were not apparent,
although peak populations of crawlers did
differ in relative magnitude. Unfortunately, the
development of the aphid on the bole of this
tree was not observed.
100
75
RELATIVE NO. OF CRAWLERS
MAY JUNE JULY
Comparison of monthly mean _ tem-
peratures, 1955 through 1969, at Victoria
Gonzales and Vancouver Airport weather
stations indicated that neither 1967 nor 1968
had extreme weather conditions except that
February-March 1968 was one of the warmest
of the 15 years. Thus 1967 and 1968 were
fairly representative years. However, the
warmer spring weather in 1968 was reflected
by the earlier appearance of adults on the bole
in the spring of that year (Fig. 3). August and
September weather conditions, being cooler in
1968 than in 1969, probably delayed
development of many neosistentes, and ac-
counted for the earlier settling of those that
eventually overwintered (Fig. 3).
In general, two generations occurred each
year, although crawler drop records for Mount
Fromme exhibited little evidence of a second
generation in 1968. However, bole
examinations indicated that a portion of the
population completed a second generation
while the rest remained in the neosistens stage
and eventually overwintered. Bole observations
could not
separate additional generations
MAXIMUM WEEKLY
NUMBER COLLECTED
I967 - 80I5
I968 -—9570
AUG. SEPT.
OCT.
NOV.
Fig. 6. Atypical crawler drop trom the bole of one tree, Deerholme, 1967 and 1968.
occurring during the summer, since the parents
of newly settled neosistentes could not be
determined. However, evidence indicates that a
third generation occurred on Vancouver
Island. The crawler drop for both Victoria and
Deerholme showed at least two distinct peaks,
and crawlers were present thoughout
November in 1967 and were still numerous in
October, 1968, when observations ceased.
Furthermore, the average duration of various
stages (Table I) indicated that third generation
adults could appear by mid-September at both
Victoria) and Deerholme and_ heat ac-
cumulation (Table II) at Victoria was suf-
ficient by late August in both years for com-
pletion of a second generation, leaving the
remainder of the season for at least a partial
third generation.
The effect of partial generations on
populations is open to conjecture. That portion
40 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumsBrA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972
of the population unable to attain the normal
overwintering neosistens stage could be ex-
pected to suffer high mortality, expecially
under severe climatic conditions. Greenbank
(1970) provides an example in which 6% of
the population formed a_ partial third
generation and increased the overwintering
population by 25% .
The different host species, grand and
amabilis fir, may have contributed to dif-
ferences between the mainland and Vancouver
Island. However, weather conditions appeared
to be the dominating factor.
Dispersal of the insect is believed to be
chiefly by wind (Balch, 1952), but it may be
spread by man (Atkins and Woods, 1968).
Thus the main hazard of dispersal exists when
the crawlers are present, from late April
through November, although peak crawler
populations occur at various times. At high
elevations, the major hazard period is reduced
to June through October.
The results of the studies reported here
provide a guide to the times of year when
various stages of the insect are present, and
confirm that heat accumulation data can be
used as a general guide to the number of
generations. However, variations are such that
when precise knowledge is required, sampling
of the populations would be necessary.
Acknowledgements
The authors thank Mr. T. A. D. Woods and
Mr. A. A. Hall for collecting the data at Deer-
holme and Victoria.
References
Atkins, M. D. and A. A. Hall. 1969. Effect of light and temperature on the activity of balsam
woolly aphid crawlers. Can. Ent. 101:481-488.
Atkins, M. D. and T. A. D. Woods. 1968. Survival of the balsam woolly aphid on Abies logs.
Can. Ent. 100:412-420.
Balch, R. E. 1952. Studies of the balsam woolly aphid, Adelges piceae (Ratz.) and its effects
on balsam fir, Abies balsamea (L.) Mill. Can. Dep. Agr. Publ. 867. 76 pp.
Baskerville, G. L. and P. Emin. 1969. Rapid estimation of heat accumulation from maximum
and minimum temperatures. Ecology 50:514-517.
Greenbank, D. O. 1970. Climate and ecology of the balsam woolly aphid. Can. Ent. 102:546-578.
Mitchell, R. G., N. E. Johnson and J. A. Rudinsky. 1961. Seasonal history of the balsam woolly
aphid in the Pacific Northwest. Can. Ent. 93:794-798.
Molnar, A. C., J. W. E. Harris, D. A. Boss and J. A. Baranyay. 1970. Balsam woolly aphid,
British Columbia Region. In Ann. Rpt. For. Insect and Disease Surv., Can. Dep. Fisheries
and For., Can. For. Serv., 1969: 101-102.
Silver, G. T. and D. A. Ross. 1959. Balsam woolly aphid, Province of British Columbia Forest
Insect Survey. In Ann. Rpt. For. Insect and Disease Surv., Can. Dep. Agr. For. Biol.
Div. 1958: 89.
Tunnock, A. and J. A. Rudinsky. 1959. Observations on the life cycle of the balsam woolly aphid,
Adelges piceae (Ratz.), in the Willamette Valley of Oregon. Can. Ent. 91:208-212.
J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CotumsriA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 41
FLIGHT-MUSCLE DEGENERATION IN SPRUCE BEETLES,
DENDROCTONUS RUFIPENNIS
(COLEOPTERA:SCOLYTIDAE)
T. G. GRAY AND E. D. A. DYER!
ABSTRACT
Changes in width of an indirect flight muscle, the lateralis medius,
were measured at various stages of adult life of D. rufipennis. This muscle
degenerated in both female and male spruce beetles after flight and attack on
the host. Flight muscles of young adults that emerged in late summer to enter
hibernation were smaller than those of beetles taken in spring flight. Young
beetles entering hibernation did not disperse by flying, but dropped or crawled
to the bases of trees, in which they had developed, and burrowed into the bark.
INTRODUCTION
Spruce beetles, Dendroctonus rufipennis
Kirby, like other Dendroctonus, accomplish
flight to new hosts, attack and egg-laying
during one summer. Sometimes there is a
second attack by parent adults during this
season. Unlike most Dendroctonus, spruce
beetles usually take two years to develop,
overwintering the first year as larvae, pupating
in June and becoming young adults in July.
However, these beetles differ from all other
Dendroctonus in that many young adults
abandon the galleries in which they develop
and fall or crawl to the tree base, where they re-
enter the bark to hibernate (Massey and
Wygant, 1954). Knowledge of flight-muscle
change and flight capability is important in
interpreting what beetles do after emergence
from the host.
Flight-muscle changes during brood
establishment have been observed in the
Scolytidae (Chapman, 1956; Reid, 1958) and
gross flight-muscle changes have been reported
in Dendroctonus (Chapman, 1957; Reid,
1958; Atkins and Farris, 1958; Mce-
Cambridge and Mata, 1969). Detailed studies
of these changes were made by Atkins and
Farris (1962) on Dendroctonus pseudotsugae
Hopkins and on [ps confusus Le Conte by
Bhakthan, Borden and Nair (1970) and
Bhakthan, Nair and Borden (1971). Chapman
(1956) suggested that atrophy = and
regeneration of flight muscles influence
Scolytid behavior because beetles cannot fly
from their galleries during brood production.
The present studies were conducted to measure
flight-muscle change in spruce beetles after
host attack and to determine whether young
beetles, emerging for the first time in August
'Pacitic Forest Research Centre, Victoria, B.C.
and September, were capable of flight.
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Adults were collected in two widely
separated regions of British Columbia;
Lodgepole Creek, near Fernie and the Naver
forest, near Prince George. These beetles had
overwintered and were capable of flight. Some
were allowed to infest freshly cut billets and
were later excavated in the boring, egg-laying
or post egg-laying stages. Young adults,
emerging in late summer from infested spruce
trees, Picea engelmannii Parry and P. glauca
(Moench) Voss, were captured by screen
enclosures (Massey and Wygant, 1954). After
collection, beetles were fixed and retained in
alcoholic Bouin’s until dissection.
The left and right lateralis medii muscles
were removed and placed in 70 ethanol for
measuring. Measurements were made to the
nearest micron, using a dissecting microscope
with ocular micrometer. The width (Fig. 1)
was recorded at 4, %4 and 3% of the muscle
length. To compensate for the effect of body
size on muscle size, comparisons were made,
using a median size index calculated by
dividing the average of the three widths by the
width of the beetle’s pronotum and taking the
average for the left and right muscles (Mc-
Cambridge and Mata, 1969).
KESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The lateralis medii are indirect flight
muscles, attaching on the metacoxa and in-
serting on the prescutal and scutal lobes (Fig.
1). These dorsoventral muscles, rather than the
longitudinal extensor muscles, were chosen as
indicators of flight-muscle degeneration
because the former exhibited greater change in
size. The muscle’'s width was more indicative of
atrophy than thickness because the lateralis
42 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumMstiA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972
Fig. 1. Indirect flight muscles lateralis medius in adult Dendroctonus rufipennis. Arrows denote
width (w).
medius became compressed transversely into
ribbon-like tissue during egg-laying.
The muscle median size indices for female
beetles (Table 1) show a progressive reduction
in width from the flight-capable condition
through initial boring under the bark to egg-
laying. This change occurred in beetles from
both areas. The gradual reduction in muscle
size is similar to that reported by Mc-
Cambridge and Mata (1969) for laboratory-
reared D. ponderosae.
Male spruce beetles, from the same galleries
as the females, revealed a similar pattern of
muscle change, but more _ degeneration.
However, variation in muscle size was greater
in males and fewer of them were collected at
the various stages. Atkins (1959) found that,
during brood establishment, the sex ratio of
parent D. pseudotsugae changed in favor of
females because some males remained flight-
positive and left the galleries early.
The young spruce beetle adults emerging to
hibernate had underdeveloped wing muscles,
apparently incapable of sustaining flight
(Table 1). Approximately one-third of the
beetles were flight tested prior to measurement
and when tossed, none flew or opened their
elytra, as do those capable of flight. Beetles
were classified as emerging-to-hibernate
because, at that time, beetles from unscreened
parts of the same trees were crawling down and
re-entering the bark near ground level. Others.
taken under similar conditions in previous
years, hibernated and would not establish
brood galleries in freshly cut billets, a behavior
reported by Massey and Wygant (1954).
Because young beetles emerging to
hibernate have underdeveloped wing muscles,
they are unable to disperse by flight or reach
new hosts. They crawl or fall to the tree base to
re-enter and pass the winter. Emergence
without flight capability may have advantages
J. EnToMoL. Soc. Brit. Cotumsta, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972 43
TABLE I. The median size index of the lateralis medius of female spruce beetles collected from
two areas of British Columbia.
i Si Ind
Stage of adult Median Size Index
beetle life
Lodgepole Naver
No. of Mean S.D. No. of Mean S.D.
beetles beetles
Pre-flight 13 0.157 0.007 9 0.153 0.014
Flight 22 0.155 0.019 ila 0.160 0.013
Boring 6 0.1137 0.003 25 0.1177 0.036
Egg-laying 11 0.069% 0.022 26 0.0727 0.038
Post egg-laying 11 0.0677 0.025 = - -
Emerging to hibernate 24 0.0877 0.025 = = =
* Means within columns differed significantly
condition.
(t .01) from the flight
for survival. Beetles that cannot fly to being in the thickest bark and being covered
hibernate in autumn do not undergo the risks
inherent in an extra flight or use energy needed
for hibernation and flight the next spring. The
tree-base hibernating site has the advantage of
with snow most of the winter. This provides
protection from extreme cold, and from winter
woodpecker predation which occurs on the tree
bole but not at the base.
References
Atkins, M. D. 1959. A study of the flight of the Douglas-fir beetle, Dendroctonus pseudotsugae
Hopkins (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) I. Flight preparation and response. Can Ent. 91: 283-291.
Atkins, M. D., and S. H. Farris. 1962. A contribution to the knowledge of flight muscle changes
in the Scolytidae (Coleoptera). Can. Ent. 94: 25-32.
Bhakthan, N. M. G., J. H. Borden, and K. K. Nair. 1970. Fine structure of degenerating and
regenerating flight muscles in a bark beetle, Ips confusus. I. Degeneration. J. Cell Sci.
6: 807-820.
Bhakthan, N. M. G., K. K. Nair, and J. H. Borden, 1971. Fine structure of degenerating and
regenerating flight muscles in a bark beetle, Ips confusus. II. Regeneration. Can. J. Zool.
49: 85-89.
Chapman, J. A. 1956. Flight-muscle changes during adult life in a Scolytid beetle. Nature 177: 1183.
Chapman, J. A. 1957. Flight muscle change during adult life in the Scolytidae. Bi-Mon. Prog.
Rept. 13(1):3.
McCambridge, W. F., and S. A. Mata, Jr. 1969. Flight muscle changes in Black Hills beetles,
Dendroctonus ponderosae (Coleoptera: Scolytidae), during emergence and egg laying.
Can. Ent. 101: 507-512.
Massey, C. L., and N. D. Wygant. 1954. Biology and control of the Engelmann spruce beetle in
Colorado. U.S. Dept. Agric. Circ. 944:35 pp.
Reid, R. W. 1958. Internal changes in the female mountain pine beetle, Dendroctonus monticolae
Hopkins, associated with egg laying and flight. Can. Ent. 90: 464-468.
44 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972
CORIXIDAE (HEMIPTERA) AS PREDATORS:
REARING ON FROZEN BRINE SHRIMP
A. JANSSON AND G. G. E. SCUDDER!
ABSTRACT
Many Corixidae are predaceous. In the laboratory they can be reared
on frozen brine shrimp. Feeding seems not to occur when temperatures are
as low as 5°C.
The water boatmen or Corixidae, although
mem bers of the Hemiptera, lack a distinct beak
or rostrum, the labium being reduced to a short
triangular flap with a mid-dorsal median
longitudinal groove (Benwitz, 1956; Parsons,
1966). However, they do have stylets and so
they have been presumed to feed like other
members of the Order. Feeding as they do ona
liquid diet, the Hemiptera usually lack a
peritrophic membrane, but Sutton (1951)
believes that the membrane is present in
Corixidae, although this has not been proven
(Parsons, 1957). Significantly, these water-
bugs also have a complex of buccopharyngeal
teeth that would appear to be useful for
masticating solid food and passing it along the
gut (Slack, 1947; Elliott & Elliott, 1967).
Hungerford (1919) noted that the
Corixidae gather their food by sweeping
flocculent material into the mouth with their
fore tarsi (palae). This material consists of
algae, protozoa and _ various’ microscopic
metazoa and the bugs were presumed to utilize
it as food. They also were reported by
Hungerford (1919) to feed on algal filaments
by piercing each cell with their protrusible
stylets and sucking out the contents. In
general, the Corixidae were regarded as feeding
largely on detritus or algae (e.g. Popham,
1959). Mellanby (1951) stated that they do
not pierce with their mouth parts to obtain
food, but suck up particles of debris using the
short proboscis like a vacuum _ cleaner.
Puchkova (1969) noted that Sigara striata (L.)
and other Corixidae have a mixed type of
feeding, with a predominance of phytophagy.
During a study of the Corixidae in a series
of saline lakes in central British Columbia
(Scudder, 1969a, 1969b), it was found that in
the more saline lakes Cenocorixa bifida
hungerfordi Lansbury and C. expleta (Uhler)
fed almost exclusively on Diaptomids
(Diaptomus nevadensis Light and D. sicilis
' Department of Zoology, University of British Columbia,
Vancouver, B.C.
Forbes) in the zooplankton. In the laboratory,
Scudder (1966) reared both species of
Cenocorixa on living brine shrimp (Artemia
salina L.) and in recent research (Jansson,
1971) all species of Cenocorixa, as well as
members of other genera, were successfully
reared through several generations on frozen
brine shrimp.
Zwart (1965) investigated the effect of
different types of food on the survival of several
European Corixids and found that both adults
and larvae survived longest when fed on animal
food, such as Tubifex, daphnids and
chironomid larvae. Experiments carried out by
us in the past few years support this conclusion.
Whether these results will apply to all genera
and species of Corixidae has not yet been
determined. Sutton (1951) showed that species
of Corixaand Sigarawould feed on chironomid
larvae, mayfly naiads, daphnids, Asellus and
Tubifex; and James (1966) recorded
Callicorixa audent Hung. as feeding on
mosquito larvae in southern Ontario. Jansson
(1969) has reared all North European species
of Sigara, Arctocorisa and Callicorixa on
Enchytraeid worms that were cut into 1-2 mm.
pieces before placing into the corixid containers
(if the worms were not cut up they escaped
into detritus before the bugs could find them).
Also, Jansson (unpublished) observed Cymatia
and Glaenocorisa to catch and feed on
mosquito larvae, but found that while Sigara
alternata (Say) will feed on frozen brine
shrimp, it will not reproduce on this diet,
although it was observed to reproduce after a
week on a diet of freshly killed mayfly naiads.
It becomes clear that the Corixidae should no
longer be regarded as mainly algae and detritus
feeders.
Zwart (1965) considered that feeding on
dead animal food caused high mortality in
adult Corixa punctata (Ill.) and Sigara
distincta (Fieb.), but he noted that this
mortality resulted from the unfavourable
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 45
conditions created by the dead and decaying
chironomids, etc. that occurred from supplying
the bugs with surplus food. Our experiments
demonstrated that for successful rearing on
frozen brine shrimp, it was important to keep
the tanks containing Corixidae well aerated in
order to avoid putrefaction of excess food and
the resulting contamination of the water:
Zwart (1965) did not record whether his
cultures were well aerated. We found that by
providing sufficient but not undue excess of
frozen brine shrimp, and at the same time
keeping the water well aerated by use of air-
stones run off a laboratory air supply, we could
rear most species of Corixidae at 15 to 25°C
with very little mortality. We also noted that
species of Cenocorixa did not appear to feed in
the laboratory at 5°C.
References
Benwitz, G., 1956, Der Kopf von Corixa punctata IIl. (geoffroyi Leach) (Hemiptera-Heteroptera).
Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Anat. Ontog. Tiere 75:311-378.
Elliott, J. M. & Elliott, J. I., 1967. The structure and possible function of the buccopharyngeal
teeth of Sigara dorsalis (Leach) (Hemiptera: Corixidae). Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (A)
42:83-86.
Hungerford, H. B., 1919. The biology and ecology-of aquatic and semiaquatic Hemiptera. Univ.
Kansas Sci. Bull. 11:3-328.
James, H. G., 1966. Insect predators of univoltine mosquitoes in woodland pools of the Pre-Cambrian
shield in Ontario. Canad. Ent. 98:550-555.
Jansson, A., 1969. Identification of larval Corixidae (Heteroptera) of Northern Europe. Ann. Zool.
Fennici 6:289-312.
Jansson, A., 1971. Stridulation and its significance in the waterbug genus Cenocorixa. Ph.D. diss.
University of British Columbia.
Mellanby, H., 1951. Animal Life in Fresh Water. A guide to fresh-water invertebrates. 4th edit.,
Methuen & Co. Ltd., London. |
Parsons, M.C., 1957. The presence of a peritrophic membrance in some aquatic Hemiptera. Psyche
64:117-122.
, 1966. Labial skeleton and musculature of the Hydrocorisae (Heteroptera). Can J.
Zool. 44:1051-1084.
Popham, E. J., 1959. Respiration of Corixidae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera). Nature, Lond. 183:914.
Puchkova, L. V., 1969. On the trophic relationships of water crickets (Corixidae). Zool. Zhr.
48?1581-1583.
Scudder, G. G. E., 1966. The immature stages of Cenocorixa bifida (Hung.) and C. expleta
(Uhler) (Hemiptera: Corixidae). J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 63:33-40.
,1969a. The fauna of saline lakes on the Fraser Plateau in British Columbia.
Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 17:430-439.
, 1969b. The distribution of two species of Cenocorixa in inland saline lakes
of British Columbia. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 66:32-41.
Slack, H. D., 1947. Feeding mechanism of water-bugs. Nature, Lond. 159:605.
Sutton, M. F. 1951. On the food, feeding mechanism and alimentary canal of Corixidae (Hemiptera,
Heteroptera). Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 121:465-499.
Zwart, K. W. R., 1965. On the influence of some food substances on survival of Corixidae
(Heteroptera) Proc. XII Int. Congr. Ent. :411-412.
46 J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtMBIA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972
INDUSTRIAL MELANISM:
A POSSIBILITY IN BRITISH COLUMBIA
G. G. E. SCUDDER!
ABSTRACT
Melanics of the Geometrid Biston cognataria Gueneée have been
recorded from the comparatively polluted Vancouver area of British Columbia.
At present the genetic basis and evolutionary significance of this is unknown.
Industrial melanism has been _ studied
extensively in the British Isles and Europe
(Ford, 1945; Kettlewell, 1955a, 1955b,
1955c, 1956a, 1956b, 1958a, 1958b, 1961,
1965a; Clarke & Sheppard, 1963, 1966;
Bishop & Harper, 1970; Cook et al., 1970;
Askew et al., 1971) where the Geometrid
Biston betularia (L.) occurs predominantly as
the black form (carbonaria) in polluted in-
dustrialized areas, but is much less common in
or absent from non-polluted agricultural or
rural areas. Experiments by Kettlewell
(1955b, 1956b) and Clarke & Sheppard
(1966) have shown that there is differential
survival of the morphs in different areas, bird
predators preferentially selecting the form that
does not match the background. Thus, in
industrial areas where the lichen on tree trunks
has been killed, the tree trunks are rather
uniform black and hence melanic forms resting
on such trunks in the daytime are not readily
seen by predators, whereas normal pale forms
are easily detected and preyed upon. In non-
polluted aras, the tree trunks are covered with
lichen and the norma! forms are cryptically
coloured and hence _ overlooked, whereas
melanic forms are obvious to bird predators.
Kettlewell (loc. cit.) has demonstrated that
the frequency of the melanic form can be
correlated with the occurrence and intensity of
industrial pollution. Further, recent work in
England has also shown that in the Manchester
and Liverpool areas, there has been an increase
in the frequency of the typical pale form of B.
betularia during the last decade, and this seems
to correlate with the decrease in atmospheric
pollution as a result of smoke control and the
introduction of smokeless zones (Clarke &
Sheppard, 1966; Cook et al., 1970; Askew et
al., 1971).
In North America industrial melanism is
also reported in Biston cognataria Guenée
(Kettlewell, 1958b, 1961; Owen, 1961,
1962), and since this will interbreed with B.
betularia (Kettlewell, 1965b), the two taxa may
' Department of Zoology, University of British Columbia, Van-
couver 8, B.C.
be conspecific. Owen (1961) notes that the
melanic form of B. cognatariais common in the
eastern part of North America, being reported
in southeastern Pennsylvania as early as 1906
and the Pittsburg area in 1910; the earliest
records for the Chicago area were in 1935 and
for the Long Island region in 1954. In
Washtenaw County, Michigan, Owen (1961)
records the melanic of B. cognataria as having
constituted 96.7 per cent of the population in
1959.
B. cognataria as a larva feeds on the leaves
of many broad-leaved trees, and occurs from
Nova Scotia and the Mattaganii River in the
north, to New Jersey and Pennsylvania in the
south, and reaches from California and Oregon
to British Columbia in the west. It also occurs
in the eastern Palaearctic from northern India
to Japan. Owen (1961) reports that the
melanic form is not known to occur in China
and Japan, and no records of the melanic form
are available from the western U.S.A. Dr. W
C. McGuffin informs me (in litt.) that in
Canada the melanic form is known only from
southern Ontario and the eastern township of
Ste. Clothilde in Quebec.
Recently, I have come across two melanic
specimens of B. cognataria in the collections of
the University of British Columbia. Both
specimens were taken on August 8, 1957 in
Vancouver by the late Prof. G. J. Spencer;
normal pale specimens were also taken at the
same time. Within the last few years, ad-
ditional melanic specimens have been taken in
the lower mainland of the province by Mr.
John Gordon. Unfortunately, light traps have
not been run in a continuous manner in the
region. It is thus not known if the melanic form
occurs in appreciable numbers at the present
time. Nevertheless, it is of interest to report
that I have not taken the melanic form of this
moth in light traps run at various times at
Westwick Lake, near Williams Lake in the
interior Cariboo region of British Columbia.
Williams Lake is 200 airmiles north of Van-
couver. In these traps, run during the summer
in the years 1964 to 1970, no melanics were
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 47
captured, but the normal pale form was taken
commonly. At Westwick Lake there is virtually
no industrial pollution.
Our future research will determine the
present proportions of the melanic form of B.
cognataria in populations in the Greater
Vancouver area and lower mainland. It is
certain that industrial pollution in the region is
relatively high, especially in the New West-
minster area. Thus, one may suspect that
pollution in the Vancouver area in 1957 and
since, has been high enough to lead to natural
selection favouring the melanic form of this
moth, in much the way that it has in Europe
and eastern North America. However, it
should be stressed that melanism may arise
from time to time for very different reasons,
aerial crypsis and heat absorption being two
such possibilities.
Klots (1964, 1966, 1968a, 1968b) has
reported melanism in a number of moths in
Connecticut and considers that here the
melanism is not related to industrial pollution,
but perhaps to darker environments brought
about by reforestation. In Phigalia titea
(Cramer), Sargent (1971) suggests that the
melanics that occur in rural areas may have a
physiological superiority over the normal pale
form, effects of industrialization other than
environmental darkening perhaps being in-
volved. Further, the melanics reported in
Shetland by Kettlewell & Berry (1961, 1969)
seem also not related to industrial pollution.
Nevertheless, in B. betulariaand B. cognataria
observations to date suggest strongly that
melanism in these taxa is usually associated
with industrial pollution in some form or
another.
Kettlewell (1961) has noted that while
industrial melanism and relict or geographic
melanism is usually inherited as Mendelian
dominants, semilethal melanics can also occur
as rarities, possibly at about mutation-rate in
certain species, and in these the method of
inheritance is recessive. Thus, it is important to
determine the frequency of melanics in B.
cognataria in the Vancouver area, and im-
perative to breed these forms so as to determine
the genetic basis of the black coloration.
References
Askew, R. R., Cook, L. M. and Bishop, J. A., 1971. Atmospheric pollution and melanic moths in
Manchester and its environs. J. Appl. Ecol. 8:247-256.
Bishop, J. A. and Harper, P. S., 1970. Melanism in the moth Gonodontis bidentata: a cline
within the Merseyside conurbation. Heredity, Lond. 25:449-456.
Clarke, C. A. and Sheppard, P. M., 1963. Frequency of the melanic forms of the moth Biston
betularia (L.) on Deeside and into adjacent areas. Nature, Lond. 198:1279-1282.
, 1966. A local survey of the distribution of industrial melanic forms in the moth
Biston betularia and estimates of the selective values of these in an industrial environ-
ment. Proc. Roy. Soc. London (B) 165:424-439.
Cook, L. M., Askew, R. R. and Bishop, J. A., 1970. Increasing frequency of the typical form of the
Peppered Moth in Manchester. Nature, Lond. 227:1155.
Ford, E. B., 1945. Polymorphism. Biol. Rev. 20:73-88.
Kettlewell, H. B. D., 1955a. Recognition of appropriate backgrounds by the pale and dark phases
of Lepidoptera. Nature, Lond. 175:943.
, 1955b. Selection experiments on industrial melanism in the Lepidoptera.
Heredity 9:323-342.
, 955c. How industrialization can alter species. Discovery 16(12): 507-511.
, 1956a. Further selection experiments on industrial melanism in the Lepidop-
tera. Heredity 10:287-301.
: , 1956b. A résumé of investigations of the evolution of melanism in the
Lepidoptera. Proc. Roy. Soc. London (B) 145:297-303.
, 1958a. A survey of the frequencies of Biston betularia (L.) (Lep.) and its
melanic form in Great Britain. Heredity 12:51-72.
, 1958b. Industrial melanism in the Lepidoptera and its contribution to our
knowledge of evolution. Proc. 10th Int. Congr. Entomol. 2:831-841.
Ent. 6:245-262.
1961. The phonomenon of industrial melanism in the Lepidoptera. Ann. Rev.
, 1965a. A 12-year survey of the frequencies of Biston betularia (L.) (Lep.)
and its melanic forms in Great Britain. Entomologist’s Rec. J. Var. 77:195-218.
, 1965b. Insect survival and selection for pattern. Science 148:1290-1296.
48 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumsraA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972
Kettlewell, H. B. D., and Berry, R. J., 1961. The study of a cline. Amathes glareosa Esp. and its
melanic f. edda Staud. (Lep.) in Shetland. Heredity 61:403-414.
, 1969. Gene flow in a cline. Amathes glareosa Esp. and its melanic f. edda
Staud. (Lep.) in Shetland. Heredity 24:1-14.
Klots, A. B., 1964. Notes on melanism in some Connecticut moths. J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc.
72:142-144.
, 1966. Melanism in Connecticut Panthea furcilla (Packard) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae).
J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc. 74:95-100.
, 1968a. Melanism in Connecticut Charadra deridens (Guenée) (Lepidoptera: Noc-
tuidae). J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc. 76:58-59.
, 1968b. Further notes on melanism in Connecticut Panthea furcilla (Packard)
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc. 76:92-95.
Owen, D. F., 1961. Industrial melanism in North American moths. Amer. Nat. 95:227-233.
, 1962. Parallel evolution in European and North American populations of a Geometrid
moth. Nature, Lond. 195:830.
Sargent, T. D., 1971. Melanism in Phigalia titea (Cramer) (Lepidoptera: Geometridae). J.N.Y.
Entomol. Soc. 79:122-129.
METRIC CONVERSION
Contributors of papers on laboratory studies should use the metric system exclusively.
Use of the metric system in reporting the results of field studies is a desirable ultimate
objective. Since it is difficult to replace immediately such standard concepts as lb/
acre by the unit kg/hectare, yards by meters, or miles by kilometers, the following
table of conversion factors is presented.
1 in.=2.54 cm 1 fts—=28.3 dm3 1 ecem=—0.394 in
1 yard—0.914 m 1 acre—0.405 hectares 1 m=3.28 ft=—1.094 yards
1 mile=—1.61 km 1 lb/acre=1.12 kg/hectare 1 km=—0.621 mile
1 1lb.—453.6 g 1 lb/in2(psi)=70.3 g/cmz2 1 ke=222: 1b
1 gal (U.S.)=3.785 liters 1 lb/gal (U.S.)=120 g/liter 1 liter—0.264 gal (U.S.)
1 gal (Imp) —4.546 liters 1 lb/gal (Imp)—100 g/liter 1 liter—0.220 (Imp)
1 dm3==0.0353 fts
1 hectare—2.47 acres
1 kg/hectare—0.89 lb/acre
1 g/mz—0.0142 psi
1 g/liter—0.83 1b/100 gal (U.S.)
=1000 ppm
1 g/liter=1 1b/100 gal (Imp)
J. ENtTomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLumsriaA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 49
A EUROPEAN STAPHYLINID BEETLE FROM THE
PACIFIC NORTHWEST, NEW TO NORTH AMERICA!
VOLKER PUTHZ?
In his book, ‘‘Faunal Connections between
Europe and North America,” Lindroth (1957)
gives an account of the known animal species
common to the two continents and explains in
detail the ways of dispersion in both directions
(see also Strauch, 1970). Many of these species
were introduced from Europe to North
America in the ballast of sailing vessels in the
North Atlantic trade. The ballast was dumped
at those localities where these ships loaded
cargo for shipment to Europe.
While studying the Steninae of the world I
have found two species of the genus Stenus
Latr. which have been introduced from Europe
to North America: Stenus melanopus (Marsh.)
and Stenus fulvicornis Steph. S. melanopus is
known only from one specimen taken at Seneca
Lake, N.Y. by Dr. Lenczy in 1965, and now in
the Budapest Museum (Puthz, 1966:146). S.
fulvicornis was sent to me by Dr. Lazorko of
Vancouver, B.C., who found it at Essondale,
about 20 km E of Vancouver. Dr. Lazorko
informs me (in litt.) that for some years he has
regularly found this species at Essondale,
although it is not common there. Specimens
were found in autumn creeping on the walls of
the Essondale hospital (23.X.62, 13.1X.66,
28.X 11.67, 28.VIII.68), and others were
captured by sifting debris near a creek or in a
forest in springtime (12.1V.65, 6.V.65,
3.V1I.66, II.V.68). A considerable number of
'124th contribution to the knowledge of Steninae.
*Limnologische Fluss-Station des Max-Planck-Instituts fur
Limnologie, Schlitz ’ Hessen, Germany.
introduced European beetles occur near
Essondale, nearly all of which seem to have
been introduced in ballast.
Scudder (1958) shows that ‘‘Departure
Bay, just north of Nanaimo on Vancouver
Island, was a centre for ballast dumping.”’ He
also points out, that “most of the European
insects introduced into the Pacific Northwest
have been late arrivals compared with eastern
Canada.” The recent findings of Stenus
fulvicornis Steph. agree with this statement. It
is highly improbable that this species has been
overlooked by collectors in the last century or
in the first decades of the present century. S.
fulvicornis must be a late introduction with
ballast from southwestern England, where it
lives in places from which ballast was often
taken (Lindroth, 1957:187).
Identification of S. fulvicornis is easy
because it is totally different from the other
nearctic Stenus which have the abdomen
immargined and _ the _ tarsi bilobed
(‘‘Hypostenus’). The species is characterized
by the following characters: 10th tergite
equally rounded, with no median tip or apical
anchor, head narrower than elytra (the species
is macropterous), legs reddish-yellow, in-
terstices of elytral punctation lacking
reticulation, aedeagus (Wusthoff, 1934, fig.
67) with the median lobe triangularly
narrowed into an acute apex, distinctly shorter
than the parameres. Length: 3.3 to 3.8 mm. In
the palearctic region S. fulvicornis is known
from Europe s.l. including the Mediterranean.
References
Lindroth, C. H. 1957. The Faunal Connections between Europe and North America. Almquist &
Wiksell, Stockholm; John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York.
Puthz, V. 1966. Die Stenus-Arten Madeiras und der Kanarischen Inseln (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae)
21. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Steninen. Ent. Bl. Biol. Syst. Kafer 62:129-149.
Scudder, G. G. E. 1958. A new aspect on the faunal connections between Europe and the Pacific
Northwest. Proc. ent. Soc. Brit. Col. 55:36.
Strauch, Fr. 1970. Die Thule-Landbrucke als Wanderweg und Faunenscheide zwischen Atlantik
und Skandik im Tertiar. Geolog. Rdsch. 60:381-417.
Wusthoff, W. 1934. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der mitteleuropaischen Stenus-Arten. Ent. BI. Biol.
Syst. Kafer 30:62-64.
50 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumstiA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972
LARVAL DIAPAUSE IN SCOLYTUS VENTRALIS
(COLEOPTERA: SCOLYTIDAE)!
B. A. SCOTT, JR. AND A. A. BERRYMAN?
ABSTRACT
When Scolytus ventralis was reared under relatively constant tem-
peratures 50-70% of the brood developed rapidly and emerged within 70 days.
The remainder emerged gradually over the 130 days following the first emer-
gence peak. Exposure to field conditions resulted in retarded emergence of
the rapidly-developing proportion of the population and increased synchrony
in the emergence pattern. Increasing exposures to cold temperatures in the
field resulted in increased emergence synchrony, and a shorter developmental
time when exposed to warmer temperatures in the laboratory. It was concluded
that the rapidly-developing portion of the population may enter a facultative
diapause while the remainder enters an obligatory diapause under normal
field conditions.
INTRODUCTION
The fir engraver, Scolytus ventralis
LeConte, infesting grand fir, Abies grandis
(Douglas) Lindley, is normally univoltine in
northern Idaho. Struble (1957) noted that the
fir engraver population produced a_ partial
second generation annually on south-facing
slopes at 4000 ft. elevation in the California
Sierra Nevada. In laboratory rearings about
20% of the brood emerged within 90 days of
attack while the remainder emerged over the
next 100 days or died (Scott and Berryman
1971), suggesting that a significant portion of
the population ordinarily enters diapause. The
present study reports on the effects of winter
exposure on the development rate and
emergence synchronization of the fir engraver.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Six living grand firs, about 50 years of age,
were felled on 8 July, 1969, during the flight
period of S. ventralis. The trees were attacked
1 or 2 days after felling. Fifteen days after
attack 24 one-foot-long bolts were cut from
these trees and brought into the laboratory.
Another 16 bolts were cut and brought into the
laboratory on 24 November, 1969, 137 days
after attack; 8 on 5 February, 1970, 220 days
after attack; and 16 on 7 May, 1970, 301 days
after attack.
All bolts were maintained at 25 - 30° C, 50 -
60% RH, and 16-hour photoperiod.
‘Scientific Paper 3690, Project 1977, College of Agriculture
Research Center, Washington State University. This work was
supported in part by a Washington State University Grant-in-
Aid (Initiative 171). The manuscript is, in part, from a thesis by
the senior author in partial fulfillment of the M.S. degree,
Washington State University.
“Associate Entomologist, Eli Lilly and Co., Greenfield,
Indiana, and Associate Entomologist, Washington State Univer-
sity, Pullman, Washington 99163, respectively.
Emergence was recorded at approximately 10-
day intervals by counting and marking new
emergence holes.
Mean development time from attack to
peak emergence (T) was calculated by
T= (Xie Fi)
N
where Xi = number of days from attack to the
ith emergence period, Fi = emergence during
the ith period, and N = total beetles emerging.
Thirty days after emergence had started to
decline, the bolts were debarked and the
following data collected: number of successful
attacks, length of egg galleries, number and
stage of the surviving brood. The bark was
then dissected and the brood within recorded.
Five of the bolts from the first sampling (July)
were not debarked until 215 days after attack.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Logs in the field were considered to be
under the influence of cold temperatures
during those months when the average monthly
maximum temperature was below 15°C; i.e.,
from 1 October, 1969 to 1 May, 1970 (Table
1).
TABLE 1. Average maximum and minimum
daily temperatures (°C) from Potlatch, Idaho
(U.S. Weather Bureau Climatological Data).
Month Maximum Minimum
September, 1969 21:7 4.3
October 12.7 —0.6
November 8.6 —1.8
December 2.5 —4.6
January, 1970 1.7 —5.2
February ee! —1.7
March Tet —3.3
April 9.6 —1.1
May 18.3 a2
J. Entomot. Soc. Brrr. CotumBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972
80
60
40
EMERGENCE
20
90 100 150
DAYS
Fig. 1. Emergence pattern of S. ventralis reared
in the laboratory without cold exposure.
200
51
52
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. ConumsBtiaA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972
TABLE IT. Mean development time and emergence synchrony of S. ventralis in the first emergence
peak after different lengths of exposure to field temperatures.
7-25-69 NES) as) 0
11-24-69 16 82 55
2-5-70 8 82 138
5-7-70 16 82 Zig
43 58
58 LESH) 90, 36
34 254 98,27
30 331 100.00
*Total time in the laboratory up to the mean of the first emergence peak.
**Per cent of the population emerging within 30 days of the first emergence peak.
The first group of bolts, brought into the
laboratory on 25 July, 1969, did not ex-
perience cold temperatures. At this time the fir
engraver brood was in the egg and first two
larval stages. Figure 1 shows the emergence
pattern of S. ventralis from 5 of these bolts over
a period of 215 days from the time of attack.
Dissection of the bolts at the end of this period
showed that all brood had either emerged or
died. It is apparent that most emergence oc-
curred 50-70 days after attack followed by
gradual emergence with a minor peak between
150 and 210 days. The remaining 19 bolts of
this group were dissected 30 days after the first
emergence peak or 88 days from the time of
attack. At this time 68.5% of the brood had
emerged (Table 2). These results, and those of
Scott and Berryman (1971), show that 50 -
70% of the brood develop rapidly at relatively
constant temperatures and probably represent
the proportion of the population which
completes two generations a year under
suitable climatic conditions in the field (Struble
1957). The development of the remaining 30 -
90% of the brood was _ retarded having
presumably entered obligate larval diapause.
This proportion probably produces a single
annual generation under most field conditions.
The effects of exposure to cold tem-
peratures on the development of S. ventralis
was examined by collecting infested bolts from
the field at three intervals during winter. The
bolts brought into the laboratory in November
had experienced about 55 days of temperatures
below 15°C. This treatment resulted in an
increased proportion of the brood emerging
during the first emergence peak (Table 2); i.e.,
diapause was broken in about 70% of the brood
with an obligate larval diapause. However, it
required 58 days rearing in the laboratory to
reach mean emergence, or 15 days more than
the brood receiving no cold treatment (Table
2). This increased development time was
greater than is indicated in Table 2 because the
sample taken in November had experienced
100 extra days of field temperatures in the
range favorable for development. Furthermore,
brood in the earlier sample was in the egg and
first two larval stages while in the later sample
all brood was in the mature larva or prepupal
stage. These results indicate that the rapidly
developing proportion of the brood had entered
a facultative larvae diapause conditioned by
environmental stimuli; possibly temperature
or photoperiod.
The time required in the laboratory for
mean emergence to occur in samples taken in
February and May was reduced (Table 2).
Furthermore, emergence was synchronized to a
greater degree by the longer cold temperatures
(Table 2). This indicated that diapause
requirements for most of the larvae was
satisfied by 150-200 days cold exposure.
The results of this study suggest that 50 -
70% of the larvae of S. ventralis have a
facultative diapause initiated by undetermined
environmental stimuli and that 30 - 50% have
an obligatory diapause. The diapause con-
ditions are apparently broken by exposures to
cold temperatures, longer cold exposures
resulting in a higher degree of emergence
synchronization and a shorter period to peak
emergence.
J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. Corumpsts, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 53
References
Scott, B. A., Jr., and A. A. Berryman. 1971. Laboratory rearing techniques for Scolytus ventralis
(Coleoptera: Scolytidae). Wash. Agric. Expt. Sta. Bull 741, 9pp.
Struble, G. R. 1957. The fir engraver, a serious enemy of western true firs. U.S.D.A. Proc.
Res. Rep. 11, 18 pp.
THE DOOMSDAY BOOK
by GORDON RATTRAY TAYLOR
A Fawcett Crest Book,
World Publishing Company,
New York & Toronto.
Pp. 320.
Until such time as Paul and Anne Ehrlich’s
well researched hard-cover ‘‘Population,
Resources, Environment’ also appears in
paperback, ““The Doomsday Book”’ remains,
in my view, the most readable, and probably
the most important of the spate of popular,
doom-and-gloom, ecology books; it has been in
paperback only since September, 1971. It may
be that the author’s 1968 ‘“‘The Biological
Time Bomb” will prove more prophetic and in
the long run more important, but it lacks the
immediacy and urgency of the present work.
This time the author avoids speculation and
extrapolation wherever possible; instead he
presents a fairly low-keyed digest of recently
published work, lightly footnoted, annotated,
referenced, and indexed. The data are largely
from reputable original sources and reviews,
notably and frequently from Nature, Science,
New Scientist, Science News, and Scientific
American.
Isaac Asimov refers to The Doomsday
Book as ‘‘cool and unimpassioned’’, which well
describes the writing. The tone should be
acceptable both to the converted and to any
layman who is not very clear on the ecology
furore but is not about to be stampeded by
rhetoric or emotion. A few degrees of emotional
heat do break through occasionally, for
example in the section on_ radioactivity
(chap. 8).
In any book as wide ranging as this, nit
picking is easy. On p.85 we read that “‘the
Tasmanian ‘wolf’ was ... believed to be a
predator — actually it is not a carnivore but a
marsupial like a kangaroo.” It is a marsupial
alright, but a predator too — and _ probably
extinct by now. Some examples from en-
tomology are greatly oversimplified, e.g. the
case of the codling moth (p.84). Aldrin and
dieldrin (p.128) are the terrible
organophosphorus twins. Plague is spread by
$1.25
lice (p.77). But a dividend from the all-
embracing approach is that DDT loses some of
its preeminence and falls into its proper place
as merely the most widespread and one of the
most damaging pollutants amongst such other
horrors as cadmium, mercury, lead,
polycholoro-biphenyls, asbestos, carbon
monoxide, nitrites, nitrogen oxides, and
radioactive wastes.
In ‘Ice Age or Heat Death” (chap.3) the
conflicting arguments for both fates will
probably confuse the reader. But he can hardly
fail to realize, first, that astonishingly small
inputs to the atmosphere will surely have an
effects of some kind on the earth, **. . . climate
is nothing like as stable as we tend to think,”
(p. 79); and second, that the whole earth is so
closely tied to and affected by its atmosphere
and climate that unpleasant changes may
appear at several removes from the triggering
mechanism,”’. . . the web of cause and effect is
too complicated for our present levels of
scientific understanding, .. .”’ (p.73)..
The author is at his best on the food and
population crises and in marshalling his
arguments against nuclear power. The views of
Gofman and ‘Tamplin are presented at some
length in a 30-page section on radioactivity
(chap.8).
It takes two full pages to acknowledge those
who helped the author, including 18 very
distinguished discussants (e.g. La Mont Cole,
Fraser Darling, Kingsley Davis, Paul Ehrlich,
Glenn Seaborg, Stewart Udall), and 56 others
with impeccable affiliations, who gave help and
information, including Barry Commoner, J.
W. Gofman, Chas. F. Wurster and many
Europeans.
On the cover of the paperback the publisher
has put the cheering message: “‘Mankind can
survive. The author seems to be less than
certain. H. R. MacCarthy
54 J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. Co.umstia, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972
THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THREE EXOTIC APHID
PARASITES (HYMENOPTERA: APHIDITDAE)
IN BRITISH COLUMBIA
M. MACKAUER AND A. CAMPBELL
Department of Biological Sciences,
Simon Fraser University, Burnaby 2, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
Praon exsoletum palitans, Aphidius ervi ervi and the Orange
phenotype of Aphidius smithi are recorded from British Columbia. Release
data, present distribution, host records, and diagnostic criteria are included.
During the past 15 years an extensive
campaign has been carried out to introduce
and establish exotic hymenopterous parasites
of various pest aphids in the continental United
States and, to a lesser degree, in Canada. A
number of the aphidiid parasites that were
released in the mid-western and western United
States subsequently spread and invaded ad-
joining parts of Canada. This paper reports on
the recovery of three aphidiid species in
southern British Columbia. The specimens
were obtained in the course of a faunistic
survey of aphids and aphid parasites, in
particular of species associated with alfalfa
fields.
General records on the taxonomy,
distribution, and known host range of the three
aphid parasites discussed below were given by
Mackauer and Stary (1967).
Praon exsoletum palitans Muesebeck
Praon_ palitans Muesebeck, 1956. Bull.
Brooklyn ent. Soc. 51: 27-28, figs. 2, 2 a,
9 3 (Orig. descr.).
Praon exoletum palitans: Mackauer, 1959.
Beitr. Ent. 9: 828-833, figs. 8, 17, 22
Geogr. subsp. of Praon exsoletum (Nees).
Praon exsoletum palitans: Mackauer, 1968.
Hym. Cat., n. edit., 3: 16-17 (Tax.,
emend.).
The species was introduced from _ the
Mediterranean area and was released against
the spotted alfalfa aphid, Therioaphis trifolii
(Monell), in California during 1955 and 1956.
The parasite became established in southern
California in 1956 and subsequently spread
over large areas of that state (Van den Bosch et
al. 1959). It was reported by Muesebeck
(1967) from Arizona, California, Colorado,
Kansas, Nebraska, Nevada, New Mexico, and
Utah, and by Angalet (1970) from Delaware,
Maryland, and New Jersey.
Two male specimens of Praon exsoletum
palitans were collected near the Canada
Department of Agriculture Research Station,
at Kamloops, on 2 June 1971. The parasites
were bred from one alate female and one
apterous second or third instar nymph of the
sweetclover aphid, Therioaphis riehmi
(Borner), on white sweetclover, Melilotus alba.
This record is the first record of the species
from Canada.
Praon exsoletum palitans resembles the
Nearctic species P. negundinis Smith in
coloration, the pilosity of the mesoscutum, and
in the average number of antennal segments. It
can be distinguished chiefly by the recurrent
vein of the forewings which is either incomplete
or lacking and, in the female, by the broad
ovipositor sheaths (Mackauer 1959, Smith
1944). The host range of P. exsoletum is
restricted to Therioaphis species which feed on
herbaceous legumes, whereas P. negundinis
appears to be a specific parasite of Periphyllus
species feeding on maples (Mackauer and
Stary 1967).
Aphidius ervi erviHaliday
Aphidius (Aphidius) ervi Haliday, 1834. Ent.
Mag. 2: 100, 2 @ (Orig. descr.).
Aphidius medicaginis Marshall in Andre,
1898. Spec. Hym. Eur. Alg., 5 bis: 249-
250, 2 @ (Orig. descr.). |
Aphidius fumipennis Gyéorfi, 1958. Acta Zool.
hung. 4: 133, 6 (Orig. descr.).
Aphidius ervi ervi: Mackauer, 1962. Beitr.
Ent. 12: 641-642 (Geogr. subspp.).
Aphidius ervi ervi: Mackauer, 1968. Cat.
Hym., n. edit., 3: 46-47 (Tax.).
Colonies of Aphidius ervi ervi which
originated from various European localities —
were released against the pea aphid, Acyr-_
thosiphon pisum (Harris), in the western |
United States between 1959 and 1965 (Table
J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLumMsriA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 55
TABLE I. Open releases of Aphidius ervi ervi Haliday in western North America.
acca
Year Release area Origin Authority
1959 California France J.R. Coulson ay
1961 Arizona, Washington . France JR. Coulson 2)
2961 Oregon, Washington France, Germany B.J. Landis =
A962 Idaho Poland J.R. Coulson
1963 Idaho, Washington eastern U.S.A. J.R. Coulson z
1965 California Lebanon DeA. Chant, 3)
Rei. DouUte
1) Reported originally as Aphidius medicaginis and field-released according to Univ. of California records.
2) Reported originally as Aphidius sp. (ex pea aphid) and Aphidius urticae.
3) Reported in Mackauer and Finlayson (1967).
4. Reported originally as Aphidius sp. and Aphidius ervi collected in New Jersey and Pennsylvania. This record requires verifi-
cation as the released material in fact may have belonged to A. ervi pulcher and not to ervi ervi.
1). The overall similarity between this species
and the indigenous A. ervi pulcher and the fact
that both species interbreed, it was suggested
by Mackauer (1969, 1971), may be the
reasons why proof of the establishment of ervi
erviin any of the United States release areas
has been lacking so far.
The first specimens which were suspected
to belong to A. ervi were collected near
Kamloops during the summer of 1970. During
1971 additional material was obtained from
the following localities: C.D.A. Research
Station Kamloops (June-October), 5 mi S of
Round Lake (8 August), Winfield (30 July),
and Chilliwack (6 August, 15 September). All
parasites were reared from pea aphids on
alfalfa. The percent contribution of ervi ervi to
the total number of primary parasites attacking
the pea aphid in each locality ranged from 0.1
to 1.3% , except for Chilliwack where 88.2 %
out of a total of 304 parasites examined
belonged to ervi ervi. In addition, some
representatives of the species were bred from
parasitized pea aphids that had been collected
near Burlington, Washington, on 20 June
1970. Our records are the first evidence of the
successful colonization and establishment of A.
erviervi in Canada and the United States.
Of the three Aphidius parasites of the pea
aphid which are known to occur in western
Canada_ the coloured A.
smithi from the
yellowish-orange
may be separated
predominantly fuscous-to-black coloured A.
erviervi and ervi pulcher on the basis of colour
and the relative length of the third antennal
segment (Mackauer and Finlayson 1967).
Differences in the female genitalia (Figs. 4, 6,
8) are helpful but do not permit an accurate
identification. The diagnostic criteria of the
petiole that were described by Eady (1969)
were found to be useful for the determination
of between 90 and 95% of all specimens
examined. Typically the anterolateral area of
the petiole shows a rugose sculpture in A. ervi
ervi (Fig. 3), while in ervi pulcher and smithi
the same area is striated (Figs. 5, 7). The
centrodorsal area of the petiole is coarsely
sculptured in ervi pulcher (Fig. 1) but com-
paratively smooth in smithi (Fig. 2). These
characteristics vary with the size of the
specimen in that smaller specimens tend to
show a less distinct sculpture. If live material is
available for breeding all identifications should
be verified by determining the colour and range
of coloration under known temperature and
humidity conditions in the laboratory.
A phidius smithiSharma and Subba Rao
Aphidius (A phidius) smithiSharma and Subba
Rao, (1958) 1959. Indian J. Ent. 20: 183,
186-187, Pl. TI, 1-5, Pl. TTI. 1-3. 2 6
(Orig. deser.).
Aphidius smithi: Mackauer, 1968. Cat. Hym..
n..edit., 3: 06) (Pax:),
56 J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLtumsta, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972
Fig. 1. Aphidius ervi pulcher,?, centrodorsal area of petiole.
Fig. 2. Aphidius smithi,?, centrodorsal area of petiole.
Figs. 3, 4. Aphidius ervi ervi,@. 3, anterolateral area of petiole; 4, genitalia.
Figs. 5, 6. Aphidius ervi pulcher,9. 5. anterolateral area of petiole; 6, genitalia.
Figs. 7, 8. Aphidius smithi,9. 7, anterolateral area of petiole; 8, genitalia.
(See text for details. Nomarski differential-interference contrast photographs of unstained speci-
mens mounted in Hoyer’s medium.)
J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumBsriA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 57
The parasite was imported from India and
released against the pea aphid, Acyrthosiphon
pisum, in large areas of the United States and
eastern Canada between 1958 and 1967
(Mackauer 1971, Mackauer and_ Bisdee
(1965). It became established almost im-
mediately upon its release in California (Hagen
and Schlinger 1960) but was not recovered in
the eastern United States and Canada until the
fall of 1964 (Angalet and Coles 1966,
Mackauer and Bisdee 1965). The present
distribution of A. smithi includes California,
Colorado, Idaho, Kansas, and Washington in
the Western United States (Musebeck 1967),
and Alberta (new record) and_ British
Columbia in western Canada.
Further examinations showed that western
populations of A. smithiare monomorphic, or
largely so, with regard to a gene Orange (O)
which affects the abdominal pigmentation,
while eastern populations are generally
dimorphic for the character. It was suggested
by Mackauer (1968, 1971) that the Orange
gene arose as a new mutation among released
specimens in the eastern United States and, in
fact, may have been involved in the establish-
ment of the species under initially adverse
climatic conditions.
In July 1965 A. smithi was collected near
Christina Lake indicating that the parasite had
successfully invaded British Columbia from
release sites in the western United States
(Mackauer and Finlayson 1967). These first
specimens were all wild-type. Since 1965 the
species has spread through most of southern
British Columbia and in 1971 was the most
common of the primary parasites of the pea
aphid in the interior of the Province. The first
representatives of the Orange phenotype were
collected W of Bridesville and near Kamloops
in the summer of 1971, where they contributed
0.6 and 0.2 %, respectively to the total number
of pea aphid parasites.
Acknowledgments
We thank Drs. J. R. Coulson and B. Puttler,
of the United States Department of Agriculture,
for making available unpublished information on
the releases of hymenopterous parasites of the pea
aphid in the United States. Professor T. Finlay-
son, of this Department, verified our identifica-
tion of Aphidius ervi ervi by examining the
cast skins of the final instar larvae. The work
was supported in part by a National Research
Council of Canada Operating Grant to the senior
author.
References
Angalet, G. W., 1970. Population, parasites, and damage of the spotted alfalfa aphid in New
Jersey, Delaware, and the eastern shore of Maryland. J. econ. Ent. 63: 313-315.
Angalet, G. W., and L. W. Coles, 1966. The establishment of Aphidius smithi in the eastern
United States. J. econ. Ent. 59:769-770.
Eady, R. D., 1969. A new diagnostic character in Aphidius (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) of special’
significance in species on pea aphid. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B) 38:165-173.
Hagen, K. S., and E. I. Schlinger, 1960. Imported Indian parasite of pea aphid established in
California. Calif. Agric. 14:5-6.
Mackauer, M., 1959. Die europaischen Arten der Gattungen Praon und Areopraon (Hymenoptera:
Braconidae, Aphidiinae). Eine monographische Revision. Beitr. Ent. 9:810-865.
Mackauer, M., 1968. Phenotypic polymorphism in Aphidius smithi Sharma and Subba Rao (Hymen-
optera, Aphidiidae). Entomophaga 13:281-287.
Mackauer, M., 1969. Sexual behaviour of and hybridization between three species of Aphidius
Nees (Hymenoptera: Aphidiidae), parasitic on the pea aphid. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 71:
339-351.
Mackauer, M., 1971. Acyrthosiphon pisum (Harris), pea aphid (Homoptera: Aphididae), pp. 3-10.
In: Biological control programmes against insects and weeds in Canada 1959-1968. Tech.
Commun. Commonw. Inst. biol. Control 4: 266 pp.
Mackauer, M., and H. E. Bisdee, 1965. Aphidius smithi Sharma and Subba Rao (Hymenoptera:
Aphidiidae), a parasite of the pea aphid new in southern Ontario. Proc. ent. Soc. Ont.
95:121-124.
Mackauer, M., and T. Finlayson, 1967. The hymenopterous parasites (Hymenoptera: Aphidiidae et
Aphelinidae) of the pea aphid in eastern North America. Can. Ent. 99:1051-1082.
Mackauer, M., and P. Stary, 1967. World Aphidiidae (Hym. Ichneumonoidea). In: Index of ento-
mophagous insects. Le Francois, Paris, 195 pp.
Muesebeck, C. F. W., 1967. Family Braconidae, pp. 27-60. In: Hymenoptera of America North
of Mexico. Synoptic Catalog. Second Suppl. U.S. Dep. Agric. Wash., Agric. Monogr. 2, 584 pp.
58 J. EnTomMor. Soc. Brit. CotumsBiaA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972
Smith, C. F., 1944. The Aphidiinae of North America (Hymenoptera: Braconidae). Ohio State
Univ., Columbus, xii+154 pp.
Van den Bosch, R., E. I. Schlinger, E. J. Dietrick, K. S. Hagen, and J. K. Holloway. 1959. The
colonization and establishment of imported parasites of the spotted alfalfa aphid in Cal-
fornia. J. econ. Ent. 52:136-141.
THE LEAFHOPPER GENUS EMPOASCA SUBGENUS KYBOS
IN THE SOUTHERN INTERIOR OF
BRITISH COLUMBIA
K. G. A. HAMILTON!
Entomology Research Institute
Canada Department of Agriculture
Ottawa, Ontario
ABSTRACT
The 22 species reported here represent 7 new species, 10 new
Canadian records, and 5 previous records. E. caesarsi, E. columbiana,
E. coronata, E. dissimilaris, KE. empusa, E. rossi, and E. tigris n. spp.
are described and illustrated. New Canadian records are E. alaskana Ross,
E. andresia Ross, E. betulicola Wagner, E. copula DeLong, E. exiguae
Ross, E. fontana Ross, E. gelbata DeLong & Davison, E. portola Ross,
E. rubrata DeLong & Davidson, and E. trifasciata Gillette. Brief descrip-
tions and a key are provided.
One of the most poorly studied genera of
Canadian leafhoppers is Empoasca Walsh.
This is a very large genus of small, green to
orange insects that feed on a wide variety of
forages, shrubs, and trees; many species are
common, and quite a few are considered
economically important, both for the damage
they cause in feeding and for the transmission
of ‘‘viral’’ diseases of crops.
The genus is divided into three subgenera:
Empoasca sensu stricto, K yboasca Zachvatkin
and Kybos Fieber. The first encompasses the
majority of species, which feed mainly on
forages and shrubs. There are many species
complexes in this group, requiring much
biological data to determine the specific limits.
The available information is too incomplete at
present to permit adequate treatment of this
subgenus. Kyboasca is a small subgenus,
characterized by the numerous tergal
apodemes in the male abdomen. The species
feed on a variety of trees, other than willow and
poplar. All but two species collected in British
Columbia have been previously recorded from
Canada by Beirne (1956). The thitd subgenus
is a moderately large group of species feeding
almost exclusively on willows (Salix spp.) and
' Present address: Department of Entomology, University of
Georgia, Athens, Ga. 30601.
poplars (Populus spp.). Kybos is very well
represented in British Columbia; I have taken
22 species in the interior, and others probably
await discovery. Only 4 of these were
previously recorded by Beirne, and another by
Ross (1963). Most of the new Canadian
records are of species found in adjacent areas in
the United States.
The subgenus Kybos is characterized by
male genitalia in which the anal hooks are
strongly curved, and the minutely serrate style
apices are curved and bear very long, fine
setae. The subgenus may be more readily
recognized by the chaetotaxy of the plates. The
macrosetae are longer than the width of the
plates, and either scattered over the ventral
surface or arranged in many rows, instead of
being short and biserrate, as in the other
subgenera.
Characters used in identifying the species
are the shape of the anal hooks and brachones
(ventral pygofer processes), and the chaetotaxy
of the base of the sub-genital plates. The
apodemes of the second sternite and the third
and fourth tergites (2S, 3T, 4T) of the male
abdomen are also useful, although parasitized
specimens are often encountered in which these
are greatly reduced. Some_ species have
distinctive colour patterns, and may thus be
J. Entomor. Soc. Brit. Conumsts, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 59
' Figures
Figs. 1-4. Habitus of Empoasca (Kybos) spp. 1, E. tigris n.
3, E. dissimilaris n. sp., male; 4, same, female.
readily identified without dissection. Females
are usually impossible to identify without
associated males.
All types are deposited in the Canadian
National Collection, Ottawa. (C.N.C.).
Key to males of species of Empoasca
(Kybos) Fieber.
1. Dark, pronotum and scutellum wholly or
partly deep reddish of fuscous; tegmina
usually strongly coloured or marked with
fuscous (Fig. 3) ....................14
—. Pale, pronotum, scutellum and tegmina
concolourous green, yellow or _ golden-
orange; tegmina marked at most with
iw)
sp., male; 2, same, female;
weak fuscous dusting along veins and
apical third (Fig. As) 22) sce. ee 2
. Dorsal margin of base of plates with long,
stout, parallel-sided setae like those of
ventral surface ...................--- 10
. Dorsal margin of base of plates with fine,
tapered setae ....... 3
. Apodemes 4T larger than 3T or 25 (Fig. 9)
eet oe eee ree. Cee ee rossi n. sp.
. Apodemes 4T linear or absent, smaller
than 3 land 287%... 22-5 eee 4
. Brachone strongly clubbed (Beirne, 1956,
Fig. 1028); head with red band between
eyes near anterior margin carsona DeL. &
Dav.
60
wn
10.
Ee
16.
~
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. Cotumsria, 69 (1972), AuG. 1, 1972
. Brachone not strongly clubbed; head
unmarked withredi. 60: 1202.3 D
. Apodemes 2S more than 2 segments long
Re aa gl Hl eres goer teeeet AT ne Oe eee zee 9
. Apodemes 2S less than 2 segments long
Ee Gir Necehe orn ot Ne, eeeee ae te 6
. Apodemes 3T lobed, more heavily
sclerotized than apodemes 2S......... 8
. Apodemes 3T linear, similarly sclerotized
to apodemes: 29) 23 es. a SE ae 7
. Apodemes 2S wider than long; apodemes
Sl SINMALC a. ecle aes ee ae incida DeL.
. Apodemes 2S longer than wide; apodemes
S Stra 2 ee wel cei ete fontana Ross
. Apodemes 3T exceeding tips of apodemes
DONG iGn aahcn pare 4) Se Cae caesarsi n. sp.
. Apodemes 25 exceeding tips of apodemes
oi ere ee ee re ee re columbiana n. sp.
. Apodemes 25 fully 4 segments long;
apodemes 3T regularly lobate ..... patula
DeL.
. Apodemes 25 only 3. segments long;
apodemes 3T arched outwards ...exiguae
Ross.
Apodemes 2S at least 3 segments long;
apodemes 3T linear ........ portola Ross
. Apodemes 2S much less than 3 segments
long; apodemes 3T lobate ........... 11
Apodemes 3T over half as long as 2S; base
of plates with only dorsal comb of setae ...
andresia Ross
. Apodemes 3T less than half as long as 2S;
base of plates with several peg-like setae on
anterior margin as well as with dorsal comb
of setae ...... Mar Ge eens aS ee
. Apodemes 2S over 3 segments long (Fig. 1)
Pennohetat tin ee eae hi wtiak ttn empusa n. sp.
. Apodemes 2S not over 2 segments long
CRON ead cacereea Mit cee de wee ee 13
. Deep green; tip of brachone strongly
flattened (Fig. 18b) ......coronata n. sp.
. Yellowish-green; tip of brachone tapered
(his 20 bien cares gelbata DeL. & Dav.
. Transversely banded (Fig. 1) ......... 21
. Longitudinally striped, or with indefinite
markings. (hig65)) ond hee eae meal
. Brown markings a patch on pronotum and
tegminal tips, and along commissure and
claval suture; anal hook very stout ......
betulicola Wagner
. Brown markings otherwise, more extensive
on dorsum of thorax; anal hook slender . .
16
Apodemes 3T shorter than half length of
2517 ie te ee i)
. Apodemes 37 over half as long as
apodemes 25.02: 5. a eee a iy
17. Apodeimes 2S longer than 3T, turned
outwards attips.......... alaskana Ross
—. Apodemes 25 not ionger than 3T, evenly
curved at.tips ..«<2) Ai eee 18
18. Apodemes 3T and 2S subequal, less than 2
segments long ............. alberta Ross
—. Apodemes 3T longer than 2S, more than 2
segments long ........ dissimilaris n. sp.
19. Apodemes 3T lobate, 13 length of 2S;
base of plates with only dorsal comb of
setae... 7): day lee ee lucidae Ross
—. Apodemes 3T linear and minute, or ab-
sent; base of plates with peg-like setae on
anterior margin as well as dorsal comb of
setae (ous 65, LG Sige ae ee hee 20
20. Markings brownish; apodemes 2S more
than 2 segments long ....... copula DeL.
—. Markings reddish; apodemes 2S less than
2 segments long ... .rubrata DeL. & Dav.
21. Brachone widened at end; tegmina
greenish to bright green ....... trifasciata
Gillette
—. Brachone tapered to tip; tegmina pale
yellow ... : 33 d4 30 URGe ecaeee tigris n. sp.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) ALBERTA Ross
Empoasca (Kybos) alberta Ross, 1963: 216.
Blackish-brown with basal half of the
tegmina brown, fading to hyaline tips;
distinctive subequal 25 and 3T apodemes.
Collected from: Okanagan Mission, Bear
Creek (Westside Road, L. Okanagan),
Creston, and Baldy Mountain, at 6500’ (north
of Bridesville): 4 specimens.
Host: recorded by Ross as Salix sp.
Probably double-brooded; June to early July,
and August.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) ALASKANA Ross
Empoasca (Kybos) alaskana Ross, 1963: 219
(new Canadian record).
Sordid ochreous, with commissure deep
brown; distinctive large 3T apodemes and
divergent tips of 25 apodemes. Collected from:
Naramata: | specimen.
Host: unknown. Collected in late July.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) ANDRESIA Ross
Empoasca (Kybos) andresia Ross, 1963: 218
(new Canadian record).
Yellow-green, with smoky wing tips and |
often also infuscated veins; distinctive short, ©
lobate apodemes. Collected from: Armstrong,
Creston, Naramata, Okanagan Mission, Otter |
Lake (south of Armstrong), Penticton, Salmon ©
Arm, Summerland, and the following locations
on the Westside Road of Lake Okanagan:
RS
J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. Conumpsra, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 61
si
nil
vu
Figs. 5-12. Base of abdomen of Empoasca (Kybos) spp., showing second sternal (2S) apodemes
stippled, third and fourth tergal (3T, 4T) apodemes hatched. 5, E. tigris n. sp.; 6, E. dis-
similaris n. sp.; 7, E. columbiana n. sp.; 8, E. caesarsi n.
sp.; 9, E. rossi n. sp.; 10,
E. coronata n. sp.; 11, E. empusa n. sp.; 12, E. rubrata DeL. & Dav.
Bear Creek, Caesars, Ewings Landing, Nahun,
and Wilson Landing: 205 specimens.
Host: recorded by Ross as various species
of Salix. Single-brooded; mid-June through
August, commonest in late July.
In view of the numerous records of this
species from traps on sweet cherry, choke
cherry, and bitter cherry (Prunus emarginata
Dougl.) it seems likely that adults, at least, also
feed on various species of Prunus.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) BETULICOLA
Empoasca betulicola Wagner, 1955; 178 (new
Canadian record).
Yellow with tegmina and legs bright green,
heavily marked with fuscous on center
of pronotum, along commissure and claval
sutures, and on apical third of tegmina.
Collected at Kelowna: 1 specimen.
Host: Betula alba L. Specimen taken on
Populus sargentti Dode.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) CAESARSI n. sp.
(Figs. 8, 16)
Male. Length, 4.7 mm. Colour yellow-
green, with slight orange cast on head and
pronotum ; tegmina green, claval suture white.
General structure typical for subgenus.
Apodemes 2S short, not extending into fourth
segment, broadly lobate, turned inwards and
62 J. EnToMot. Soc. Brit. CoLtumsta, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972
slightly overlapping; apodemes 3T short, very
broad, strongly angled mesad, projecting only
1/3 the length of fourth tergite, connected hy
very slender ridge. Eighth sternite weakly and
bluntly produced. Anal hook tapered, evenly
curved to sinuate tip. Brachone parallel-sided
to attenuate, slender tip, curved most strongly
at base. Base of plates with one row of erect
marginal tapered setae and a second of
recumbent setae of similar size.
Female. Length, 4.7 mm. Colour yellow-
green, marked with white as follows: face with
arrow-shaped mark pointing to marginal
coronal dashes, dorsum with median line and
paired longitudinal dashes on crown also;
tegmina smoky green, with white claval suture.
Seventh sternite very strongly produced to
rounded tip, with prominent lateral angles.
Types. Holotype, ¢, Caesars, Westside
Road, Okanagan Valley, B.C., 16-28 July
1971, sticky board trap on Prunus emarginata.
Allotype, 2, same data as holotype. Paratype:
1 @, same data as holotype. C.N.C. type
number 12570.
Remarks. The very short and _ lobate
apodemes are comparable only to those of
albolinea Gillette; the shape of the 25
apodemes and the colour pattern of the female
also indicate this relationship. E. caesarsi may
be distinguished from this species by the shape
of the 3T apodemes, the curvature of the
brachone, and the prominent lateral angles of
the female seventh sternite.
The fact that these specimens were taken
on bitter cherry should not be interpreted as
indicating that this is the host of caesarst.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) CARSONA
DeLong & Davidson
Empoasca carsona DeLong & Davidson,
1936: 229.
Empoasca aureoviridis; Beirne, 1956: 60.
Unmarked green to pabe ochreous, with
transverse red line between eyes (individuals
may be patterned heavily with red); distinctive
clubbed brachone. Collected from: Creston,
Kelowna, Okanagan Mission, Penticton,
Summerland, and Caesars (Westside Road,
Lake Okanagan): 75 specimens.
Host: recorded by Ross as Populus
balsamifera L. Local host: P. trichocarpa
Torr. & Gray; a single specimen taken on
Populus sargentii. Possibly double-brooded ;
late June to early July, and August.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) COLUMBIANA n.
sp. (Pigs..7,,15)
Male. Length, 4.1 - 4.3 mm. Colour yellow-
green, tegmina white, basally and apically |
lightly fuscous; abdominal tergites spotted
with fuscous. General structure typical for |
subgenus. Apodemes 2S short, extending
halfway into fourth segment, apically rounded,
apodemes 3T short, scarcely lobate, separated
at meson. Eighth sternite weakly produced.
Anal hook long and slender, evenly curved
cephalad. Brachone_ paralled-margined,
apically slender, tapered to slightly sinuate tip.
Base of plates with 3-5 long, slender, tapered
setae.
Female. Unknown.
Types. Holotype, ¢, Otter Lake, south of
Armstrong, British Colunbia, 15-29 July 1971,
sticky board trap on
Paratypes, 1 6, same data, Armstrong, B.C.,
3 66, same data, 30 July - 12 August 1971.
C.N.C. type number 12571.
Remarks. The small, separated 3T
apodemes ally this species to occidua Ross,
from which it can be readily distinguished by
the shorter 2S apodemes and the long, slender
brachone tip. The length of the plate setae
show its relationship to the occidua complex
rather than to members of the carsona com-
plex, which it otherwise resembles.
The fact that the types were taken on bitter
cherry should not be interpreted as indicating
that this is the host for the species.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) COPULA DeLong
Empoasca copula DeLong, 1931: 27 (new
Canadian record).
Green, with distinctive but indecisive
markings: head orange, pronotum and wing
apices deep brown, abdomen bearing a red spot
at center, showing through clouded patch on
wings as a brownish bar, giving specimens a
banded appearance. Collected from: Ewings
Landing, Okanagan Mission, and Sum-
merland: 11 specimens.
Remarks. The species reported by Beirne
(1956) as copulais the unmarked, orange and
green FE. alexanderae Ross.
Host: Populus tremuloides Michx. Single-
brooded: mid-June through July.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) CORONATA n. sp.
(Figs. 10, 18)
Male. Length, 3.9 - 4.3 mm. Colour deep
green, unmarked; head turning golden-orange
on drying. General structure typical for
subgenus. Apodemes 2S short, extending
halfway into fourth segment, evenly lobate,
Prunus emarginata.
|
|
J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 63
Figs. 13-20. Genitalic hooks. a, anal hook, lateral aspect; b, brachone, lateral aspect, c, same,
caudal aspect. 13, E.- tigris n. sp.; 14, E. dissimilaris n. sp.; 15, E. columbiana n. sp.;
16, E. caesarsi n. sp.; 17, E. rossi n. sp.; 18, E. coronata n. sp.; 19 E. empusa n. sp.;
20, E. rubrata DeL. & Dav.
Narrowly separated; apodemes 37 scarcely
lobate, fused mesally. Eighth sternite strongly
and convexly produced mesally, with tiny
lateral angles. Anal hook tapered, evenly
curved cephalad. Brachone widening to
abruptly flattened and twisted apex, turned
slightly laterad at tip. Base of plates with four
long, parallel-margined setae dorsally and
three peg-like setae on anterior margin.
Female. Length, 4.1 - 4.5 mm. Colour deep
green, unmarked. Seventh sternite strongly
tapered, strongly produced to bluntly angled
apex; lateral margins with weakly rounded
angles; folded on meson.
Tpyes. Holotype, & . Powell Beach.
Summerland, B.C., 17 June 1971, K. G. A.
Hamilton, on Populus tremuloides. Allotype,
Q,. Summerland, 23 June 1971, K. G. A.
Hamilton, on Populus tremuloides. Paratypes;
2866, 1 nymph, same data as holotype:
566.5 QQ. same data as allotype: 13¢.
same data, 5 July 1971. C.N.C. type number
oz.
Remarks. The apodemes of the abdomen
indicate that this species is a close relative of E.
alexanderae Ross, may be
from which it
64 J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. Conumstia, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972
distinguished by the shorter and_ nearly
separate 3T apodemes. The colour and flat-
tened brachone tip distinguish this species
readily from both alexanderae and gelbata.
Host. Populus tremuloides. Single-
“‘brooded: mid June to early July.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) DISSIMILARIS n.
sp.
(Figs. 3, 4,6, 14)
Male. Length, 4.0 - 4.5 mm. Colour golden,
deepening anteriorly, orange head, paling to
lemon-yeilow on abdomen and whitish hyaline
on posterior 2/3 of tegmina, sternites in-
fuscated, marked with blackish-fuscous as
follows: paired coronal spots on head, all of
pronotum except anterior margin and median
line, anterior 2/3 of scutellum, basal half and
apical third of tegmina, paler to whitish along
claval suture. General structure typical for
subgenus. Apodemes 25 small, lobate, ap-
pressed, extending into fourth segment,
overshadowed by apodemes 3T which are very
large and broad, hood-shaped, appressed,
extending into fifth segment. Eighth sternite
weakly and roundedly produced to tiny apical
notch, wrinkled on posterior margin. Anal
hook short, tapered, evenly curved an-
teroventrad. Brachone apically clubbed, tip
acute, directed laterad. Base of plates with
many long, fine, tapered setae.
Female. Length, 4.3 - 4.7 mm. Colour
bright green, yellow on face, dorsum and
tegmina golden, slightly fuscous apically;
marked with deep green laterally and paired
coronal spots. Seventh sternite very strongly
produced between prominent lateral angles to
truncate tip.
Types. Holotype, ¢ , Summerland, B.C.,
11] June 1971, K. G. A. Hamilton, on Populus
trichocarpa. Allotype. @, same data as
holotype. Paratypes: 16 nymphs, 6¢6,
3992, same data as holotype; 2 nymphs,
268,229, same data, 16 June 1971;
566 ,4 99. same data, 17 June 1971; 16,
12, Summerland, 23 June 1971, K. G. A.
Hamilton, on Populus tremuloides; 1é ,
Summerland, 15 June 1971, K. G. A.
Hamilton, on weeds; & , Summerland, mid-
June 1970, on sticky board trap on cherry;
16, same data, 21-27 July 1970; 1é¢,
Okanagan Mission, B.C., June 1970, sticky
board trap on cherry; 1¢6, Ewings Landing,
June 1971, sticky board trap on Prunus
emarginata. C.N.C. type number 12573.
Remarks. The extreme sexual dimorphism
in colour is unusual for this genus. The
apodemes and plate setae are intermediate in
length between those of amicis Ross and an-
nella Hartzell, both of which this species
resembles in genitalic characters. This species
probably links the other two, providing
evidence that the lineage to annellaand alberta
probably belongs to the trifasciata group rather
than to the butleri group of Ross. The female
seventh sternite is unique and highly distine-
tive.
Host. Populus trichocarpa.
brooded; mid June-July.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) EMPUSA n. sp.
(Figs. 11, 19)
Male. Length, 3.5 mm. Colour green,
dorsum with bronze sheen. General structure
typical for subgenus. Apodemes 2S very long
and narrow, extending into sixth segment;
apodemes 37 tiny, band-like, scarcely lobate.
Eight sternite roundedly produced to mesal
notch, between small lateral angles. Anal hook
very long and slender, nearly straight, curved
cephalad at tip. Brachone widened on apical
half, apex narrowed and sinuate, directed
laterad. Base of plates with three peg-like setae
directed cephalad and four long, stout, parallel-
margined setae on dorsal edge.
Female. Unknown.
Types. Holotype, ¢ , Armstrong, B.C., 15-
29 July 1971, sticky board trap on Prunus
emarginata. C.N.C. type number 12574.
Remarks. This species is closely related to
copula, from which it can be distinguished by |
the green, unmarked colour and the longer and —
narrower 2S apodemes. The laterally-directed —
brachone tip is unique in this species group. |
The fact that this specimen was collected on _
bitter cherry should not be interpreted as
indicating that this is the host for the species. |
EMPOASCA (Kybos) EXIGUAE Ross
Empoasca (Kybos) exiguae Ross, 1963: 220 |
(new Canadian record).
Unmarked green, with rarer golden-orange
form. like that of albolinea Gillette (== digita
DeLong). Collected from: Naramata, Pen- |
ticton, Similkameen and Summerland: 123 |
specimens.
Remarks. Parasitized specimens resemble —
FE. improcera Ross, which may prove to be |
synonymous with exiguae. P
Host: Collected by Ross from Salix exigua. |
Common throughout lower Okanagan Valley 1
on Salix sp. Single-brooded; late July to mid-
August.
Single-
J. EntTomot. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 65
EMPOASCA (Kybos) FONTANA Ross
Empoasca (Kybos) fontana Ross, 1963: 223
(new Canadian record).
Unmarked green, females yellow-green,
nymphs very deep green; distinctive small,
pointed 2S and _ linear, transverse 3T
apodemes. Collected from: Armstrong,
Bridesville, Creston, Ewings Landing, and
Okanagan Mission: 15 specimens.
Host: recorded by Ross as Salix spp., and
sucker growth of Populus balsamifera;
collected only on Salix sp. in British Columbia.
Single-brooded; August.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) Gelbata
DeLong & Davidson
Empoasca gelbata DeLong & Davidson, 1936:
225 (new Canadian record).
Yellowish, unmarked, venter greenish and
tegmina white; apodemes similar to those of
coronata, but distinctly longer. Collected from:
Armstrong, Kelowna, Penticton, and Salmon
Arm; 13 specimens.
Host: collected on Populus sargentii, and
on sticky board traps in the vicinity of other
related species of cottonwood.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) INCIDA DeLong
Empoasca incida DeLong, 1931: 21.
Rather small; unmarked, green, apodemes
2S tiny and 3T curvilinear. Collected from:
Creston, Kelowna, and Summerland: 12
specimens.
Remarks. This species has a wider host
range than other species in the subgenus.
Host; recorded by Ross from both Salix
and Populus spp.; taken in B.C. on both
Populus tremuloides and cottonwood (P. X
sargenti?). Single-brooded; late July through
August.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) LUCIDAE Ross
Empoasca clypeata: Beirne, 1956: 60.
Empoasca (Kybos) lucidae Ross, 1963: 216.
Yellowish with the dorsum and tegmina
smoky brown, paler on head and down center
of each wing. Collected from: Penticton,
Caesars, and Ewings Landing: 5 specimens.
Host: recorded by Ross as Salix lasiandra.
Probably double-brooded; late June to mid-
July, and August.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) PATULA DeLong
Empoasca patula DeLong, 1931: 22.
Empoasca patula var. magna DeLong, 1931:
23.
Bright green distinctive 2S
apodemes four segments long. Collected from:
unmarked;
Armstrong, Robson and Summerland: 20
specimens.
Host: Salix sp. Single-brooded; late June
through July.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) PORTOLA Ross
Empoasca (Kybos) portola Ross, 1963: 215
(new Canadian record).
Large; pale green, often turning pale
ochreous on drying; distinctive large 2S and
linear 3T apodemes. Collected from: Camp
McKinney, Caesars, Okanagan Mission,
Penticton, Summerland, and Ewings Landing:
245 specimens.
Described from a pair of specimens
collected on Populus balsamifera. Commonly
on Populus trichocarpa in British Columbia,
often being abundant on the sucker growth;
also on cottonwood (Populus X_ sargentii?).
Double-brooded; late June to mid-July, and
August.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) ROSSI n. sp.
(Figs. 9, 17)
Male. Length, 4.6 - 4.9 mm. Colour pale
green, unmarked. General structure typical for
subgenus. Apodemes 2S very short, 1/3
length of third tergite, strap-shaped, with
posterolateral margins recurved. Apodemes 3T
very small, lobate, widely separated, lying
laterad of 25; 4T almost as long as fourth
tergite, broadly lobate, slightly turned out-
wards, contiguous but not fused at base. Kighth
sternite weakly produced mesally, folded on
meson. Anal hook slender and evenly curved
cephalad. Brachone_ parallel-margined,
apically flattened and tapered, curved
regularly dorsad. Base of plates with very
small, fine setae.
Female. Length, 4.8 - 5.1 mm. Colour pale
green. Seventh sternite strongly tapered and
produced to truncate apex, with small lateral
angles.
Types. Holotype, ¢, Powell Beach,
Summerland, B.C., 23 June 1971, K. G. A.
Hamilton, on Populus tremuloides. Allotype,
2, same data as holotype. Paratypes: 966,
11 29Q, same data as holotype; 14, 3@ Q,
same data, 5 July 1971; 1 $, Summerland, 4-
10 August 1971, sticky board trap on choke
cherry. C.N.C. type number 12575.
Remarks. The _ well-developed 4T
apodemes ally rossito gribisa Ross and sprita
Ross. These apodemes approximate those of
spritain size, but the lobes are well separated.
Apodemes 2S are similar to those of mesolinea
Dav. & DeL., suggesting that the gribisa group
66 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Auc. 1, 1972 ©
is descended from the ancestor in the trifasciata
group which also gave rise to mesolinea.
I take great pleasure in naming this species
after Dr. H. H. Ross, both for his work in this
subgenus, and for his continued help and
encouragement in my studies.
Host: Populus tremuloides. Probably
double-brooded; late June to early July, and
early August.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) RUBRATA DeL. &
Dav. (Figs. 12, 20)
Empoasca rubrata DeLong & Davidson,
1936: 226.
Yellow with same markings as in copula,
but those of body redder, giving it a pinkish
cast; abdomen not so heavily tanned as in
copula. Collected from Summerland: 17
specimens.
Remarks. Both parasitized and_ un-
parasitized specimens showed essentially the
same features of small 2S apodemes and no
tergal apodemes, thus demonstrating that this
is indeed a distinct species. The _ specific
characters were not illustrated by Ross, and so
are figured here.
Host: cottonwood (Populus X sargentii?).
Collected in August.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) TIGRIS n. sp.
(Figs. 1, 2,5, 13)
Male. Length, 3.9 - 4.2 mm. Colour pale
yellow, overlaid with black as follows: head,
pronotum, and two triangular dashes on
scutellum, paling on mid-line and edge of
scutellum to fuscous, on lower part of head to
sordid yellow; tegmina with transverse band at
midlength as wide as pale bands, and apical
third solidly marked. General structure typical
for subgenus. Apodemes 25 long, extending
into fifth segment, parallel-margined and
apically subtruncate; apodemes 3T lobate,
extending to fourth segment, placed laterad of
25 but not divergent. Eighth sternite as in
Anal hook tapered, strongly angled
anterodorsad at midlength. Brachone parallel-
margined, straight, apically sharply pointed,
tip scarcely directed outwards. Base of plates
with numerous short, tiny setae.
rosst.
Female. Length, 4.0 - 4.4 mm. Colour pale |
yellow, cverlaid with fuscous as follows: crown |
bearing paired discal spots, pronotum bordered |
on posterior half, scutellum with triangles and |
paired mesal spots, tegmina with transverse |
band at midlength narrower than pale bands,
and spot behind clavus tip showing pale veins.
Seventh sternite roundedly produced between
lateral angles. |
Types. Holotype, $6, Powell Beach, ©
Summerland, B.C., 23 June 1970, K. G. A.
Hamilton, on Populus trichocarpa. Allotype,
same data as holotype. Paratypes: 1 nymph,
264,622, same data as holotype; 86 @,
same data, 21 June 1970; 1 &, Summerland,
7-13 July 1971, sticky board on Cornus sp.;
266,322, Summerland, 5 July 1971, K.
G. A. Hamilton, on Populus tremuloides.
C.N.C. type number 12576.
Remarks. This species has the colour
pattern of trifasciata Gillette, but has distinctly
different apodemes and brachone. It resembles
livingstoni Gillette in genital characters and
apodemes, except that the brachone is not
swollen apically, and the 2S apodemes do not
have dorsal flaps; it differs from this species
also. in’ having transverse’ rather’ than
longitudinal banding. The anal hook is unique.
Unlike most related species, tigris feeds on
the upper surface of the leaves; it is usually
found in association with portola, which
seldom ventures to the upper side.
Hosts: Populus trichocarpa (probably
preferred host) and P. tremuloides. Single-
brooded, late June to mid-July.
EMPOASCA (Kybos) TRIFASCIATA
Gillette
Empoasca _ trifasciata Gillette, 1898: 726.
(new Canadian record).
Bright green to yellowish-green with
irregular fuscous bands as in tigris, but lacking
markings of crown and scutellum. Collected
from Summerland: 4 specimens (no males).
Host: recorded by DeLong (1931) as
Carolina poplar (Populus X canadensis). I
have taken specimens on cottonwood (Populus
X sargentii?). Probably single-brooded; early
August.
References
Beirne, B. P., 1956. Leafhoppers (Homoptera: Cicadellidae) of Canada and Alaska. Can. Entomol.
88, suppl. 2:1-180.
DeLong, D. M., 1931. A revision of the American spices of Empoasca known to occur north of
Mexico. U.S. Dep. Agr. Tech. Bull. 231:1-60.
DeLong, D. M., and R. H. Davidson. 1936. Further studies of the genus Empoasca (Homoptera,
J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. CoLumsBtiA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 67
Cicadellidae). Pt. IV. Eleven new species of Empoasca from the United States. Ohio J.
Sci. 36:225-230.
Gillette, C.P., 1898. American leafhoppers of the subfamily Typhlocybinae. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.
20:709-773.
Ross, H. H., 1963. An evolutionary outline of the leafhopper genus Empoasca subgenus Kybos,
with a key to the nearctic fauna (Hemiptera, Cicadellidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer.
56:202-223.
Wagener, W. W., 1955. Neue mitteleuropasichen Zicaden und Blattflohe (Homoptera). Ent. Mitteil.
Zool. Staat. Mus. Hamburg 6:3-33, 163-193.
ADDITIONAL RECORDS OF SPIDERS (ARANEIDA) AND
HARVESTMEN (PHALANGIDA) FOR BRITISH COLUMBIA
P. D. BRAGG AND R. E. LEECH:
ABSTRACT
An annotated list is given of 47 species of spiders and 7 species of
harvestment not previously reported in faunal lists from British Columbia.
Nous presentons ici une liste annotée de 47 especes d’araignées et
7 especes de fauchers qui ne se trouve pas dans |’inventaire de la faune de la
Colombie Britannique.
INTRODUCTION
Thorn (1967) recorded 212 species of
spiders in British Columbia. The list was
compiled from records scattered in_ the
literature and from specimens in the British
Columbia Provincial Museum in Victoria.
Thorn overlooked two notes by Leech (both
1947) in which there are 13 additional species
recorded.
The only harvestmen reported previously
for the province are Homolophus biceps
(Thorell) and Leiobunum exilipes (Wood) by
Banks (1916), and Sclerobunus_ non-
dimorphicus Briggs and Paranonychus
brunneus (Banks) by Briggs (1971).
The purpose of this paper is to present an
annotated list of an additional 47 species of
spiders and 7 species of harvestmen collected in
British Columbia, mostly by the senior author.
Harvestmen of the genera Mitopus and
Odiellus also occur (according to Dr. Arlan
Edgar, in litt.), but due to problems of
nomenclature in these genera, they are not
included in the list. Most of the specimens were
collected in Vancouver. The initials “PDB”
used below are those of the senior author. The
spiders were identified by Leech, and the
phalangids by Bragg.
‘4610 West 6th Avenue, Vancouver. B.C., and Entomology
Research Institute, Canada Agriculture, Ottawa. respectively.
ARANEIDA
AGELEN DAE
Cryphoeca peckhami Simon.
Lighthouse Park, West Vancouver, 4 Sept
1966, PDB, on rock face, 19. U.B.C.
Endowment Land Forest, Vancouver, 16
May 1971, PDB, on alder trunk, 19. New
record for British Columbia. Known also
from Oregon and Washington.
Cybaeus conservans Chamberlin and Ivie.
52 mi N.W. Manson Creek, 3200 ft alt, 30
July 1966, R. E. Leech, 1 9. New record for
British Columbia. Previously known from
Oregon.
Cybaeus eutypus Chamberlin and Ivie.
U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-
couver, collected throughout the year as
adults, PDB. Roth (1952:212) mentioned
one specimen. collected near Victoria.
Known also from Oregon and Washington.
Tegenaria agrestis (Walckenaer).
Vancouver, 26 July 1962, PDB, webs in
grass, 19.18 Aug 1963, PDB 2 @¢ . New
record for British Columbia. Introduced to
North America Europe (Roth.
1968:5), and now well established in
Oregon, Washington, and Idaho.
AMAURODIIDAE
Amaurobius borealis Emerton.
S.E. of Morley River Lodge (59 57° N.
from
68 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLumMBrIA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972 :
132 O1°W), several specimens. This is a
widespread boreal species occurring from
northern British Columbia to Newfoun-
_dland, and south into the northern parts of
the United States (Leech, 1972:73).
Arctobius agelenoides (Emerton).
Manson Creek, Cassiar District, and Ross
Lake, Yoho National Park. Distribution
Holarctic, widespread in western Canada
and Alaska (Leech, 1972:93).
Callioplus euoplus Bishop and Crosby.
Field. Tupper. Boreal, from Newfoundland
to western Northwest Territories and British
Columbia. Commonly found in leaf litter by
pitfall or Berlese funnel methods (Leech,
1972250).
Callioplus wabritaskus Leech.
Emerald Lake, Yoho National Park; 52 mi.
N.W. Manson Creek, Cassiar District. Six
Mile Lake, Cassiar District. Mainly coastal
Alaska, British Columbia and Washington
(Leech, 1972:58).
Callioplus enus (Chamberlin and Ivie).
Invermere, 8000 ft alt. Nelson. Selkirk
Mtns, head of Sawmill Creek W. of Wycliff,
6050 ft alt. Summerland. Known also from
Washington, Oregon, Idaho and Montana
(Leech, 1972:34).
Titanoeca niqrella (Chamberlin).
Many locations in British Columbia (Leech,
1972:96). Widespread in western North
America.
Titanoeca silvicola Chamberlin and Ivie.
Many locations in British Columbia (Leech,
1972:98). Holarctic. Known from western
North America from Alaska _ south to
Arizona and New Mexico.
Zanomys aquilonia Leech.
Mudge Island, 9 Aug. 1968, PDB, 1 2 with
egg sac, under log on ground in mixed
woodland. Known also from Oregon and
Washington (Leech, 1972:89).
CLUBIONIDAE
Castianeira longipalpus (Hentz).
U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-
couver, 24 Aug 1964, PDB, 14, under
rock. Previously known from Vancouver
Island (Reiskind, 1969:186). Widespread
in North America.
Clubiona mimula Chamberlin.
Vancouver, 16 May 1971, PDB, 19, in
house. New record for British Columbia.
Known from the western United States
(Edwards, 1958;397).
Clubiona pallidula (Clerck).
Vancouver and Langley, 2 May 1970 and 23 —
May, i97i, PDB, 224. New record for |
British Columbia. This is an introduced
European species.
DICTYNIDAE
Dictyna bostoniensis Emerton.
Osoyoos, 2 July 1971, PDB, 19, web on
wild rose. New record for British Columbia.
Widespread in the United States and
southern Canada (Chamberlin and Gertsch,
1958:78).
Dictynasp. aff. peonChamberlin and Gertsch.
Burns Bog, Delta, 6 June 1971, PDB, 19,
in web on Spiraea sp. This is probably a new
species.
ERIGONIDAE (=MICRYPHANTIDAE)
Catabrithorax stylifer Chamberlin.
U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-
couver, 26 Oct 1969, PDB, 324, on low
herbage. Widespread in western North
America from Alaska to California, east to
Idaho and Utah.
Centromerus sylvaticus (Blackwall).
Vancouver, | Jan 1961, PDB, 1 9 , woodpile
in garden. Widespread, Holarctic. Common
in grassy and mossy areas.
Cheraira willapa Chamberlin.
U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van-
couver, many records from late December to
mid April, PDB, in leaf litter. New record
for British Columbia. Known _ previously
from northwestern Washington state.
Cheraira may be a synonym of Caledonia.
Coreorgonal monoceros (Simon).
U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van-
couver, many records, all male, from early
November to late March, PDB, in leaf litter.
New record for British Columbia. A winter
species, rarely collected previously. Known
also from western Washington and Oregon
(Bishop and Crosby, 1935:219-220).
Erigone aletris Crosby and Bishop.
U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van- |
couver, 26 Oct 1969, PDB, on low herbage, |
288. New record for British Columbia. A |
coastal species previously known only from |
the east coast of North America from New |
York to Maine. |
Erigone sp. aff. dentigera O.
Cambridge.
Stanley Park, Vancouver, 21 June 1970, |
PDB, 16. New record for British |
Columbia. E. dentigera is widespread from |
New York to Montana. The genus Erigoneis |
much in need of revision. The specimen at !
Pickard- |
J. EnTomo.. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972 69
hand does not quite match the description of
E. dentigera, and it is either a clinal variant
or a new species.
Erigone metlakatla Crosby and Bishop.
U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van-
couver, 26 Oct 1969, PDB, 14, on low
herbage. Previously known from Metlakatla,
but is probably distributed in the coastal
area from Alaska to Oregon.
Sisicottus montanus (Emerton).
U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van-
couver, many records from late February to
late June, PDB, in leaf litter. This species is
polymorphic, or else several species are
placed under this name. Bishop and Crosby
(1938:58-60) have commented on_ the
variation. Assuming only one species is
present, it is found widespread in North
America from Alaska to Labrador and as far
south as Wyoming and New York.
Wubana pacifica (Banks).
U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van-
couver, 29 Nov 1969, PDB, 14, in leaf
litter. Previously known from Larabee Park,
Washington, and Lake Cameron, Vancouver
Island. It is also recorded from New York
state (Chamberlin and Ivie, 1936:90-91).
GNAPHOSIDAE (=DRASSIDAE)
Drassyllus depressus (Emerton).
Langley, 23 May 1971, PDB, 1 Q, in dry,
grassy field. New _ record for British
Columbia. Widespread in North America.
Micaria pulicaria (Sundevall)
Burnaby Mtn, 3-14 Aug 1971, R. G.
Holmberg, in pitfall traps, 16 299. New
record for British Columbia. Widespread
Holarctic.
LINYPHIIDAE
Bathyphantes orica Ivie.
U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van-
couver, 12 July 1969, PDB, 16. 7 Sept
1969, PDB, 1 Q, in pitfall trap. Ivie (1969)
recorded this species from the Pacific coast
area from San Francisco to southern British
Colum bia.
Drapetisca alteranda Chamberlin.
U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van-
couver, Several records during August and
September, PDB, on alder and_ conifer
trunks. New record for British Columbia.
Widespread Nearctic from Alaska southeast
to central and eastern United States and
Canada.
Lepthyphantes tenuis (Blackwall).
Haney, 5 June 1965, PDB, 192, U.B.C.
Land Forest, Vancouver,
PDB. 2° 35
Endownment
February and September,
collected in pitfall traps and on_ low
vegetation. New record for British
Columbia. Previously known from Europe.
Lepthyphantes leprosus (Ohlert).
Vancouver, 13 Oct 1970, PDB,
house. Widespread Holarctic.
Lepthyphantes zebra Emerton.
U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-
couver, 25 Sept 1965, PDB, 1¢é.
Widespread Nearctic from Alaska to North
Carolina. From’ British Columbia,
previously recorded from Aleza Lake and
Terrace. (Zorsch, 1937:890).
Lepthyphantes zelatus Zorsch.
U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-
couver, many records from November to
April, PDB, in leaf litter. New record for
British Columbia. Known also from Sol Duc
Hot Springs, Olympic National Park,
Washington (Zorsch, 1937:895).
Microlinyphia dana (Chamberlin and Ivie).
U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-
couver, many records from early June to
August. One mating pair collected 29 June
1965, PDB. Helsdingen (1970:50) reported
this species from Wellington, Vancouver
Island. Known also from Laguna Beach,
California, north to Alaska (Chamberlin and
Ivie, 1943:25-26; and Chamberlin and Ive,
1947:61).
Microneta viaria (Blackwall).
U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-
couver, 27 Sept 1970, PDB, 1, in leaf
litter. Usually found in detritus and _ leaf
litter. Widespread Holarctic. Apparently a
new record for British Columbia.
12, in
LYCOSID AE
Pardosa altamontis Chamberlin and Ivie.
U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-
couver, 4 July 1965, PDB, 1 9, under log.
New record for British Columbia. Known
from northwestern United States (Cham-
berlin and Ivie, 1946: 7-8).
Pardosa diuturna Fox.
Subalpine meadow, Diamond Head Lodge,
Garibaldi Park, 22 Aug 1969, PDB, 19
and egg sac. New record for British
Columbia. Known previously from the Muir
Glacier, Alaska (Fox, 1937:114; and
Chamberlin and Ivie, 1947:19).
Pardosa uncata (Thorell).
Vancouver, Burnaby Mtn, 13 June 1971,
J. M. Hardman. Many males and females.
70 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. CoLtumsta, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972
New record for British Columbia. This
species has long been confused with Pardosa
mackenziana and P. uintana. Previously
known from the montane regions of western
North America.
PHOLCIDAE
Pholcus phalangioides (Feusslin).
Vancouver, 9 Oct 1963, PDB, 1 9, in house.
Synanthropic. Widespread temperate.
TETRAGNATHIDAE
Tetragnatha caudata Emerton.
Chilliwack, 1 June 1963, PDB, 192, on log.
New record for British Columbia.
Widespread from British Columbia to
Maine, south to Florida.
Tetragnatha straminea Emerton.
Vancouver, 5 July 1970, PDB, 192, in web
at lakeshore. New _ record for British
Columbia. Distributed approximately as T.
caudata.
THERIDIIDAE
Robertus vigerens (Chamberlin and Ivie).
U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van-
couver, many records from March _ to
September, PDB, in pitfall traps, leaf litter,
etc. Kaston (1946) recorded this species
from numerous places in Alaska, British
Columbia, Washington, Oregon, California,
Idaho, Montana, and Utah. We have also
seen specimens from Twin Lakes, Waterton
National Park, Alberta, collected on 30 June
1969, by D.R. and G.J. Whitehead (12,
429).
Theridion bimaculatum (Linnaeus).
Burns Bog, Delta, 6 June 1971, PDB, 1¢.
U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-
couver, 7 Sept 1963, PDB, 19; and 19 July
1964, PDB, 2 99 with egg sacs, on low
shrubs. Levi (1956: 409-412) recorded this
species from Wellington, Vancouver Island.
Known also from Washington state. The
distribution suggests that this is a species
recently introduced from Europe, where it is
well known.
Theridion varians Hahn.
U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-
couver, 26 Aug 1965, PDB, 19. Levi
(1957:52-53) recorded this species from
Vancouver. In North America, also known
from Washington state. Again, probably an
introduced species.
THOMISIDAE
Ebo pepinensis Gertsch.
Reported from Vancouver Island and known
from western North America as far east as
Ontario and Illinois (Sauer and Platnick,
1972:43-44).
Thanatus patriciae (Lowrie and Gertsch).
Alpine meadow, Blackwall Mtn, Manning
Provincial Park, 3 July 1970, PDB, 1¢é.
New record for British Columbia. Previously
known from Colorado, Idaho, Montana, and
Wyoming. It is a high altitude species
(Dondale, Turnbull and Redner, 1964:654-
655).
PHALANGIDA
ISCH YROPSALIDAE
Sabacon crassipalpe (L. Koch).
U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-
couver, June to October, PDB. Collected
under logs and in leaf litter by pitfall traps.
New record for British Columbia.
Widespread Holarctic.
NEMASTOMATIDAE
Nemastoma modesta Banks.
U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-
couver, immatures found throughout the
year, adults from May to August, PDB,
commonly collected by pitfall traps in leaf
litter. New record for British Columbia.
Known also from California and
Washington.
PHALANGIIDAE
Phalanguim opilio Linnaeus.
Vancouver. Chilliwack. Vernon. Parksville.
Many males and females and immatures
found frequently between April and October.
PDB. Widespread Holarctic. Probably
overwinters as egg. First very small im-
matures seen in early April. Does not
overwinter as adult. First matures seen in
June. Eggs deposited from August to
September. One female at Parksville laid
195 eggs on September 22, 1967 (PDB).
TRIAENON YCHIDAE
Paranonychus brunneus (Banks).
U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-
couver. Burnaby. Collected throughout the
year, PDB, under logs and in leaf litter.
Known from British Columbia, Alaska,
Oregon and Washington (Briggs, 1971: 13-
14). Probably overwinters as adults with
eggs hatching in spring.
Sclerobunus nondimorphicus Briggs.
10.6 Mi. E. Hope, near Manning Provincial
Park, and 17.8 Mi. E. Hope, near Manning
Provincial Park (Briggs, 1971:9-10).
TROGULIDAE
Dendrolasma mirabilis Banks.
U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, and
Stanley Park, Vancouver, several records,
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 71
March through September, PDB. A leaf couver, collected throughout the year, PDB,
litter species often collected under logs. in pitfall traps and in leaf litter. May
Known also from Oregon and Washington. overwinter as immature. Adults found from
Ortholasma pictipes Banks. March to October. Known also’ from
U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van- California.
References
Banks, N., 1916. Report on Arachnida collected by Messrs. Curie, Caudell and Dyar in British
Columbia. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 51:67-72.
Bishop, S. C., and C. R. Crosby, 1935. Studies in American spiders: miscellaneous genera of
Erigoneae, part I. J.N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 18:217-241; 255-281, 22 pl.
, 1938. Studies in American spiders: miscellaneous genera of Erigoneae, part II. idem.
46:55-107, 7 pl.
Briggs, T.S., 1971. The harvestmen of family Triaenonychidae in North America (Opiliones). Occas.
Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci. 91:1-43; 128 figs., 5 maps.
Chamberlin, R. V., and W. J. Gertsch, 1958. The spider family Dictynidae in America north of
Mexico. Bull. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. 116(1):1-152, 47 pl.
Chamberlin, R. V., and W. Ivie, 1936. Nearctic spiders of the genus Wubana. Ann. Entomol. Soc.
Amer. 29(1):85-98, 5 pl.
, 1943. New genera and species of North American linyphiid spiders. Bull. Univ. Utah
Biol. Ser. 7(6):1-39, 5 pl.
, 1946. On several new American spiders. idem. 9(5):1-11, 14 figs.
___——S—/ 1947. The spiders of Alaska. idem. 10(3):1-103, 11 pl.
Dondale, C. D., A. L. Turnbull, and J. H. Redner, 1964. Revision of the Nearctic species of
Thanatus C. L. Koch (Araneae: Thomisidae). Can. Entomol. 96(4): 636-656, 59 figs.
Edwards, R. J., 1958. The spider subfamily Clubioninae of the United States, Canada and Alaska
(Araneae:Clubionidae). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 118(6): 365-436, 23 pl.
Fox, I., 1937. Notes on North American lycosid spiders. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 39(5):
112-115, 3 figs.
Helsdingen, P. J. van, 1970. A relcassification of the species of Linphyia based on the functioning
of the genitalia (Araneida Linphiidae), II. Zool. Verhandl. III:1-86.
Ivie, W., 1969. North American spiders of the genus Bathyphantes (Araneae, Linyphiidae).
Amer. Mus. Novitates 2364:1-70, 121 figs.
Kaston, B. J., 1946. North American spiders of the genus Ctenium. Amer. Mus. Novitates
1306:1-19, 58 figs.
Leech, H. B., 1947. A list of twenty species of spiders collected at Salmon Arm, B.C. Proc.
Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia (1946) 43:22.
, 1947. A few records of spiders from British Columbia and Alberta. idem. (1946)
43:22.
Leech, R., 1972. A revision of the Nearctic Amaurobiidae (Arachnida:Araneida). Mem. Entomol.
Soc. Can. 84:182 pp, 450 figs.
Levi, H. W., 1956. The spider genera Neottiura and Anelosimus in America (Araneae:Theridiidae).
Trans. Amer. Microsc. Soc. 75(4):407-422, 3 pl-
, 1957. The spider genera Enoplognatha, Theridion, and Paidisca in America
north of Mexico (Araneae, Theridiidae). Bull. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. 112(1):1-123,
421 figs, 41 maps.
Reiskind, J., 1969. The spider subfamily Castianeirinae of North and Central America (Araneae,
Clubionidae). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 138(5):163-325, 290 figs.
Roth, V. D., 1952. The genus Cybaeus (Arachnida:Agelenidae) in Oregon. Ann. Entomol. Soc.
Amer. 45(2):205-219, 33 figs.
, 1968. The spider genus Tegenaria in the western Hemisphere (Agelenidae).
Amer. Mus. Novitates 2323:1-33, 39 figs.
Sauer, R. J., and N. I. Platnick, 1972. The crab spider genus Ebo (Araneida:Thomisidae) in the
United States and Canada. Can. Entomol. 104(1):35-60, 45 figs., 2 maps.
Thorn, E., 1967. Preliminary distributional list of the spiders of British Columbia. Brit. Columbia
Prov. Mus. Natur. Hist. Anthrop. Rep. 1966 (1967):23-39 (reprint, pp. 1-17).
Zorsch, H. E., 1937. The spider genus Lepthyphantes in the United States. Amer. Midland
Natur. 18(5):856-898, 93 figs.
YP? J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. Conumsta, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972
THE IMMATURE STAGES OF GERRIS (HEMIPTERA)
IN BRITISH COLUMBIA
G. G. E. SCUDDER AND G. S. JAMIESON!
ABSTRACT
The immature stages of seven species of Gerris that occur in British
Columbia are described and keyed.
INTRODUCTION
Eight species of Gerris are recorded from
British Columbia and several of these appear
to coexist, since they can be captured together
at the same place and at the same time
(Scudder, 1971). In order to study this ap-
parent coexistence in some detail, it is
necessary to be able to identify the species in all
of their life stages. While the fifth instar larvae
of G. buenoi Kirk., G. comatus D. & H. and
G. remigis Say have been described by
Sprague (1967), the other larvae that occur in
British Columbia are unknown.
This paper describes the five immature
instars of seven species of Gerris that occur in
British Columbia, gives diagnostic keys and
some figures. G. nyctalis D. & H. was not
available for study and so could not be in-
cluded.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
Adult Gerris were brought into’ the
laboratory in the spring and summer of 1970
and 1971, and cultures of each species were
established. Adult G. buenoi, G. incognitus D.
& H., G. incurvatus D. & H., G. notabilis
D. & H. and G. remigis were obtained from
Marion Lake near Haney in the lower Fraser
Valley. G. pingreensis D. & H. was collected
from a lake on the Batchelor Range north of
Kamloops and G. comatus from a pond near
Westwick Lake in the Cariboo region.
All rearing was done at laboratory tem-
22°C) and with natural
perature (about
photoperiod. Food was frozen adult Drosoph-
ila. Eggs that were obtained from the isolated
adults, were kept separate and the emerging
larvae were held in small plastic containers.
They were fed each day and larvae of each
instar as obtained were preserved in 70 per
cent alcohol. All measurements were done by
use of a graticule eye-piece and are based on
five specimens unless otherwise stated.
Standard errors have been calculated on the
values presented in Table | and are available
from the authors on request: the Table would
‘Department of Zoology. University of British Columbia.
Vancouver.
be too large if they were included in this
publication.
The keys and values presented in Table 1
have been checked against material that we
have collected from the field.
RESULTS
The diagnotic measurements for the larvae
studied are presented in Table 1. The colour
patterns are distinctive in most instars and
species. The following descriptions record the
important features.
G. buenoi
FIRST INSTAR (Fig. 3): head brown-black
with pale Y-shaped dorsal ecdysial cleavage
line; antennae brown-black with base of first
segment pale; rostrum pale with apex black;
pronotum with lateral quadrate patches;
posterior part of mesonotum + metanotum
with a lateral oblong fuscous patch; mid and
hind coxal covers brown-black; fore legs
brown-black with femora, trochanters and
coxae pale; middle and hind legs brown-black
with base of trochanters and all of coxae pale;
abdominal terga with medio-lateral slender
transverse streaks, the anterior ones narrower
than the posterior; anal cover fuscous.
SECOND INSTAR (Fig. 8): as first instar,
but with clypeus and postocciput slightly pale;
mesonotal patch with centre pale; coxal covers
pale; anterior abdominal markings not
narrower than posterior.
THIRD INSTAR (Fig. 12): as second instar,
but with clypeus quite pale; area of postoc-
ciput adjacent to stem of cleavage line, pale;
mesonotum with pale area adjacent to anterior
of fuscous patch and this connected to anterior
margin of mesonotum by a thin pale line;
patch on mesonotum posteriorly pale; ab-
dominal terga with a pale outline to posterior of
medio-lateral fuscous spots, and with a series of
pale spots also present lateral to the fuscous
series.
FOURTH INSTAR (Fig. 16): head anteriorly
rather pale with fuscous spots at base of the
four trichobothria; pronotum with the patch
sometimes pale postero-laterally; mesonotum
medially brown with a median pale arrow-
—,
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumsiA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 73
TABLE I. Diagnostic measurements for the larva’
) tars of Gerris species in British Columbia.
Mean values in mm.
Picatee Antennal segment aoe
! I 160 III Tyee eect
buenoi ?
Po cerirst O.17 0.10 Osa3) 0.43 O.44
Second 0.29 On27 0.20 0.56 0.60
Third 0.40 0.26 O30 OF (0 0.83
Fourth 0.60 0.40 0.40 OETA 1.00
vg Fifth 0.76 0.49 0.52 0.97 Ties}
“) comatus ks
Pn rst 0.15 OF 12 Ome 0.42 0.45
Second 0.25 O13 0.20 0.53 0.61
Third 0.43 OF 21, 0.30 0.63 0.87
Fourth 0.66 0.40 0.40 0.74 di02
_, Fifth 1.02 0.56 0255 0.87 1.34
4 incognitus
First 0.20 O13 Oni: 0.43 0.48
Second One’, 0.17 0.20 0.53 0.63
Third 0.34 0.20 0.28 0.65 0.83
Fourth 0.60 0533 0.40 0.80 1.01
Fifth 0.83 0.50 O753 0.92 e5
incurvatus ? 4 |
First 0.20 0.13 Only, O.42 0.49
Second 0.26 Oaalirg 0.20 0.53 0.59
Third O.42 0.26 0.30 0.63 0.83
Fourth 0.65 0.40 0.45 0.76 alatonk
my 4 Fifth 0.97 0.60 0.62 Ono ees
notabilis
First 0723 Or17. 0.20 0.59 0.52
Second 0.39 0.30 0.33 0.82 0.79
Third 0.68 0.54 0.54 ale alak 1.08
Fourth 1.07 0.82 0.79 132 1387
. Fifth 1.88 14.43 1,16 1258, 1281
ingreensis Z
tier 0.20 Os aly 0.13 0.40 0.47
Second 0.26 onalyg 0.20 0.46 0.63
Third 0.43 0.23 0527 0.60 0.83
Fourth 0.54 0.36 0.40 0.78 1.04
Fifth 0.86 0.46 0.50 0.86 1.24
remigis
First 0.23 0.13 Osel 0.45 0.58
Second 0.38 0.20 0282 0.58 0.82
Third 0.56 0.34 0.46 One Te
Fourth 0.92 0.49 0.65 0.88 1.44
Fifth 1.50 0.76 0.89 as ats} | Caley er
shaped mark; pale area to base of wing buds
forming a W-shaped mark or at least with a
pair of slender pale lines connecting to anterior
margin of mesonotum; stem of arrow on
mesonotum brown, the head fulvous; centre of
anterior abdominal terga with a median brown
line; pale and fuscous spots as in third instar;
fore tarsi quite black.
FIFTH INSTAR (Fig. 21): head brown
black with clypeus black, paraclypeal lobes
pale; frons with centre pale, and with four
fuscous spots, two on each side; vertex with Y-
shaped pale line; pronotum black with central
longitudinal pale line; mesonotum with a
central, posteriorly pointing arrow, the head
fulvous and shaped as in Fig. 26, the stem
brown margined with white; mesonotum
Middle leg Hind leg Sample
Femur Tibia Tarsus Femur Tibia Tarsus size
O65). Osa) ~ 0872 Osenl . ©, uae 6), 35 on
1.06 Te ALy/ 0.91 0.98 0.58 O.4€ 5
1.69 1.68 ale 1.59 0.85 0.58 5
2eol Pegs alaishy 2.44 1.24 0.74 5
3669)" S225. 255i 3248: =e 80, F1s01! 5
0.75 0. 86 0.69 0.63 0.46 0.43 3
1.204 1.34 1.09 ele On ue On 56 2
2.00 1.97 Fab 7 CpOOn Ne ledlOm ss Ons 1
Sitch el alatcls; 2295. “1.629 0596 2
4.95 3.82 2.98 4.62 2.58 1.55 3
OV69" 0283 > 0s71 0.61 O.48 0.40 5
Tp1G lee 0.94 1.03 0.70 0.50 5
ei, OP eee O Omer es; i57 0.96 "O768 5
2t(O. 2.25) 1562 252), 1.43) > 10583 5
3573) 3200" 2109 3855 82500 21505 5
0.76 0.96 0.81 0.67 0.52 0.42 5
125) 223837 le 09 113 40.71) 0256 5
2.10 2.00. 1.50 1.90 1.06 0.69 5
Silly As RON 2.92 1.57 0.94 5
WO4, 320 2383 Ue sh 2a eu ake sive 5
106) 20) F204 0.96 0.59 0.51 5
Migyfsy ) alsyfch = alate) 1.68 0.94 0.65 E
3.16 2.85 2.24 2.96. 1.63 0.90 5
4,84 Wee 23516 4.84 2.84 1.42 5
T0808 “6,18 * 4.56 Srey 5dr 22.06 5
O.67 ~ O:7{" “0.67 Oneo) Oat On Ko il
1.09 1.07 0.92 0.94 0.64 0.54 2
ab ytee tie © wake aks} 1.53 O.97 Os 77 1
Ex oul Pia 178 2.51 1. 47 0.9€ 2
325° 3239" gewnd BaCh ey ecwliba 1385 é
ie al asicy Sulols: Of) “On(eue 0254 5
1.97 2.04 2.49: 1 Gillie = 1 OF O-GG 5
3.29 3.14 1.98 2.87 aL AXSHT 0.93 5
5.02 4,68 2.64 4, 6€ 3.26 1.32 5
7.48 6.62 3.34 6.66 5.10 1.82 5
antero-laterally with posteriorly pointing small
arrow-shaped white mark; abdominal dorsum
fuscous with markings as in previous two
instars; legs and antennae coloured as in adult.
G. comatus
FIRST INSTAR: coloration as in first instar
of G. buenoi, with markings on anterior ab-
dominal terga narrower than those on posterior
terga; markings on posterior terga slightly
quadrate.
SECOND INSTAR: as in first instar; head
with frons and vertex medially and laterally
rather pale; centre of pronotal patches
sometimes pale; mesonotal patches fuscous
only in centre; mesonotal patches surrounded
by pale lines and each connected to anterior
margin of mesonotum by a thin white line;
74 J. EnTromot. Soc. Brit. CotumsiA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 |
abdominal fuscous spots about same size on all
terga, surrounded by white outline posteriorly :
with vague series of pale spots laterally to
fuscous series.
THIRD INSTAR: Markings as in second
instar with the pale outline to mesonotal
patches broader; mesonotum without an
obvious arrow-shaped mark; abdominal terga
with lateral pale spots distinct.
FOURTH INSTAR (Fig. 18): head fuscous
with a central pale streak to frons that ex-
tends to clypeus, and vertex with lateral pale
longitudinal streaks that extend forwards:
pronotum with a central longitudinal brown
line outlined with white; mesonotum with a
central arrow-shaped mark, the stem brown
margined with white, the head with narrow
arms; fuscous areas on mesonotum with pale
region adjacent anteriorly and this connected
to anterior margin of mesonotum by a pale
line; abdominal fuscous spots rather large and
about same size, margined with white and with
a series of pale spots laterally.
FIFTH INSTAR (Fig. 22): head marked
much as in fourth instar; mesonotum with a
medium arrow-shaped mark, the stem with a
brown centre basally, the head with shape as in
Fig. 24; abdominal markings similar to fourth
instar.
G. incognitus
FIRST INSTAR (Fig. 1): coloration as in
first instar of G. buenoi, but with markings on
abdominal terga about same size on_ all
segments and rather quadrate.
SECOND INSTAR (Fig. 6): as first instar,
but vertex slightly pale; mesonotal patch
somewhat pale postero-laterally.
THIRD INSTAR (Fig. 10): basal three
antennal segments pale basally; centre of frons
with two longitudinal pale streaks; clypeus
pale; mesonotal patches with C-shaped pale
mark dividing fuscous area into two; fuscous
spots on abdominal terga with pale outline
posteriorly.
FOURTH INSTAR (Fig. 14): similar to third
instar, but with pale lines on frons continuous
on vertex; mesonotum with a _ median
longitudinal brown streak outlined with white;
mesonotum with an oblique pale streak
through middle of fuscous patches, these
oblique streaks connected to anterior margin of
mesonotum by a thin pale line; centre of
mesonotum with an arrow-shaped mark, the
head shape similar to Fig. 27; anterior ab-
dominal terga with small fuscous spot to
outside of medio-lateral markings.
FIFTH INSTAR (Fig. 19):
markings as in fourth instar; frons with ad- |
ditional fuscous spots laterally; pronotum |
black with a median longitudinal pale streak; *
mesonotum black with a median arrow-shaped f
mark, the stem brown margined with white, |
the head shaped as in Fig. 27; mesonotum —
antero-laterally with pale C-shaped markings;
abdominal terga with markings similar to |
fourth instar; legs and antennae coloured as in |
adult.
G. incurvatus
FIRST INSTAR (Fig. 2): coloration as in
first instar of G. buenoi, the anterior ab- |
dominal terga with markings narrower than on
posterior terga; markings on posterior terga |
somewhat irregularly quadrate.
head with |
SECOND INSTAR (Fig. 7): as first instar,
but with clypeus and centre of frons pale;
mesonotal patches with only centre fuscous;
metanotal and abdominal fuscous markings
margined with white posteriorly.
THIRD INSTAR (Fig. 11): as second instar,
but head fuscous only behind eyes, at base of
trichobothria and as two longitudinal streaks ©
on vertex; pronotal patches sometimes slightly
pale laterally; mesonotal patches fuscous only
in centre, and mesonotum with apex of wing
buds fuscous or with an oval fuscous mark;
abdominal terga with a series of pale spots ©
lateral to the medio-lateral fuscous series.
FOUR INSTAR (Fig. 15): as third instar;
pronotum brown with the fuscous patches
outlined postero-medially with white;
mesonotum with a median arrow-shaped mark,
the stem brown margined with white, the head
fulvous with shape similar to Fig. 25;
mesonotal patches antero-laterally pale with a
white line extending to anterior margin of
mesonotum; wing buds black; abdominal
markings as in third instar.
FIFTH INSTAR (Fig. 20): head pale with
centre of frons and vertex black, except for a
median longitudinal pale streak and four pale
spots, two on each side of the pale streak;
pronotum black with a median longitudinal
pale line; mesonotum black with a median
arrow-shaped mark, the head shaped as in Fig.
25, the stem brown margined with fulvous;
mesonotum often with small antero-lateral pale
spot; abdominal dorsum coloured as in fourth
instar; legs and antennae coloured as in adult.
G. notabilis
FIRST INSTAR (Fig. 5): coloration as in
first instar of G. buenoi, but with metacoxal
covers only slightly fuscous, and abdominal
J. EnToMo.. Soc. Brit. CoLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Auge. 1, 1972
(me
\ re
: Coaa ‘ \
<< —_ <«_— \
\ ws \
oat
7
NO
ig fl
(Sv)
Pe ee
a
@ Ae.
2 a
eS
a
qaat (Crm
wit el! ae
( (fu
cr.
|
!
f
yo
aH
OV
N
4
Oo
ae
- r= t
i | == \ —
\ =. ‘ -— SS Gas
\ \ pe
ea Ge aes
: | \4 < —
= \ sg \ s i
@ \ ale a
a =
Figs. 1-13. Left side of thoracic and abdominal dorsum of Gerris larvae showing colour pattern:
1, G. incognitus, first instar; 2, G. incurvatus, first instar; 3, G. buenoi, first instar; 4,
G. remigis, first instar; 5, G. notabilis, first instar; 6, G. incognitus, second instar; 7,
G. incurvatus, second instar; 8, G. buenoi, second instar; 9, G. remigis, second instar; 10,
G. incognitus, third instar; 11, G. incurvatus, third instar; 12, G. buenoi, third instar; 13,
G. remigis, third instar. Not to same scale.
76 J. Exromor. Soc. Brit. Conumsra, 69 (1972), Ave. 1, 1972
terga without fuscous markings.
SECOND INSTAR: Head brown-black with
Y-shaped dorsal ecdysial cleavage line quite
pale, and lateral areas of vertex pale and centre
with a pale stripe, this central pale stripe
continued all down body; pronotum with
lateral areas only margined with fuscous;
mesonotum with vague lateral longitudinal
pale and fuscous streaks close together; ab-
dominal terga without distinct markings other
than the central pale stripe.
THIRD INSTAR: Instar longitudinally
striped and similar to second instar; first and
second antennal segments basally pale; body
dorsally with central pale longitudinal stripe
margined with brown; pronotum margined
with brown; mesonotum anteriorly with on
each side, two lateral pale stripes separated by
a brown streak ; abdominal dorsum with vague
medio-lateral longitudinal brown streaks;
femora pale with dorsal fuscous streak.
FOUR INSTAR: coloration as in third instar,
but with third antennal segment also medially
pale; body with dorsal longitudinal streaks
more distinct, with an additional pale streak
laterally on pronotum and mesonotum.
FIFTH INSTAR: head brown-black with
pale Y-shaped ecdysial line, lateral pale streak
before eyes and a median pale longitudinal
line, the latter continued down centre of thorax
and as a vague broken line down centre of
abdominal dorsum; wing buds _ black;
mesonotum with medio-lateral brown stripe;
abdominal terga anteriorly with pale medio-
lateral spots.
G. pingreensis
FIRST INSTAR: coloration as in first instar
of G. buenoi, but with fuscous patches on
abdominal terga large and rather like those of
G. incognitus.
SECOND INSTAR: as first instar, but with
lateral areas of vertex pale; frons with medio-
lateral pale stripes; mesonotal patches fuscous
in centre, surrounded by pale line and then
connected to anterior margin of mesonotum by
a thin pale line; markings on abdominal
dorsum circled with white.
THIRD INSTAR: markings as in second
instar, and with small black spot on anterior
terga lateral to the larger fuscous markings.
FOURTH INSTAR: similar to third instar;
head brown with pale Y-shaped_ ecdysial
cleavage line and four pale spots on frons;
pronotum brown with the fuscous patches
narrowly margined with white postero-
medially ; mesonotum with the fuscous patches
narrowly margined with white, the centre of
the mesonotum appearing as a brown line
margined with white; mesonotum without an
obvious arrow-shaped mark; abdominal
dorsum brown, the fuscous patches large,
narrowly margined with white and_ very
distinct.
FIFTH INSTAR (Fig. 23): similar to fourth
instar; mesonotum with central brown line
narrowly margined with white; mesonotum
laterally with a small pale anterior dash;
medio-laterally mesonotum quite black,
without a distinct arrow-shaped mark; ab-
dominal markings distinct.
G. remigis
FIRST INSTAR (Fig. 4): coloration as in
first instar of G. buenoi, but dorsum generally
more brownish; anterior abdominal terga
without fuscous markings, four of the posterior
terga only with small medio-lateral black spots.
SECOND INSTAR (Fig. 9): as first instar,
but with clypeus pale and with lateral parts of
frons and vertex somewhat pale; mesonotum
with a small oval fuscous spot on each side;
metanotum and first visible abdominal tergum
with the fuscous markings margined with
white; anterior abdominal terga in general
with very narrow fuscous streaks at junction of
terga, and at most with only a vague pale area
surrounding these marks; three of posterior
terga only with distinct oval pale patches, these —
usually with a very small central black point.
THIRD INSTAR (Fig. 13): coloration as in
second instar, but with mesonotal patches |
larger and more or less triangular, and with
pale more or less whitish streaks along the
anterior and median sides of the triangle;
lateral margins of mesonotal wing buds
narrowly fuscous with ferruginous area _ bet-
ween this and the triangular spot; abdominal
tergum before anal tube with a pair of fuscous
patches; other abdominal terga marked as in
second instar, but markings more distinct.
FOUR INSTAR (Fig. 17): coloration as in
third instar, centre of mesonotum with a
central longitudinal olive coloured
evident.
FIFTH INSTAR: coloration much the sama
as fourth instar, but head with base of
paraclypeal lobes slightly pale, and with a |
distinct pale spot before each eye; mesonotum ~
black with a more or less distinct central arrow- —
shaped mark, the stem brown margined with |
white, the head vague and brown; mesonotum |
stripe —
margined with dark brown; pale markings on —
median abdominal terga not always clearly |
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972
———
/
=
Mi,
r
v
y
eo Gg
7
=
ie @
NO
NO
a
‘ep @ (4
25
26
<
<
25 2/
Figs. 14-23. Left side of thoracic and abdominal dorsum of Gerris larvae showing colour pattern:
14, G. incognitus, fourth instar; 15, G. incurvatus, fourth instar; 16, G. buenoi, fourth
instar; 17, G. remigis, fourth instar; 18, G. comatus, fourth instar; 19, G. incognitus, fifth
instar; 20, G. incurvatus, fifth instar; 21, G. buenoi, fifth instar; 22, G. comatus, fifth
instar; 23, G. pingreensis, fifth instar. Figs. 24-27. Outline of arrow head-shaped mark on
Inesonotum of fifth instar larvae of Gerris: 24, G. comatus: 25, G. incurvatus; 26, G. bueno;
27, G. incognitus. Figs. 14-23 not to same scale. Scale line for Figs. 24-27 == 0.3 mm.
17
78 J. ENTOMOL.
antero-laterally with pale dashes; legs and
antennae coloured as in adult.
KEY TO LARVAL INSTARS
OF GERRIS SPECIES IN
BRITISH COLUMBIA
Key to instars
1. —Wing buds long and fore wing buds
completely overlapping hind wing buds; if
wing buds not completely overlapping head
width 1.15 mm. or more’.....
a ere ee Fifth instar
—. Wing buds absent, or if present, then not
OVENADDING Gi aol. ae een ba wh oe ee Z
2. Wing buds distinct, the postero-lateral
corners of mesonotum somewhat produced
CAuGaAd sos Oe ee eee eee 3
—. Wing buds not present, the postero-lateral
corners of mesonotum not _ produced
CALLA Caner 5a, Gee ei ee Te aes 4
3. Wing buds visible, but not greatly extended
Caudad |... n6s8408e4care ot Third instar
—. Wing buds clearly evident and obviously
extended caudad .........
re eee Fourth instar
4. Mesonotum+ metanotum laterally with a
single oblong-oval fuscous mark on each
side; head width usually 0.58 mm. or less .
ae Ce ys ee First instar
—. Mesonotum+metanotum laterally with
disjunct fuscous markings; head width
usually over 0.59 mm .....
.....Second instar
To date we have not been able to separate
the early instars of G. comatus from those of
G. incurvatus, and G. incognitus from G.
pingreensis. However, in British Columbia
they may be separated on geography. It seems
that the members of these two pairs of species
replace each other geographically. Thus G.
comatus and G. pingreensis occur in the
Cariboo area and to the north, while G. in-
cognitus and G. incurvatus are found to the
south (Scudder, 1971).
Key to first instar larvae
1. Middle tibiae over 1.0 mm. in length ... .2
—. Middle tibiae less than 1.0 mm. in length 3
2. Abdominal dorsum without fuscous
markings; length of fourth antennal
segment greater than width of head ......
bese cbhels cate hast eee oe EL tn er notabilis
—. Posterior abdominal terga with medio-
“Fourth instar G. notabilis and G. remigis will key out at
this point, but are readily recognized on size and colour pattern.
Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972
bo
4.
lateral iuscous markings; length of fourth !
antennal segment less than width of head .
Liga al ae remigis |
. Medio-lateral black markings on ab- |
dominal terga quadrate and all about same |
SIZE eee incognitus + pingreensis —
. Medio-lateral black markings on _ ab-
dominal terga not all quadrate and all
about same size, anterior narrower than —
)
i
posterior ...).. 62.3. 43 ee ee 4
but irregular ....
e e i
. Posterior markings somewhat quadrate, —
ye comatus + incurvatus —
regular)... 2.. es eee buenoi
Key to second instar larvae
. Posterior markings less quadrate, but —
. Head width over 0.75 mm.; middle femur ©
over 1.75 mm’)... 2) 045 ee 2 |
femur less than 1.50 mm. ............. 3
other longitudinal stripes ...... notabilis
. Head width less than 0.70 mm.; middle |
. Dorsum of insect with median pale and ©
. Dorsum of insect without longitudinal —
Stripes 4. (4 5.051. 4 see ee remigis —
. Medio-lateral markings on abdominal —
terga all slender and getting gradually —
smaller from anterior to posterior. .buenoi
. Medio-lateral markings on abdominal
terga not slender and getting gradually
smaller from anterior to posterior ....... 4
dominal terga all regularly quadrate and
very distinct, not in obvious pale spots ....
GOR a ROI incognitus + pingreensis
. Medio-lateral black markings on _ ab-
dominal terga irregular in outline and
usually in rather distinct pale spots ......
ee ye es: comatus + incurvatus
Key to third instar larvae
. Head with 1.0 mm. or more; middle femur
2.75 mm. of More 6.0.00 sae ha 2
. Head width less than 0.9 mm.; middle
femur less than 2.5 mm. .............. 3
. Dorsum with longitudinal stripes ........
. Dorsum not longitudinally striped .......
. Medio-lateral black markings on ab-
wid) 4% uaa e ¥yopacelale Gao eee eae remigis |
. Abdominal dorsum with a lateral series of ©
pale spots to outside of medio-lateral
fuscous series =... o. 43%. 226) eee 4
. Abdominal dorsum without a lateral series —
of pale spots to outside of the medio-lateral
fuscous series .........5+.-s0005 sn
Ege ee re eee incognitus + pingreensis |
Anterior medio-lateral fuscous markings on |
abdominal dorsum narrow and _ not
BNGIPATC fe ce kes e ee buenoi
. Anterior medio-lateral fuscous markings on
abdominal dorsum rather quadrate and not
memder .........
eee comatus + incurvatus
Key to fourth instar larvae
. Head width 1.30 mm. or more; middle
femur 4.5 mm. ormore............... 2
. Head width less than 1.20 mm.; middle
femur 3.5 mm. or less ................ 3
. Dorsum longitudinally striped . .notabilis
. Dorsum not longitudinally striped .......
_ EOS eae are eee nr remigis
. Abdominal dorsum with a lateral series of
pale spots to outside of medio-lateral series
of fuscous markings .................. 4
. Abdominal dorsum without a lateral series
of pale spots to outside of medio-lateral
series of fuscous markings ............. 6
. Anterior medio-lateral fuscous markings on
abdominal dorsum narrow and not
quadrate; mesonotum with double pale
lines connecting pale area round mesonotal
patch with anterior margin of notum .....
Oa! OI ai 8 Ge ak ob ah buenoi
. Anterior medio-lateral fuscous markings on
abdominal dorsum rather quadrate, and
MMe mAICOW «445 Vocus 6G. eh ees i eek a )
. Arrow-shaped mark on mesonotum with
head shaped similar to Fig. 24 . ..comatus
. Arrow-shaped mark on mesonotum with
head shaped similar to Fig. 25 ..
- SA er Pe are incurvatus
. Mesonotum with an arrow-shaped mark
with head shaped similar to Fig. 27 .....
MM ore oye eat se he SS Ed incognitus
.Mesonotum without a distinct median
arrow-shaped mark ........
Fhe itis: pingreensis
J. EnTomMo.u. Soc. Brit. Cotumsia, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 79
Key to fifth instar larvae
. Head width 1.75 mm. or more; middle
femur 7.0 mm. ormore............... Y
. Head width 1.45 mm. or less; middle
femur 5.5 mm. or less ................ 3
. Dorsum longitudinally striped . . notabilis
. Dorsum not longitudinally striped .......
Tee ee tee Tee ee ee remigis
. Abdominal dorsum with a lateral series of
pale spots to outside of medio-lateral series
of fuscous markings .................. 4
. Abdominal dorsum without a lateral series
of pale spots to outside of medio-lateral
series of fuscous markings .............. 6
. Mesonotum antero-laterally with pale
posterior pointing arrow-shaped marks;
mesonotum with a median arrow-shaped
mark, the head shaped asin Fig. 26 ......
ee eee eT ee ne ee ee a! buenoi
. Mesonotum anterio-laterally without pale
arrow-shaped marks ................. bY
. Arrow-shaped mark in middle of
mesonotum with head shaped as in Fig. 24
ee ee ee ae ee ee er ee comatus
. Arrow-shaped mark in middle of
mesonotum with head shaped as in Fig. 25
ETS or eae eee eee incurvatus
. Mesonotum with arrow-shaped mark in
centre, and head with shape as in Fig. 27 .
tir acest geen td ath USNs esern Mag Weer incognitus
. Mesonotum without a distinct arrow-
shaped mark in centre ......pingreensis
Acknowledgements
This paper results from research supported by
the National Research Council of Canada.
References
68:3-10.
ent. Soc. Amer. 60:1038-1044.
Scudder, G. G. E., 1971. The Gerridae (Hemiptera) of British Columbia. J.ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia
Sprague, I. B., 1967. Nymphs of the genus Gerris (Heteroptera:Gerridae) in New England. Ann.
80 J. ENTomMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972 |
THE BEETLES OF
THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST
PartV: Rhipiceroidea, Sternoxi,
Phytophaga, Rhyncophora, and
Lamellicornia.
By Melville H. Hatch.
University of Washington Press,
Seattle & London, 1971.
Pp. xiv and 662.
In the final volume of this important series,
Prof. emeritus M. H. Hatch has paid signal
honor to three deceased British Columbia
coleopterists and former members of this
society. In the frontispiece are four portraits:
the late E. C. Van Dyke, of San Francisco;
Mrs. Marianne E. Parker Clarke (1880-1962)
(formerly Mrs. Hippesley), of Terrace; Ralph
Hopping (1868-1941), of Vernon; and George
A. Hardy (1888-1966), of Victoria. The
society acknowledges this graceful gesture from
an old and valued friend and member.
Dr. Hatch’s collaborators were: Mr.
Merton C. Lane on nearly all the Elateridae;
Mr. H. P. Lanchester on the Cardiophorinae in
the same family; Dr. W. F. Barr on
Buprestidae; Dr. L. G. Gentner on part of the
Alticinae; Dr. B. D. Valentine on the An-
thribidae; Mr. S. M. Hogue on the Trirhabda;
and Dr. S. L. Wood on part of the Scolytoidea.
Others have helped with smaller groups, and
are acknowledged in footnotes.
The book was received too late for review
by a competent taxonomic coleopterist. But
since the 1300 spp. covered include most of the
important economic plant feeding beetles in
agriculture and forestry, it is possible for an
ordinary working entomologist to make a fair
appraisal of the book as a working tool. A very
considerable number of pests is found in the
Chrysomelidae, Curculionidae, Elateridae, and
Scarabaeidae; in the Scolytidae, Buprestidae,
and Cerambycidae. Like the earlier volumes,
this one can be used as a reference as well as a
key.
On the minus side are a few small irritants.
Some are unavoidable, such as the unjustified
right hand margins; others are avoidable, such
as the spelling mistakes, e. gz. M. G. Lane (p.
3), accomulated (p. 3), Hanford for Handford
(pp. 195, 220), Vibernum for Viburnum (p.
257) the alter flea beetle on Alnus (p. 217), or
the waterlilly leaf beetle (p. 201). There is also
$20.00 U.S.
some lack of uniformity, such as J. Ec. Ent., Jr. —
Ec. Ent., and Jour. Econ. Ent.; or Oregon
White oak (p. 437) and Oregon white oak (p.
i
;
A
439); Can. Dept. Sci. Serv. (p. 221), and so ©
on.
The original figures and reproductions by
permission from recent works, are clear and
elegant. Where the figures are reproduced from
older works by, e.g. Essig, Blatchley, or
Chittenden, they are less successful, adequate
perhaps but not elegant.
On the plus side the book has some features
that strike me as excellent:
A 17-page index of several hundred authors
of species in the Coleoptera. Abbreviations and
full names are given, with dates and a line or
two of biography and affiliations.
An index of Generic and Subgeneric names
with a cross-index of trivial names.
Where they are applicable, common names
are given in parentheses with the trivial names
in the keys. Very many of these are not in the
Ent. Soc. Amer. list, but are not the less
valuable for that.
Associations with plant hosts are mentioned
wherever possible. In fact, with some labor, a
valuable index to the beetle fauna of plants in
the region, could be made from _ these
references. Where hosts are named in full,
normal italics are used but not where genera
only are mentioned.
This province is realistically divided into
four regions, the boundaries of which are
carefully defined (p. 4). These are not the same
as those in Parts I and II.
A useful addition for the five volumes
would be a list of addresses from which maps
could be obtained, sufficiently detailed to
locate most of the small towns and villages
named.
A copy of Part V of this series is in the
Society’s library.
H.R. MacCarthy |
| J. EnNToMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972 81
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
This society has no support except from subscriptions. It has become
necessary to institute a page charge. This has initially been set at less than
cost: $12.00. The page charge includes all extras except coloured illustrations,
provided that such extras do not comprise more than 40% of the published
pages. Coloured illustrations will be charged directly to the author. Authors, not
attached to universities or official institutions, who must pay these charges from
their personal funds and are unable to do so, may apply for assistance when sub-
mitting a manuscript.
Reprints are sold only in even hundreds and at the following prices:
Number of pages 1-4 5-8 9-12 138-16 17-20 21-24 25-28
First 100 copies $22 31 42 55 70 87 106
Each extra 100 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
Author’s discounts (up to 40%) may be granted to authors who certify
at the time of ordering that they are buying reprints at personal expense.
_ Authors ordering personal reprints in addition to those ordered by an institution
_ will be billed at the rate for extra hundreds.
Papers for the Journal need not have been presented at meetings of the
Entomological Society of British Columbia. nor is it mandatory, although pref-
erable, that authors be members of the society. The chief condition for publica-
tion is that the paper have some regional origin, interest, or application.
Contributions should be sent to:
H.R. MacCarthy,
6660 N.W. Marine Drive,
Vancouver 8, B.C.
Manuscripts should be typed double-spaced on one side of white, line-
spaced numbered paper if possible, leaving generous margins. The original and
two copies, mailed flat, are required. Tables should be on separate, numbered
sheets, with the caption on the sheet. Captions for illustrations should also be on
separate numbered sheets, but more than one caption may be on a sheet. Photo-
graphs should be glossy prints of good size, clarity and contrast. Line drawings
should be in black ink on good quality white paper.
The style, abbreviations and citations should conform to the Style
alee for Biological Journals published by the American Institute of Biological
ciences. |
BACK NUMBERS
Back numbers of this journal are available from the Secretary-
Treasurer, from volume 45 (1949) to the present, at $4.00 per volume. Certain
earlier back numbers are also available, but only on special request to the
Secretary-Treasurer.
Address inquiries to:
N. V. Tonks, Secretary-Treasurer,
2819 Graham Street,
Victoria, B.C.
7
'
?
'
{
{
‘
j
x
«ey, THE VERNON NEWS
<> ™ "VERNON,
JOURNAL
of the
. ECONOM IC
AKENTI—The influence of trap design on the response of codling moth
a: Olethreutidae) and fruittree leafroller (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) to
x attractants Dy eg NS SI Pe
1e occurrence Saad Leprol of the Bruce spanworm in the Okanagan
. . 8 . . . . . . . ° . . ° e ° ° . . « . . .
PRocrEn: and VIELVOYE—Occurrence of and attempts to eradicate
ylloxera (Homoptera: Phylloxeridae) in British Columbia .
1 evaluation of traps for the western cherry fruit fly (Diptera: epee
—Occurrence of the strawberry tortrix, Acleris comariana (Zeller), a new pest
4
; Columbia (Lepidoptera: Pgh trientine) eee as Gao ete eat
nd BEIRNE—Ecology of anthocorid (Hemipt.: Anthocoridae) predators of
pris een Psyllidae) in the Okanagan Valley, British Columbia . .
GENERAL
\E—Observations on Arctica caja americana Hair is eam
f EN. and PCONDRASHOKE —Notes on dinieel longevity and overwintering of
| It Pissodes strobi (Peck) (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) on Vancouver Island .
Y and N AG Y—Ecological notes on Orthoptera (S. str.) in British Columbia
and FOCKLER—Emergence and orientation behavior of brood Tryponden-
n lineatum (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) . Ee hy ®
a ME pnd KELLEHER— Early biological control attempts in Canada
.
*
.
e
TAXONOMIC
FRAZER and MacCARTHY—The ae gre ata d, of British
bia. 1. A basic taxonomic list... ........ ‘ ,
ES and FRAZER—The aphids (Homoptera Aphididae) of British Calumbta.
net plant catalogue Spat ln rane mee a ae
30, 40,
ee eee 16, 41, 42,
TO CONTRIBUTORS te tee tee Te ss KS
Issued August 1, 1973
nN
11
13
17
18
20
22
27
34
39
43
38
69
68
72
JOURNAL
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY of
BRITISH COLUMBIA
Vol. 70 Issued August 1, 1973
ECONOMIC
MADSEN and VAKENTI—The influence of trap design on the response of codling moth
(Lepidoptera: Olethreutidae) and fruittree leafroller (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) to
synthetic sex-attractants . 6... 6 wo ew ee ee tt es
MeMULLEN—The occurrence and control of the Bruce spanworm in the Okanagan
Viale yam) (2 unre ahaha soe rate Vo ak oe et Agel ve ce: a0, co tn Ge ce Soe ea Ga es ee Oy
MORGAN, PROCTER and VIELVOYE—Occurrence of and attempts to eradicate
grape phylloxera (Homoptera: Phylloxeridae) in British Columbia. . . . . .....
BANHAM-—An evaluation of traps for the western cherry fruit fly (Diptera: Tephritidae)
CRAM—Occurrence of the strawberry tortrix, Acleris comariana (Zeller), a new pest
in British Columbia (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) ... 2... 2... 2.2... ee eee
FIELDS and BEIRNE—Ecology of anthocorid (Hemipt.: Anthocoridae) predators of
the pear psylla (Homopt.: Psyllidae) in the Okanagan Valley, British Columbia . .
GENERAL
PHILOGENE—Observations on Arctica caja americana Hair (Lepidoptera:
Acrtiidae) on tansy ragwort, Senecio jacobaeaL. .........2.2.2..4..
McMULLEN and CONDRASHOFF—Notes on dispersal, longevity and overwintering of
adult Pissodes strobi (Peck) (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) on Vancouver Island . .
VICKERY and NAG Y—Ecological notes on Orthoptera (S. str.) in British Columbia
BORDEN and FOCKLER—Enmergence and orientation behavior of brood Tryponden-
dron lineatum (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). . . 2... 2... ek
BEIRNE and KELLEHER—Early biological control attempts in Canada... . . .
TAXONOMIC
FORBES, FRAZER and MacCARTHY—The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British
Columbia. 1. A basic taxonomic list . . . .. 2... ee ee
FORBES and FRAZER—The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British Columbia.
ZA host planticatalogues., 2s oes. 6 2a 6 26 bo a 2 Aaa aS os Ge we todos
BOOK REVIEWS: -. ues ee ee eb we ww gs eee ee 38, 40,
EO RD Sainte gee tie bel ay OTs oct hate a BS oe aw 2 As pea de we Me BES) Gs 16, 41, 42,
20
22
2
43
08
69
68
iz
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 |
Directors of the Entomological Society of
British Columbia for 1972 - 1973
President
J. A. CHAPMAN
Pacific Forest Research Centre
506 West Burnside Road, Victoria
President-Elect
R.D.McMULLEN
Research Station, C.D.A., Summerland
Past President
R. RING
University of Victoria
Secretary-Treasurer
N. V. TONKS
2819 Graham Street, Victoria
Honorary Auditor
P. ZUK
Vancouver
Editorial Committee
H. R. MacCARTHY
Vancouver
C. V. G. MORGAN
Summerland
Directors
THELMA FINLAYSON J. RAINE P. W. WOOD
Burnaby Vancouver Castlegar
A. R. FORBES R. CARROW
Vancouver Victoria
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumsBiaA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 3
Directors of the Entomological Society of
British Columbia for 1973 - 1974+
President
R. D. McCMULLEN
Research Station, C.D.A., Summerland
President-Elect
THELMA FINLAYSON
Simon Fraser University, Burnaby 2
Past President
J. A. CHAPMAN
Pacific Forest Research Centre
506 West Burnside Road, Victoria
Secretary-Treasurer
N. V. TONKS
2819 Graham Street, Victoria
Honorary Auditor
P. ZUK
Vancouver
Editorial Committee
H. R. MacCARTHY
Vancouver
C. V. G. MORGAN
Summerland
Directors
A. R. FORBES R. CARROW H. GERBER
Vancouver Victoria Cloverdale
B. J. R. PHILOGENE A. L. TURNBULL
UBC, Vancouver SFU, Burnaby
*In 1972 the annual meeting and election of officers was held late, in conjunction with the meeting of the Entomological Society of Canada, at
Victoria, in August. In 1973 the annual meeting was held early, on 29 March. Two lists of directors are therefore available.
4 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
Key to Group Photograph of 72nd Annual Meeting of the
Society at Vancouver
29 March, 1973
1. J. Hobart 9. F. L. Banham 17. R. S. Downing 25. Mrs. T. Finlayson
2. J-R. Vockeroth 10. H. R. MacCarthy 18. N. Angerilli 26. David Hunter
3. B. D. Ainscough 11. R. D. McMullen 19. N. V. Tonks 27. R. H. Wright
4. H.S. Gerber 12. P. Zuk 20. B. D. Frazer 28. D. A. Ross
5. B. J. R. Philogene 13. A. L. Turnbull 21. J. Procter 29. A. R. Forbes
6. P. W. Wood 14. G. G. E. Scudder 22. A Campbell
7. A. T. Wilkinson 15. P. Belton 23. Stuart Craig
8. J. A. Chapman 16. W. T. Cram 24. C. L. Neilson
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aug. 1, 1973 5
THE INFLUENCE OF TRAP DESIGN ON THE RESPONSE
OF CODLING MOTH (LEPIDOPTERA: OLETHREUTIDAE)
AND FRUITTREE LEAFROLLER (LEPIDOPTERA:
TORTRICIDAE) TO SYNTHETIC SEX ATTRACTANTS'
HAROLD F. MADSEN AND JERRY M. VAKENTI?
Research Station, Agriculture Canada
Summerland, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
‘Trap design influenced the attraction of male codling moths,
Laspeyresia pomonella (L.), and male fruittree leafrollers, Archips
argyrospilus (Walker), to synthetic sex pheromones. White or blue Sectar 1
traps captured significantly more male codling moths than Pherotrap 1, U.C.
Pherotrap or Sectar 2 traps when all traps were baited with Codlemone, a
synthetic sex attractant of the codling moth. Cylindrical carton and Pherotrap
1-C traps were intermediate in effectiveness.
Pherotrap 1-C and cylindrical carton traps captured significantly more
male fruittree leafrollers than Sectar I traps when the traps were baited with
Fruitamone, a synthetic sex attractant of the fruittree leafroller.
The results indicate that trap design is an important factor when
conducting tests on the response of codling moths or fruittree leafrollers to sex
attractants.
INTRODUCTION
A number of papers on the use of virgin
females or synthetic sex attractants to lure male
Lepidoptera to traps have been published
during the past 5 years. In these papers, more
attention has been given to the lure than to the
trap design. Sharma et al. (1971) showed that
the attraction of male cabbage loopers,
Trichoplusia ni (Hub), to a synthetic sex lure
was influenced by the type of trap containing
the lure. Trap design is probably an important
consideration when field tests are conducted on
male response to sex attractants of other
_ Lepidoptera. This paper reports the influence
of trap design on the response of male codling
moths, Laspeyresia pomonella (L.) and male
fruittree leafrollers, Archips argyrospilus
(Walker) to synthetic sex attractants.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
The codling moth experiments’ were
conducted in a mature heavily infested 1
hectare Red Delicious apple orchard at the
Research Station, Summerland, B.C. The trees
were 6.1 x 6.1 m apart and the block contained
228 trees. Seven trap types, each with 5
replicates, were hung in the trees in a ran-
domized design. There was approximately |
trap per 6 trees and each trap was suspended
1.6 m above ground on an outside limb. Each
trap was baited with a rubber cap stopper (1 x
2cm) impregnated with 1.0 mg of Codlemone
‘Contribution No. 366, Research Station, Summerland.
*Present address: Department of Biological Sciences, Simon
Fraser University, Burnaby, B.C.
(Zoecon Corporation, Palo Alto, California) a
synthetic sex attractant of the codling moth.
The caps were renewed every 4 weeks.
The trap designs were as follows: A
cylindrical cardboard carton with a replaceable
liner similar to that described by Proverbs et al.
(1966). Pherotrap 1 (Zoecon Corporation) an
open wing trap similar to the trap designed and
illustrated by Howell (1972). Pherotrap 1-C
(Zoecon Corporation) had a cardboard cover
to protect the exposed surface. Sectar 1, white
or blue, (3M Corporation, St. Paul, Min-
nesota) was a rectangular trap, 9 x 15 cm
which was suspended by one corner so the
opening was diamond-shaped. The ends of the
trap were folded up when in use. The two
colors were used because there was evidence
that color influenced the attraction of certain
Lepidoptera to traps containing a synthetic sex
attractant (Hendricks et al. 1972). Sectar 2
was similar to the Sectar | trap, but larger (13
x 22 em). U.C. Pherotrap (Zoecon Cor-
poration) was an aluminum trap described and
illustrated by Batiste and Joos (1972).
Stikem (Michael and Pelton, Emeryville,
California) was used to coat the catching
surface of each trap. The traps were routinely
cleaned and replaced every 6 weeks or oftener
if the sticky surface was contaminated by
debris or wing scales from moth accumulation.
The traps were examined weekly and male
codling moths were removed and recorded.
Fruittree leafroller experiments were
conducted in a 0.8 hectare mature Red
Delicious apple orchard at the Research
Substation, Kelowna, B.C. Visual examination
J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. Cotumbra 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
"GO'O Dd 4809-4 TTe4 Sup
qd 982 617
q See ZE
q Ste ST
qe ict Le
qe OSS S|
e 9€L 617
ECL. u= & OS
Sy
poteqoL Ede
oe ee eo ee
‘Ee IE
Cee 2ec 6E
GST 6L 46
Gi co. Si
OS Saou SS
Coaccee ELI
EE |
“qUeTOTITp ATTSCOTYSTIEYS JOU oe 19479ET oWeS 944 AG POMOTTOF sTeqo],
LT
GZ
LZ
ae
9S
c9
leis = Cl oe are 6 sok
Cee a Cl Ol ae Ge Oy as
NG K6G- 26: 3 2) Yes EGE
WIP 6G Solin 64 Ga OC. ce
“ie sGi ero gion ie Goel
65. COly jen i? * 9 pecs Ge
66 91L &2 $1 = OT ‘9¢ .0€
Le. Woukeak SO 0G Volare
AqTnp : oun
ZL6L *°O°g SpueTzeuwums
cis
EG
ol
87
8S
AS
ES
+t +t Oo
Gc
CC
71:
ple
LT
-
delieioug “9
T der071eug
C TeI9 Se
J-T deryoteug
U0VLeD
Teotapury Ag
(nT q)
[T- 4ei2sc
(29 TUM)
T reyoes
ustseq dey,
*SsuOWUsTPOD) YZTM peyteq ustsep sed sdeiy ¢ UT peungdeo syyou SUTTPOO eTeU fo sLequUMN “TL FIGVL
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Ava. 1, 1973
in May showed that the trees were heavily
infested by fruittree leafrollers. The trees were
9.1 x 9.1 m apart and the block contained 126
trees. Three trap designs were evaluated, the
cylindrical cardboard carton, Pherotrap 1-C
and Sectar 1 white. Each trap design was
replicated 5 times in a randomized design.
There was approximately | trap per 8 trees and
each trap was suspended 1.6 m above ground
on an outside limb. The traps were baited with
Fruitamone (Zoecon Corporation), a fruittree
leafroller synthetic sex attractant. The lure
consisted of plastic caps, 1.3 x 1.8 cm, filled
with 25 mg of the sex attractant. The caps were
not replaced during the experiment. Traps
were examined weekly and leafrollers were
removed and recorded.
TABLE 2.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The white or blue Sectar | trap captured
significantly more moths than Sectar 2,
Pherotrap | or the U.C. Pherotrap (Table 1).
Cylindrical carton and Pherotrap 1-C traps
were intermediate in effectiveness.
An important consideration when deciding
what trap design to use is trap maintenance.
The cylindrical carton trap was easy to handle
because dirty traps required only a change of
the liner. The Pherotraps collected a _ con-
siderable amount of debris (fallen leaves, fruit
etc.) and required more frequent cleaning. The
covered Pherotrap was far easier to maintain
that the open Pherotrap but became con-
taminated more quickly than the cylindrical
carton. Sectar | traps, because of their small
Numbers of male fruittree leafrollers captured
in 5 traps per design baited with Fruitamone.
Kelowna, ©.C.,-1972.
: June June June 29- July 1
a D
eo Teens” eee 22-29 July 6 6-13 powers
bylindrical carton 19 93 195 Sik 338 a
Pherotrap 1-C 20 96 V7 val 31h a
Sectar 1 (white) ii LA 91 O IL)
Salotals followed by the same letter are not statistically different.
One tail t-test, P € 0.05.
size, were difficult to handle when moths were
removed and recorded. When moth captures
were high, the traps soon filled with wing scales
and had to be replaced. Both Pherotraps and
cylindrical cartons were re-used after cleaning,
but it was necessary to replace the Sectar |
traps with new traps 3 to 4 times during the
season. Sectar 2 traps and the U.C. Pherotraps
were relatively free from contamination and
required only routine maintenance.
The choice of which trap design to use with
a codling moth sex attractant is difficult to
determine. If maximum capture is desired, the
Sectar 1 trap would be the design of choice. If
maintenance is also considered, the cylindrical
carton would probably be the best trap design
for field use.
Although Sectar | traps were among the
most efficient traps for male codling moths,
they captured significantly fewer male fruittree
leafrollers than either the Pherotrap 1-C or the
cylindrical carton (Table 2). For field studies
on fruittree leafroller response to synthetic
attractants, the cylindrical carton or Pherotrap
1-C would be the preferred trap design.
The results of the study indicate that at-
traction of male codling moths and fruittree
leafrollers to synthetic sex attractants is in-
fluenced by trap type, and the response is
different for the 2 species. Trap design may be
as important as the synthetic attractant when
studies are made on the response of other
species of Lepidoptera to these lures.
8 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
References
Batiste, William C. and John Joos. 1972. Codling moth: A new pheromone trap. J. Econ. Entomol. |
65: 1741-1742.
Hendricks, D. E., J. P. Hollingsworth, and A. W. Hartstack, Jr. 1972. Catch of tobacco budworm |
moths influenced by color of sex-lure trap. Environmental Entomol. 1: 48-51.
Howell, J. Franklin. 1972. An improved sex attractant trap for codling moths. J. Econ. Entomol.
65: 609-611.
Proverbs, M. D., J. R. Newton and D. M. Logan. 1966. Orchard assessment of the sterile male
technique for control of the codling moth, Carpocapsa pomonella (L.) (Lepidoptera:
Olethreutidae). Can. Entomol. 98: 90-95.
Sharma, R. K., H. H. Shorey and Lyle K. Gaston. 1971. Sex pheromones of noctuid moths. 24 —
Evaluation of pheromone traps for males of Trichoplusia ni. J. Econ. Entomol. 64:
361-364.
THE OCCURRENCE AND CONTROL OF THE BRUCE
SPANWORM IN THE OKANAGAN VALLEY, 1972
R. D. MCMULLEN'!
Research Station, Agriculture Canada
Summerland, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
A minor outbreak of the Bruce spanworm, Operophtera bruceata
(Hulst), occurred in fruit orchards of the Okanagan Valley in 1972. The
heaviest infestations were limited to orchards where prebloom sprays for the
fruittree leafroller, Archips argyrospilus (Walker), were neglected for
two or more seasons. Prebloom applications of azinphosmethyl, diazinon or
endosulfan at tight cluster bud to pink bud stage on apple gave good control.
Apple, pear, cherry, apricot and plum were attacked.
INTRODUCTION
The Bruce spanworm, Operophtera
bruceata (Hulst), occurs in the southern parts
of Canada from Newfoundland to British
Columbia and across the northern U.S.A.
Brown (1962) described the developmental
stages, life history, and mode of dispersal and
listed a wide range of host plants amongst spp.
of: Populus, Acer, Salix, Betula, Alnus,
Prunus, Malus, Rosa, Ribes, Lonicera, and
Amelanchier alnifolia Nutt.
In British Columbia, Treherne (1921)
stated that the larvae may cause surface injury
to young apple fruitlets but indicated that it
was less important than other species of
lepidopterous larvae that regularly injure apple
fruits. Eastham and Ruhmann (1932) noted
that the Bruce spanworm had become a
troublesome pest in apple orchards and that, in
cases of heavy infestations, trees were kept
defoliated until the end of May when larval
development is completed. Twinn (1934,
1935, 1936) reported unusually heavy in-
festations in various parts of the Okanagan
Valley. Control recommendations for the
1Contribution No. 367, Research Station, Summerland.
Bruce spanworm were a regular feature on the
annual fruit tree pest spray calendars for
British Columbia fruit growing districts from
1928 to 1943. Later, control reeommendations
were dropped from the spray calendars, and
Neilson (1957) stated that the Bruce span-
worm had not been a serious pest for the past
20 years. Downing et al. (1956) listed the
Bruce spanworm as a sporadic pest of apple.
None of the above articles mentioned in-
festations of fruit species other than apple.
During the past decade research has
resulted in significant reductions in the
amounts of pesticides required for control of
major pest species, particularly on apple
(Arrand and Downing, 1970), and in the
future novel approaches to pest control, such as
the sterile male release technique for codling
moth control (Proverbs, 1971), may result in
even further reductions. Concern has been
expressed (Madsen, 1969) about possible
increases in abundance of minor or secondary
pests that in the past generally have been
suppressed by control measures for major
pests. Therefore, the opportunity to observe a
minor outbreak of the Bruce spanworm in
1972 was of particular interest. In addition it
J. EntTomot. Soc. Brit. CotumsBia 70 (1973), Auge. 1, 1973 9
was felt possible that the outbreak could be an
indication that the Bruce spanworm had
developed resistance to the organophosphorous
insecticides currently recommended for control
of early season major pests such as the fruittree
leafroller, Archips argyrospilus (Walker).
Control experiments were conducted to test
whether a significant degree of resistance to
azinphosmethyl! or diazinon had evolved, and
to provide information for control recom-
mendations.
GENERAL OBSERVATIONS
The first indication of a Bruce spanworm
outbreak was noted in a large cherry orchard at
Naramata in the second week of April. Small,
newly hatched larvae were noted burrowing
into cherry buds. At the time cherry buds were
about ready to break and apples were in the
green tip stage. In one 2.0 ha block of cherries
the infestation was particularly severe, with up
to 50% of the buds damaged. In adjoining
blocks of cherries and apples the infestation
was much lighter, ranging from 1 to 2“ buds
attacked. Four other sites with high infestation
levels, 10 to 60% buds damaged, were found.
These comprised 4.5 ha of apples on the east
bench in Penticton, 1.2 ha of apples in
Summerland, 2.0 ha of mixed apple, pear,
apricot, cherry and plum, south of Oliver and
4.1 ha of apples and cherries at Cawston.
Otherwise, the Bruce spanworm’ was
distributed widely in orchards throughout the
Okanagan region, but at low levels of in-
festation with only 1” or less buds injured. No
Bruce spanworm was found on peach. In
orchards moderately to severely infested, it was
determined that early season control treat-
ments for leaf-feeding lepidoptera had not been
applied for 2 or more years.
The damage caused by Ist and 2nd instar
larvae is mainly reduction of bloom. Feeding
by Ist instar larvae when they burrow into
unopened buds results in destruction of em-
bryonic blossom tissue. Later, when the buds
have opened and immature blossoms are
exposed, the 2nd instar and to a lesser extent
early 3rd instar larvae prefer to feed on the
immature flowers. During this period they still
exhibit a strong tendency toward a mining
habit. Most of the feeding occurs within the
protection of the tightly closed sepals and
petals or within clusters of flowers. The
damage caused by 3rd and 4th instar larvae is
primarily defoliation. These feed openly on
leaves or within the shelter of leaves that have
been loosely webbed together.
Two of the severely infested orchards, at
Oliver and Summerland, were not sprayed for
control of the Bruce spanworm until the pink
bud stage of apple. At Oliver, approximately
0.8 ha of apples and pears were 75 to 90%
defoliated by this stage and in the remainder of
the orchard (1.2 ha of mixed fruits) 10 to 50%
were defoliated. At Summerland, 1.2 ha of
apples were 25 to 30% defoliated. Within 3
weeks after treatment the general appearance
of the trees was normal due to growth of new
foliage. In both orchards, even though there
was extensive damage to flower buds, thinning
of apple and pear fruitlets was required and the
trees bore a normal crop. No fruit injury was
found. This was probably due to the ap-
plication of control treatments prior to fruit set.
CONTROL EXPERIMENTS
At the tight cluster bud stage the treatments
listed in Table 1 were applied to 0.12 ha plots
in an orchard consisting of alternate rows of
Red Delicious and Spartan apples on semi-
dwarfing rootstocks, planted 6.1 x 4.6 m. Each
treatment was replicated twice. The sprays
were applied with a low-volume, air-blast type
sprayer set to deliver 673.8 liter per ha. Effect
of the treatments was assessed 6 days after the
sprays were applied by randomly collecting 25
spurs with flower bud clusters from each plot.
These were examined for live and dead larvae,
and also for feeding injury where no larvae
were present. The latter instance was con-
sidered to indicate larval mortality. Per cent
mortality in the treatments was corrected for
natural mortality in the control by Abbotts’
formula. The results shown in Table | indicate
that all treatments gave good to excellent
control of 2nd and 3rd instar larvae.
In another orchard of mature McIntosh
apple trees planted 7.6 x 7.6 m the following
treatments were applied in the same manner as
above to single 0.30 ha plots at the pink bud
stage: azinphosmethyl 50“ W.P. at 2.80 and
1.40 kg per ha and diazinon 50% W.P. at 4.48
and 2.24 kg per ha. No nontreated control plot
was used. At the time of treatment most of the
larvae were 3rd and 4th instars. Pre- and post-
treatment samples were taken by the limb-
jarring method (Lord, 1949) using a 46 x 46
cm beating tray. Fifty samples taken at ran-
dom throughout the 4 plots before treatment
indicated a fairly even distribution of larvae.
The numbers knocked down per sample
ranged from 0 to 12 with a mean of 4.4 41.4
s.d. Thirty samples from each plot taken 48
hours after treatment indicated all treatments
gave 100% control.
DISCUSSION
This investigation suggests that the Bruce
10 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumBiIA 70 (1973), Aug. 1, 1973
Table 1. Mortality of the Bruce spanworm on apple treated with azinphosmethyl, diazinon or
endosulfan at the tight cluster bud stage.
Kilograms applied 1. 3
Insecticide per hectare Per cent mortality ’
Azinphosmethyl 25% W.P. 2.80 LOO
" uu 10 90:5
Diazinon 50% W.P. 4.48 100.0
Wy " PAP ats Oe
Endosulfan 50% W.P. 3.36 10070
uM " 1.68 100.0
Control = BO
‘Corrected for per cent mortality in control using Abbotts’ formula.
"Average of 2 replicates.
spanworm might become more than an oc-
casional pest if recommendations for reduced
pesticide treatments or non-chemical control
techniques are developed and adopted for the
fruittree leafroller, which is the main early
season lepidopterous pest of most orchard fruit
species. The chemical control experiments
show that the Bruce spanworm is readily
azinphosmethyl or diazinon which are
currently recommended for control of the
fruittree leafroller. There is no evidence that
the Bruce spanworm has developed resistance
to the currently recommended
organophosphate insecticides. The reason for
the mild outbreak in 1972 of Bruce spanworm
is most likely neglect of early season pest
control.
controlled by prebloom treatments’ with
References
Arrand, J. C. and R. S. Downing. 1970. What growers must know — and do — to switch to an
integrated control program. Western Fruit Grower 24(2): 30-34.
Brown, C. E. 1962. The life history and dispersal of the Bruce spanworm, Operophtera bruceata
(Hulst), (Lepidoptera: Geometridae). Can. Entomol. 94: 1103-1107.
Downing, R. S., C. V. G. Morgan and M. D. Proverbs. 1956. List of insects attacking fruit
trees in the interior of British Columbia. Proc. ent. Soc. Br. Columb. 52: 34-35.
Eastham, J. W. and M. H. Ruhmann. 1932. Diseases and pests of cultivated plants. Bull. Dept.
Agr. Br. Columb. No. 68, 124 pp.
Lord, F. T. 1949. The influence of spray programs on the fauna of apple orchards in Nova Scotia.
III Mites and their predators. Can. Entomol. 81: 671-673.
Madsen, H. F. 1969. Integrated control of the fruit-tree leaf roller and the white apple leaf-
hopper in British Columbia. J. Econ. Entomol. 62: 1351-1353.
Neilson, C. L. 1957. Handbook of the main economic insects of British Columbia. Part 4. Tree
fruit insects. Br. Colum. Dept. Agr. Mimeograph, 68 pp.
Proverbs, M. D. 1971. Orchard assessment of radiation-sterilized moths for control of Laspeyresia
pomonella (L.) in British Columbia. In Proceedings, Application of induced sterility for
control of lepidopterous populations, Vienna, 1970. Int. Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna,
1971, pp. 117-133.
Treherne, R. C. 1921. Some notes on the fruit worms of British Columbia. Scient. Agric. 1: 116-119
Twinn, C. R. 1934. A summary of insect conditions in Canada in 1933. Rep. ent. Soc. Ont. 64:
62-80.
Twinn, C. R. 1935. A summary of insect conditions in Canada in 1934. Rep. ent. Soc. Ont. 65: —
112-128. |
Twinn, C. R. 1936. A summary of insect conditions in Canada in 1935. Rep. ent. Soc. Ont. 66: |
80-95.
J. ENToMo.. Soc. Brit. CoLtuMBiIA 70 (1973), Ava. 1, 1973 11
OCCURRENCE OF AND ATTEMPTS TO ERADICATE
GRAPE PHYLLOXERA (HOMOPTERA: PHYLLOXERIDAE)
IN BRITISH COLUMBIA!
C. V. G. MORGAN:, P. J. PROCTER’, AND J. VIELVOYE:?
ABSTRACT
The chronological occurrence, survey methods, and eradication
programs of the grape phylloxera, Phylloxera vitifoliae (Fitch), in
British Columbia are described.
The insect was first found in the Okanagan Valley in 1961. Though
an eradication program at that time was apparently successful, the insect
reappeared in 1971. It is now well established in the area. The pest was
accidentally introduced on imported vines.
The grape phylloxera, Phylloxera vitifoliae
(Fitch), was first found in British Columbia in
the Okanagan Valley in September, 1961. In
that month a grape grower on the West Bench
of the Penticton area reported leaf galls on
vines that had been planted in the spring of
1961. The insects causing the galls were
tentatively identified by Morgan and _ later
confirmed by A. B. Stevenson, Research
Station, Agriculture Canada, Vineland Station,
Ontario.
Following the discovery, C. L. Neilson, J.
Smith and J. C. Arrand of the British
Columbia Department of Agriculture, con-
ducted a survey and an eradication program in
the autumn and spring of 1961-62. They found
that the grape phylloxera had originated in a
shipment from Ontario of 3000 vines of Seibel-
10878. These vines had been planted in 6
places totalling over 4 acres; 5 of the plantings
were on the West Bench in the Penticton area
and 1 at Kaleden. Leaf galls were found at
Kaleden and in only 1 of the plantings in
Penticton. A total of about 12 vines were in-
fested.
Since the areas of infestation were relatively
small, eradication appeared feasible. In
November, 1961, all the vines in the plantings
at Penticton and Kaleden were removed from
the soil, dipped in a solution of nicotine and oil,
and heeled in for the winter. In April, 1962,
the soils in the vineyards at Penticton were
thoroughly worked with a rotary tiller;
fumigated with a chisel-type, tractor-drawn
fumigator that applied 240 to 300 lb of
ethylene dibromide per acre; sprayed with
ronnel emulsion at 4 lb active ingredient per
acre; and then sprinkled with water. The
vineyard at Kaleden was similarly treated, but
~ ‘Contribution No. 369, Research Station, Agriculture Canada,
Summerland, B.C.
"Entomologist, Research Station, Summerland, B.C.
’Regional Entomologist and Grape & Nursery Specialist
respectively, British Columbia Department of Agriculture,
Kelowna, B.C.
because of the rocky soil and the steep terrain
the ethylene dibromide and ronnel were ap-
plied by hand equipment. In May, the soils
were rotary tilled again and the vines were
replanted. At Penticton a slight odor of
ethylene dibromide was still present during the
planting operation. At Kaleden the planting
holes had such a strong odor of ethylene
dibromide that they were left open for up to 6
days before the vines were replanted. Ap-
proximately 23% of the replanted vines died.
The phytotoxicity was caused mainly by the
dip treatment, especially the oil. The high
concentrations of ethylene dibromide which
were still in the soil when the fines were
replanted at Kaleden may have increased the
injury. No phylloxera was ever reported again
in these vineyards.
During the winter of 1961-62, Ontario
nurserymen were advised to dip rooted cuttings
destined for British Columbia. Either this
treatment was not effective or it was not
thoroughly done because when a survey was
made in the summer of 1962 of vines imported
that spring, Arrand found leaf galls on | vine in
each of the following areas: 2 vineyards at
Westbank (Seibel-5279), 1 vineyard at
Summerland (Seibel-5279), 1 vineyard at
Naramata (variety unknown), and | vineyard
at Cawston (Seibel-10878). There were no root
galls on the vines. The infested vines were
removed and burned and the soil was
fumigated and sprayed.
It is of interest to note here that between
1952 and 1961, 65 shipments containing
64,100 vines were imported into British
Columbia from the United States. Eight of
these shipments were infested with the grape
phylloxera and were fumigated. Unfortunately,
inspection or dipping of vine nursery stock
from Ontario was not required until 1962 and
fumigation not until 1967. The number of
vines imported into British Columbia from
Ontario between 1952 and 1961 is not known.
12 J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aug. 1, 1973
However, it is known that in 1960, about
10,000 2-year-old rootstocks of Seibel-10878
were imported from Ontario and planted in
virgin soil by about 25 growers from Westbank
south to the International Boundary. Arrand
surveyed all these plantings in the autumn of
1961, but did not find any other infestations of’
leaf galls other than those mentioned above.
With the eradication of the above-
mentioned infestations and implementation of
plant inspection regulations for all vines en-
tering British Columbia, no other infestations
were sought or reported for 9 years. However,
an ominous report was made Sept. 27, 1971 —
a grower discovered galled leaves in a vineyard
of Foch grapes at Westbank. The insects in the
galls were identifed by Arrand and Morgan as
the grape phylloxera and confirmed by
Stevenson. This 3-acre vineyard planted in
1967 was extensively infested. An adjoining 3-
acre block planted in 1970 had 2 infested
vines. A survey for leaf galls was launched
tsh CCCooolllumbia and Canada Depart-
ments of Agriculture to determine the extent of
the infestation in all major vineyards which
had imported leaf-susceptible varieties since
1962. About 805 acres were examined and 2
new infestations were discovered. One was in
another vineyard at Westbank; again there
were only 2 infested vines in 5 acres of Foch
grapes planted in 1968. The other was at
Oliver where 1.5 acres were infested in a 3-acre
block of Seibel-10878 planted in 1965.
Though only about 70% of the vines in the
heavily infested vineyards had leaf galls, nearly
all were infested on the roots. An interplant,
Seibel-9110, in the Oliver vineyard also had
insects on the roots but no leaf galls. No insects
were found on the roots of the vines with leaf
galls in the lightly infested vineyards. Most of
the above vines had been bought in Ontario.
A number of quarantine measures were
implemented in an effort to confine the in-
festations such as fumigating the harvested
grapes, spraying the vines after harvest,
washing equipment before moving it to non-
infested vineyards, and having pickers wear
coveralls when working in infested areas.
Leaf galls are not always a realiable index
of the presence of the grape phylloxera because
the insect lives only on the roots of many
labruscatype grapes. A root survey in the
outbreak of 1961-62 probably would have
revealed a more extensive infestation than was
indicated by leaf galls. Recognizing this
weakness, a root survey was conducted in
November and December, 1971, in vineyards
of the Okanagan and Similkameen valleys.
Due to the shortage of help and impending
freeze-up, growers were instructed in how to
sample their own vineyards. Provincial per-
sonnel then microscopically searched roots
with swellings for the presence of the grape
phylloxera. The number of samples examined
represented about 2000 acres of grapes. Insects
were found on the roots in 65 acres in 9
vineyards: 1 in Vernon, 6 in Kelowna, 1 in
Westbank, and 1 in Oliver. The Westbank and
Oliver infestations had already been revealed
by the presence of leaf galls. The varieties and
the number of acres affected by root in-
festations were: Bath, 2; Campbell Early, 8;
Concord, 9; Diamond, 11; Foch, 3; Patricia,
3; Romulus, 4; Sheridan, 8;
10878, 17. Most of the vines had been im-
ported from Ontario; a few were from New
York. Some of the vines had been planted in
the 1920’s and 1930’s. How they became
infested is not known, but it is more than likely
they were already infested when they were
imported. Phylloxera had been intercepted as
early as 1927 on vines imported from New
York.
Numerous samples of roots from other
vineyards had elongated swellings and necrotic
areas but no phylloxera was present to confirm
that the damage was caused by this insect.
Stevenson diagnosed these as “‘very probable”’
phylloxera damage. Unfortunately, samples
with this type of damage were not recorded.
They did suggest, however, that the grape
phylloxera was probably more widespread than
the 9 vineyards.
Hopes of eradicating the grape phylloxera
from British Columbia were abandoned. The
extent of the infestations indicated that such a
program would be _ impractical and
uneconomical.
No surveys were conducted in 1972 and no
new infestations were reported. However,
cursory inspections revealed that root galls
were plentiful, but there were practically no
leaf galls in the infested vineyards from
Kelowna south. At Vernon, where only root
galls were seen in 1971, a heavy infestation of
leaf galls developed on several acres of Foch
grapes.
The information in this note was gleaned
mostly from correspondence and unpublished
reports of the British Columbia and Canada
Departments of Agriculture and from the
Canadian Insect Pest Review (compiled by C.
Graham MacNay and published by the
Canada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa,
Ontario) for 1961 (vol. 39, pages 209, 229,
285, and 309) and 1962 (vol. 40, pages 173
and 199).
and _ Seibel-.
J. Extromot. Soc. Brit. CotumBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 13
AN EVALUATION OF TRAPS FOR THE WESTERN CHERRY
FRUIT FLY (DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE)'
F. L. BANHAM
Research Station, Agriculture Canada
Summerland, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
Four traps and six lures were tested for attractiveness to adult
western cherry fruit flies, Rhagoletis indifferens Curran, in cherry plantings
in the Okanagan Valley of British Columbia. Staley Protein Insecticide Bait
#7, a combination of corn protein hydrolysate and corn steep liquor, mixed
into tanglefoot (Stikem Special) on double-faced, yellow, plywood boards
attracted about twice as many flies as similar traps baited with corn hydro-
lysate and three times as many as single-faced, nonbaited boards. Nevertheless,
nonbaited, single-faced, yellow boards were moderately attractive and the
easiest to prepare, install and maintain. Thus they seem the most practical
for large-scale trapping of cherry fruit flies. Traps caught male and female
flies soon after emergence from pupation in a ratio of about 1:1. Most female
flies lacked ovarial development and none had fully developed ova.
INTRODUCTION
Yellow sticky board traps similar to those
described by Kaloostian and Yeomans (1944)
and Wilde (1962) have been used since 1966,
to determine the occurrence and emergence
dates of the black cherry fruit fly, Rhagoletis
fausta (Osten Sacken), and since 1968, of the
western cherry fruit fly, R. indifferens Curran,
in the Okanagan and Similkameen valleys of
British Columbia. Madsen (1970) reported
that in the Okanagan Valley, single-faced,
yellow boards baited with ammonium car-
bonate caught the most R. indifferens but
nonbaited, yellow boards were equivalent in
attractiveness to glycine-lye bait pans. In
contrast, Peters and Jack (1965) and Peters
(1966) reported that in the Kootenay Valley,
glycine-lye bait pans were more effective than
nonbaited, yellow boards and those baited with
ammonium carbonate or other attractants. At
both locations the most effective traps were
more complex to build and more difficult to
install and maintain than the nonbaited, yellow
boards.
The continuing spread of R. indifferens in
the Okanagan and Similkameen valleys has
resulted in an annual requirement for 5000 to
7000 simple, effective traps to sample this
species in over 3000 acres of cherries. Growers
need to determine if flies are present and the
optimum time for control, and inspectors of the
Plant Protection Division, Agriculture
Canada, need traps to establish quarantine
areas. In 1970, four traps and six lures were
evaluated to determine the most suitable type
for large-scale surveys of Rhagoletis species in
cherry plantings.
‘Contribution No. 364, Research Station, Agriculture Canada,
Summerland, British Columbia.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
The traps used were as follows (Table 1.):
6.4 mm plywood boards 14 x 29 cm painted
vivid yellow (Munsell Key 2.5Y 8/12
(Nickerson, 1957)) on one face and coated
with Stikem Special (polymerized butene,
methylpropene, isobutene and butane, 97% ;
inert ingredients, 3% ; Michel and Pelton Co.,
9743 Landregan’ Street, Emeryville,
California, 94608, U.S.A.); double-faced
yellow boards of the same dimensions, coated
with Stikem on both sides having a wide-mouth
half-pint jar suspended beneath containing 170
ml of Staley Protein Insecticide Bait *7 (acid
hydrolysate of corn protein and corn steep
liquor in a 60:40 mixture. A. E. Staley
Manufacturing Co., Decatur, Illinois, 62525,
U.S.A.); double-faced yellow boards sprayed
on each face with 2.5 ml of Staley Bait which
was mixed into the Stikem; double-faced
yellow boards sprayed on each face with 2.5 ml
of corn acid hydrolysate (Nutritional
Biochemicals Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio,
44128, U.S.A.) which was mixed into the
Stikem ; double-faced yellow boards dusted on
each face with | g of casein enzymatic
hydrolysate (Nutritional Biochemicals Cor-
poration) which was mixed into the Stikem;
-double-faced yellow boards dusted on each face
with 1 g of soy enzymatic hydrolysate
(Nutritional Biochemicals Corporation) which
was mixed into the Stikem ; 2-quart frozen food
cartons with 20 g of ammonium carbonate
(Frick, Simkover and Telford, 1954 and
Blanc, 1969), fitted with replaceable, Stikem-
coated liners (Proverbs, Newton and Logan,
1966); and glycine-lye bait pans (Barnes and
Madsen, 1963) containing 227 ml of bait
mixture. The total catching surface area of the
14 J. ENTomoL. Soc. Brit. CotumpBtia 70 (1973), Aua. 1, 1973
single- and double-faced yellow sticky board
traps was equalized by using 12 of the former
and 6 of the latter.
The attractiveness of the traps and lures to
cherry fruit flies was determined in an
abandoned, |-acre, mixed block of 15-year-old
Lambert, Sam and Van _ sweet cherries at
Okanagan Mission, B.C. Two types of trap
were hung 1.2 to 2.4 m above the ground on
opposite sides of each of 27 randomly selected
trees, so that there was no contact with the
foliage. Cartons with ammonium carbonate
were suspended in a nearby horizontal position
with the open end tipped downward to prevent
accumulation of rain and irrigation water
(Blanc, 1969). The traps were installed June 6
and 8 and inspected at 3- to 4-day intervals
until June 23, when the trial was terminated.
Water was added at 3- to 4-day intervals to
maintain the volume of the glycine-lye and
Staley bait lures. The Staley bait was replaced
and the ammonium carbonate cartons
recharged, weekly.
Rhagoletis species were identified by wing
patterns as illustrated by Bush (1966) and by
dorsal abdominal markings. Most flies caught
on the single- and double-faced boards and in
the glycine-lye bait pots were identified in the
field during inspections. When masses of in-
sects, including fruit flies, were collected in the
bait pans, they were removed by straining the
abiley Ae
solution through a 20-mesh wire screen and
then stored in 70% ethanol for later
examination. The sex of the flies was deter-
mined in the laboratory. At the end of the
experiment, 50 female R. indifferens caught on
three types of trap were removed and cleaned
in petroleum solvent. Each was dissected and
the ovaries were examined for the presence and
development of eggs to determine their
physiological age.
RESULTS
Double-faced, yellow boards with Staley
bait mixed into the Stikem were significantly
more attractive to R. indifferens than the other
trap and lure combinations. They caught 1.9
times as many flies as similar traps-with corn
protein hydrolysate in the Stikem and for an
equivalent surface area, three times as many
flies as nonbaited, single-faced, yellow boards.
The nonbaited traps were about as effective as
double-faced, yellow boards with corn protein
hydrolysate in the Stikem, double-faced boards
with pots of Staley bait, glycine-lye bait pans
and cartons with ammonium carbonate.
Double-faced, yellow boards dusted with
casein hydrolysate or soy hydrolysate did not
catch any R. indifferens or insects of other
orders in numbers comparable to_ those
collected by the other traps.
Two Rhagoletis species other than R.
Average numbers of adult R. indifferens caught by traps,
Okanagan Mission, B.C., June 6 to 23, 1970
Trap No. Traps No. of Flies
Double-faced y.s.b.~ + Staley bait 6 1305
Double-faced y.s.b. + corn hydrolysate 6 sO
Single-faced y.s.b. 2. ipo
Bait pan + glycine-lye 6 ses)
Double-faced y.s.b. with pot + Staley bait 6 2.5
2 qt. carton + ammonium carbonate 6 2
Double-faced y.s.b. + casein hydrolysate 6 01.0
powder
Double-faced y.s.b. + soy hydrolysate powder 6 O30
4.3
L.S.D. for averages at 5% level
Welton sticky boards.
2
Corrected number for an equivalent surface area of double-faced yellow
boards.
J. EnTomot. Soc. Brit. CotumsBia 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 15
indifferens were trapped. These were a few R.
ribicola Doane and R. berberis Curran, taken
on nonbaited, single-faced boards, on double-
faced, yellow boards with Staley bait in the
Stikem or attached bait pots and in cartons
with ammonium carbonate. No R. fausta were
trapped.
Corn protein hydrolysate or Staley bait
mixed into the Stikem darkened the adhesive
and made trapped flies difficult to identify in
the field. Rhagoletis species were easily con-
fused with other Diptera having fuscous wing
markings such as Palloptera_ species
(Pallopteridae) and Suillia species
(Heleomyzidae). Casein and soy hydrolysates
mixed into the Stikem made the adhesive
cloudy and reduced the intensity of the vivid
yellow background on the boards.
Catches of flies from the effective traps and
lures did not differ significantly in sex ratio.
The totals averaged 47.4” male and 52.6%
female. Most dissected females collected from
nonbaited, single-faced, yellow boards, double-
faced, yellow boards with pots of Staley bait or
pans of glycine-lye bait showed a lack of ovary
development. Two of 50 females had fully
developed ovaries but no fully developed eggs.
DISCUSSION
The results of this study show that the
attractiveness of yellow boards to adult R.
indifferens can be greatly increased by mixing
small amounts of Staley bait into the adhesive;
but large amounts of this lure were not at-
tractive and may have confused or repelled the
flies. Thus, double-faced, yellow boards with 5
ml of Staley bait mixed into the Stikem caught
5.4 times more flies than similar boards with
170 ml of Staley bait in a pot suspended below.
Much of the attractiveness of small amounts of
this lure appeared to be due to the corn steep
liquor fraction. Traps with Stikem and Staley
bait containing 40%” corn steep liquor caught
1.9 times more flies than those with Stikem and
corn hydrolysate.
Madsen (1970) reported nonbaited, single-
faced, yellow boards to be as effective as
glycine-lye bait pans for catching adult R.
indifferens. These results confirm this and
indicate that the former is a simple, moderately
effective alternative to more complex types.
Nonbaited, single-faced, yellow boards are
durable and easy to prepare, install and in-
spect. Until a clarified or near-transparent
formulation of corn hydrolysate and corn steep
liquor is available that is equal to Staley bait,
or until other more attractive lures and traps
are discovered, then nonbaited, single-faced,
yellow boards remain the most practical trap
for large-scale surveys of cherry plantings.
Cartons baited with ammonium carbonate
and hung in a nearly horizontal position were
as effective as nonbaited, single-faced, yellow
boards. Frick et al. reported good results with
inverted, l-quart cartons baited with the same
lure. They also found that inverted, 1-pint
cartons were inferior to inverted, 1-quart
cartons. In the Okanagan Valley, 2-quart
cartons were used. These were twice the size of
those recommended by Frick et al. and
presumably because of their larger size would
have emitted more ammonia attractant.
Horizontal positioning may have made this
trap too directional and thereby reduced the
numbers of flies caught. The attractiveness of
yellow boards suggests that increased catches
might result from painting the cartons vivid
yellow.
Failure to trap any adult R. indifferens or
insects of other orders in significant numbers
suggests that powdered baits mixed into the
Stikem on double-faced, yellow boards altered
the surface of the adhesive so that flies did not
become entangled. This contradicts that
reported by Howitt and Connor (1965) who
dusted 3 g of various powdered protein
hydrolysates over each face of a 206 sq. cm
trap coated with Stikem. In the Okanagan
Valley, 1 g of hydrolysate was applied to each
face of a 406 sq. cm board and mixed into the
Stikem.
The presence of nearly equal numbers of
male and female flies in or on the traps suggests
that both sexes emerge from pupation in the
soil at about the same time and are soon at-
tracted to the cultivated cherry host.
References
Barnes, M. M. and H. F. Madsen. 1963. Analyzing the threat of the husk fly. Diamond Walnut
News 45(3): 12-14.
Blanc, F. L. 1969. All-purpose fruit fly trapping. Calif. Dept. Agric. Bureau of Entomol. Insect
Detection Survey Field Leaflet No. 1 (Rev.). Mar. 7, 1969. 1-2.
Bush, G. L. 1966. The taxonomy, cytology and evolution of the genus Rhagoletis in North
America (Diptera: Tephritidae). Bull. Museum of Comparat. Zool. 134(11): 431-562.
Frick, K. E., H. G. Simkover and H. S. Telford. 1954. Bionomics of the cherry fruit flies in
eastern Washington. State Coll. Wash. Agric. Expt. Stn. Inst. of Agric. Sci. Tech. Bull.
13: 1-66.
16 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aug. 1, 1973
Howitt, A. J. and L. T. Connor. 1965. The response of Rhagoletis pomonella (Walsh) adults
and other insects to trap boards baited with protein hydrolysate baits. Proc. Entomol.
Soc. Ontario 95: 134-6.
Kaloostian, G. H. and M. S. Yeomans. 1944. A sticky board trap used in scouting for pear
psylla. U.S.D.A. Mimeo. Circ. ET-220.
Madsen, H. F. 1970. Observations on Rhagoletis indifferens and related species in the Okanagan —
Valley of British Columbia. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 67: 13-16.
Nickerson, D. 1957. Horticultural color chart names with Munsell Key. J. Optical Soc. Amer.
47(7): 619-621.
Peters, W. S. 1966. A summary of cherry fruit fly studies at Creston, 1966. Brit. Columbia
Dept. Agric. Mimeo. Circ. 1966. 1-5.
Peters, W. S. and I. D. Jack. 1965. A study of the species and hosts of the cherry fruit fly,
Rhagoletis spp., and a comparison of three adult traps in the Kootenay Region of
British Columbia. Brit. Columbia Dept. Agric. Mimeo. Circ. 1965. 1-8.
Proverbs, M. D., J. R. Newton and D. M. Logan. 1966. Orchard assessment of the sterile male
technique for control of the codling moth, Carpocapsa pomonella (L.) (Lepidoptera:
Olethreutidae). Can. Entomol. 98(1): 90-95.
Wilde, W. H. A. 1962. A note on color preference of some Homoptera and Thysanoptera in |
British Columbia. Can. Entomol. 94(1): 107.
PHYTODECTA ARCTICA MANN. (COLEOPTERA:
CHRYSOMELIDAE) INCORRECTLY DETERMINED
FROM GARIBALDI PARK, B.C.
W. LAZORKO
The _ holarctic species Phytodecta
(Gonioctena) arctica Mann. was reported from
Garibaldi Park by Hardy (1927). Hardy had
collected several insects there in the previous
year between July 24 and August 12, on the
glacier and on leaves of willow (Salix com-
mutata denudata). The identification of the
specimens was questioned by Hatch (1971),
who thought they might be P. occidentalis
Brown.
Through the kindness of Prof. G. G. E.
Scudder of UBC and the cooperation of Drs. B.
D. Ainscough and R. H. Carcasson of the
Provincial Museum in Victoria, I have been
able to examine six specimens labelled
“Garibaldi, B.C.’ and collected between July
24 and August 7, 1926 on the glacier at 6600
feet. One specimen also bears the _ label
“Phytodecta arctica Mann.” written in ink.
There is no doubt that these specimens are
some of those collected by Hardy and reported
as P. arctica.
My study shows that the specimens are not
P. arctica, but Chrysomela aeneicollis Schaef.
The latter species has been reported from
Garibaldi Mt. by Brown (1956) and there are
many specimens from this locality off willow,
in the Spencer Entomological Museum at the
University of British Columbia. P. arctica
should thus be removed from the list of
Coleoptera from Garibaldi Mt., and perhaps
also from the list of Coleoptera of B.C.
References
Brown, W. J. 1956. The New World species of Chrysomela L. (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae).
Can. Ent. Suppl..3: 1-54.
Hardy, G. A. 1927. Coleoptera. Rep. B.C. Prov. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1926: C39-C40.
Hatch, M. H. 1971. The Beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part V. Univ. Washington Press,
Seattle & London.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 17
OCCURRENCE OF THE STRAWBERRY TORTRIX,
ACLERIS COMARIANA (ZELLER), A NEW PEST IN
BRITISH COLUMBIA (LEPIDOPTERA: TORTRICIDAE)
W. T. CRAM
On June 29, 1972, several strawberry
plantings in Richmond, British Columbia,
were observed to be severely infested by a new
leafroller later identified as the strawberry
tortrix, Acleris comariana (Zell.). This field
infestation is the first occurrence of this
Northern European pest in Canada. By the
time the pest was discovered first instar larvae
had matured and had seriously reduced the
yield by damaging blossom parts’ which
produced malformed fruit or no fruit at all.
Heavy feeding on developing leaves greatly
reduced the area of the mature leaves which
were extremely ragged with large holes. In one
10-acre field the crop was picked only once
before the planting was turned under.
Since only the second generation stages
were observed in 1972, a later paper will deal
with the complete life history in British
Columbia. In England, <A. comariana is
considered an important pest of strawberry
(Vernon, 1971) dating back to 1883
(Petherbridge, 1920). Observations at Rich-
mond agree closely with details of the life
history reported from England (Petherbridge,
1920 and Turner, 1968).
In early instar larvae the head is black but
in later instars the head is pale brown. Both
types of larvae, which might easily be mistaken
for different species, were found together
throughout May and June and again from July
until mid-September. Both larvae and pupae
were parasitized by several local parasitic
hymenopterans. The adult moths occurred
from late June to early August and again from
early September until mid-November. They
have a distinctive dark brown patch in the
costal area of the forewings. The general wing
coloration is variable; some eight polymorphic
forms are known in England (Fryer, 1928),
most of which have been collected at Rich-
mond. The second generation moths lay the
over-wintering eggs at the base of the leaf
petioles. The pest can thus readily be spread by
transporting runner plants containing over-
wintering eggs. The moths are not strong fliers.
A survey revealed that this new pest oc-
curred in 1972 only in Richmond and _ not
further east in the Fraser Valley where most of
the strawberries in the province are grown. It
has a relatively wide host range in Northern
Europe where it occurs on strawberry, apple,
azalea, rose and especially potentilla. It occurs
also in Northern Japan on apple and
strawberry. The method of entry of this pest
into Canada is not known.
Acknowledgements
Dr. A. Mutuura of the Entomology Research
Institute, Canada Department of Agriculture,
Ottawa, identified the moth and larvae. Drs.
EK. G. Munroe and T. N. Freeman also examined
the specimens and provided additional informa-
tion.
References
Fryer, J. C. F. 1928. Polymorphism in the moth Acalla comariana Zeller. J. Genet. 20: 157-178.
Petherbridge, F. P. 1920. The life history of the strawberry tortrix, Oxygrapha comariana
(Zeller). Ann. App. Biol. 7: 6-10.
Turner, J. R. G. 1968. The ecological genetics of Acleris comariana (Zeller) (Lepidoptera:
Tortricidae), a pest of strawberry. J. Anim. Ecol. 37: 489-520.
Vernon, J. D. R. 1971. Observations on the biology and control of tortricid larvae on strawberries.
Plant Path. 20: 73-80.
18 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumMBrIA 70 (1973), Auge. 1, 1973
ECOLOGY OF ANTHOCORID (HEMIPT.: ANTHOCORIDAE)
PREDATORS OF THE PEAR PSYLLA (HOMOPT.:
PSYLLIDAE) IN THE OKANAGAN VALLEY,
BRITISH COLUMBIA
G. J. FIELDS' AND B. P. BEIRNE?
ABSTRACT
The supposition is not valid that the disappearance of the native
Anthocoris melanocerus from pear orchards late in the summer is because
ot competitive displacement by the introduced A. nemoralis. It is because
A. melanocerus migrates to where prey are most abundant whereas
A. nemoralis remains on pear. A. melanocerus is concentrated on willows
in the spring, moves to pear when Psylla pyricola becomes abundant, and
moves to cottonwood when aphids on it become abundant and the numbers
of P. pyricola on pear have become low.
INTRODUCTION
Three species of predacious anthocorids
attack the eggs and nymphs of Psylla pyricola
Forster, the pear psylla, in the Summerland
area of the Okanagan Valley, British Columbia
(McMullen and Jong, 1967). Two, Anthocoris
melanocerus Reuter and A. antevolens White,
are natives. The third, A. nemoralis (F.), had
been introduced into that district from
Switzerland in 1963 in a biological control
attempt against P. pyricola (McMullen, 1971).
It became established and _ subsequently
became the most common of the three species
in some orchards. A. melanocerus also is
common but A. antevolens is relatively scarce.
Local orchard entomologists noticed that A.
melanocerus disappears late in the summer
from orchards where A. nemoralis is common,
whereas A. nemoralis remains there until it
moves to hibernation sites. Possible causes of
this disappearance were investigated in 1969,
notably to see whether or not it was because of
competitive displacement (as defined by
DeBach and Sundby, 1963, and DeBach,
1966) of melanocerus by nemoralis as was
suggested by McMullen (1971). The existence
of competitive displacement would tend to
support the view of Turnbull and Chant
(1961) that species being considered for in-
troduction for biological control purposes
should be screened to ensure that they will not
interact detrimentally with others that attack
the same target species.
Populations of anthocorids and of psyllids
were sampled regularly in four pear orchards
that contained A. nemoralis and in two that
had not yet been colonized by it, in hibernation
sites, and on 31 species of plants growing in
~ ‘Present address: Mid-Columbia Experiment Station, Hood
River, Oregon.
*Contribution from: Pestology Centre, Department of Biologi-
cal Sciences, Simon Fraser University, Burnaby 2, B.C.
and near the orchards. A. antevolens was found
only relatively rarely in these surveys, perhaps
because there was heavy mortality of the
hibernating population during the winter of
1968-69 which was exceptionally cold (-20 to -
30 F). Consequently meaningful figures were
obtained only for A. nemoralis and A.
melanocerus. Six species of plants other than
pear had substantial populations of Anthocoris
spp.: willows (Salix spp.), cottonwood
(Populus trichocarpa), ash (Fraxinus spp.),
birches ( Betulaspp.), nettle ( Urtica lyalli, and
thistle (Cirsium eduli).
Psylla pyricola populations on pear were
measured by counting the numbers of eggs and
nymphs on 50 leaves picked at random from
five trees in each orchard on each sampling
date. Anthocorid populations were measured
by sampling regularly, for adults and nymphs,
ten pear trees in each orchard, and willows and
cottonwoods nearby, with a_ beating-tray
technique.
RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS
The population surveys on pear showed
that:
(a) P. pyricola reached a peak in numbers
in June when there was an average of 5 to 10
individuals per leaf. It then decreased to about
one per leaf by the beginning of August and
remained at or near that level until the end of
the season.
(b) A. nemoralis appeared first late in
April, increased to a peak late in July and early
in August, and then declined to the end of
October.
(c) A. melanocerus appeared first early in
June, reached a peak about mid-July, and had
disappeared by early August.
The early disappearance of A. melanocerus
was not because it went into hibernation early,
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumBIA 70 (1973), Aug. 1, 1973 19
because surveys by means of § artificial
hibernation sites consisting of bands on tree
trunks showed that all three species of An-
thocoris sought hibernation sites at about the
same time in any one locality.
(d) A. melanocerus disappeared from pear
orchards early in August whether or not they
were inhabited by A. nemoralis. Moreover, chi-
square analyses of the numbers of A.
melanocerus found on pear on each sampling
date showed that the populations were
statistically equal in orchards with and without
A. nemoralis.
Thus, the indications were that A.
nemoralishad no direct or significant influence
in causing the disappearance of A.
melanocerus, and therefore that there was no
competitive displacement of the native species
by the introduced A. nemoralis.
The surveys for Anthocoris spp. on willow
and cottonwood showed that:
(a) A. nemoralis occurred on_ willows
during the second half of May, but otherwise
this species was apparently virtually specific to
pear.
(b) A. melanocerus occurred on willows
from late in April until early in June and, in
large initial numbers, on cottonwood from late
in July until at least mid-September (the last
survey date).
Two species of psyllids, a Trioza sp. and
Psyllasp. (not pyricola), that were common on
willows in the spring and an unidentified aphid
that was abundant on cottonwood in the late
summer were the main prey of A. melanocerus
on those plants.
Where A. melanocerus occurred commonly
at different times during the season evidently
depended on where suitable prey insects were
most abundant. It seems reasonable to con-
clude that its disappearance from pear during
the second half of July was because food
supplies in the form of P. pyricola had become
scarce on pear or, in the form of aphids,
abundant on cottonwood, or both, and that this
caused A. melanocerus to migrate from pear to
cottonwood.
Scanty data obtained on A. antevolens
indicates that it may have similar habits to A.
melanocerus.
It is possible that A. nemoralis could have
had some indirect influence in causing A.
melanocerus to leave pear late in July by
contributing to lowering the population of P.
pyricola to the level that may have induced A.
melanocerus to move to more abundant prey
on other plants.
The existence of willows near pear orchards
evidently contributes to the natural control of
P. pyricolabecause they have large populations
of prey psyllids in the spring on which
populations of A. melanocerus build up and
then move to the pear trees. Whether or not the
willows influence in the same manner the
populations of A. nemoralis on pear is not
known. If they do, the influence probably is
minor because larger populations of A.
nemoralis developed in the spring on pear than
on willows.
Acknowledgements
The authors wish to thank Dr. R. D. Mc-
Mullen, Research Station, Canada Department
of Agriculture, Summerland, for much advice and
assistance during this investigation, which was
financed by an Operating Research Grant to
B. P. Beirne from the National Research Council
of Canada.
References Cited
DeBach, P. 1966. The competitive displacement and coexistence principles. Ann. Rev. Ent. 11:
183-212.
DeBach, P. and R. A. Sundby. 1963. Competitive displacement between ecological homologues.
Hilgardia 34: 105-166.
McMullen, R. D. 1971. Psylla pyricola Forster, pear psylla
(Hemiptera: Psyllidae). In
Biological Control Programmes against Insects and Weeds in Canada 1959-1968. Commonw.
Inst. Biol. Cont. Tech. Comm. 4: 33-38.
McMullen, R. D. and C. Jong. 1967. New records and discussions of the pear psylla, Psylla
pyricola Forster, in British Columbia. J. Ent. Soc. Br. Columb. 64: 35-40.
Turnbull, A. L. and D. A. Chant. 1961. The practice and theory of biological control in Canada.
Can. J. Zool. 39: 677-753.
20 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRiT. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
OBSERVATIONS ON ARCTIA CAJA AMERICANA HAIR
(LEPIDOPTERA: ARCTITDAE) ON TANSY RAGWORT,
SENECIO JACOBAEA L.
BERNARD J. R. PHILOGENE
Department of Plant Science
University of British Columbia, Vancouver 8, B.C.
ABSTRACT
This is the first record of Arctia caja americana Hair on tansy
ragwort, in British Columbia. The development of the insect on the weed,
its polyphagous habits and its potential as an experimental animal are
reported and discussed.
INTRODUCTION
Tansy ragwort, Senecio jacobaea L., is a
well established noxious week in pastures of the
lower Fraser Valley, and on Vancouver Island,
British Columbia (Wilkinson, 1965). Up to
now only four insects had been observed
feeding on the weed in those areas: an Arctiid
moth, Phragmatobia fuliginosa L.; an aphid,
Aphis lugentis Williams; a leaf-mining fly,
Phytomyza atricornis Meigen; and the in-
troduced cinnabar moth, Hypocrita jacobaeae
L. The plant is known to harbour many more
insect species in other parts of North America,
particularly in the western United States
(Frick, 1964, 1972; Frick and Hawkes,
1970), but no mention was made of the garden
tiger moth, Arctia caja americana Hair., in
these reports. Observations made on this insect
in the course of the spring and summer of 1972
are reported here.
Large woolly-bear caterpillars were
collected on a north-facing field at Clearbrook
in the Fraser Valley during the second week of
June. Twenty-nine of the 36 larvae collected
were actively feeding on tansy ragwort. The
remaining larvae were collected on plantain,
thistle, and equisetum but there was no in-
dication that they were eating these weeds. The
larvae were reared in the lab on tansy ragwort
and reached the pupal stage in eight days. Two
larvae devoured three fully-grown tansy
ragwort leaves every 24 hr. at room tem-
perature. Silken cocoons were spun on the
walls of the cage within which the larvae
moulted to brown chrysalids. Adult emergence
occurred after three weeks. No mating was
observed in the daytime. Oviposition started
after five days. The eggs were laid on the leaf
under-surface and on the main stem of tansy
ragwort potted plants but mostly on_ the
wooden frame of the cage. Some females at-
tempted to lay on the screening. The eggs were
in batches varying from 19 to 287. All the eggs
‘Supported by University of B.C. Research Committee Grant
No. 24-9552.
that were not laid on the wooden frame (60.3%
of the total) failed to hatch. Adults showed
signs of reduced activity after ten days and died
13 to 16 days later. First instar larvae hatched
within eight days, and immediately made their
way to the tansy ragwort if the eggs had not
already been placed on it. Development to the
fifth instar proceeded according to the schedule
given in the text table below:
ARCTIA CAJA AMERICANA HAIR:
Development at room temperature on
tansy ragwort
Embryonic development ......... 7-8 days
Ist instar 644. ee eee 5-6 és
2nd instar...) wees a ee 5-6 a
Sra instar 2.5 «sites eee 5-6 ie
Ath instar +2... .. “See eee 6-9 ay
Cocoon spinning and molting .... 2 a
Pupa .24,.050 {2.0 eee 20-21-34
Adults’ ....«.. 00) Meee 13-16 ”
Life cycle 22... See ae 63-72) 44
The wooly-bear caterpillars then became
sluggish and practically stopped feeding,
entering what appeared to be a state of
hibernation. According to Moreau (1964) who
reared the insect on plantain, Arctia goes
through seven instars and may have one
complete, followed by one partial generation a
year, in France. This does not.seem to be the
case here.
A Dipterous parasite emerged from pupae
of the moth: Carelia reclinata A. & W.
(Tachinidae, Diptera): Nine of the field
collected individuals, i.e., 31 were thus
parasitized, the number of parasites per in-
dividual varying from 1 to 16.
Larvae emerging from eggs in the lab were
also reared on apple, cherry, pear, tomato,
hybrid grape, radish and lettuce leaves. No
development occurred on tomato and grape.
Development appeared to proceed normally on
'Tdentified by D. M. Wood, Entomology Research Institute,
C.D.A., Ottawa.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumMBIA 70 (19738), Aua. 1, 1973 20
lettuce but after three days the larvae died. The
other four types of leaves were acceptable to
the wooly-bear caterpillars, but the moths
which emerged from larvae fed on them were
smaller than those whose larvae had developed
on tansy ragwort. There were variations in
colouration also.
Arctia caja americana is a polyphagous
insect with a wide range of hosts. From this
point of view, it is an ideal tool for plant insect
relationship studies. The adult is also one of
those warningly-coloured insects which store
secondary plant substances (Rothschild,
1972). Our observations show that it is very
easy to rear in the lab on tansy ragwort. The
would seem, on the contrary, that it should be
watched carefully because, in spite of what we
have observed, Moreau (1964) also reports it
to be an active feeder in its early instars on
Vitis vinifera. It does not seem, however, to be
able successfully to complete its cycle on this
economically important plant, at least in
France. The presence of a Dipterous parasite
indicates that it is partly under biological
control in normal conditions. Further studies
are being carried out on the feeding range and
habits of this insect, and particularly on its use
of secondary plant substances.
Acknowledgements
polyphagy of this insect makes it an unlikely
The technicial assistance of Mrs. R. M. lyer
biological control agent for Senecio jacobae. It
is gratefully acknowledged.
References
Frick, K. E. 1964. Some endemic insects that feed upon introduced tansy ragwort in western
United States. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 57: 707-710.
1972. Third list of insects that feed upon tansy ragwort, Senecio jacobaea, in
the western United States. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 65: 629-631.
and R. B. Hawkes. 1970. Additional insects that feed upon tansy ragwort, Senecio
jacobaea, an introduced weedy plant in western United States. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
63: 1085-90.
Moreau, I. P. 1964. A propos de la biologie d’Arctia caja L. (Lepidopteres - Arctiidae). XIIth
Int. Congr. Entomol. London, 1964. p. 539.
Rothschild, M. 1972. Colour and poisons in insect protection. New Scientist 54: 318-320.
Wilkinson, A. T. S. 1965. Release of Cinnabar moth, Hypocrita jacobaeae (L.), (Lepidoptera:
Arctiidae) on tansy ragwort in British Columbia. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia
62 (1965)L 10-13.
CBE STYLE MANUAL
3rd edition, Ist printing. Now Available
Revised extensively by the Council of Biology Editors’ Committee on Form and Style,
this manual has become the standard authority for the majority of biological
journals. The new edition is almost triple the size of the 2nd edition and contains
several new chapters, including one on how to develop a scientific article and
another on style in special fields.
297 pages... illustrated
$6.00, postage and handling included.
On orders of 10 or more copies, 10% discount.
American Institute of Biological Sciences
3900 Wisconsin Ave., Washington, D.C. 20016
The Council of Biology Editors was established by joint action of the NSF and AIBS.
The organization was formed to foster education and improved communication in
the life sciences by providing an efficient means for exchange of ideas among
editors either neophyte or experienced. Membership is open to individuals who hold
or have held a principal official responsibility for editorial management of
continuing publications in the life sciences.
Annual dues: $10.
22
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
NOTES ON DISPERSAL, LONGEVITY AND
OVERWINTERING OF ADULT PISSODES STROBI
(PECh) (COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE)
ON VANCOUVER ISLAND
L. H. MCMULLEN AND S. F. CONDRASHOFF'!
ABSTRACT
Observations of dispersal, longevity and overwintering behavior are
recorded. Some adult weevils lived up to 4 years, moved at least 1.2 km, and
many overwintered in the upper parts of trees as well as in litter.
Pissodes strobi was formerly considered
three species: P. strobi (Peck), the white pine
weevil; P. engelmannii Hopk., the Engelmann
spruce weevil; and P. sitchensis Hopk., the
Sitka spruce weevil. The last two have been
placed in synonymy (Smith and Sugden,
1969). However, the common names are
retained here to designate the regional groups.
The Sitka spruce weevil destroys the leader
of regeneration Sitka spruce (Picea sitchensis
(Bong.) Carr.) and is a pest in coastal Oregon,
Washington and British Columbia (Wright,
1960; Silver, 1968). A knowledge of the adult
behavior is important in developing ap-
proaches to control of the insect. This report
presents information on the activity of marked
weevils released in the fall and of weevils caged
in various locations. It adds to the knowledge
of the insect’s dispersal, longevity and over-
wintering behavior.
DISPERSAL
Adult weevils, reared from infested leaders,
were mared in groups of 25 to 50 by spraying
with fluorescent paint:. This treatment did not
appear to inferfere with the insect’s activity
and marked weevils were easily distinguished,
although the red paint was difficult to detect in
later years. In September 1968, approximately
10,000 adults, marked red, and, the following
September, a similar number marked green
were released in the San Juan Valley about 14
km inland from Port Renfrew. The weevils
were dropped among the branches near the top
of 3- to 4-m-tall Sitka spruce trees in a logged-
over area with western hemlock (Tsuga
heterophylla (Raf.) Sar.), Douglas-fir
(Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirb.) Franco) and
Sitka spruce regeneration. During May and
June, 1969 through 1972, adult weevils,
handpicked for other purposes from Sitka
spruce leaders there and in other areas of
'Pacific Forest Research Centre, Victoria, B.C.
“Fluorescent fast dry spray paint 501-H110 (red), British
America Paint Co., Ltd.: Kem Hi-Gloss Safety green spray paint
649-FR26.
regeneration up to 3.6 km were
examined.
Marked weevils were readily seen the
following March to May on the release and
away,
surrounding trees. As the season progressed, —
their proportion decreased to a small per-
centage of those found in late June. During
1969, weevils released in 1968 were recovered
only up to 180 m from the release site.
However, in subsequent years, weevils released
in both 1968 and 1969 were found up to 1.2
km away (Table I).
The white pine weevil can move several
hundred metres (Goodwin et al, 1957), but
most individuals do not move that far (Harman
and Kulman, 1967a; Dirks, 1964). Our
findings indicate that the Sitka spruce weevil
can move readily (at lease 1.2 km from Sep-
tember to May), but observations in a newly
infested plantation suggest that it generally
remains close to its origin. Of 700 spruce trees
in the plantation, 3 were infested in 1967; 21
in 1968, and 65 in 1969. Of the infested trees,
62” in 1968 and 77% in 1969 were within 18
m of the previous year’s infested trees, whereas
only 21 and 45, respectively, of all trees were
within this area.
LONGEVITY
Although no weevils released in 1968 were
found after 1970, four released in 1969 were
found in 1972 (Table I), when they were 3
years old. In addition, fourteen weevils (8
females and 6 males), released in 1968 and
recovered in spring 1970, were maintained
subsequently in 6.3 x 7.1 cm (16 x 18 in)
mesh fibreglass sleeve cages on parts of trees
which appeared suitable for their seasonal
behavior; i.e., on terminals during spring and
early summer, on shaded laterals until October
and near the base of the stem of 2.5-m tall trees
until April or early May. One weevil was still
living in the fall of 1972. Establishment of
brood in the terminals in each of the 3 years
(Table II) shows that surviving adults were
capable of reproduction for at least 4 years.
\
23
J. EnTomo.. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aua. 1, 1973
SUOTJIETTOO ou = -
/€
P2e2DST[OO Jou Inq psaArsasqo iz
*AT@ATJOVdSeI *STTAVEM PTIM poyrewWUN puUe peseeTeI-6961T ‘-896T = NN ‘69 ‘89 fi
09 0 0 c9 0 0 oS 0 0 EC c 0 77-€7 APH
= aie ee | 0 =) da Vt = = Or= 8 ABH = ZL6T
66 0 0 CF tC 0 68T 0 0 tC 0 0 oe ed a
= = 7 A | 0 L9Z 2 0 OT t 0 L7-97 AeW
T6 0 0 GIv € 0 a a = 8 0 0 LT-OI AeW TL6T
LST. O 0 = = = a = a 6S T G O€-9T unr
ELT 0 0 ice 1 0 79 7 . €6 cl Cc GT-T ounr
7 aa = 99T 0 0 oy, C C 7 = = TE-9T APH
= + a 99 2 SI es = = 7G9T ,L8I 8 GI-7 ACW OL6T
[ft MC
Nh 69 89 =j.\NN 69 89 NN 69 89 NN 69 89
Sane ge ee SUOTI}IATTOO
OF om | 7°0 0 JO S97e TeOK
(Wy) A9}UeD aseaTeA WorZ aoueISTG
Zequed sseaTel oy} Wory SaodUeISTP
JUSTSFJJIP JE SUOTIIETIOO UL PeTPAODIA ST[TAVIM PaeseeTaAT JO sAaeqUNN “I PTIQPL
24
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
Date Adults Number of progeny
Caged Examined nonnens age larvae pupae adults
(years)
1970 April 3 Aug. 5 3 2 4 6 0
April 3 Aug. 5 5 2 30 / 86 8
June 19 Aug. 5 6 2 02: 0 0
1971 May 3 July 2 5 3 13 1 0
June 21 Aue. 8 53/ 3 31 10 0
1972 April 29 July 2 Zz 4 16 4 0
u At least 1 male in each cage except 1972 which is uncertain.
et Adults oviposited and larvae started mining but appeared to be pitched
out.
3/
= Same adults as those caged May 3.
Table 2. Brood produced by Sitka spruce weevils in successive years.
This insect lives at least 2 years on eastern
white pine (Harman and Kulman, 1967b) and
on Sitka spruce (Carlson, 1971). Our tests
suggest that adults may survive up to 4 years.
Such longevity, if common, would reduce the
effectiveness of control measures based on
removal of infested leaders prior to emergence
of the young edults. The failure of such
procedures in the east has been attributed to
reinfestation of an area by weevils moving in
from outside (Dirks, 1964). However, our
experience indicates that even where damage is
localized and such reinfestation of treated areas
might not be expected, old adults could cause
damage for several years.
OVER WINTERING
In late September 1970, approximately
1000 marked weevils were released on each of.
three 2.5-m-tall Sitka spruce trees in the San
Juan Valley, approximately 2.0 (Mainline),
7.2 (Mosquito) and 12.1 (Lens) km,
respectively, east of Port San Juan beach. Six-
inch lengths of spurce branches to which the
adults were clinging were placed next to the
stem on branches of the third to fifth whorl.
The branches and stem of each tree were
carefully examined each month from
November to April and the location of ob-
served weevils were recorded. In addition, a
sample of duff (15 x 61 cm) from the base of
each tree was examined in January and the
remaining duff within 61 cm of the base was
examined in April.
‘Glowz fast drying fluorescent spray paint lemon yellow, New
York Bronze Powder Co., Inc.
Site
Date
Mainline Mosquito Lens |
Nov. 12 207 407 90
Dec. ll 124 152 69
Jan. 19 87 146 54
Feb. 12 66 91 39
Mar. 12 77 83 42
Apr. 26 37 116 19
Table 3. Number of marked weevils released in late September found on release trees during
winter of 1970-71.
|
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBIA 70 (1973), AuG. 1, 1973 25
Mainline Mosquito Lens
¢ O.1 — 5.0
PERCENT CLASSES e@ 5.1 — 10.0
@ 10.1+
Fig. 1. Distribution of weevils on three trees as percent of total weevils on tree, November
to April, 1970-71. Numbers indicate branches in each whorl.
Fewer weevils were found on the trees
(Table III) than were released. In spite of
careful search, some weevils were apparently
missed, since sometimes more were found in
subsequent examinations. The insects were on
the bark among the needles, usually on the
underside of the main laterals, and among
needles or around the base of laterals on the
stem. Most were on the laterals, although the
number per internode was higher on the stem
than on the laterals. The distribution did not
change much during the winter. Data from all
six observations were combined in Figure I.
The Mainline site tree was next to a main
logging road, and the resulting disturbance
may have caused many weevils to move lower
on the tree. At the other two sites, the majority
remained near the stem and in the upper
portion of the tree.
Eighteen live marked weevils were found in
the duff in January (1 at Lens, 9 at Mosquito
and 8 at Mainline) and an additional three
were found in duff at each of the Lens and
Mosquito sites in April.
In the east, the white pine weevil over-
winters within the duff and litter (Belyea and
Sullivan, 1956), but neither Silver (1968) nor
Carlson (1971) found naturally occurring
Sitka spruce weevils overwintering in the duff
or on trees. However, Silver released weevils on
trees and found some in the duff around the
base and on the lower 23 cm (9 in) of the bole;
Carolson found released weevils distributed
throughout the tree. Gara et al. (1971)
reported 100% mortality of adults caged in
duff but good survival in cages on terminals
and laterals. Our data indicate that weevils
overwinter in trees but that some may winter in
the duff.
Gara et al. (1971) assumed that weevils
feed actively during winter whenever tem-
peratures are high enough for insect
movement. The apparent discrepancies
relating to overwintering sites, therefore, may
96 J. ENtoMo.. Soc. Brit. CorumBr1a 70 (1973), Aua. 1, 1973 |
be due to differing winter conditions. Resume
Carolson’s work was done mS moderate con- L’auteur rapporte ses observations sur la pro- |
ditions in southwestern Washington, whereas pagation, la longevite et la facon d’hiverner de |
Silver’s was in the Nitinat Valley about 36 km ces insectes. Quelques Characons adultes vecur- |
from the west coast of Vancouver Island. Our ent jusqu’a 4 ans, se deplacerent sur au moins |
observations were probably in an intermediate 1.2 km et plusieurs hivernerent dans les parties _
wanter climate: superieures des arbres ou sur la litiere. |
References
Belyea, R. M. and C. R. Sullivan. 1956. The white pine weevil: a review of current knowledge.
For. Chron. 32: 58-67.
Carlson, R. L. 1971. Behavior of Sitka-spruce weevil, Pissodes sitchensis Hopkins (Coleoptera:
Curculionidae), in south-western Washington. Ph D Thesis, Univ. of Washington, Coll. of
Forest Resources, 77 pp.
Dirks, C. O. 1964. The white pine weevil in Maine — its biology and dispersal and the effect
of prompt clipping of infested leaders on trunk form. Maine Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull 625, 23 pp.
Gara, R. I., R. L. Carlson and B. F. Hrutfiord. 1971. Influence of some physical and host
factors on the behavior of the Sitka spruce weevil, Pissodes sitchensis, in southwestern
Washington. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 64: 647-471.
Godwin, P. A., H. A. Jaynes, and J. M. Davies. 1957. The dispersion of radioactively tagged
white pine weevils in small plantations. J. Econ. Ent. 50: 264-266.
Harman, D. M. and H. M. Kulman. 1967a. Flight and dispersal of the white pine weevil. J. Econ.
Ent. 60: 1682-1687.
Harman, D. M. and H. M. Kulman. 1967b. Ovariole development in the white pine weevil,
Pissodes strobi (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 60: 1146-1150.
Silver, G. T. 1968. Studies on the Sitka spruce weevil, Pissodes sitchensis in British Columbia.
Can. Ent. 100: 93-110.
Smith, S. G. and B. A. Sugden. 1969. Host trees and breeding sites of native North American
Pissodes bark weevils with a note on synonymy. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 62: 146-148.
Wright, K. H. 1960. Sitka spruce weevil. U.S. Dept. Agr., Forest Service, Forest Pest Leaflet
47, 6 pp.
|
)
J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLtumBriA 70 (1973), Auc. 1, 1973 Zt
ECOLOGICAL NOTES ON ORTHOPTERA (S. STR.)
IN BRITISH COLUMBIA
V. R. VICKERY AND B. NAGY*
ABSTRACT
Collections and observations were made of the grasshoppers of the
semi-arid Okanagan Valley of British Columbia,
during August and
September, 1969. The habitats, frequency and local distribution of 37
species are discussed, based on 40 collecting sites.
HABITATS
During August and September, 1969, the
second author collected and observed Or-
thoptera in British Columbia, near Penticton
and Summerland in the semi-arid Okanagan
Valley near the south end of Okanagan Lake.
Adjacent to the lake, on the hillsides and on the
low plateau of silty loess of glacial origin, are
many apple orchards grown under irrigation
(Fig. 1), and beyond the irrigated areas (350-
500 m) the vegetation is typical of xerophytic
range land.
The different habitats (or biotopes), were
sampled on 40 collection sites mostly by
sweeping-net, but also by capturing single
specimens. Based on these sites, some con-
clusions may be drawn as to the frequency of
occurrence and on habitat distribution (Table
1). The numbers of collection sites in each
habitat were not equal; 21 sites were in
xerophytic, 17 in mesophytic and only 2 in
hygrophytic areas.
This is the first account of the habitats of
the grasshoppers of this area. More detailed
information on each of the sites is on file at the
Research Institute for Plant Protection,
Budapest, Hungary and at the Lyman En-
tomological Museum - and_ Research
Laboratory, McGill University, Macdonald
Campus, Ste. Anne de Bellevue, Quebec,
Canada.
The specimens were identified by the first
author. Some have been retained in the Lyman
Entomological Museum, but about 70% have
been deposited in the collection of the Research
Institute for Plant Protection, Budapest. The
species collected are listed below by sex and the
habitats in which they were found.
The characteristics of the various biotopes
in which the collections were made may be
summarized as follows:
I. Xerophytic areas.
I-A, short-grassland; pasture with variable
Novenyvedelmi Kutato Intezet, Research Institute for Plant
Protection, Budapest II, Herman O. u. 15., Hungary.
*Dr. V.R. Vickery, Lyman Entomological Museum and Re-
search Laboratory, Macdonald Campus of McGill University,
Ste. Anne de Bellevue 800, P.Q., Canada: Dr. Barnabas Nagy,
scattered bushy vegetation on silty loess of
glacial origin; at somewhat greater altitude,
a plateau with more sand and gravel (360 to
500 m). The vegetation consisted of
discontinuous, short grasses, Agropyron
and Bromus species, with bare spots among
low bushes of Oregon grape, Berberis
aquifolium Pursh, antelope brush, Purshia
tridentata (Pursh) D.C. (at Okanagan Falls
only), but with rabbit-brush,
Chrysothamnus nauseosus (Pall.) Britt.,
and sagebrush, Artemisia tridentata Nutt.,
predominating; cactus, Opuntia fragilis
(Nutt.) Haw., and Centaurea spp.
(Compositae) were also significant; mostly
eroded areas with disturbed surfaces and
soil-slides with variable exposures; 3
collection sites.
I-B, disturbed weedy areas on sandy-gravelly
soil at low elevations (360 to 500 m) in the
vicinity of orchards and residential gardens,
supposedly originated secondarily from the
grassland biotope; vegetation sparse, mixed
grasses and weeds, Agropyron, Bromus,
asparagus- Asparagus officinalis L., Kochia,
Gyposophila, sagebrush and Rhus species,
etc.; scattered miscellaneous bushes and
single pines Pinus ponderosa Laws., also
occurred; 3 small collections.
I-C, ponderosa pine park-forest; dry slopes
with short-grass pasture at middle
elevations (500-800 m), in sparse pine
forest; more or less sparse short grass, with
significant numbers of scattered bushes of
squaw currant - Ribes cerum Douglas,
Amelanchier sp., rabbit-brush, sagebrush,
cactus and Centaurea spp. also occurred;
many places were disturbed, overgrazed, or
in roads, etc.; 4 collection sites.
I-D, relatively undisturbed clearings in the
lower montane coniferous forest (800 to
1400 m) joined with some denser ponderosa
pine park-forest (650 to 800 m); clearings
with dry, relatively homogeneous short
grass, with some forbs (e.g., Gaillardia sp.,
Compositae) and some bushes, notably
Amelanchier sp. and snowbrush_ -
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
Fig. 1. General view of south end of Okanagan Lake from the Summerland area.
Ceanothus sp., probably velutinus
Douglas; denser forest at higher elevation
(more than 800 m) with Douglas firs -
Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirib.) Franco and
occasional patches of Juniperus spp.; in the
smaller clearings, the sparse short-grass was
interspersed with low clumps of snowbrush
and Vaccinium spp.; generally rough
terrain with eroded rocks and scattered
boulders. Habitat type I-D represented an
extensive and important area; 4 collection
sites between 650 and 800 m and 7 between
800 and 1400 m.
II. Mesophytic areas.
II-A, the residential garden area of Sum-
merland, near Powell Beach, along roads
and bare ground at low altitude (360 m);
generally sandy-gravelly soil deposited by
Trout Creek; vegetation consisting of
patches of willow and poplar, with oc-
casional asparagus, Berberis, sweet clover -
Melilotus alba Desr., and sagebrush; 4
collection sites.
II-B, as in II-A, in the residential garden
areas, mainly near Powell Beach (360 m);
vegetation a mosaic of more or _ less
cultivated legumes, ornamental, vegetable
and fodder crops, such as alfalfa (lucerne) -
Medicago sativa L., sweet clover and Lotus
sp. together with grasses; 7 collection sites.
II-C, large disturbed clearings in the pon-
derosa pine park-forest zone (500-800 m)
and in the lower montane coniferous forest
zone (800 to 1300 m); the mainly
mesophytic character of this habitat was
shown by the presence of small groves of
poplar, Symphoricarpos, and moisture-
requiring bushes; besides pine and fir, there
occurred grasses - Hordeum sp., forbs such
as spp. of Potentilla, Melilotus, Mentha,
Verbascum, Centaurea, Erigeron, Achillea
and Solidago. Juniperus spp., Rosa spp.,
Ceanothus and Vaccinium were the most
prominent plants in these habitats at higher
elevations; 3 collection sites (500 to 800 m)
and 3 more at higher elevation (800-1300
m).
III. Hygrophytic areas.
Flat ground with depressions at low
altitude; homogeneous dense grass with
scattered sedges, Carex spp., goldenrod,
Solidago spp., popular and willow trees and
J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. CoLtumsBIA 70 (1973), Auc. 1, 1973 29
bushes on moist soil; 2 restricted collection
sites.
SPECIES AND BIOTOPES
Gryllacridoidea
Rhaphidiphoridae
Ceuthophilus sp., 1é and 12° juv.,
probably agassizi (Scudder), habitat I-C,
Penticton (Niggertoe Mt.), found under a
decayed tree trunk.
Grylloidea
Gryllidae
Gryllus sp., 2 young nymphs, probably G.
veletis (Alexander & Thomas) also in habitat I-
C, Penticton.
Allonemobius fasciatus (DeGeer), 44 46
and 22 2,habitats II-B and III, Summerland.
Usually found only where moisture is available.
It was located by continuous chirping.
Oecanthidae
Oecanthus sp., probably O. argentinus
Saussure (antennae broken off) 1¢ , 12 ,
habitat II-A, Summerland (lake-shore); also
detected in habitat I[I-C by stridulation.
Tettigonioidea
Tettigoniidae
Steiroxys trilineatus (Thomas), 266, 4
2 2, habitats I-C, I-D, Summerland but more
numerous at Penticton (Niggertoe Mt., eastern
and western clopes). Buckell (1922) reported it
as Steiroxys sp. on open range land.
Phaneropteridae
Scudderia furcata furcata Brunner, 46 6,
22 2, habitats [I-A and II], Summerland (near
Powell Beach), on humid _ spots _ only.
Populations of this species tended to be small
and localized here, but specimens were often
seen sitting on the tops of willow bushes,
feeding and chirping.
Conocephalidae
Conocephalus fasciatus (DeGeer), 34 6,
22 9, habitat III, on sedge, Summerland.
Remarks on the occurrence of S. f. furcata
largely apply to this species also.
Tetrigoidea
Tetrigidae
Tetrix subulata (Linnaeus), 746 6, 12, 3
juv., habitat II-C, Summerland (Concle Mt.,
dried up pond), Penticton (‘‘Naramata”’ Mt.,
1300 m). It was localized in mesophytic
depressions in areas otherwise xerophytic.
Tetrix ornata occidua Rehn and Grant, 1¢ ,
habitat II-C, Penticton (““Naramata’”’ Mt.,
1300 m), in company with T. subulata.
Acridoidea
Acrididae
Melanoplinae
Melanoplus sanguinipes sanguinipes
(Fabricius),48¢ 4, 342 Q, in all xerophytic and
mesophytic habitats, Summerland, Penticton,
Naramata, and Okanagan Falls; the most
common and_ widespread. species. of
Melanoplus in British Columhia and across
southern Canada.
Melanoplus femurrubrum femurrubrum
(DeGeer), 256 6, 219 9, in all habitats except
I-C, Summerland and Penticton. Usually
found in vegetation which was somewhat lush,
so that it was less common than M. s.
sanguinipes, although the general distribution
was about the same.
Melanoplus packardi Scudder, 12, found
only in habitat I-B, Summerland, near Trout
Creek, on a sandy slope, with some ponderosa
pine, at 400 m. This species was reported from
British Columbia by Brooks (1958) but not by
Buckell (1922, 1924). Not common, it was
usually confined to sandy or gravelly areas with
xerophytic vegetation.
Melanoplus bivittatus (Say), 176 6, 112 9,
in all habitats examined in mesophytic and
hygrophytic areas, Summerland and Penticton,
at lower and higher altitudes and in more lush
vegetation than other Melanoplus species of
the area. Common in the residential garden
area, often seen climbing and sitting on garden
vegetables and particularly on high forbs, such
as sweet clover, at twilight, basking, as in-
dicated by Riegert (1967).
Melanoplus alpinus Scudder, 24 6, 42 9,
habitats I-D and II-C, Summerland (Concle,
Acland, Niggertoe Mts.) and _ Penticton
(‘‘Naramata” Mt.). Buckell (1922) stated that
this species was fairly common in dry Douglas
fir forests in the Chilcotin area. Brooks (1958)
reported it from montane parklands and
grasslands, similar to the collection sites
recorded here.
Melanoplus huroni Blatchley, 14, 102 &,
habitats I-C, I-D and II-C, Summerland
(Concle, Niggertoe, Acland Mts., Darke
Creek). Primarily a forest species, occurring in
disjunct populations.
Melanoplus infantilis Scudder, 46 6, 22 9,
habitats I-C and I-D, Summerland, although
Buckell (1922) reported it as very common
on range land in the Chilcotin area.
Phoetaliotes nebrascensis (Thomas), 2¢ 4,
habitat I-A, Okanagan Falls, in pasture where
antelope brush predominated.
Buckellacris nuda nuda (E. M. Walker),
30 J. Enromot. Soc. Brit. Cotumpra 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 —
iy
13, 19, habitat II-C, Summerland (Darke
Creek), on the south side of Acland Mountain
in bushy mixed vegetation, mainly snowbrush
and juniper, grown or remaining after
deforestation.
Oedipodinae
Camnula_ pellucida (Scudder), 12¢ 6,
112 9, habitats I-C, I-D, II-B and II-C,
Summerland. It is surprising that this species
was not found in all xerophytic and mesophytic
areas.
Dissosteira carolina (Linnaeus), 96 4,
92 2, habitats I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A and II-B,
Summerland and Penticton. Found only on
bare spots, roads, and trails in disturbed
cultivated places. The sunny roadsides in the
garden areas of Summerland and Penticton
were basking places for adults. It was common
to see specimens killed by automobiles. C.
pellucida and D. carolina are found from the
Atlantic to the Pacific in Canada.
Arphia pseudonietana pseudonietana
(Thomas), 146 6, 82 2, nearly all habitats of
the xerophytic and mesophytic areas at
Summerland and Penticton. Reported as
common in the British Columbia dry belt by
Buckell (1922).
Spharagemon equale (Say), 66 6, 8? @,
habitats I-A, I-C, I-D, and II-B, Summerland
(Niggertoe Mt., Darke Creek).
Cratypedes neglectus (Thomas), 44 4,
92 2, habitats I-C, I-D and II-C, Summerland
(Niggertoe Mt., Concle Mt., Darke Creek).
Although the habits were similar to those of the
preceding species, they were found together at
only one of seven sites.
Circotettix rabula rabula Rehn and
Hebard, 6¢ $6, 29 9, habitats I-D and II-C,
Summerland (Niggertoe Mt., Acland Mt.) and
Penticton (‘“‘Naramata” Mt.), on bare erodec,
cleared areas or outcroppings of rock or gravel,
mostly at higher elevations.
Trimerotropis pallidipennis pallidipennis
(Burmeister), 36 6, 22 9, habitats I-B, I-C
and II-B, Summerland (Concle Mt.) and in a
disturbed weedy place at Penticton. This
species usually occurs in small colonies on
sandy soil in protected places with sparse
vegetation.
Trimerotropis sparsa (Thomas), 4¢ ¢,
399, habitat I-A, Summerland. Not
previously recorded in the literature from
British Columbia. It apparently occurs in-
frequently and is confined to bare areas on
eroded hillsides and silty loess plateaus. At the
same site were found other grasshoppers,
Melanoplus s. sanguinipes, M. ff.
/
equale, Am-
ornatus and an un-
h
femurrubrum, Spharagemon
phitornus coloradus
determined Trimerotropis sp. (below). |
Trimerotropis verruculatus suffusa —
Scudder, 31¢ 6, 212 2, habitats I-C, I-D, II-B _
and II-C, Summerland and Penticton, at —
higher places in most xerophytic and
mesophytic biotopes, often in company with —
Circotettix r. rabula.It occurs all over southern |
British Columbia, rather evenly distributed in —
light, open woodlands (Buckell, 1922).
Trimerotropis fontana (Thomas), 316 6, —
302 9, habitats I-A, I-B, I-C, I-D, II-B and II- |
C, Summerland and Penticton; common and ©
widespread. |
Trimerotropis species, 26 6, habitat I-A, ©
Summerland, on silty loess plateau at 420 m. |
This species was recorded by Buckell (1924) as
T. gracilis (Thomas). Brooks (1958) reported
it from British Columbia as T. gracilis sordida
E. M. Walker, but the first author of this paper
found that it was not this subspecies. Further
work will establish the identity of the
specimens from British Columbia. It was
found in company with the species listed under
Tr. sparsa, above.
Pardalophora apiculata (Harris), 4¢ 4,
8@ 2, third instar nymphs, habitats I-D and II-
C, Penticton (‘‘Naramata”’ Mt., 1300 m) with
Chloealtis conspersa, Tetrix and Melanoplus
species; in another habitat it was found with
Melanoplus s. sanguinipes, Arphia p.
pseudonietana, Trimerotropis suffusa and Tr.
fontana. Based on _ Pickford’s statements —
(1953), these specimens may have _ been
overwintering nymphs. They were collected on
September 5 and were kept in a warm place,
about 25-30 C., exposed to sunshine; two did
moult to the adult form in October, but later all
died during a long journey.
Gomphocerinae
Aulocara elliotti (Thomas), 22 2, habitats
I-A, Summerland, dry pasture at 500 m, and
II-C, Naramata, lakeshore with silt, sand and
rocks in sparse vegetation. Brooks (1958)
reported this species as very localized on dry,
grassy hillsides in some areas of Saskatchewan
and Manitoba and common on grasslands in
northwestern Alberta. Buckell (1922) recorded
A. elliotti as plentiful ‘‘on the open Bunch-
grass flats in the Lower Okanagan Valley.”’
Ageneotettix deorum deorum (Scudder),
36 6, 72 9, habitats I-A and I-B, Summerland
and Penticton. Previously recorded from
British Columbia as Ageneotettix occidentalis
Bruner. This was corrected in an unpublished
list by Buckell (1937).
Amphitornus coloradus ornatus McNeill,
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 OL
346, 729, habitats I-A and II-C, Sum-
merland and Penticton. In this instance, the
mesophytic habitat was a small, isolated area
in terrain which was otherwise xerophytic.
Buckell (1922) reported it as A. nanus R. &
H., common in dry areas of southern British
Colum bia.
Chloealtis conspersa Harris, 36 6, 12, one
locality in habitat II-C, Penticton
(‘‘Naramata”’ Mt., at 1300 m), with Chloealtis
abdominalis, Tetrix subulata, T. ornata oc-
cidua, three Melanoplus spp. and oedipodine
nymphs. Buckell (1922) reported C. conspersa
as fairly common and evenly distributed in the
interior of the province.
Chloealtis abdominalis (Thomas), 94 ¢,
62 2, habitats I-C, I-D and II-C, Summerland
and Penticton. Reported by Buckell (1922) to
occur in the same habitats as the preceding
species but more numerous. The present
collections confirm that it is more numerous
but the two species did not often occur
together. C. conspersa was found in the
Okanagan Lake area at only one of the 8 sites
where C. abdominalis was taken. The first
author has found biotopic distribution similar
to that reported here, at Salmon Arm, British
Colum bia.
Orphulella pelidna deserta Scudder, 26 6,
62 2, habitats II-B and II-C, Summerland,
near Powell Beach and Concle Mt., in local
pockets of heavier vegetation in moist soil.
Chorthippus curtipennis curtipennis
(Harris), 56 6, 29 2, habitats I-D and II-C,
Penticton (‘“Naramata’’ Mt., at 1000 m).
Normally found only in mesophytic and
hygrophytic habitats, it was surprising to find
it in ponderosa pine park-wood with sparse
vegetation; the reason might be some spotty
green grass-patches and a nearby mesophytic
habitat.
Notes on Dominance,
Abundance and Distribution
About 60% of the species which occur in
the xerophytic biotopes of southern British
Columbia are represented in the collection. If a
full range of habitats had occurred in the area,
the number of species would undoubtedly have
been greater. Most of the species collected were
found in predictable habits.
Trimerotropis sparsa (Thomas) was
not previously recorded in the literature from
British Columbia and Steiroxys trilineatus
(Thomas) was reported earlier without a
specific name (Buckell, 1922).
Scudder (1862) included a few species of
Orthoptera from western Canada and Caudell
(1904) listed species from a single area of
Alberta. Walker (1906; 1910) added more
species but none of these papers contained
ecological notes of any significance. Buckell
(1921, 1922, 1924) and Treherne and Buckell
(1924a, 1924b) provided brief notes on the
ecology of some of the species of Orthoptera
found in British Columbia. These are the only
ecological records on this group in this area to
date. Handford (1961) reported in greater
detail on one species, Camnula pellucida
(Scudder). In general, the records cited were
from the range areas of the Chilcotin District,
near Riske Creek, and from the Nicola Valley.
Few species were listed from the geographical
area covered here. However, the ecological
notes do not vary significantly.
Unfortunately, the different collecting sites
do not have the same importance in the various
habitats, but an approximate impression is
given by the numbers of specimens of the most
numerous species: Melanoplus s. sanguinipes,
Trimerotropis fontana, Tr. verruculatus
suffusa, M. f. femurrubrumand M. bivittatus,
which were the most numerous in the late
summer of 1969. Arphia p. pseudonietana and
Camnula_ pellucida were also numerous.
Camnula would be expected to be as common
and to occur in an equally wide range of
biotopes, but it was found only in certain
habitats near Summerland. Tr. fontana might
be expected to occur less frequently than
Camnula, but this was not the case.
Melanoplus f. femurrubrum was, as expected,
confined mainly to areas where moisture was
more abundant than is necessary for M. s.
sanguinipes. M. bivittatus is more restricted by
availability of moisture than either of these
species.
Because of the relatively late season, the
abundance of the grasshoppers generally was
estimated to average rather less than one
specimen per sq. m; in only three collecting
sites was the population estimated to be greater
than this. At a collecting site in the xerophythic
habitat I-A (sagebrush and short-grass pasture
at 400 m elevation) the abundance was
estimated as 1-2 specimens per sq. m; the most
abundant species here were Trimerotropis
fontana, Arphia p. pseudonietana and
Melanoplus s. sanguinipes. In a mesophytic
collecting site, the abundance was estimated as
2-3 specimens per sq m, which was the highest
encountered. This was in habitat II-B, an
artificially cleared meadow with a_ weedy
alfalfa-field at 800 m elevation. The species
found were Trimerotropis fontana, Arphia p.
pseudonietana, Melanoplus s. sanguinipes, M.
bivittatus and Camnula pellucida. On a third
collecting site, in the mesophytic habitat II-C,
32 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
Biotope Altitude** No. Sites No, Species
Xerophytic - I |
A* 1 3 12
B aE 3 8
Cc m 4 15
D m 4 12
D h fe 14
Mesophytic - II
A 1 4 ?
B 1 @ 13
C m 3 11
C h 3 17
Hygrophytic - III 1 Z 5
*Classification within biotopes as outlined in text.
**#Altitudes: l= 360-500; m= 500-800; h= 800-1400n,
Total Species - 37; total specimens - 512.
Table 1. Numbers of species of Orthoptera collected at 40 sites in three habitats, Okanagan Lake
area, British Columbia, August and September, 1969.
a disturbed clearing-pasture with scattered
popular bushes and weeds at 950 m elevation,
the abundance was estimated to be 1-2
specimens per sq m. The grasshopper
population here consisted of Melanoplus s.
sanguinipes, M. f. femurrubrum, M. bivittatus,
Arphia p. pseudonietana, Trimerotropis
fontana and T. verruculatus suffusa.
Table 1 presents summarized data on the
distribution, and thus on the occurrence, of the
species in the different habitats and indicates
the frequency of occurrence, within the dif-
ferent habitats. Habitats I-D and II-C may be
seen to be divided into two groups, middle
(under 800 m) and higher (over 800 m)
altitudes. Since the different habitats are not
represented equally by collecting sites, the
comparative value of species numbers in Table
1 is reduced somewhat.
There were only slight differences in species
numbers between the three altitudinal biotic
zones; 23, 21 and 20 species were found in the
grassland (360 to 500 m), in the ponderosa
pine park-forest zone (500 to 800 m) and, in
the lower montane coniferous forest zone (800
to 1400 m) respectively. These differences in
species numbers were less than 10” . However
the vertical distance investigated was only a
little more than 1000 m. In the Rocky
Mountains of North Colorado (Alexander and
Hilliard, 1969), the reduction in_ species
number in similar habitats and for the same
vertical distance was greater than 50%” . The
area in question is only about 1100 km to the
south of Summerland, but it is much higher.
Consequently, the degree of altitudinal dif-
ference is hardly comparable.
The middle ponderosa pine _ park-forest
region contained a mixed group of species of
Orthoptera_ consisting of some common
elements in both the lower region: Dissosteira,
Spharagemon, Trimerotropis p. pallidpennis,
Amphitornus and Orphulella; and also in the
upper regions: Steiroxys, Tetrix subulata,
Melanoplus huroni, M. alpinus, M. infantilis,
Circotettix r. rabula and Chloealtis ab-
dominalis; but few of these species are con-
fined to the region. Therefore, based solely on
this one summer’s investigation in the area, the
ponderosa pine park-forest zone may be
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBiaA 70 (1973), Aua. 1, 19738 5)
considered as an intermediate ecotone between
the short-grassland and the lower montane
coniferous forest zone. Table 1 shows the
general pattern of this distribution.
Several species were found to be confined to
a particular biotope or to closely related
habitats. Among these, habitat I-D, clearings
with dry grasses, scattered bushes, mixed pine
and fir forest with occasional patches of
juniper, was preferred by 16° species;
Melanoplus infantilis and Steiroxys trilineatus
were collected almost entirely in this habitat.
Habitat II-C proved the richest with 21
species; this habitat is related to type I-D, but
is generally characterized by more humidity
and disturbance and therefore more ecological
factors than habitat I-D. Tetrix subulata, T.
ornata occidua, Buckellacris n. nuda,
Chloealtis conspersa and oedipodine nymphs
(Pardalophora apiculata) were found in
habitat II-C only. Melanoplus huroni, M.
alpinus, Circotettix r. rabula were restricted to
these two habitats, and Trimerotropis
verruculatus suffusa and Chloealtis ab-
dominalis were most often found here.
Acknowledgments
The authors acknowledge the assistance of
Mrs. D. Swales (Dr. Newton) in_ botanical
nomenclature. The second author is indebted to
R. H. Handford and to D. K. McE. Kevan for
their valuable suggestions; also to M. D. Pro-
verbs and J. Young for their kind help in reach-
ing some of the collecting sites.
References
Alexander, G. & Hilliard, J. R. jr. 1939. Altitudinal and seasonal distribution of Orthoptera in
the Rocky Mountains of Northern Colorado. Ecol. Mongr. 39: 385-431.
Brooks, A. R. 1958. Acridoidea of Southern Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba (Orthoptera).
Can. Ent., Suppl. 9: 1-92.
Buckell, E. R. 1921. Notes on the ecological distribution of some Orthoptera from the Chilcotin
district of British Columbia. Proc. Ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia, Syst. ser. 18: 32-38.
Buckell, E. r. 1922. A list of the Orthoptera and Dermaptera recorded from British Columbia
prior to the year 1922, with annotations. Proc. Ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia, Syst. ser.
20: 9-41.
Buckell, E. R. 1924. Additions and corrections to the list of British Columbian Orthoptera.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia, Syst. ser. 21: 7-12.
Buckell, E. R. 1937. (Unpublished list.)
Caudell, A. N. 1904. Some Orthoptera taken at Moose Jaw, Assiniboia. Can. Ent. 36: 248.
Handford, R. H. 1961. Development patterns of the Clear-Winged Grasshopper at different altitudes
and in different years on a sheep range in British Columbia. Can. Ent. 93: 665-670.
Pickford, R. 1953. A two-year life-cycle in grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) overwintering
as eggs and nymphs. Can. Ent. 85: 9-14.
Riegert, P. W. 1967. Some observations on the biology and behaviour of Camnula pellucida
(Orthoptera: Acrididae). Can. Ent. 99: 952-971.
Treherne, R. C. & Buckell, E. R. 1924a. Grasshoppers of British Columbia. Can. Dept. Agr.
Bull. N.s. 39: 1-47.
Treherne, R. C. & Buckell, E. R. 1924b. The grasshoppers of British Columbia with particular
reference to the influence of unjurious species on the range lands of the province. Can.
Dept. Agr. Branch Circ. 25.
Scudder, S. H. 1862. List of Orthoptera collected on a trip from Assiniboia to Cumberland.
Can. Nat. Geol. 7: 283-288.
Walker, E. M. 1906. Records of Orthoptera from the Canadian Northwest. Can. Ent. 38: 55-59.
Walker, E. M. 1910. The Orthoptera of Western Canada. Can. Ent. 42: 269-276; 293-300; 333-
340; 351-356.
34
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBia 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
EMERGENCE AND ORIENTATION BEHAVIOR
OF BROOD TRYPODENDRON LINEATUM
(COLEOPTERA: SCOLYTIDAE)'
J. H. BORDEN AND C. E. FOCKLER:?
Pestology Centre, Department of Biological Sciences,
Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
Emergence of Trypodendron lineatum from caged naturally infest-
ed host logs occurred from June 2 to August 27, 1969. Approximately 30% of
the parent beetles emerged before June 30, when the first major brood
emergence took place. The sporadic brood emergence was apparently influ-
enced by maturation, and markedly by environmental temperature. A daily
emergence. A total of 6,539 beetles emerged, with a @: @ sex ratio of .997.
Emergent brood beetles were hygronegative and strongly photopositive,
indicating that behavioral reversals in both humidity and photic responses
must occur since the beetles select and occupy moist, dark overwintering sites.
INTRODUCTION
Brood Trypodendron lineatum emerge
from their host in mid to late summer and fly to
overwinter in the litter and duff of the forest
floor, in rotting stumps or under the bark scales
of standing trees (Kinghorn and Chapman
1959, Chapman 1960). Very little is known
about the behavior of these beetles prior to
their entring an overwintering site where they
remain in a reproductive diapause (Fockler
and Borden 1972) for the winter months.
However, emergent beetles in the summer
appear to be photo-positive (Dyer and
Kinghorn 1961), even though they eventually
orient to sites where light intensity is minimal.
A knowledge of the behaviour of brood beetles
may lead to their eventual manipulation and
control.
This paper describes the emergence behavior
and orientation to humidity and light of brood
T. lineatum from coastal British Columbia.
EMERGENCE FROM HOST LOGS
Thirteen logs, .5 to .8 m long and 18 to 24
cm in diamter, were removed from naturally-
infested Douglas fir slash near Brackendale,
B.C. First attack was noted on May 1, 1969
and the heavily infested logs collected on May
23. They were transported to Simon Fraser
University and placed in screened cages
(approx. | m ) in an outdoor enclosure with a
translucent roof. Temperature and humidity
were monitored with a portable hygrother-
mograph placed in one of the cages. Each day,
insects emerging from the logs were collected
intermittently until 9:00 p.m. Beetles were
sexed on collection.
The enclosure of field-collected logs per-
‘Supported by the National Research Council. Canada.
Nee Slater
mitted a more precise observation of emergence
(Fig. 1) than through interpretation of the
numbers of beetles trapped in flight (Chapman
and Dyer 1960; Rudinsky and Daterman
1964). A total of 6,539 beetles emerged (4:9
sex ratio .997), commencing on June 2.
Observations ceased on August 27 following 2
weeks of consistently low emergence. Log
dissections on June 4 to 12 disclosed that no
brood had yet pupated indicating that the first
emergence consisted entirely of parent adults.
Since approximately 10 days are required for
pupation (Prebble and Graham 1957), the
June 30 emergence peak probably represents
the first major brood emergence. Of the 1076
beetles collected before June 30, 199 were
prematurely emerging callow adults. The
remaining 877 beetles were presumably
parents representing approximately 30‘ of the
attacking population (there were 1531 attacks
counted on the debarked logs following
emergence). The June 30 emergence occurred
48 days after the initial attack, a period 21
days shorter than under field conditions in
Europe (Hadorn 1933). At this time many
galleries still contained eggs and early instar
larvae. The peak emergence in the first 3 weeks
of July was as much as one month earlier than
noted for beetles in the field (Chapman and
Dyer 1960; Rudinsky and Daterman 1964)
but maturation was probably influenced by
high cage temperatures.
Mortality was severe, possibly due to a
fungus found growing profusely in many
tunnels. Only 4.3 beetles emerged per gallery,
far less than the minimum expected number of
10 emergent brood beetles (Hadhorn 1933).
Thus, a conservative estimate of brood mor-
tality would be at least 50’. A_ similar
mortality rate of parent beetles weuld leave
|
J. Extomot. Soc. Brit. CotumBra 70 (1973), Auc. 1, 1973 35
450
MALES
oy FEMALES
350
300
250 |-
200 |-
150
NUMBER OF EMERGED BEETLES
50
ee
30 BENS
20
fe)
1
20
4 8 12 16
JUNE
TEMPERATURE (°C)
24 2830 4 8
“Wwe
12 16 20 24
OPE
28S lie. 4s eon eee
AUGUST
Fig. 1. Daily maximum temperature and emergence of T. lineatum parents and brood adults
from naturally infested, caged logs. Arrows denote period of callow adult emergence.
approximately 36% of the original parents
unaccounted for. Therefore, we assume that at
least 80% of the 5,463 beetles which emerged
after June 30 were brood beetles. Some of the
higher female emergence after June 24 (Fig. 1)
undoubtedly represents parent females.
The sporadic emergence during July ap-
peared to reflect brood maturation trends and
the occurrence of sufficiently high tem-
peratures to stimulate emergence. Minimum
temperatures were often similar. However,
most emergence peaks coincided with high
maximum temperatures (Fig. 1). From June
29 to July 25, emergence was analyzed in two
groups: days when less than 100 _ beetles
emerged, and days when more than 100 beetles
emerged. For the former, the daily mean
maximum temperature and emergence,
respectively, were 24.1°C (range = 14.4 to
31.1° C) and 44.6 beetles, while for the latter,
they were 31.3 C (range = 23.3 to 37.8° C)
and 332 beetles. On 7 occasions, fewer than
100 beetles emerged on days when maximum
temperature was higher than 24° C. However,
on only one day did more than 100 beetles
emerge when the maximum temperature did
not reach 24°C. Therefore, we conclude that
24°C (75 F) is the critical ambient tem-
perature to induce a mass_ emergence.
Following cool periods a lack of mature beetles
apparently delayed peak emergence. For
example, only 50 beetles emerged on July 6
when the maximum temperature reached
26.7 C, but 350 beetles emerged on July 7
with a maximum temperature of 25.6° C.
ORIENTATION OF BROOD BEETLES
TO HUMIDITY AND LIGHT
After June 30, beetles were collected for
experimentation within 2 hours of emergence
and held at approximately 4°C and 100”
Relative Humidity (R.H.). The only flight
possible was in the small emergence cage prior
to collection.
Humidity preference at 20°C was
examined in a 2-choice apparatus consisting of
a cylindrical plastic vessel 10 cm in diameter
and 11 cm deep, with a plastic lid. A screen
mesh arena separated the upper and lower
halves of the apparatus. A partition in the
lower half extended to the screen mes, creating
2 chambers in which humidity was controlled
by CaCl crystals (0" ), concentrated aqueous
solutions of MgCl (34% ) and NaCl (77% ),
36
and water (100% ) (Janisch 1938). The upper
half of the chamber was also divided by a
partition in line with the lower but leaving an 8
mm space above the screen on which walking
beetles could freely choose a desired at-
mosphere.
Prior to each test, the apparatus was
allowed to equilibrate with 2 experimental
solutions for 14 hour, and the beetles were
conditioned to room temperature for 15
minutes. Two replicates of 20 beetles were run
for each sex in light and dark conditions for 3
humidity alternatives: 0-34% , 0-77% and 0-
100% . Controls were run in light conditions at
77-77% R.H. The apparatus was placed in the
centre of a square, unmarked box and rotated
180 halfway through each experiment. The
position of test beetles was noted at one-minute
intervals for 30 minutes, and the mean
response calculated. Counting beetles in dark
tests necessitated brief exposure to a very dim
light held directly above the chamber.
At alternatives of 0-77" and 0-100“ for
both sexes under both light and dark con-
ditions, and at 0-34‘ for males in the dark, the
drier atmosphere was clearly preferred (Table
1). All the above preferences were significantly
different from the controls (t-test, P<.01). The
reduced ability to discriminate between 0 and
34% R.H. suggests that humidity
discrimination at this stage of the beetle’s life
need only differentiate between conditions of
high and low moisture, the circumstances most
likely to occur during emergence from host
logs.
The photic orientation of emerging beetles —
was examined on July 16 at the University of ©
British Columbia Research Forest, Maple —
Ridge, B.C. Twelve logs infested in early May |
were piled in the centre of a 2.1 m_ cage
covered with white cloth which allowed diffuse, —
but relatively natural lighting. Light intensity
readings were recorded every 30 minutes from
11:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. at 8 positions around
the cage periphery and the number of emergent _
beetles in each position on the cage walls was
recorded.
A prounounced photopositive orientation of |
emerging beetles was evident (Table 2). The
apparent aversion to the highest light intensity
from 4:00 to 8:00 p.m. (Table 2) apparently
is an artifact caused by the reluctance of beetles
in a corner position of the cage to move as the
sun shifted in position. In a laboratory choice
chamber, a few tests also revealed a strong
response to light at both 100% and 0% R.H.
However, no heat controls for the light source
were included. The photopositive nature of
emergent brood beetles suggests that they may
respond to visible or ultraviolet radiation and
may be susceptible to manipulation with such
stimuli at this stage of their life.
Relative
HumMLaLty Females Males
Alternatives Light Dark Light Dark
%
Controls
T= 77. 502 48.0 -
Experimentals
0-34 48.8 45.9 50.4 588
0-77 00.5 Sera 62°. 9 750
0-200 64.5 Gok So Al 676i
Table 1. Percent of emerged brood adult Trypodendron lineatum choosing the dry alternative
when given a choice of 2 relative humidities under light and dark conditions. Mean of 2 replicates
of 20 beetles for each test.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 ie
J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. CotumsBtia 70 (1973), Aua. 1, 1973 37
Time Mean No. beetles on walls of cage at
of Temperature positions ranked by decreasing light
Observation in Cage (C°). intensity for each time period.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
12-1 17 <4 5 - - - - - - ~
1-2 13.3 Ge eZ a - - = - -
2-3 Iya 733 Ngo’ 2 - - - - -
3-4 20.4 38) .3 2 - - - - -
4-5 Taare? 4 37 12 l1- - - -
5-6 28.9 6.25 -20 se ae - -
6-7 28.9 718 16 - - = - -
7-8 24.3 10 26 9 - - - - -
8-9 19.4 8S «5 J16 - - = = a
Table 2. Orientation of emerged brood adult Trypodendron lineatum to light in a field cage.
The humidity and photic responses of
brood T. lineatum were very different from
those of parent beetles excised from host logs
(Pulliainen 1965). Reproducing parents were
strongly photonegative at high humidity levels,
and were very hygropositive, being able to
discriminate between 100 and 97% R.H. The
difference in orientation can be explained
through an examination of the biology of the 2
stages. Reproducing parents remain in dark
galleries and rely heavily on moist conditions
for both direct survival and fungus cultivation.
However, brood beetles emerge into an en-
vironment which must be dry and well lighted
to enable them to fly to an overwintering
location and perceive a dark and moist site in
which to overwinter.
It is evident that reversals in both photic
and humidity response occur in brood beetles.
To locate and remain in the overwintering site,
they must become photonegative and
hygropositive. The shift in photic to
chemotactic response in spring beetles occurs
after a prerequisite period of flight (Graham
1959, 1960; Bennett and Borden 1971) and
as in Dendroctonus pseudotsugae, may also be
associated with lipid content (Atkins 1966a, b,
1969) and selective lipid oxidation (Thomposn
and Bennett 1971). Such physiological activity
could provide an effective, internal feedback
mechanism which would allow a_ behavioral
reversal only after an insect had achieved a
desired physiological condition. The known or
postulated mechanisms controlling behavioral
reversals in spring beetles may lead to effective
means of investigating the reversals of photic
and humidity response in brood Trypodendron
lineatum.
References
Atkins, M. D. 1966a. Laboratory studies on the behavior of the Douglas-fir beetle, Dendroctonus
pseudotsugae Hopkins. Can. Ent. 98: 953-991.
Atkins, M. D. 1966b. Studies on the fat content of the Douglas-fir beetle. Bi-monthly Research
Notes, Can. Dept. Forestry 22(4): 3.
Atkins, M. D. 1969. Lipid loss with flight in the Douglas-fir beetle. Can. Ent. 101: 164-165.
Bennett, R. B. and J. H. Borden. 1971. Flight arrestment of tethered Dendroctonus pseudotsugae
and Trypodendron lineatum (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) in response to olfactory stimuli.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 64: 1273-1286.
Chapman, J. A. 1960. The distribution of overwintering Trypodendron (Coleoptera, Scolytidae)
38 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBia 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
around a single tree in relation to forest litter variability. Proc. Ent. Soc. B.C. 57: 3-6.
Chapman, J. A. and E. D. A. Dyer. 1960. Seasonal flight activity of the ambrosia beetle,
Trypodendron lineatum, (Oliv.), for 1959, near Parksville, B.C. Proc. Ent. Soc. B.C.
57: 30-33.
Dyer, E. D. A. and J. M. Kinghorn. 1961. Factors influencing the distribution of overwintering ©
ambrosia beetles, Trypodendron lineatum (Oliv.). Can. Ent. 93: 746-759.
Fockler, C. E. and J. H. Borden. 1972. Sexual behavior and seasonal mating activity of Trypo-
dendron lineatum (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). Can Ent.
Graham, K. 1959. Release by flight exercise of a chemotropic response from photopositive domina-
tion in a scolytid beetle. Nature, Lond. 184: 283-284.
Graham, K. 1960. Photic behavior in the ecology of the ambrosia beetle Trypodendron lineatum.
Proc. 11th Int. Congr. Ent. (Vienna). Vol 2 p. 226.
Hadorn, C. 1933. Recherches sur la morphologie, les stades evolutifs et hivernage du bostrych
lisere (Xyloterus lineatus Oliv.) Beiheft zu den Zeit Schweizerischen Forstvereins 11,
120 pp.
Janisch, EK. 1938. Uber die Methoden zur Konstanthaltung von Temperatur und Luftfeuchtigkeit
im biologischen Laboratoriumsversuch. Handbuch der biol. Arbeitsmethoden (Abderhalden),
Abt. V. Teil 10, 1. Vergl. Physiol. 3: 87-112.
Kinghorn, J. M. and Chapman, J. A. 1959. The overwintering of the ambrosia beetle Trypo-
dendron lineatum (Oliv.) For. Sci. 5: 81-92.
Prebble, M. L. and K. Graham. 1957. Studies of attack by ambrosia beetles in softwood logs on
Vancouver Island, British Columbia. For. Sci. 3: 90-112.
Pulliainen, E. 1965. Studies on the light and humidity reactions of Trypodendron lineatum
(Oliv.) (Col., Scolytidae). Ann. Ent. Fenn. 31: 197-208.
Rudinsky, J. A. and G. E. Daterman. 1964. Field studies on flight patterns and olfactory responses
of ambrosia beetles in Douglas-fir forests of western Oregon. Can. Ent. 93: 1339-1352.
Thompson, S. N. and R. B. Bennett. 1971. Oxidation of fat during flight of male Douglas-fir
beetles, Dendroctonus pseudotsugae. J. Ins. Physiol. 17: 1555-1563.
Dempsey, M. W. Ed-in-Chief
THE WORLD OF INSECTS
Reference Library Books
Curtis Circulation Co.
Philadelphia. 1971
60c
From time to time this society has debated
proposals to publish an elementary handbook
on insects of the province for use in schools.
Committees have even been struck to begin
writing, but no manuscript has been forth-
coming. Probably the members discovered
that it is extraordinarily difficult to produce a
regional guide to insects for young readers who
are making a standing start. Some _ basic
knowledge has to be assumed or provided. The
two levels of information are not easy to
combine into a small book and always there is
the problem of illustration.
Now appears another’ rock-bottom
elementary booklet, not slanted to this area
admittedly, but at 60c priced below anything
this society could hope for, well and_ in-
terestingly written without gee-whiz
superlatives, brilliantly illustrated in color to
the Queen’s taste, and factual enough for Chas.
Darwin himself. It is one of a series of 12
(Birds, Fishes, The Earth, etc.). The cover
blurb reads: “... Over 80 full-colored pic-
tures. In dictionary form for quick, easy
reference. All fundamentals and essential facts
for a basic grasp of subject. An implement for
educational advancement.” All true.
The problem in writing such as this is one
of choice: what to use from the mountains of
available information, so that the beginner is
not bored and turned off. Here the statements
are so attractively illustrated as to lessen the
importance of the examples chosen. Moreover,
despite a faint British flavor, the examples are
mostly so general that we have in this province
similar forms or relatives close enough to
recognize.
All the land arthropods are touched on,
including three pages on spiders. There is a
two-page index, an excellent family tree of 15
Orders of insects from Collembola up, and a
table of 24 Orders organized by metamor-
phosis, with round numbers of species in each.
One page is devoted to collecting methods.
The question remains: should we still try to
produce a handbook for B.C. schools or rely on
such books as this? The problem resolves itself
into three parts: What information to present?
How to illustrate it? Who should pay?
H.R. MacCarthy
J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumMpBia 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 39
EARLY BIOLOGICAL CONTROL ATTEMPTS IN CANADA
B. P. BEIRNE! AND J. S. KELLEHER?
ABSTRACT
Seven attempts at biological control by introduction were made
against six species of insects in Canada in 1882 to 1907. None apparently
was successful.
Biological control attempts in Canada since
1910 were reviewed by McLeod, McGugan,
and Coppel (1962) and in C.I.B.C. Technical
Communication No. 4 (1971) and were
evaluated by Turnbull and Chant (1961) and
Munroe (1971). Earlier attempts were,
however, omitted. They are reviewed here
because most of the target species were not
subjects of attempts after 1910.
Nematus ribesii (Scop.), the imported
currantworm, was the subject of the first
recorded biological control attempt by in-
troduction in Canada. In 1882 Saunders
imported into Ontario from New York eggs of
N. ribesiithat contained what is now known as
Trichogramma minutum Ril. (Hym.: Chal.)
and placed them near newly-laid eggs in the
field, presumably near London, Ontario
(Saunders, 1882). The consequences were not
recorded, but it is highly unlikely that T.
minutum was not already widespread in
Ontario.
Another attempt against N. ribesii was
made in 1892. Eggs parasitized by a
Trichogramma sp. from Arnprior, Ontario,
were distributed by Fletcher in gardens in the
vicinity of Ottawa where, however, he soon
found that the parasite ‘“‘was already present in
strong force” (Fletcher, 1893). Thus the at-
tempt was redundant.
Phytophaga destructor (Say), the Hessian
fly, was the subject of the first apparent at-
tempt with an agent imported from overseas.
In 1891 Hessian fly pupae _ containing
Pediobius epigonus (Walk.) (Hym.: Chal.)
were imported into the United States by Riley
who sent some to Forbes in New York State,
and Forbes in turn sent some to Fletcher at
Ottawa (Forbes, 1891; Riley, 1892). It is not
clear from the literature (Riley, 1893;
Howard, 1895) whether or not Fletcher ac-
tually liberated those parasites. If he did, there
is no indication that the species became
established in Canada as a result. A record of
this parasite from Prince Edward Island in
'Pestology Centre, Department of Biological Sciences, Simon
Fraser University, Burnaby 2, B.C.
‘Scientific Information Section, Canada Department of Agri-
culture, Ottawa, Ont.
1898 (Fletcher, 1900) is questionable (Peck,
1963), and anyway if correct could not
reasonably have originated from a liberation in
Ontario two years previously. This biological
control attempt thus can be safely classed as a
failure.
In 1896 Fletcher (1897) imported from
California apricot scales, Lecanium ar-
meniacum Craw., containing Encyrtus fuscus
How. (Hym.: Chal.). Some of the parasites
were liberated in Ottawa in an elm tree that
had an infestation of a Lecanium sp. This
biological control attempt was redundant as
the parasite was known to occur already in the
Ottawa district: in Hull, Quebec, in 1887, as
Chiloneurus maculatipennis Prov. (according
to Peck, 1963).
The remainder of the Encyrtus fuscus
material was sent to Grimsby, Ontario, to be
liberated against what is now known as
Lecanium tiliae L., the European fruit
lecanium (Fletcher, 1897). It is not clear
whether or not it was actually liberated. If it
was, the liberation probably was redundant
because of the likelihood that the parasite was
already in Ontario (see above). Records for it
from a species of Lecanium in Ontario in 1901
(Fletcher, 1902) and from L. tiliae (as L. corni
Bouche) in Ontario in 1910 (Jarvis, 1911) are
most unlikely to have arisen from the possible
liberation of 1896.
In or before 1907 Fletcher (1907) in-
troduced specimens of Lepidosaphes ulmi(L.),
the oystershell scale, that contained a fungus
from Nova Scotia into a locality in western
Ontario where L. ulmi and Quadraspidiotus
perniciosus (Comstock), the San Jose scale,
were common, but neither became infected
there.
None of the seven attempts against the six
species could be evaluated as even possibly
successful and most of them probably were
redundant in that the introduced agents
probably were already inhabitants of the
regions where they were liberated. Two of the
six target species, L. tiliae and L. ulmi, were
subjects of subsequent attempts, after 1910,
but with different agents from those mentioned
above.
40 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aug. 1, 1973
References
C.I.B.C. 1971. Biological control programmes against insects and weeds in Canada 1959-1968.
1971. Tech. Comm. Commonw. Inst. Biol. Control 4.
Fletcher, J. 1893. On an egg-parasite of the currant saw-fly. Ann. Rep. Can. Dept. Agric. Expt.
Farms 1892: 158-9.
Fletcher, J. 1897. Report of the Entomologist and Botanist. Ann. Rep. Can. Dept. Agric. Expt.
Farms 1896: 225.
Fletcher, J. 1900. The Hessian Fly. Ann. Rep. Can. Dept. Agric. Expt. Farms 1899: 168-170.
Fletcher, J. 1902. The Blackberry Soft-Scale (Lecanium fitchii, Sign.) Ann. Rep. Can. Dept.
Agric. Expt. Farms 1901: 241.
Fletcher, 1907. In March 6, 1907, Rep. Select Standing Committee on Agriculture and Coloniza-
tion, Canada Parliament: page 127.
Forbes, S. A. 1891. The importation of a Hessian fly parasite from Europe. Insect Life 4: 179-181.
Howard, L. O. 1895. Insect Life 7: 356.
Jarvis, T. D. 1911. The Coccidae of Canada. Ann. Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont. 1910: 75.
McLeod, J. H., B. M. McGugan, and H. C. Coppel. 1962. A review of biological control attempts
against insects and weeds in Canada. Commonw. Inst. Biol. Cont. Tech. Comm. 4: 216 pp.
Munroe, E. G. 1971. Status and potential of biological control in Canada, pp 213-255. In Biologi-.
cal control programmes against insects and weeds in Canada 1959-1968. Tech. Comm. Com-
monw. Inst. Biol. Control 4.
Peck. O. 1963. A Catalogue of the Nearctic Chalcidoidea (Insecta: Hymenoptera). Canad. Ent.
Suppl. 30, 1092 pp.
Riley, C. V. 1892. Report of the Entomologist for 1891. In Rep. Secretary of Agriculture for
1891, U.S. Dept. Agric. 235-6.
Riley, C. V. 1893. Parasitic and predaceous insects in applied entomology. Insect Life 6: 130-133.
Saunders, W. 1882. Address of the President. Canad. Ent. 14: 142-150.
Turnbull, A. L. and D. A. Chant. 1961. The practice and theory of biological control of insects
in Canada. Canad. J. Zool. 39: 697-793.
Lester A. Swann &
Chas A. Papp
1972
THE COMMON INSECTS OF
NORTH AMERICA
Harper & Row, Publishers
Inc. Pp xiii & 750
This is a very courageous undertaking, and
on the whole a successful one. The purpose is
nothing less than to provide ‘‘an easy way to
identify the more common insects of North
America north of Mexico’’. It is the next logical
step beyond Essig’s Insects of Western North
America, and is perhaps more usable by
laymen. The concept is that of a simple, swift
introduction to insects as animals, their
characteristics, biology and value; a_ short
pictured key to Orders; then the descriptions of
Ametabola (6 spp.), Paurometabola (169
spp.), and Holometabola (996 spp.); a list of
families represented; a 14-page glossary; a
general bibliography, up-to-date and_ well
chosen; and a_ technical taxonomic
bibliography, by and for specialists. Canadians
and C.D.A_ workers are very well represented,
especially in the latter. There are two indexes:
subjects and common names (14 pp.); and
scientific names (24 pp.).
The line drawings are always across the top
of the page, a useful idea for quick reference.
An adult of every one of the 1171 spp. is
illustrated. Often there is more than one
drawing per species, showing an egg, a larva
or a pupa, venation, habitus, etc. On average
each insect is shown from one to two inches
long, with a size scale given, unfortunately, I
think, in inches taken to two places of decimals
for minute forms. Few available rulers show
inches in tenths, much less in hundredths.
Surely millimeters would have been a more
useful scale, and certainly one with a better
future? However, it should not be a great task
to convert the figures for some future edition.
The description is generally opposite or below
the drawing on the same page. Ranges are
given with utmost economy in the text.
A bonus is a centre section of 8 pages in
color, showing such lepidopterous goodies as
swallowtails, a cecropia, a monarch and a
viceroy, admirals, fritillaries, polyphemus,
imperial and cynthia moths, and a_ small,
colorful selection of bees, wasps, beetles and
three flies.
The authors are Californians, and the
foreword is by Dr. Evert I. Schlinger, of the
University of California at Berkeley.
H. R. MacCarthy
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Auc. 1, 1973 41
THREE SPECIES OF COLEOPTERA NEW TO
BRITISH COLUMBIA
W. LAZORKO
At Osoyoos on July 1, 1972 I found the first
authentic British Columbia specimens of the
hollyhock weevil, Apion longirostrie O1.
(Apelmonini Curculionidae). This well-
known palearctic species, native to southern
and southeastern Europe, Asia Minor and
Persia (Iran), was first found in North
America in 1914. According to Hatch (1971) it
is now widespread over the United States. It
reached the Pacific Northwest in 1966 and is
known from eastern Washington and western
Oregon.
I noted a number of hollyhocks, Althea
rosea Chevr., in a garden with the leaves badly
damaged by small round holes. Close in-
spection revealed a colony of the hollyhock
weevils, many in copula, crawling on the
leaves, stems and flower buds. The females,
which were easily recognizable by the ex-
tremely long rostrum, which is longer than the
rest of the body, were burrowing into the buds,
and both sexes were feeding on the leaves.
Hundreds of weevils, in perfect condition, were
seen in this garden and on other hollyhocks
close by. A search elsewhere in Osoyoos
produced no further specimens.
It is impossible to say if this occurrence
indicates a recent immigration or if the species
was present earlier, but overlooked. I saw none
in this area in 1966 or 1967. Since I have
numerous specimens from the Ukraine and
Persia in my collection, I took only 24
specimens, hoping that this Apion would
become established here. One pair has been
deposited in the University of British Columbia
collection, and one pair in Mr. J. Grant’s
collection at Vernon.
The species of the genus Phyllotreta
(Halticini: Chrysomelidae) are _ insufficently
known. Many are inconspicuous, small and
dull-looking and do not attract the attention of
entomologists. Being particularly interested in
the holarctic aspect of the genus, I was pleased
to find two species new to British Columbia. P.
utana Chitt, is a large vittate American species,
recorded by Chittenden (1927) from Utah,
Nevada, Oregon and Montana and by Hatch
from western Montana and Oregon. One
female was taken by Mr. G. H. Larnder at
Errington, on Vancouver Island, August 9,
1931 and determined by Professor L. G.
Gentner (in coll. mea). I collected three
females at Essondale, on March 31, 1969;
April 8, 1969; and June 16, 1971. All were
creeping on the east-facing wall of a building.
According to Chittenden the host plant is most
likely hedge mustard, Sisymbrium sp. The
repeated though sporadic occurrence of this
species and its occurrence in two widely
separated localities indicates that it is probably
a native insect; its apparent rarity in British
Columbia may perhaps be due to its being near
the northernmost extremity of its range.
Phyllotreta armoraciae Koch. is a native of
Europe which was first collected in North
America in 1893. It was first recorded from the’
Pacific Northwest by Schuh, in northern.
Idaho, in 1960 (Hatch 1971). I took one
specimen of this easily recognizable species on
the wall of a building at Essondale on June 17,
1968. The host plant is horseradish, Armoracia
lapathifolia Gilib. (=Cochlearia armoracia L.),
and it appears that the beetle is a monophage
of this introduced plant. No horse radish grows
in Essondale but it is possible that it is
cultivated in nearby Port Coquitlam. The
specimen collected could have flown in from
that locality, carried on an easterly wind, or
perhaps, because of the proximity of the
railroad to the building, it was imported
recently from eastern North America on a
freight train.
References
Chittenden, F. H. 1927. The Species of Phyllotreta North of Mexico. Ent. Am. 8: 1-63.
Hatch, M. H. 1971. The beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part V. Univ. Wash. Press. Seattle &
London.
42 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aug. 1, 1973
NOTES ON THE COLEOPTERA OF WRACK
I. MOORE!
The early stages of a number of beetles of
intertidal rock crevices and salt marshes in
southern California have been studied (Moore
1956, 1964a, 1964b; James et al. 1971). The
coleopterous fauna of wrack is much more
conspicuous and abundant than that of the
habitats mentioned. Nevertheless, in spite of
considerable investigation, the biologies of
most of the insects of wrack remain unknown.
Seaweed cast up on the beach and left
unwetted by seawater for a few days is usually
teeming with adult beetles of many species
which are indigenous to decaying kelp. Only
occasionally are larvae encountered and those
are of a few species only. When the wrack is
again wetted by a high tide the adult insects
leave; the action of the rare larvae is not
known. The interval between highest tides
which is the interval during which the insects
gradually appear and suddenly disappear, is of
about 16 to 20 days at most. This interval is
too short for the development of most of these
beetles. Their breeding sites must, therefore, be
elsewhere; there are several possible sites.
Three are discussed here.
Tiger beetles (Cicindela spp.) are often
common on sandy beaches. It is known that
larvae of such species occur on salt marshes of
bays and estuaries (W. D. Sumlin, III, per-
sonal communication). It is possible that some
‘Division of Biological Control, University of California,
Riverside 92502.
species of beetles found in decaying seaweed
also breed in salt marshes and that the adults
fly to decaying seaweed for food. Although I
have investigated salt marsh insects without
encountering any wrack inhibiting species, the
matter still needs further investigation.
The intermittent streams of coastal
southern California are more numerous than
the salt marshes. The mouths of these streams
are usually closed by sand bars behind which
are often ponds or lagoons of fresh, slightly
brackish or occasionally highly saline water.
The insect fauna at the margins of such ponds
is distinctive but it includes species found at the
margins of streams and ponds inland. Since
larval forms of only a few of these insects are
known, some insects of the wrack might breed
here and be unrecognized.
A third possibility is that some of the insects
of the wrack develop in the damp sand of
beaches. We know it to be true of at least some
species of Cafius (James et al. 1971). This
hypothesis could be tested, laboriously, by
trenching the beach at intervals and extracting
the arthropods with a berlese funnel. Sample
digging with sea water floating for extraction
was unsuccessful on several occasions but the
insects might have been so widely dispersed
that they were overlooked.
Certain species of Coleoptera are often so
abundant in wrack that it seems incredible that
the early stages are still unknown in spite of
years of searching.
Literature Cited
James, G., I. Moore and E. F. Legner. 1971. The larval and pupal stages of four species of
Cafius (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) with notes on their biology and ecology. Trans. San
Diego Soc. Natural History. 16: 279-289, 8 figs.
Moore, I. 1956. Notes on some intertidal Coleoptera with descriptions of the early stages (Carab-
idae, Staphylinidae, Malachiidae). Trans. San Diego Soc. Natural History. 12: 207-230,
30 figs.
Moore, I. 1964a. The Staphylinidae of the marine mud flats of southern California and north-
western Baja California (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). Trans. San Diego Soc. Natural
History. 13: 269-284, 18 figs.
Moore, I. 1964b. The larva of Hadrotes crassus (Mannerheim). (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae).
Trans. San Diego Soc. Natural History. 13: 309-311, 10 figs.
|
|
J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aua. 1, 1973 43
THE APHIDS (HOMOPTERA: APHIDIDAE) OF
BRITISH COLUMBIA.
1. A BASIC TAXONOMIC LIST!
A. R. FORBES, B. D. FRAZER AND H. R. MACCARTHY
Research Station, Agriculture Canada
Vancouver 8, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
A list is presented of 213 species of aphids collected from 255 hosts
or in traps in British Columbia.
INTRODUCTION
This paper lists most of the aphids now
known to occur in British Columbia with their
host plants. A survey to assess the relative
abundance and importance of aphids in the
province was begun by the senior author in
1957. Extensive collecting from commercial
crops, weeds, and wild hosts has been carried
out each year since and Moericke yellow pan
water traps were maintained at_ several
locations in the lower Fraser Valley in some
years.
Aphids occur on virtually every crop grown
in the province. Some aphids damage their
hosts directly by their feeding, whereas others
are more important as vectors of virus diseases.
Until very recently even some of our pest
species have been incorrectly identified and
little was known of the many species that breed
on crops in small numbers. The latter are often
important as virus vectors. Conversely,
knowledge of the host range, including wild
hosts, of vector species is often important in the
epidemiology of plant diseases.
Glendenning (1924, °25, °29) listed 117
species of aphids in British Columbia. Un-
fortunately the nomenclature of his lists is out-
of-date and the status of some of his species is
in question. Work is underway to up-date his.
records and the results will be published as
soon as possible.
‘The present list includes collections made
in connection with the aphid survey project of
the Vancouver Research Station along with the
records of B.C. material published by W. R.
Richards (Richards 1956-1972, see
References). Most of the collections were made
by the authors. About 30 collections were made
and given to us by the late Prof. G. J. Spencer
of the University of British Columbia. Other
collectors include: H. Andison, G. V. Arm-
strong, F. L. Banham, S. K. Burt, E. C. Cole,
R. A. Costello, W. T. Cram, H. A. Daubeny,
L. Farstad, G. J. Fields, D. G. Finlayson, J. D.
Fitz-Gerald, R. E. Fitzpatrick, H. G. Fulton,
RK. Glendenning, K. Graham, R. H. Handford,
‘Contribution No. 270, Research Station, 6660 N.W. Marine
Drive, Vancouver 8, British Columbia.
R. Harris, J. R. Hill, R. G. Jones, R. Marlatt,
F.C. Mellor, R. P. Messum, J. Moisey, C. L.
Neilson, M. D. Noble, D. Ormrod, W. D.
Pearson, H. S. Pepin, D. P. Pielou, J. Raine,
E. Ruddock, G. G. E. Scudder, H. Severson, F.
E.. Skelton, M. G. Smuin, R. Stace-Smith, H.
N. W. Toms, N. Tonks, W. D. Touzeau, P.
Townsley, W. H. Wilde, A. T. Wilkinson and
N. S. Wright.
Most of the identifications were made by
W. R. Richards, Taxonomy Section, En-
tomology Research Institute, Ottawa, or by the
senior author; some were by B. D. Frazer.
Several of the Cinara species were identified by
G. A. Bradley. All the specimens recorded are
in the collection at the Research Station at
Vancouver or in the Canadian National
Collection at Ottawa.
The aphids were collected in 80% ethanol.
Clearing and mounting were done by the
method of Hille Ris Lambers (1950), which
has also been reported in this Journal by
Spencer (1959).
Most of the aphids are given with the host
plants on which they were collected. A few
species were collected only as stray alates on
plants other than their normal hosts. These
species are listed as “in flight’. Species
collected from Moericke yellow pan traps are
listed only when that species has not been
taken breeding on a host plant. Further
collecting will undoubtedly associate the
aphids in both the latter categories with their
host plants.
The aphids are listed alphabetically by
species. This gives a convenient and speedy
method of reference and eliminates the
problem of having to look in several places for
a species that is placed in different genera by
different authorities. Host plants are listed
alphabetically by genus and species. The
location of the collection sites may be deter-
mined by reference to Table | and the map of
the province (Fig. 1).
Plant names follow Conners (1967), Toms
(1964), or Henry (1915). Many of the host
plants were identified by H. N. W. Toms.
44 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
ECOLOGICAL BACKGROUND
Since it includes 1500 kilometers or nearly
1000 miles of the Cordillera, British Columbia
is predominantly mountainous, the ranges
running generally northwest and southeast.
Covering 948,600 sq km (366,255 sq mi), the
province is roughly halved by the 54th parallel.
It has boundaries of 1,046 km (650 mi) with
the N W Territories and Yukon along the 60th
parallel on the N, and 644 km (400 mi) with
the states of Washington, Idaho and Montana
along the 49th parallel on the S. From the 49th
to the 60th parallel is 1,207 km (750 mi).
There are 7,164 km (4,450 mi) of indented
RCS
—
,
SLX
‘
SD
oe
“
SON
ite
BAe
7 A ee
PEs
{/
| |
ARQ e
SY >
|
|
coastline and 4,830 km (3,000 mi) of major
rivers, many of which run in deep canyons.
Forests cover 39% of the province and barren
rock 53%; 2% is in rivers and lakes, 2% is upland
range and grazing. Only 3% is arable or
potentially so and most of this is essentially
prairie parkland, lying to the E and N of the
Rockies along the border with Alberta and N
of the 55th parallel (Atlas of Resources, 1956).
There are two general types of climates:
maritime on the W side of the Coast Moun-
tains, with high winter precipitation and cool
summers; continental in the interior, tending
to semi-arid in the S and sub-arctic in the N.
BRITISH
COLUMBIA
BIOTIC ZONES
0 20 40 60 80 100 200
[ft — ht ——— hut fort —— heel
MILES
DRY INTERIOR
CARIBOO
PARKLANDS
INTERIOR WET BELT
SUBALPINE FOREST
BOREAL FOREST
PEACE RIVER
PARKLANDS
ALPINE AREA
y
ZED
COAST FOREST
GULF ISLANDS
100 200 300
KILOMETERS
«KELOWNA
a
Fig. 1. Biotic zones of British Columbia, adpated from those of Munroe and Cowan (1947)
by Lyons (1965).
J. EntTomot. Soc. Brit. CoLUMBIA 70 (1973), Auge. 1, 1973 | 45
Table 1. Localities where aphids were taken with airline distances from reference points. The 8
places used as reference points and the biotic zones appear on the map (Fig. 1). Kilometers
and miles are rounded to the nearest whole number.
Biotic Reference Distance
Locality zone point Dir. km mi
Abbotsford 8 Vancouver SE 64 40
Agassiz 8 Vancouver E 97 60
Aldergrove 8 Vancouver SE 48 30
Atlin 5 Extreme NW
Barnhartvale 1 Kamloops E 15 9
Bella Coola 8 Williams Lake W 277 190
Boundary Bay 8 Vancouver S 2 20
Bowser 9 Victoria NW 153 95
Bradner 8 Vancouver SE 56 35
Brentwood 9 Victoria NW 29 18
Britannia Beach 8 Vancouver N 48 30
Burnaby 8 Vancouver E 1 1
Burns Lake 4 Prince George Ww 193 120
Cache Creek 1 Kamloops WwW 68 42
Campbell River 9 Victoria NW 230 143
Canyon 1 Creston E 8 5
Chase 1 Kamloops E 48 30
Chilcotin 2 Williams Lake W 120 75
Chilliwack 8 Vancouver EK 88 55
Cloverdale 8 Vancouver SE 32 20
Courtenay 9 Victoria NW 225 140
Cowichan Bay 9 Victoria N 40 25
Creston 1 Vancouver E 468 297
Creston Flats 1 Creston W 1 1
Duncan 9 Victoria N 40 25
Erickson 1 Creston E 6 4
Fawn 2 Williams Lake SE il 48
Fort St. John 6 Prince George NE 282 175
Goldstream 9 Victoria NW 24 15
Grand Forks 1 Kelowna SE 129 80
Hat Creek 1 Kamloops W 97 60
Kamloops 1 Vancouver NE 249 155
Kelowna 1 Kamloops SE 113 70
Ladner 8 Vancouver S 24 15
Langford 9 Victoria W 13 8
Langley 8 Vancouver E 40 25
Lillooet 1 Kamloops W 1138 70
Lister 1 Creston S 6 4
We have adopted the 9 biotic zones of
Lyons (1965) (Fig. 1), which are themselves
somewhat simplified from the 13 of Munro and
Cowan (1947). Lyons describes the zones
clearly and gives separate lists of the native
common trees, shrubs and flowering plants
occurring in each. Woody plants are described
and keyed in more detail by Garman (1963).
The grasses in the province are covered ef-
fectively and in detail by Hubbard (1955), the
ferns by Taylor (1956), the mosses by
Schofield (1969) and the weeds by Frankton
and Mulligan (1970). The region as an en-
vironment for insects is described in general by
Munroe (1956).
The biotic zones apply most directly to
valley bottoms, where communications
generally run and where tillage agriculture is
practiced. Even in the most arid, southerly part
of the Okanagan Valley it is possible within a
short distance on the map, to climb into dif-
ferent zones and even into alpine surroundings.
Thus a locality label may bear the name of a
place in a given zone, but the specimen may
have been taken in a different zone, hundreds
Biotic Reference Distance
Locality zone point Dir. km mi
Lulu Island 8 Vancouver S 16 10
Lumby 1 Kelowna NE 53 33
Manning Park 7 Vancouver E 217 135
Merritt 1 Kamloops S 71 44
Milner 8 Vancouver SE 35 22
Mission 8 Vancouver E 58 36
New Westminster 8 Vancouver SE 3 2,
North Vancouver 8 Vancouver N 8 5
Oliver 1 Kelowna S (P 45
Pavilion Lake 1 Kamloops WwW 105 65
Pemberton 8 Vancouver N 129 80
Penticton 1 Kelowna S 26 16
Pitt Meadows 8 Vancouver E 29 18
Prince Rupert 8 Vancouver NW 708 440
Prospect Lake 9 Victoria N 13 8
Pt. Atkinson 9 Vancouver W 16 10
Queen Charlotte 8 Prince Rupert SW 161 100
Quesnel 2 Prince George N) 84 53
Rayleigh 1 Kamloops N 16 10
Revelstoke 3 Kelowna NE 156 97
Richmond 8 Vancouver S 16 10
Rykerts 1 Creston S 10 6
Saanich 9 Victoria N 24 15
Sardis 8 Vancouver E 84 52
Sea Island 8 Vancouver S 8 5
Soda Creek 2 Williams Lake N 27 17
Sorrento 1 Kamloops NE 64 40
South Burnaby 8 Vancouver E 1 1
Sumas 8 Vancouver SE 69 43
Summerland il Kelowna SW 35 22
Summit Lake 4 Prince George N 45 28
Terrace 8 Prince Rupert E 116 72
Texas Lake 8 Vancouver E 124 i
Trail 1 Vancouver E 396 246
Vancouver 8 Mouth of Fraser R
Victoria 9 SE tip Vancouver Is
Westham Island 8 Vancouver S 24 15
Williams Lake 2 Kamloops NW 209 130
of meters higher. It follows that conventional
range maps are of limited value.
During the Wisconsin glaciation the
province, including even the outlying Queen
Charlotte Islands, was completely buried.
without refugia, to depths up to 2,500 m
(8,400 ft) (Atlas of Resources, 1956). In the
ensuring period a fairly large number of aphid
species have moved into the province but many
of the 213 species recorded here are in-
troductions, associated in some way with
agriculture or horticulture.
The extent and diversity of the province
suggest that its aphid fauna is unlikely to be
fully known in the near future.
The name of each place where an aphid
species occured is listed in Table 1, with the
number of its biotic zone (Fig. 1) and its airline
distance and direction from 8 reference points.
LIST OF SPECIES
ABIETICOLA (Cholodkovsky),
Abies sp: Victoria, Jun 6 67.
ABIETINUM (Walker), ELATOBIUM
CINARA
46 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
Picea pungens: Vancouver, Apr 15/58.
Picea sitchensis: Prince Rupert, Apr
26/26; Richmond, May 20/64.
Picea sp: North Vancouver, May 30/ 60;
Vancouver, Apr 27/61.
ABIETINUS Koch, MINDARUS
Abies grandis: Vancouver, Jun 8 / 67.
AEGOPODII (Scopoli), CAVARIELLA
Anethum graveolens: Richmond, Jul
12/65; Vancouver, Aug 9/56.
Daucus carota: Agassiz, Jul 28/59;
Cloverdale, Jul 4/57, Nov 25/64;
North Vancouver, Sep 8/72; Vancouver,
Jul 10/62; Victoria, Aug 2/65.
Oenanthe sarmentosa: Victoria, Aug 2/65.
Sium suave: Williams Lake, Aug 7/65.
AETHEOCORNUM
MACROSIPHUM
Geranium viscosissimum: Williams Lake,
Aug 4/58.
ALBIFRONS Essig, MACROSIPHUM
Lupinus sp: Mission, Jun 15/57; North
Vancouver, Jul 15/65; Vancouver, May
26/58, May 30/57.
ALBIPES Richards, THELAXES
Quercus garryana: Victoria, May 7/63
(Richards 1966a), Jun 7 /67.
ALNI (DeGeer), PTEROCALLIS
Alnus rubra: Prince Rupert, Jul 10/60
(Richards 1965); Vancouver (UBC), Aug
24/62.
Alnus sp:
1965).
ALPINA (Gillette & Palmer), KAKIMIA
Moericke yellow pan _ water trap:
Chilliwack, Aug 9/67; Richmond, Sep
2] 67.
AMBROSIAE (Thomas), DACTYNOTUS
Aster sp: Vancouver, Jun 18/57.
AMERICANUM (Riley), ERIOSOMA
Ulmus sp: Kamloops, Jun 10/57.
AMSINCKII Richards, PLEOTRI-
CHOPHORUS
Amsinckia intermedia: Oliver, Jul 18/65
(Richards 1968a).
ASCALONICUS Doncaster, MYZUS
Allium schoenoprasum: Vancouver,
30 / 63.
Aubrieta deltoidea: Victoria, Apr 4/58.
Aucuba japonica: Vancouver, May 22/67.
Capsella bursa-pastoris: Vancouver (UBC),
Apr 17/67.
Cardamine oligosperma: Vancouver (UBC),
Apr 26 /67.
(Smith & Knowlton),
Oliver, 4/59 (Richards
Jul
Sep
Erodium cicutarium: Vancouver (UBC),
Apr 26/ 67.
Fragaria_ chiloensis var ananassa: Ab-
botsford, Mar 17/61; Saanich, Jun
5/59; Sumas, Mar 4/58; Vancouver,
Jan 22/68, Apr 2/58, Apr 8/58; Apr
17/59, May 17/57; Vancouver (UBC),
Mar 3/67, Oct 10/69, Oct 18/69;
Victoria, Mar 13/57, Apr 13/57.
Geranium molle: Vancouver (UBC), May
3/67.
Geum macrophyllum: Vancouver, Jun
9/67.
Heracleum maximum: Vancouver, Feb
4/58.
Hesperis matronalis: Vancouver, Jun 9 /67.
Hypochaeris radicata: Vancouver (UBC),
Apr 28/67.
Lilium speciosum: Vancouver, Mar 1 /58.
Osmorhiza_ chilensis: North Vancouver,
May 18/64.
Plantago lanceolata: Vancouver (UBC),
May 3/67.
Rumex acetosella: Lulu Island, Apr
10/67; Vancouver (UBC), Apr 17/67.
Sisymbrium officinale: Vancouver, Mar
28)/ 58.
Sonchus sp: Vancouver (UBC), Apr 26 /67.
Stellaria sp: Vancouver, Jul 22/59.
Taraxacum officinale: Vancouver (UBC),
Apr 26/67.
Viola tricolor: Abbotsford, Mar 17/61;
Vancouver, Jan 18/58, Jun 6/67, Dec
30/7 57;
ATRIPLICIS (Linnaeus), BRACHYCOLUS
Chenopodium album: Lulu Island, Aug
2/56; Quesnel, Aug 7/67; Soda Creek,
Aug 5/58; Victoria, Aug 2/65, Aug
8 / 56.
AVENAE (Fabricius), MACROSIPHUM
Agropyron sp: Creston, Aug 13/59;
Vancouver, Aug 3/58.
Avena sativa: Vancouver, May 29/58, Aug
20:7 9%.
Gramineae: Vancouver, Apr 12/58.
Hordeum vulgare: Creston, Jul 4/57.
Secale cereale: Vancouver, May 8/59;
Victoria, Apr 7/58.
Triticum aestivum: Creston, Jul 20 /57, Jul
24/57; Fort St. John, Aug 64; Van-
couver, May 9/58, Aug 1/59, Aug
9/56; Vancouver (UBC), Jun 20/67.
Zea mays: Chilliwack, Nov 20/56.
BAKERI (Cowen), ROEPKEA
Malus sylvestris: Vancouver, Sep 1/57.
Trifolium sp: Vancouver, Aug 26/70.
BERBERIDIS (Kaltenbach), LIOSO-
MAPHIS
J. Enromot. Soc. Brit. CotumpBra 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 ai
Berberis thunbergii: Vancouver, May
30/65, Jul 15 / 64.
BETULICOLA (Kaltenbach), CALAPHIS
Betula papyrifera: Vancouver, May 12/61,
Oct 4/60.
Betula sp: Summerland, Jul 7/69.
BETULIFOLIAE Granovsky, CEPEGIL-
LETTEA
Betula occidentalis: Merritt, Aug 10/24
(Richards 1969a).
BICOLOR BICOLOR (Oestlund), PTERO-
COMMA
Populus balsamifera: Atlin, Jun 1/55.
Populus trichocarpa: Sardis, Apr 8 / 26.
Salix sp: Langford, Jun 9/59; Summit
Lake, July 4/59, Aug 20/59; Terrace,
Jul 13/60.
All records from Richards (1967c).
BRAGGI (Gillette), CINARA
Picea pungens: Vancouver, Jun 11/ 70.
BRASSICAE (Linnaeus), BREVICORYNE
Brassica napobrassica: Cloverdale, Jul
31/56; Victoria, Aug 8/56.
Brassica oleracea var capitata: Creston, Sep
16/58; Vancouver (UBC), May 22/58,
Aug 8/56.
Brassica oleracea var gemmifera: Agassiz,
Jul 16/58; Vancouver (UBC), Oct
20 / 60.
Rhaphanus sativus: Barnhartvale, Oct
4/56.
BREVISPINOSA (Gillette & Palmer),
CINARA
Pinus contorta: Agassiz, Jul 26/33; Fawn,
Jun 23/52 (Richards 1956).
BREVISPINOSUS Gillette & Palmer, PERI-
PHYLLUS
Acer glabrum: Kelowna, Jun 8/57.
BULBOSA Richards, PLOCAMAPHIS
Salix sp: Oliver, Jun 29/65, Jul 17/65
(Richards 1966b).
BURSARIUS (Linnaeus), PEMPHIGUS
Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,
Jul 6/64, Sep 29/64.
CALIFORNICA (Davidson), THELAXES
Quercus garryana: Victoria, Jun 2/ 67.
CALIFORNICUM (Clarke), MACRO-
SIPHUM
In flight: Ladner, Jun 7/56.
CALIFORNIENSIS (Shinji), PERIPHYL-
LUS
Acer circinatum: Chilliwack, May 7/59.
Acer sp: Chilliwack, May 28/59.
CANAE (Williams), APHIS
Artemisia tridentata: Kamloops, Jun 2 / 60,
Aug 11/60; Pavilion Lake, Aug 2/60;
Rayleigh, Aug 18/60.
CARDUI (Linnaeus), BRACHYCAUDUS
Cirsium undulatum: Chase, Jul 25 /67.
Prunus domestica: Sorrento, May 14/58.
CARDUINUS (Walker), CAPITOPHORUS
In flight: Creston Flats, Aug 13/58; Soda
Creek, Aug 5/58.
Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,
Jul 6/69.
CARPINI (Koch), MYZOCALLIS
Carpinus betulus: Vancouver, Jun 15 / 64.
CASTANICOLA Baker, MYZOCALLIS
Castanea sp: Lulu Island, Aug 8/54
(Richards 1965).
CEANOTHI Clarke, APHIS
Ceanothus sanguineus:
18/59.
CERASI (Fabricius), MYZUS
Prunus avium: Creston, Jun 5/57, Sep
16/58; Erickson, Jul 28 /58, Sep 30/58.
Mission, Jun
Prunus emarginata: Vancouver, Jun
15/64.
CIRCUMFLEXUS (Buckton), AULACOR-
THUM
Iris sp: Vancouver, May 18/58.
Lilium longiflorum: Vancouver, May 2/61.
Pelargonium hortorum: Vancouver, Jul
L759)
Primula sp: Vancouver, Jan 18/58.
Saintpaulia sp: Vancouver, May 26/56.
Tulipa gesneriana: Vancouver, May
24/58.
Viola tricolor: Vancouver, Jan 18/ 58, May
6/67.
Yucca smalliana: Vancouver, Jul 25 / 63.
CIRSII (Linnaeus), DACTYNOTUS
Cirsium arvense: Chilliwack, Jul 30/65;
Cloverdale, Jul 31/65; Vancouver, Jul
15/65; Victoria, Aug 2/65.
Cirsium brevistylum: Summerland, Jun
30/69.
Cirsium sp: Vancouver, Jul 20 / 62.
CLAVICORNIS Richards, AULACOR-
THUM
Rosa sp: Oliver, Jul 1/65 (Richards
1972b).
COLORADENSIS (Gillette), CINARA
Picea pungens: Vancouver, May 25/59.
COLUMBIAE Richards, SITOMYZUS
Gramineae: Vancouver, May 7/58
(Richards 1960 b), May 19/58.
COLUMBIAE Richards, TUBERCULATUS
Quercus garryana: Langford, Jul 14/59
48 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
(Richards
1/56.
CORNI (Fabricius), ANOECIA
Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,
Sep 2/64, Sep 23/64, Sep 26/ 64, Oct
12/64.
CORNIELLA Hille Ris Lambers, APHIS
Epilobium angustifolilum: Richmond, Aug
4/58.
Epilobium sp: Williams Lake, Aug 4/58.
CORRUGATANS (Sirrine), PROCIPHILUS
Amelanchiersp: Soda Creek, Jun 16/ 56.
CORYLI (Goeze), MYZOCALLIS
Corylus avellana: Vancouver, May 22/56,
Jun 22/56, Aug 8/56.
Corylus sp: Agassiz, Jun 18 24; Cowichan
Bay, Jun 2/59; Creston, May/ 55,
Jun /55; Langford, Jul 16/59; Sum-
merland, Sep 18/ 57 (Richards 1965).
COSTATA (Zetterstedt), CINARA
Picea pungens: Vancouver, Jun 20/66.
COWENTI (Hunter), MACROSIPHUM
Artemisia tridentata: Lillooet, Aug 3/60;
Penticton, May 11/ 58.
CRACCIVORA Koch, APHIS
Laburnum anagyroides: Vancouver, Jun
26/61.
Spartium junceum: Vancouver (UBC), Jul
27 / 66.
CRATAEGARIUS (Walker), OVATUS
1965, 1968b);
Victoria, Jul
Mentha arvensis var canadensis: Van-
couver, May 8/58.
CRATAEGIFOLIAE (Fitch), ROEPKEA
Leguminosae in summer and Crataegus spp
in winter: (Richards 1969b).
CRYSTLEA (Smith & Knowlton),
ONAPHIS
Lonicera involucrata: Quesnel, Aug 6 / 58.
CURVIPES (Patch), CINARA
Abies balsamea: Agassiz, Aug 7/ 26.
CYPERI (Walker), TRICHOCALLIS
Carex spp: (Richards 1971).
CYTISORUM Hartig, APHIS
Cytisus demissus: Vancouver, Aug 2 / 63.
DACTYLIDIS HYALOP-
TEROIDES
Dactylis glomerata: Agassiz, Apr 22/58,
May 26/59; Chilliwack, May 12/58;
Vancouver, May 9/58.
Holcus lanatus: Richmond, May 24 /64.
DAVIDSONI (Mason), MASONAPHIS
Rubus parviflorus: Vancouver, May 19/67,
Jun 9/ 67, Jul 21/ 67; Vancouver (UBC),
Aug 9/ 66.
MAS-
(Hayhurst),
EUPHORBIAE
DELICATUS Patch, CHAITOPHORUS
Populus spp: (Richards 1972c).
DIRHODUM (Walker), METOPOLO-
PHIUM
Avena sativa: Vancouver, Jul 10/57, Aug
20/57.
Crataegus sp:
12/61.
Hordeum vulgare: Vancouver, Oct 15/ 65.
Rosa rugosa: Vancouver, Mar 28 /58, Apr
3/7 38:
Rosa sp: Vancouver, Jan 6/58, Apr 8 / 58,
Apr 12/58, Apr 28/5
DORSATUM Richards, AULACORTHUM
Gaultheria shallon: Duncan, Jul 27/65
(Richards 1967b); Vancouver, Jun
297-611.
ELAEGNI (del Guercio), CAPITOPHORUS
Circtum brevistylum: Summerland, Jun
30 / 69.
Mentha arvensis var canadensis: Williams
Lake, Aug 7/58.
Vancouver (UBC),
May
ERIGERONENSIS (Thomas), DAC-
TYNOTUS
Grindelia_ stricta: Point Atkinson, May
Oty sone
Solidago canadensis: (Richards 1972a).
ERIOPHORI (Walker), CERURAPHIS
Viburnum opulus: Vancouver, May 5/ 63,
May 12/61; Victoria, Apr 4/58.
ERYSIMI (Kaltenbach), HYADAPHIS
Brassica campestris: Abbotsford,
6/65.
ESSIGI (Gillette & Palmer), KAKIMIA
Aquilegia sp: Vancouver, Jun 27 / 63.
(Thomas), MACROSI-
Aug
PHUM
Brassica oleracea var gemmifera: Agassiz,
Jul 16/58.
Chrysanthemum morifolium: Victoria, Apr
4/58.
Cirsium arvense: Cloverdale, Jul 31/65.
Cornus nuttallii: Victoria, Jun 11/56.
Dicentra formosa: Goldstream, Aug 20/59.
Epilobium sp: Williams Lake, Aug 4/58.
Fragaria chiloensis var ananassa: Agassiz,
May 5 /57, May 12/56; Aldergrove, Jun
10/59; Langley, June 10/59; Rich-
mond, May 3/57; Vancouver, Apr 8 / 58,
May 18/61; Victoria, May 30/ 67.
Geum macrophyllum: Vancouver,
9/67.
Gladiolus hortulanus: Vancouver, Jul
12/57; Williams Lake, Aug 12/58.
Heracleum maximum: Vancouver,
14/55.
Jun
Jun
J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CotumBiA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 49
Holodiscus discolor: Vancouver, May
30/56.
Ilex aquifolium: Chilliwack, Apr 13/58;
Vancouver, May 1/58, May 2/57;
Victoria, Apr 4/58.
Lactuca pulchella: Creston, Jun 5/957.
Lactuca sativa: Vancouver, May 28/57,.
Sep 12/56.
Maianthemum dilatatum: Goldstream, Aug
20/59.
Malus pumila: Vancouver, May 23/58.
Matricaria matricarioides: Vancouver, May
29/59.
Medicago sativa: Kamloops, Jul 19/ 72.
Melilotus alba: Creston Flats, Jun 6/ 57.
Philadelphus gordonianus: Vancouver, May
26/59.
Rheum rhaponticum: Vancouver, Jul
20/65.
Rosa sp: Soda Creek, Aug 4/58; Van-
couver, Mar 23/59.
Rubus idaeus: Agassiz, Sep 27/66.
Senecio vulgaris: Lulu Island, Apr 7 / 64.
Solanum tuberosum: Agassiz, Jul 12 /56;
Quesnel, Aug 7/67.
Tagetes erecta: Williams Lake, Aug 7/58.
Tulipa gesneriana: Chilliwack, May
13/58; Vancouver, Apr 7/58, May
4/59, May 14/59, May 17/67, May
24/58; Victoria, Apr 4/58, Jun 4/59.
Urtica lyalli: Summerland, Jun 30 /69.
Zea mays: Chilliwack, Nov 20/56.
Zinnia elegans: Vancouver, Oct 7/58.
FABAE Scopoli, APHIS
Beta vulgaris: Vancouver, Jul 9 /62.
Capsella bursa-pastoris: Abbotsford, Jul
21/66; Vancouver, May 5/56.
Chenopodium glaucum: Penticton,
21/00:
Cirsium arvense: Abbotsford, Aug 30/51;
Chilliwack, Jul 30 /65; Texas Lake, Jul
24/67; Vancouver, Aug 2/65.
Euonymus alatus: Kamloops, May 15 / 67.
Gladiolus hortulanus: Vancouver, Aug
17/57, Aug 18/56, Sep 7/57.
Ilex aquifolium: Vancouver, Jun 7/ 59, Aug
13:/-62.
Lycopersicum esculentum: Creston, Aug
14/58; Victoria, Aug 2/65.
Matricaria matricarioides: Abbotsford, Aug
6/65.
Oxalis deppei:
15i/ 03.
Philadelphus gordonianus: Vancouver, Jul
37 O14 9Ep 9 (00.
Polygonum persicaria:
8/65.
Ranunculus sp: Abbotsford, Jul 19 /65;
Sep
North Vancouver, Sep
Richmond, Aug
North Vancouver, Sep 23 /63.
Rheum rhaponticum: Grand Forks, Jul
20/61; Vancouver, Jul 29/65.
Solanum tuberosum: Victoria, Aug 12 /53.
Sonchus asper: Saanich, Aug 21/59.
Tropaeolum majus: Vancouver,
137762.
Vicia faba: Vancouver, Aug 18 /57.
Zinnia elegans: Vancouver, Oct 7/58.
FAGI (Linnaeus), PHYLLAPHIS
Fagus sylvatica: Vancouver, May 25 56.
FIMBRIATA Richards, FIMBRIAPHIS
Fragaria sp: Agassiz, Oct 11 56;
Aldergrove, Jun 10 59; Richmond, May
22 57, May 23 58, Jun 2 58, Jun
18 57, Jul 17 57, Aug 2 56; Van-
couver, Apr 17 59, Apr 24 59, May 18/
61; Victoria, May 30/57.
Vaccinium corymbosum: Pitt Meadows, Jul
15/58; Richmond, May 15 /65; Van-
couver, May 23/58, Jun 25/63.
Vaccinium sp: Vancouver, May 11/59.
FITCHII (Sanderson), RHOPALOSIPHUM
Crataegus sp and Malus sp: (Richards
1960c).
Moericke yellow pan water trap: Ricmond,
Oct 14/64.
FLAVA (Davidson), OESTLUNDIELLA
Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,
Aug 10/67.
FLAVA (Forbes), SIPHA
Aug
In flight: Oliver, no date (Richards
197 2c).
FLOCCULOSA (Weed), PLOCAMAPHIS
Salix sp: Prospect Lake, Apr 16/57;
Terrace, Jul 26/60 (Richards 1966b).
FORBESI (Richards), AMPHOROPHORA
Rubus spectabilis: Lulu Island, Jun 2 58.
FORBESI Weed, APHIS
Fragaria bracteata: Manning Park, May
25/59.
Fragaria chiloensis var ananassa: Van-
couver, Jun 16/58, Jun 17/58, Oct
22/00:
FORNACULA Hottes, CINARA
Moericke yellow pan _ water trap:
Chilliwack, Jun 4/65.
FRAGAEFOLII (Cockerell), CHAETO-
SIPHON
Fragaria chiloensis var ananassa: Abbots-
ford, Jul 15/58; Bradner, Apr 29/57;
Brentwood, Aug 17 59; Chilliwack, Oct
13/58; Lulu Island, Aug 21/59, Sep.
20 / 56; Saanich, May 30 /55, Jun 5/59,
Aug 21/59; Vancouver, Mar 18 /58, Apr
50 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (19738), Aue. 1, 1973
17/59, May 5/59, May 21/59; Van-
couver (UBC), Jun 16 59; Victoria, May
50) toi:
Fragaria glauca: Williams Lake, Aug 4 /56.
Fragaria virginiana: Britannia Beach, Jul
9 65.
Potentilla anserina: Sea Island, Jul
14/59, Jul 23/58; Victoria, Aug 4/58.
Rosasp: Quesnel, Aug 6/58; Terrace, Jul
9/60 (Richards 1963c).
FRAGARIAE (Walker), MACROSIPHUM
Cinna latifolia: Vancouver, May 25/58.
Gramineae: Vancouver, May 19/58.
Hordeum vulgare: Vancouver, Jun 19/58,
Jul 18/56.
Rubus idaeus: Vancouver, Dec 1/59.
Rubus laciniatus: Richmond, Apr 23/ 71.
Rubus thyrsanthus: Vancouver, May
23 4s
Sisymbrium officinale: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 13/65.
FREQUENS (Walker), HOLCAPHIS
Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,
Jun 28/64, Jul 2/64.
GERANII Gillette & Palmer, AMPHORO-
PHORA
Geranium viscosissimum: Williams Lake,
Aug 4/58.
GILLETTEI (Hottes), ESSIGELLA
Pinus ponderosa: Hat Creek, Aug 25/58.
GILLETTEI Davidson, EUCERAPHIS
Alnus rubra: Vancouver, Jul 13/65.
Alnus sp: Revelstoke National Park, Jul
20 Ol.
GRAMINUM (Rondani), SCHIZAPHIS
Moericke yellow pan water trap:
Chilliwack, Jun 18 /65, Jul 23 /65; Rich-
mond, Jul 4/64, Aug 13/ 64.
GRAVICORNIS (Patch),
THECABIUS
Populus trichocarpa: Victoria, Aug 2 / 65.
HELIANTHI Monell, APHIS
Helianthus annuus: Kamloops, Aug 26 / 57.
Helianthus sp: Vancouver, Sep 24/58.
HELICHRYSI (Kaltenbach), BRACHY-
CAUDUS
Antirrhinum majus: Vancouver, Jun 6 / 59.
Capsella bursa-pastoris: Richmond, Apr
7/64.
Matricaria matricariodes: Vancouver, Apr
20:7 61:
Philadelphus gordonianus: Vancouver, May
22/57, May 28/61.
Prunus domestica: Lulu Island,
23/57; Vancouver, May 6/58.
May
Senecio vulgaris: Lulu Island, Apr 7/ 64;
Vancouver May 12/58.
Tagetes tenuiflora var pumila: Vancouver,
Jun 23 /67.
Trifolium pratense: Vancouver, Jul 25 / 56.
Vaccinium corymbosum: Vancouver, May
23'/ 28.
HERACLELLA Davis, APHIS
Heracleum lanatum: Vancouver,
22 /66.
Pastinaca sativa: Victoria, Aug 12/53.
Sium suave: Williams Lake, Aug 7/58.
HIPPOPHAES (Walker), CAPITOPHO-
RUS
Polygonum _persicaria:
29-0,
HORNI (Borner), CAPITOPHORUS
Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,
June 21/64, Jul 6/64.
HUMULI (Schrank), PHORODON
Humulus lupulus: Quesnel, Aug 7/67;
Sardis, May 23/58, Jun 5/58.
Prunus cerasifera var pissardi: Victoria,
Aug 2/65.
Prunus japonica: New Westminster, Jun
14/61.
IDAEI van der Goot, APHIS
Rubus idaeus: Vancouver, May 16/ 60, Jun
3/68, Jun 30/ 60, Jul 31/52, Sep 7/51;
Vancouver (UBC), Apr 18/58.
Rubus loganobaccus: Vancouver, Jun
31/08,
INSERTUM ~~ Walker,
PHUM
Malus pumila: Vancouver, Oct 18/57.
JUGLANDICOLA (Kaltenbach), CHROMA-
PHIS
Juglans sp: Agassiz, Jul 14/24; Creston,
Aug 14 58; (Richards 1960Ua).
JUGLANDIS (Goeze), CALAPHIS
Juglans regia: Richmond, Jul 25 /69.
Moericke yellow pan _ water trap:
Chilliwack, Jul 30 / 67.
KIOWANEPHUM (Hottes), MACROSI-
PHUM
Zygadenus sp: Kamloops, Jun 27 / 37.
KONOI Takahashi, CAVARIELLA
Apium graveolens: Vancouver, Aug 6/57.
Oct 8/57.
Salix lasiandra: Vancouver, Jun 9/ 65.
KURDJMOVI Mordvilko, SIPHA
Agropyron repens: Agassiz, Sep 13/56.
Agropyron sp: Creston, Aug 14/58.
Gramineae: Vancouver, Sep 26/57.
Jun
Vancouver, Aug
RHOPALOSI-
f
i
i
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Auc. 1, 1973 51
LACTUCAE HYPEROMY-
ZUS
Lactuca pulchella: Creston, Sep 16 Lo:
Sonchus arvensis: Richmond, Jul 8/58;
Vancouver (UBC), Jan 7/64.
Sonchus asper: Saanich, Aug 21/59;
Vancouver (UBC), Aug 19/65.
Sonchus oleraceus: Vancouver, Jul 16/ 56.
Sonchus sp: Creston, Sep 15 / 58; Victoria,
Jul 1/56.
LAMBERSI MacGillivray, MASONAPHIS
Rhododendron sp: North Vancouver, Jul
6/69.
LANIGERUM (Hausmann), ERIOSOMA
Malus pumila: Erickson, Oct 28/58;
Vancouver, May 23 /58, Aug 17 / 66, Nov
197-57.
LATYSIPHON
PHONINUS
Solanum tuberosum: Ladner, Apr 17 / 63.
LONGICAUDA Richards, ASPIDAPHIS
Spiraea sp: Terrace, Aug 27 / 60 (Richards
1963b).
Moericke yellow pan_ water trap:
Chilliwack, Jun 28/65, Jul 13/65.
LUGENTIS Williams, APHIS
Senecio jacobaea: Abbotsford, Jun 29 / 62;
Vancouver, Mar 12/58, Jun 23/ 70.
LYROPICTUS (Kessler), PERIPHYLLUS
Acer macrophyllum: Vancouver, May
20.) 54.
Acer platanoides: Vancouver, May 14/ 60,
Jun 30/60.
Acer sp: Chilliwack, May 28/59.
LYTHRI (Schrank), MYZUS
Prunus emarginata: Vancouver,
15 / 64.
MACROSIPHUM (Wilson), ACYRTHO-
SIPHON
Viburnum trilobum: Quesnel, Aug 6/ 58.
MACROSTACHYAE (Essig), CHAITO-
PHORUS
Salix spp: (Richards 1972c).
MAIDIS (Fitch), RHOPALOSIPHUM
Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,
Sep 14/64.
MALVAE ROGERSII (Theobald), ACYR-
THOSIPHON
(Linnaeus),
(Davidson), RHOPALOSI-
Jun
Fragaria sp: Saanich, Jun 5/59; Van-
couver (UBC), May 5/59.
MAXIMA (Mason), MASONAPHIS
Rubus parviflorus: Vancouver, May
24/56, Jun 9/58, Jun 9/67, Jun
29/67, Jul 7/67, Jul 21 /67; Vancouver
(UBC),
BUY On.
MEDISPINOSA (Gillette & Palmer), CIN-
ARA
Pinus contorta: Burns Lake, Jun 11/ 56.
MILLEFOLII (DeGeer), MACROSIPHON-
IELLA
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum: Agassiz,
Jul 7 /66.
MORRISONI MASONAPHIS
Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,
Jul 18/64.
MURRAYANAE (Gillette & Palmer), CIN-
ARA
Pinus contorta: Burns Lake, Jun 11/56.
NASTURTII Kaltenbach, APHIS
Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,
Jul 17/64, Aug 19/64, Aug 20/ 64.
NEGLECTUS Hottes & Frison, CHAITO-
PHORUS
Populus spp: (Richards 1972c).
NEGUNDINIS (Thomas), PERIPHYL-
LUS
Acer negundo: Soda Creek, Jun 16/57.
NEOMEXICANA (Cockerell), APHIS
Ribes lacustre: Quesnel, Aug 6/58;
Vancouver, Jun 27/56.
Mar 31/66; May
Victoria,
(Swain),
NIGRAE Oestlund, CHAITOPHORUS
Salix spp: (Richards 1972c).
NIGROTUBERCULATUS Olive, DACTY-
NOTUS
Solidago canadensis: Abbotsford, Aug
13/65; Richmond, Aug 10/65.
NEPHRELEPIDUS Davis, IDIOPTERUS
Polypodiaceae: Vancouver, Apr 19/50.
NERVATA (Gillette), WAHLGRENIELLA
Arbutus menziesii: Vancouver, Mar 15/ 61.
Pieris japonica: Vancouver, May 5/67,
May 23/67, Jun 15/67.
Rosa sp: Soda Creek, Aug 4/58.
NODULUS Richards, HOLCAPHIS
Gramineae: Summerland, Sep 6/55
(Richards 1959).
NORTONII Maxson, PEMPHIGUS
Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,
Jul 6/64, Jul 21/64.
NYMPHAEAE
PHUM
Caltha sp: Vancouver, Aug 28/57.
Nuphar sp: (Richards 1960c).
Nymphaea sp: Vancouver, Jul 30/57, Aug,
233) Ol.
RHOPALOSI-
(Linnaeus)
52 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
Prunus persica: (Richards 1960c); Van-
couver, Sep 19/56.
OCCIDENTALIS (Davidson), CINARA
Abies balsamea: Unknown location in B.C.,
Oct 4/25.
OCCULTA Richards, MYZOCALLIS
Quercus rubra: Vancouver, Jul
(Richards 1965, 1968d).
ORNATUS Laing, MYZUS
Aubrieta deltoidea: Victoria, Apr 4/58.
Fragaria sp: Vancouver, Jan 3/61, Feb
7/57, Apr 17/59, May 18/61.
Fragaria vesca: Vancouver, Mar 2/58.
Fuchsia magellanica: Victoria, Aug 2/65.
Fuchsia sp: Vancouver, Feb 26/ 69.
Gladiolus sp: Vancouver, Apr 20/69.
Helianthemum nummularium: Vancouver,
Jun 28/63.
Hypochaeris radicata: Vancouver (UBC),
Jan 7/64 (in greenhouse).
Lamium amplexicaule: Vancouver (UBC),
Apr 26/67.
13/59
Petroselinum crispum: Vancouver, May
18/ 58.
Primula sp: Burnaby, May 23/ 70.
Ranunculus sp: Vancouver (UBC), Jan
7/64.
Senecio vulgaris: Vancouver, May 12 /58.
Viola tricolor: Vancouver, Mar 4/57, Jun
6/67, Jul 9/58.
OSMARONIAE (Wilson), MACROSI-
PHUM
Osmaronia_ cerasiformis: Victoria, Aug
2/69.
PADI (Linnaeus), RHOPALOSIPHUM
Avena sativa: Vancouver (UBC), May
29/58, Aug 20/57.
Cinna latifolia: Vancouver, May 25/58.
Gramineae: Vancouver (UBC), Feb 12 / 60.
Hordeum vulgare: Vancouver, Sep 30 / 66,
Dec 20/60 (in greenhouse).
Secale cereale: Creston, Apr
Vancouver (UBC), May 9/58,
8/59; Victoria, Apr 7/58.
Triticum aestivum: Creston, Oct 2/57;
Vancouver (UBC), May 9/58, May
14/58.
PADIFORMIS Richards, RHOPALOSI-
PHUM
Poa sp: Terrace, Aug 2/60 (Richards
1962).
PALLIDUS Hille Ris Lambers, HYPERO-
MYZUS
Sonchus arvensis: Ladner, Aug 8/56.
PARVIFLORI Hill, AMPHOROPHORA
Rubus parviflorus: Vancouver, May
22/59:
May
16/67, Jun 9/67, Jul 21 /67.
Rubus thyrsanthus: Vancouver,
8 /67.
PARVIFOLII Richards, MACROSIPHUM
Vaccinium parvifolium: Campbell River,
Jul 22/65 (Richards 19674).
Jun
PASTINACAE (Linnaeus), CAVARIELLA
Heracleum maximum: Vancouver, Jun
14/65.
PERGANDEI (Wilson), CINARA
Moericke yellow pan_ water
Chilliwack, Jun 9 / 67.
PERSICAE (Sulzer), MYZUS
Brassica campestris: Lulu Ilsnad, Apr
7/64.
Brassica oleracea var capitata: Oliver, Jun
37730.
Brassica sp:
16/ 62.
Chrysanthemum morifolium: Vancouver,
Jan 25/61, Oct 15/ 57.
Convolvulus arvensis: Victoria, Aug 2/65.
Cuscuta sp: Vancouver, May 25/71.
Daucus carota: Cloverdale, Nov 25 /64.
Dianthus caryophyllus: Vancouver, Jun
6 /63.
Fragaria sp: Abbotsford, Aug 1/58.
Fragaria vesca: Vancouver, Sep 25 / 64.
Hibiscus sp: Vancouver, Nov 12/70.
Matricaria matricarioides: Lulu Island, Apr
7/64.
Medicago sativa: Vancouver, Nov 20/72,
Nov 22/72 (in greenhouse).
Philadelphus gordonianus: Vancouver
(UBC), May 28/59, Jul/56.
Polygonum convolvulus: Vancouver,
Aug /58.
Prunus persica: Summerland, May 28/58.
Senecio vulgaris: Vancouver, May 12/58.
Sisymbrium sp: Vancouver (UBC), Jul
13/65.
Solanum nigrum: Creston, Aug/58.
Solanum tuberosum: Boundary Bay, May
2/70; Courtenay, Aug 18/61; Pem-
berton, Sep 8/67; Quesnel, Aug 7 /67;
Richmond, Jul 23 57; Vancouver, Mar
254/ oo:
Stellaria media: Vancouver, Oct 3 / 67.
Ranunculus acris: Victoria, Aug 2/65:
Ranunculus sp: Abbotsford, Jul 19/ 65.
Raphanus raphanistrum: Lulu Island, Apr
7/64.
Rheum rhaponticum: Vancouver, Jul
ZOAGS:
Rosa sp: Rykerts, Aug 25/58.
Tulipa gesneriana: Vancouver, Mar 10/58.
Viola tricolor: Vancouver, Jun 6/67.
Yucca smalliana: Vancouver, Jul 25 /63.
trap:
Agassiz, Jul 12/58, Jul
J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. CotumsBra 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 53
PILOSUM Buckton, PTEROCOMMA
Salix sp: Vancouver, Oct 23 / 48.
PINEA (Mordvilko), CINARA
Pinus sylvestris: Abbotsford, May 3 / 68.
PINETI (Fabricius), SCHIZOLACHNUS
Pinus sylvestris: Abbotsford, May 3 / 68.
PISUM (Harris), ACYRTHOSIPHON
Cytisus scoparius: Vancouver, Jun 4 see
Fragaria sp: Saanich, Jul 6/59.
Medicago sativa: Canyon, Jul 56; Creston,
May 8/57, May 9/57, Jul /58, Aug
13/58; Erickson, Jun /58; Kamloops,
Apr 30/72; Lister, Jun 5/57; Soda
Creek, Aug 15/50, Aug 15/58; Van-
couver, Mar 26/58.
Melilotus alba: Summerland, Jul 29/ 69.
Melilotus sp: Creston, Aug 13/58.
Trifolium sp: Cache Creek, Jul 13/65.
PLANTAGINEA (Passerini), DYSAPHIS
Malus sp: Vancouver, Sep 19/56.
Malus sylvestris: Creston, Jun 25/59;
Vancouver, May 15/56, May 22/57.
PLATANI (Kaltenbach), TINOCALLIS
Ulmus americana: Victoria, May 20/28
(Richards 1965, 1967a).
PLATANOIDES (Schrank), DREPANOSI-
PHUM
Acer glabrum: Summerland, Sep 3/65.
Acer macrophyllum: Vancouver (UBC),
May 5/66, May 6/65, May 7/66.
Acer negundo: Vancouver, May 14/ 43.
Acer sp: Vancouver, Aug 8/ 56.
POAE (Gillette), RHOPALOMYZUS
Gramineae: Vancouver, Sep 26/57.
Poa annua: Vancouver, Oct 25/61.
POMI DeGeer , APHIS
Chaenomeles japonica: Vancouver, Jun
3/58, Jul 20/58.
Cotoneaster henryana: Vancouver, Aug
3/58.
Cotoneaster sp: Vancouver, Aug 27/ 65.
Crataegus sp: Creston, Sep 16/58;
Vancouver, Jul 3/61.
Malus coronaria: Vancouver, Jul 13/56.
Malus sp: Vancouver, May 9/56, Jun
27/69, Sep 19/56.
Malus sylvestris: Creston, Jun 8/59;
Erickson, Oct 28/58; Vancouver, May
23/98, Jun 13756, Jul 13756, Aug
8/56, Aug 17/66, Sep 1/57, Oct
ol) 50.
Prunus persica: Vancouver, Sep 19/ 56.
Pyrus communis: Vancouver, Jun 6 /57.
POPULICOLA (Thomas), CHAITOPHORUS
Populus sp: Creston, Aug 24 58.
Populus tremuloides: Williams Lake, Aug
4/58.
POPULIFOLIAE (Fitch), PTEROCOMMA
In flight: Burns Lake, Jun 2/56.
POPULIFOLII (Essig), CHAITOPHORUS
Populus trichocarpa: Summerland, Jul
28 / 69.
POPULIMONILIS (Riley), THECABIUS
Populus trichocarpa: Quesnel, Jul 27 /48;
Summerland, Jul 9/69.
POPULIRAMULORUM Riley,
GUS
Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,
Jun 21/64, Jun 24/64, Jul 2/64, Jul
6/64, Jul 11/64, Jul 18/64.
POPULIVENAE Fitch, PEMPHIGUS
Chenopodium album: Agassiz, Jul 12/56.
PEMPHI-
Lactuca’ sativa: Agassiz, Sep 27/56;
Vancouver, Aug 18/70, Oct 10/51.
Rumex acetosella: Lulu Island, May
20/60.
POTENTILLAE (Walker),
CHAE TOSIPHON
Potentilla anserina: Saanich, Aug 20/59;
Sea Island, Jul 23/ 58.
PRUNI (Geoffroy),
PRUNI (Geoffroy), HYALOPTERUS
Phragmites communis: Westham Island,
Jul 31/64.
Prunus sp: Oliver, Jun 3/56.
PSEUDOHEDERAE Theobald, APHIS
Hedera helix: Vancouver, Jul 18 / 57.
PSEUDOTAXIFOLIAE Palmer, CINARA
Pseudotsuga menziesii: Agassiz, Aug
37/33.
PTERICOLENS Patch, MACROSIPHUM
Polystichum munitum: Vancouver, Apr
8/64, Apr 29/58.
PTERINIGRUM Richards, AULACOR-
THUM
Pieris japonica: Vancouver, Jun 15/ 67.
Vaccinium sp: Terrace, Jul 18/60
(Richards 1972b).
PUNCTIPENNIS
EUCERAPHIS
Alnus rubra: Vancouver (UBC), Oct 4 / 60.
Betula pendula: Vancouver (UBC), Apr
Zetterstedt,
7/61, Apr 3761, Apr 217 61, Oct
30/60.
Betula sp: Vancouver, May 4/67, Jul
7-720;
PUSTULATUS Hille Ris Lambers, CHAITO-
PHORUS
Salix sp: (Richards 1972c).
54 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRiIT. CoLumBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
QUADRITUBERCULATA
BETULAPHIS
Betula sp: Chilliwack, Apr (Glendenning
1926); Terrace, Jul 12/60 (Richards
196la); Vancouver, Oct. 3/60.
RHAMNI Clarke, MACROSIPHUM
Rhamnus purshiana: North Vancouver, Jul
15/65.
RIBIS (Linnaeus), CRYPTOMYZUS
Galeopsis tetrahit: Goldstream, Aug
20/59.
Ribes grossularia: Soda Creek, Jun 15 / 56.
Ribes sativum: Agassiz, Jul 12/56.
Ribes sp: Soda Creek, Jun 15/56.
RIBIS NIGRI (Mosley), NASONOVIA
Lactuca sp: Vancouver, Aug 18/57.
Lapsana communis: Vancouver,
7a NE
RICHARDSI MacGillivray, MASONAPHIS
Moericke yellow pan water trap: Vancouver
(UBC), Jul 4/66.
RIEHMI (Borner), THERIOAPHIS
(Kaltenbach),
Jun
Medicago sativa: Lister, Aug 25 /58;
Williams Lake, Aug 20/60 (Richards
1965).
Melilotus alba: Creston Flats, Jun 6 / 57.
ROBINIAE (Gillette), APPENDISETA
Robinia sp: Trail, Jul 21/59 (Richards
1965).
Moericke yellow pan _ water trap:
Chilliwack, Aug 2/67, Aug 16/67.
ROBINSONI Richards, KAKIMIA
Delphinium cultorum: Kamloops,
14/60.
ROSAE (Linnaeus), MACROSIPHUM
Ilex aquifollum: Saanich, Jul 6/59.
Rosa rugosa: Vancouver, Jun 27/58.
Rose sp: South Burnaby, Oct 17/ 67;
Vancouver, Jan 6/58, Mar 31/38, Apr
8/58; Victoria, Apr 4/58.
ROSSI Hottes & Frison, AMPHOROPHORA
Jun
Geum macrophyllum: Vancouver, Jun
9/67.
RUBI (Kaltenbach), AMPHOROPHORA
Rubus idaeus: Agassiz, Apr 26/57, Jul
16/67; Burnaby, Jul 5/59.
Rubus occidentalis: Vancouver, May
1/56.
RUBITOXICA (Knowlton), AMPHORO-
PHORA
Rubs vitifolius: Vancouver, May 28/58;
Victoria, May 31/57.
RUMEXICOLENS (Patch), BRACHYCAU-
DUS
Rumex acetosella: Lulu Island, Jul 6 / 66;
Vancouver, Sep 9/65.
RUMICIS Linnaeus, APHIS
Rumex crispus: Kelowna,
Vancouver, Jun 24 / 66.
RUSSELLAE Hille Ris Lambers,
DACTYNOTUS
Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,
Jul 27/64, Sep 7/64, Sep 26 64;
Vancouver, Jun 17/66, Jul 15/ 66./
SALICICORNII Richards,
MACROSIPHUM
Salicornia europea: Queen Charlotte City,
Aug 9/60 (Richards 1963a).
SALICIS (Linnaeus), PTEROCOMMA
Salix scouleriana: Agassiz, Aug 21/ 23.
Salixsp: Oliver, Jul 19/65; Summit Lake,
Jun 26/59, Jul 15/59 (Richards 1967c).
In flight: Creston, May 8/ 67.
SALIGNUS (Gmelin),
TUBEROLACHNUS
Salix sp: Victoria, Dec 11/63.
SAMBUCIFOLIAE Fitch, APHIS
Sambucus racemosa: Vancouver, May
24/56, May 25/60, May 29/56, Jun
Ley 52,
SANBORNI Gillette,
MACROSIPHONIELLA
Chrysanthemum morifollum: Vancouver,
Aug 28/61, Oct 23/ 61, Nov 26/58.
SCABROSUM Richards, AULACOR-
THUM
Rubus spectabilis: Queen Charlotte City,
Aug 9/60 (Richards 1927b).
SCLEROSA Richards, ROEPKEA
Crataegus douglasii: Lumby, Jul 11/ 65
(Richards 1969b).
Crataegus sp: Victoria,
(Richards 1969b).
SEDI Kaltenbach, APHIS
Sedum anglicum: Vancouver, Jun 30/ 60.
SENSORIATA (Gillette & Palmer), ROEP-
KEA
Amelanchier spp and Trifolium pratense:
(Richards 1969b).
SETOSA (Kaltenbach), CTENOCALLIS
Cytisus scoparius: Mission, Jul 29/ 57.
SIPHUNCULATA Richards, PLACOAPHIS
In flight: Creston, Jun 6/ 55.
Unknown host: Bowser, May 28/55
(Richards 1961b).
SMITHIAE (Monell), PTEROCOMMA
Populus trichocarpa: Summerland, Sep
19/ 69.
Salix babylonica: North Vancouver, Aug.
Jun 8/57;
Apr 17/58
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 55
24 /66.
Salix fragilis: Vancouver, Oct. 2/58.
Salix lasiandra: Agassiz, May 14/21
(Richards 1967c).
SOLANI (Kaltenbach), AULACORTHUM
Apium graveolens: Vancouver, Nov 11/56.
Aquilegia sp: Vancouver, Jun 12 /64.
Aucuba japonica: Vancouver, Mar 9/ 64,
May 22 67.
Capsella bursa-pastoris: Richmond, Apr
7 / 64.
Erodium circutarium: Vancouver (UBC),
‘Apr 26/67.
Fragaria chiloensis var ananassa: Abbots-
ford, Mar 17/58, Jul 15/58; Agassiz,
May 5/57; Saanich, Apr 20/59;
Vancouver, Apr 2/58, Apr 8/58.
Fragaria vesca: Vancouver, Mar 2/58, Nov
13/57, Nov 20/56.
Gramineae: Vancouver, Jun 21/ 61.
Helleborus niger: Vancouver, May 23 / 58.
Ilex aquifolium: Vancouver, May 1/58.
Matricaria matricariodes: Vancouver, Apr
26/ 67.
Mentha arvensis var canadensis: Van-
couver, May 11/ 67.
Paulownia imperialis: Vancouver, Apr
30/58.
Philadelphus gordonianus: Vancouver, May
28/01, Jul-3 fo (.
Polygonum cuspidatum: North Vancouver,
Jul3/ 63.
Primula sp: Burnaby,
Vancouver, Jan 18/58.
Ranunculus acris: Victoria, Aug 2/ 65.
May- 23./-10;
Solanum tuberosum: Bella Coola, Sep
29/67; Quesnel, Aug 7 / 67.
Tulipa gesneriana: Richmond, May
17/67; Vancouver, May 24/58.
SONCHI (Linnaeus), DACTYNOTUS
Sonchus asper: Vancouver, Aug 19/65.
SPENCERI Richards, IZIPHYA
Unknown host: Chilcotin,
(Richards 1958).
SPIRAEA (MacGillivray), MASONAPHIS
Philadelphus gordonianus: Vancouver, May
2a) Ot.
9/29
Jun
SPLENDENS (Gillette & Palmer), CINARA
Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,
Jun 17/67; Vancouver (UBC), Jun
20 / 66.
STANLEYI (Wilson),
MACROSIPHUM
Sambucus racemosa: North Vancouver, Jul
15/65; Vancouver, Jun 9 / 67.
STAPHYLEAE (Koch),
RHOPALOSIPHONINUS
Tulipa gesneriana: New Westminster, Nov
20/59; Vancouver, May 24/58.
SYMPHORICARPI (Thomas),
APHTHARGELIA
Symphoricarpos albus: Soda Creek, Jun
16/57; Vancouver, Jul 29/ 65; Williams
Lake, Jun 15/ 56.
TANACETARIA (Kaltenbach),
MACROSIPHONIELLA
Tanacetum vulgare: Cloverdale, Jun
16/56, Jun 26/58; Milner, Aug 2/58;
Vancouver, Jun 27/ 56.
TARAX ACI (Kaltenbach),
DACTYNOTUS
Taraxacum officinale: Burnaby, Jul
9/63.
TESTUDINACEA (Fernie),
PERIPHYLLUS
Acer circinatum: Vancouver, Jun 27/ 56.
Acer macrophyllum: Lulu Island, May
12/70; Vancouver, May 6/65, May
19/66, May 29/57, May 30/56, Jul
9 /65; Vancouver (UBC), Apr 5/ 66, Apr
26 / 66, May 5/ 66; Victoria, Jun 7 / 67.
Acer palmatum: Vancouver, May 4/ 64,
Jun 27/ 56.
Acer platanoides: Vancouver, May
14/58.
TETRARHODUS (Walker),
CHAETOSIPHON
Rosa rugosa: Vancouver, Jun 27/ 58, Sep
197 50:
Rosaspp: Oliver, May 24/59; Terrace, Jul
9/60 (Richards 1963c).
TILIAE (Linnaeus),
EUCALLIPTERUS
Tilia sp: Agassiz, Aug 7/21, Sep 9/ 21;
Vancouver, May 17/ 49.
TORTICAUDA (Gillette),
BIPERSONA
Cirsium vulgare: Kamloops, Sep 15/ 54.
TULIPAE (Boyer de Fonscolombe),
DYSAPHIS
Tulipa gesneriana: New Westminster, Nov
20/ 59.
UMBELLA Richards, IZIPHYA
Carex spp: (Richards 1968c, 1971).
UMBELLATARUM (Koch),
CAVARIELLA
Moericke yellow pan water
Chilliwack, Jul 12/67, Aug 8/ 67.
ULMIFOLII (Monell), TINOCALLIS
Ulmus spp: Agassiz, Jul 7/ 24; Trail, Jul
trap:
56 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumMBIA 70 (1973), AuG. 1, 1973
21/59 (Richards 1965).
Moericke yellow pan _ water trap:
Chilliwack, Aug 3/67, Aug 15/67.
ULMISACCULI (Patch), COLOPHA
Gramineae: Duncan, Apr 7 / 64.
WALSHII (Monell), MYZOCALLIS
Quercus borealis: Vancouver, Jun 19/59,
Jul 13/59.
Quercus rubra: Vancouver, Oct 7/60.
XYLOSTEI (DeGeer), PROCIPHILUS
Vi ilobum: l, Jul 10/49.
VARIABILIS Richards, iburnum trilobum: Quesnel, Jul 10/49
YAGASOGAE (Hottes), MACROSIPHUM
BORNERINA ; Smilacina stellata: Manning Park, Aug
Alnus cvispa spp sinuata: Vancouver 3/58
(UBC), May 12/61.
Alnus spp: Terrace, Jul 10/60 (Richards
196la).
VERRUCOSA (Gillette), ALLAPHIS
Carex spp: (Richards 1971).
VIMINALIS Monell, CHAITOPHORUS
YOHOENSIS (Bradley), ROEPKEA
Sorbus scopulina: (Richards 1969b).
Acknowledgements
The authors gratefully acknowledge the
assistance of H. N. W. Toms in solving many
of the problems of plant nomenclature. Mr. Cho-
Kai Chan was of inestimable help in the long
Salix spp: Creston, Aug 13/58; Sum- ang tedious task of assembling and checking
merland, Jul 30/ 69. the list.
References
B.C. Natural Resources Conf. 1956. Atlas of Resources. First ed. 92 pp.
Conners, I. L. 1967. An annotated index of plant diseases in Canada. Res. Branch, Can. Dept.
of Agric. Publ. 1251, 381 pp.
Frankton, C., and G. A. Mulligan, 1970. Weeds of Canada. Rev. Illus. by W. H. Wright and
I. Steins. Res. Branch, Can. Dept. of Agric. Publ. 948, 217 pp.
Garman, E. H. 1963. Pocket guide to the trees and shrubs of British Columbia. Dept. of Lands,
Forests & Water Resources, Brit. Columbia For. Service. 137 pp.
Glendenning, R. 1924. Preliminary list of Aphididae of British Columbia. Proc. ent. Soc. Brit.
Columbia 21: 40-45.
.1925. Additions to the list of Aphididae of British Columbia. Proc. ent. Soc. Brit.
Columbia22: 36-38.
. 1929. Further additions to the list of aphids of British Columbia. Proc. ent. Soc.
Brit. Columbia 26: 54-57.
Henry, J. K. 1915. Flora of Southern British Columbia and Vancouver Island. W. J. Gage & Co.,
Ltd., Toronto, 363 pp.
Hille Ris Lambers, D. 1950. On mounting aphids and other soft-skinned insects. Entomologische
Berichten 13: 55-58.
Lyons, C. P. 1965. Trees, Shrubs and Flowers to know in British Columbia. Revised ed. J. M.
Dent & Sons Ltd. 194 pp.
Hubbard, W. A. 1955. The grasses of British Columbia. Handbook No. 9. Brit. Columbia Prov.
Mus. 204 pp.
Munroe, EK. G. 1956. Canada as an environment for insect life. Canad. Ent. 88(7): 372-476.
Munro, J. A., and I. McT. Cowan. 1947. A Review of the Bird Fauna of British Columbia.
Spec. Publ. No. 2, Brit. Columbia Prov. Mus. 285 pp.
Richards, W. R. 1956. Two new species of Aphididae collected in Western Canada (Homoptera).
Canad. Ent. 88(5): 203-207.
. 1958. New species of Izipha Nevsky (Homoptera:Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 90(11):
633-638.
. 1959. A new genus and three new species of Aphididae (Homoptera). Canad. Ent.
91(4): 248-253.
. 1960a. A new species of Monellia Oestlund, with a synopsis of the aphids
attacking hickory and walnut in Canada. Canad. Ent. 92(3): 221-230.
. 1960b. A new species and a new subgenus of Sitomyzus Hille Ris Lambers
(Homoptera:Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 92(10): 770-775.
. 1960c. A synopsis of the genus Rhopalosiphum in Canada (Homoptera: Aphididae).
Canad. Ent. Vol. 92, Supplement 13: 5-51.
. 196la. North American Bornerina Bramstedt and Betulaphis Glendenning
(Homoptera:Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 93(6): 486-494.
J. Extomot. Soc. Brit. CortmpBra 70 (1973), AuG. 1, 1973 57
. 1961b. New genera and species of rose-infesting aphids (Homoptera:Aphididae).
Canad. Ent. 93(8): 622-625.
. 1962. A new species of Rhopalosiphum Koch (Homoptera:Aphididae). Canad.
Ent. 94(9): 969-972.
. 1963a. Two new dactynotine aphids (Homoptera). Canad. Ent. 95(3): 254-257.
. 1963b. A new species of Aspidaphis Gillette (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad.
Ent. 95(3): 296-299.
. 1963c. The myzaphidines of Canada (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 95(7):
680-704.
. 1965. The Callaphidini of Canada (Homoptera:Aphididae). Mem. ent. Soc. Can.
44: 149 pp.
. 1966a. A new species of Thelaxes Westwood (Homoptera:Aphididae). Canad. Ent.
98(3): 322-323.
. 1966b. A review of Plocamaphis Oestlund with descriptions of three new species
(Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 98(8): 835-851.
. 1967a. A review of the Tinocallis of the world (Homoptera:Aphididae). Canad.
Ent. 99(5): 536-553.
_. 1967b. A new species of Aulacorthum from British Columbia (Homoptera:
Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 99(7): 760-762.
. 1967c. The Pterocomma of Canada and Greenland with notes on the phyletic
position of the Pterocommatini (Homoptera:Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 99(10): 1015-1040.
. 1967d. A new species of Macrosiphum from British Columbia (Homoptera:
Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 99(10): 1090-1092.
. 1968a. A new species of Pleotrichophorus from British Columbia (Homoptera:
Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 100(2): 195-197.
. 1968b. A revision of the world fauna of Tuberculatus, with descriptions of two
new species from China (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 100(6): 561-596.
. 1968c. A new species of Iziphya from Ontario and Quebec, with a review of the
nearctic species (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 100(11): 1207-1226.
. 1968d. Synopsis of the world fauna of Myzocallis (Homoptera: Aphididae). Mem.
ent. Soc. Can. 57: 76 pp.
. 1969a. Cepegillettea viridis a new aphid from Ontario, with a review of the
genus (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 101(9): 963-970.
. 1969b. A review of the holarctic genus Roepkea with descriptions of four new
nearctic species (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 101(11): 1121-1162.
. 1971. A synopsis of the world fauna of the Saltusaphidinae, or sedge aphids
(Homopetera: Aphididae) Mem. ent. Soc. Can. 80: 97 pp.
. 1972a. Review of the Solidago — inhabiting aphids in Canada with descriptions of
three new species (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 104(1): 1-34.
. 1972b. Three new species of Aulacorthum from British Columbia, with a key to
the Canadian species (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 104(7): 1017-1023.
. 1972c. The Chaitophorinae of Canada (Homoptera:Aphididae). Mem. ent. Soc. Can.
87: 109 pp.
Schofield, W. B. 1969. Some common mosses of British Columbia. Handbook No. 28. Brit. Columbia
Prov. Mus. 262 pp.
Spencer, G. J. 1959. On mounting lice by the Ris Lambers method for aphids. Proc. ent. Soc.
Brit. Columbia 56: 53.
Taylor, T. M. C. 1956. The ferns and fern-allies of British Columbia. Handbook No. 12. Brit.
Columbia Prov. Mus. 154 pp.
Toms, H. N. W. 1964. Plant diseases of Southern British Columbia. A host index. Can. Plant.
Dis. Survey 44(3): 143-225.
Backfile issues of this journal are available on 35 mm microfilm. Details are
available from University Microfilms, 300 North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor,
Michigan 48106, U.S.A.
58 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumBrA 70 (1973), Aug. 1, 1973
THE APHIDS (HOMOPTERA:APHIDIDAE) OF
BRITISH COLUMBIA. 2. A HOST PLANT CATALOGUE!
A. R. FORBES AND B. D. FRAZER
Research Station, Agriculture Canada
Vancouver 8, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
A host plant catalogue is presented for 189 species of aphids collected
in British Columbia.
INTRODUCTION
This paper presents a host plant catalogue
for most of the aphids recorded in the basic list
of the aphids of British Columbia (Forbes,
Frazer, & MacCarthy 1973). Only aphids
actually colonizing on hosts are included. Stray
alate aphids and species taken only in traps are
not included. The list will be of particular use
to economic entomologists wishing to know the
aphids which occur on crops and ornamentals
and to entomologists studying vector tran-
smission of plant virus diseases whenever they
must know all the potential vectors that occur
on a crop.
The plant hosts are listed alphabetically by
genus and species. The aphids colonizing each
host are given alphabetically by genus and
species. A cross index of common names is
included.
CATALOGUE OF HOST PLANTS
Abies balsamea Balsam Fir
Cinara curvipes
Cinara occidentalis
Abies grandis Grand Fir
Mindarus abietinus
Abies sp Fir
Cinara abieticola
see Robinia
Vine Maple
Acacia, False
Acer circinatum
Periphyllus californiensis
Periphyllus testudinacea
Acer glabrum (Rocky) Mountain Maple
Drepanosiphum platanoides
Periphyllus brevispinosus
Acer macrophyllum Broadleaf Maple
Drepanosiphum platanoides
Periphyllus lyropictus
Periphyllus testudinacea
Acer negundo
Drepanosiphum platanoides
Periphyllus negundinis
Box-Elder
Acer palmatum
Periphyllus testudinacea
Japanese Maple
‘Contribution No. 285, Research Station, 6660 N.W. Marine
Dr., Vancouver 8, British Columbia.
Acer platanoides Norway Maple
Periphyllus lyropictus
Periphyllus testudinacea
Acer sp Maple
Drepanosiphum platanoides
Periphyllus californiensis
Periphyllus lyropictus
Adam’s Needle
African Marigold
African Violet
see Yucca
see Tagetes
see Saintpaulia
Agropyron repens Couch Grass
Sipha kurdjmovi
Agropyron sp Wheat Grass
Macrosiphum avenae
Sipha kurdjmovi
Alder see Alnus
Alder, Red see Alnus
Alder, Sitka see Alnus
Alfalfa see Medicago
Allium schoenoprasum Chives
Myzus ascalonicus
Alnus crispa ssp sinuata Sitka Alder
Bérnerina variabilis
Alnus rubra Red Alder
Euceraphis gillettei
Euceraphis punctipennis
Pterocallis alni
Alnus sp Alder
Bornerina variabilis
Euceraphis gillettei
Pterocallis alni
Amelanchier sp
Prociphilus corrugatans
Roepkea sensoriata
Saskatoon Berry
American Elm
Amsinckia intermedia
Pleotrichophorus amsinckii
see Ulmus
Fiddle-Neck
Anethum graveolens Dill
Cavariella aegopodii
Annual Sowthistle see Sonchus
Antirrhinum majus Snapdragon
Brachycaudus helichrysi
Apium graveolens Celery
Aulacorthum solani
Cavariella konoi
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBrIaA 70 (1973), Auc. 1, 1973 59
Apple see Malus
Apple, Common see Malus
Aquilegia sp Columbine
Aulacorthum solani
Kakimia essigi
Arbutus seeArbutus
Arbutus menziesii
Wahlgreniella nervata
Arbutus, Madrone
Artemisia tridentata
Aphis canae
Macrosiphum coweni
Sagebrush
Aspen, Tremling see Populus
Aster see Aster
Aster sp Aster
Dactynotus ambrosiae
Aubrieta see Aubrieta
Aubrieta deltoidea Aubrieta
Myzus ascalonicus
Myzus ornatus
see Aucuba
Japanese Aucuba
Aucuba, Japanese
Aucuba japonica
Aulacorthum solani
Myzus ascalonicus
Avena sativa Oat
Macrosiphum avenae
Metopolophium dirhodum
Rhopalosiphum padi
Avens, Large-Leaved see Geum
Balsam Fir see Abies
see Populus
see Berberis
Balsam Poplar
Barberry, Japanese
Barley see Hordeum
Beech, European see Fagus
Beet, Sugar see Beta
Berberis thunbergii Japanese Barberry
Liosomaphis berberidis
see Amelanchier
Sugar Beet
Berry, Saskatoon
Beta vulgaris
Aphis fabae
Betula occidentalis
Cepegillettea betulifoliae
Western Birch
Betula papyrifera Paper Birch
Calaphis betulicola
Betula pendula
Euceraphis punctipennis
Betula sp
Betulaphis quadrituberculata
Calaphis betulicola
Euceraphis punctipennis
Weeping Birch
Birch
Bindweed see Polygonum
Bindweed, Dwarf see Convolvulus
Birch see Betula
Birch, Paper see Betula
Birch, Weeping see Betula
Birch, Western see Betula
Bird Cherry
see Osmaronia
Bird Rape see Brassica
Bittercress see Cardamine
Blackberry, Cut-Leaved see Rubus
Blackberry, Himalaya see Rubus
Blackberry, Trailing see Rubus
Blackcap Raspberry see Rubus
see Populus
see Lonicera
see Dicentra
see Vaccinium
see Vaccinium
see Fragaria
see Lactuca
Black Cottonwood
Black Twin-Berry
Bleeding Heart
Blueberry
Blueberry, Highbush
Blueleaf Strawberry
Blue Lettuce
Blue Spruce see Picea
Box-Elder see Acer
Brassica campestris Bird Rape
Hyadaphis erysimi
Myzus persicae
Brassica napobrassica
Swede Turnip, Rutabaga
Brevicoryne brassicae
Brassica oleracea var capitata Cabbage
Brevicoryne brassicae
Myzus persicae
Brassica oleracea var gemmifera
Brussels Sprouts
Brevicoryne brassicae
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Brassica sp Mustard
Myzus persicae
Brittle Willow see Salix
Broad Bean see Vicia
Broadleaf Maple see Acer
see Cytisus
see Cytisus
see Spartium
see Brassica
Broom, Dwarf,
Broom, Scotch
Broom, Spanish
Brussels Sprouts
Bull Thistle see Cirsium
Buttercup see Ranunculus
Buttercup, Tall see Ranunculus
Cabbage see Brassica
Caltha sp Marsh Marigold
Rhopalosiphum nymphaeae
Canada Mint
Canada Thislte
Capsella bursa-pastoris
Aphis fabae
Aulacorthum solani
Brachycaudus helichrysi
Myzus ascalonicus
see Mentha
see Cirsium
Shepherd’s Purse
Cardamine oligosperma Bittercress
Myzus ascalonicus
Carex spp Sedge
Allaphis verrucosa
Iziphya umbella
Trichocallis cyperi
Carnation see Dianthus
60 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumMbBra 70 (1973), Auc. 1, 1973
Carpinus betulus European Hornbeam
Myzocallis carpini
see Daucus
see Rhamnus
Chestnut
Carrot
Cascara
Castanea sp
Myzocallis castanicola
Cat’s Ear, Spotted
Ceanothus sanguineus
Aphis ceanothi
see Hypochoeris
Snowbrush
Celery see Apium
Chaenomeles japonica Japanese Quince
Ahis pomi
Charlock see Rhaphanus
Chenopodium album Lamb’s Quarters
Brachycolus atriplicis
Pemphigus populivenae
Chenopodium glaucum Goosefoot
Aphis fabae
Cherry
Cherry, Bird
Cherry, Dwarf Flowering
Cherry Plum
Cherry, Sweet
Cherry, Wild
see Prunus
see Osmaronia
see Prunus
see Prunus
see Prunus
see Prunus
Chestnut see Castanea
Chickweed see Stellaria
Chickweed, Common see Stellaria
Chives see Allium
Christmas Rose see Helleborus
Chrysanthemum see Chrysanthemum
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum
Ox-Eye Daisy
Macrosiphoniella millefolii
Chrysanthemum morifolium
Chrysanthemum
Macrosiphoniella sanborni
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Myzus persicae
see Osmorhiza
Indian Reed Grass
Cicely, Sweet
Cinna latifolia
Macrosiphum fragariae
Rhopalosiphum padi
Cirsium arvense Canada Thistle
Aphis fabae
Dactynotus cirsit
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Cirsium brevistylum Indian Thistle
Capitophorus elaeagni
Dactynotus cirsti
Cirsium sp Thistle
Dactynotus cirsti
Cirsium undulatum
Brachycaudus cardui
Wavy-Leafed Thistle
Bull Thistle
Cirsium vulgare
Bipersona torticauda
see Trifolium
see Trifolium
see Melilotus
see Melilotus
see Aquilegia
see Malus
see Stellaria
see Taraxacum
see Senecio
see Phragmites
Clover
Clover, Red
Clover, Sweet
Clover, White Sweet
Columbine
Common Apple
Common Chickweed
Common Dandelion
Common Groundsel
Common Reed
Convolvulus arvensis Dwarf Bindweed
Myzus persicae
Corn see Zea
Cornus nuttallii Flowering Dogwood
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Corylus avellana Hazelnut
Myzocallis coryli
Corylus sp Filbert
Myzocallis coryli
Cotoneaster see Cotoneaster
Cotoneaster henryana Henry’s Cotoneaster
Aphis pomi
see Cotoneaster
Cotoneaster
Cotoneaster, Henry’s
Cotoneaster sp
Aphis pomi
Cottonwood, Black
Couch Grass
Cow Parsnip
Crabapple, Wild Sweet
Crabapples, Ornamental and Table
see Malus
see Vaccinium
Douglas Hawthorn
see Populus
see Agropyron
see Heracleum
see Malus
Cranberry, Highbush
Crataegus douglasii
Roepkea sclerosa
Crataegus spp Hawthorn
Aphis pomi
Metopolophium dirhodum
Rhopalosiphum fitchi
Roepkea crataegifoliae
Roepkea sclerosa
Croft Lily see Lilium
Curled Dock see Rumex
Currant see Ribes
Currant, Red see Ribes
Cuscuta sp Dodder
Myzus persicae
Cut-Leaved Blackberry see Rubus
Cytisus demissus Dwarf Broom
Aphis cytisorum
Cytisus scoparius Scotch Broom
Acyrthosiphon pisum
Ctenocallis setosa
Dactylis glomerata Orchard Grass
Hyalopteroides dactylidis
Daisy, Ox-Eye see Chrysanthemum
Dandelion, Common see Taraxacum
J. Extomotn. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aua. 1, 1973 61
Daucus carota Carrot
Cavariella aegopodii
Myzus persicae
Delphinium cultorum Perennial Delphinium
Kakimia robinsoni
see Delphinium
Carnation
Delphinium, Perennial
Dianthus caryolphyllus
Myzus persicae
Dicentra formosa Bleeding Heart
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Dill
Dodder
Dogwood, Flowering
Douglas Fir
Douglas Hawthorn
Doves-Foot Geranium
Dwarf Bindweed
Dwarf Broom
Dwarf Flowering Cherry
see Anethum
see Cuscuta
see Cornus
see Pseudotsuga
see Crataegus
see Geranium
see Convolvulus
see Cytisus
see Prunus
Dwarf Marigold see Tagetes
Elder see Sambucus
Elder, Red-Fruited see Sambucus
Elm see Ulmus
Elm, American see Ulmus
English Holly see Ilex
see Hedera
see Juglans
English Ivy
English Walnut
Epilobium angustifolium Fireweed
Aphis corniella
Epilobium sp Fireweed
Aphis corniella
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Erodium cicutarium Filaree, Storksbill
Aulacorthum solani
Myzus ascalonicus
Euonymus alatus Winged Spindle Tree
Aphis fabae
European Beech see Fagus
European Hornbeam see Carpinus
(European) Wild Wood Strawberry
see Fragaria
Fagus sylvatica
Phyllaphis fagi
False Acacia
Fern, Sword
Fiddle-Neck
European Beech
see Robinia
see Polystichum
see Amsinckia
Filaree see Erodium
Filbert see Corylus
Fir see Abies
Fir, Balsam see Abies
Fir, Douglas see Pseudotsuga
Fir, Grand see Abies
Fireweed see Epilobium
see Cornus
Wild Strawberry
Flowering Dogwood
Fragaria bracteata
Aphis forbesi
Fragaria chiloensis var ananassa
Strawberry
Aphis forbesi
Aulacorthum solani
Chaetosiphon fragaefolii
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Myzus ascalonicus
Fragaria glauca Blueleaf Strawberry
Chaetosiphon fragaefolii
Fragaria spp Strawberries
Acyrthosiphon malvae rogersii
Acyrthosiphon pisum
Fimbriaphis fimbriata
Myzus ornatus
Myzus persicae
Fragaria vesca
(European) Wild Wood Strawberry
Aulacorthum solani
Myzus ornatus
Myzus persicae
Fragaria virginiana Virginia Strawberry
Chaetosiphon fragaefolii
see Fuchsia
Peruvian Fuchsia
Fuchsia
Fuchsia magellanica
Myzus ornatus
see Fuchsia
Fuchsia
Fuchsia, Peruvian
Fuchsia sp
Myzus ornatus
Galeopsis tetrahit Hemp Nettle
Cryptomyzus ribis
Garden Lettuce
Garry Oak
Gaultheria shallon
Aulacorthum dorsatum
see Lactuca
see Quercus
Salal
see Pelargonium
see Geranium
Doves-Foot Geranium
Geranium
Geranium, Doves-Foot
Geranium molle
Myzus ascalonicus
Geranium, Sticky, see Geranium
Geranium viscosissimum Sticky Geranium
Amphorophora geranti
Macrosiphum aetheocornum
Geum macrophyllum
Amphororphora rossi
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Myzus ascalonicus
Galdiolus
Large-Leaved Avens
see Gladiolus
Gladiolus hortulanus Gladiolus
Aphis fabae
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Gladiolus sp Gladiolus
Myzus ornatus
Golden Chain
see Laburnum
Golden-Rod see Solidago
Gooseberry see Ribes
Goosefoot see Chenopodium
62
Gramineae
Aulacorthum solani
Colopha ulmisacculi
Holocaphis nodulus
Macrosiphum avenae
Macrosiphum fragariae
Rhopalomyzus poae
Rhopalosiphum padi
Sipha kurdjmovi
Sitomyzus columbiae
Grand Fir
Grass, Couch
Grass, Low Spear
Grass, Meadow
Grass, Orchard
Grass, Velvet
Grass, Wheat
Grindelia stricta
Dactynotus erigeronensis
Groundsel, Common
Gum Weed
Hawthorn
Hawthorn, Douglas
Hazelnut
Hedera helix
Aphis pseudohederae
Hedge Mustard
Helianthemum nummularium
Myzus ornatus
Helianthus annuus
Aphis helianthi
Helianthus sp
Aphis helianthi
Helleborus niger
Aulacorthum solani
Hemp Nettle
Henbit
Henry’s Cotoneaster
Heracleum maximum
Aphis heraclella
Cavariella pastinacae
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Myzus ascalonicus
Hesperis matronalis
Myzus ascalonicus
Hibiscus
Hibiscus sp
Myzus persicae
Highbush Blueberry
Highbush Cranberry
Himalaya Blackberry
Holcus lanatus
Hyalopteroides dactylidis
Holly, English
Holodiscus discolor
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
J. Enromot. Soc. Brrr. CotumsBra 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
Grass Family
see Abies
see Agropyron
see Poa
see Poa
see Dactylis
see Holcus
see Agropyron
Gum Weed
see Senecio
see Grindelia
see Crataegus
see Crataegus
see Corylus
English Ivy
see Sisymbrium
Rock Rose
Sunflower
Sunflower
Christmas Rose
see Galeopsis
see Lamium
see Cotoneaster
Cow Parsnip
Sweet Rocket
see Hibiscus
Hibiscus
see Vaccinium
see Viburnum
see Rubus
Velvet Grass
see Ilex
Ocean Spray
see Humulus
Barley
Hop
Hordeum vulgare
Macrosiphum avenae
Macrosiphum fragariae
Metopolophium dirhodum
Rhopalosiphum padi
Hornbeam, European
Huckleberry, Red
see Carpinus
see Vaccinium
Humulus lupulus Hop
Phorodon humuli
Hybrid Roses see Rosa
Hypochoeris radicata
Myzus ascalonicus
Myzus ornatus
Spotted Cat’s Ear
Ilex aquifolium
Aphis fabae
Aulacorthum solani
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Macrosiphum rosae
English Holly
Indian Reed Grass see Cinna
Indian Thistle see Cirsium
Iris see Iris
Iris sp Iris
Aulacorthum circumflexus
see Hedera
see Pieris
see Aucuba
see Berberis
see Polygonum
see Acer
see Chaenomeles
English Walnut
Ivy, English
Japanese Andromeda
Japanese Aucuba
Japanese Barberry
Japanese Knotweed
Japanese Maple
Japanese Quince
Juglans regia
Calaphis juglandis
Chromaphis juglandicola
see Polygonum
Golden Chain
Knotweed, Japanese
Laburnum anagyroides
Aphis craccivora
Lactuca pulchella Blue Lettuce
Hyperomyzus lactucae
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Lactuca sativa Garden Lettuce
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Pemphigus populivenae
Lactuca sp Lettuce
Nasonovia ribis nigri
Lady’s Thumb
Lamb’s Quarters
see Polygonum
see Chenopodium
Lamium amplexicaule Henbit
Myzus ornatus
Lapsana communis Nipplewort
Nasonovia ribis nigri
Large-Leaved Avens see Geum
Leguminosae Pea Family
Roepkea crataegifoliae
see Lactuca
see Lactuca
Lettuce
Lettuce, Blue
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 63
Lettuce, Garden see Lactuca
Lilium longiflorum Croft Lily
Aulacorthum circumflexus
Lilium speciosum Showy Lily
Myzus ascalonicus
Lily, Croft
Lily-Of-The-Valley, Wild
see Lilium
see Maianthemum
Lily, Showy see Lilium
Linden see Tilia
Lodgepole Pine see Pinus
Loganberry see Rubus
Lonicera involucrata
Masonaphis crystleae
Black Twin-Berry
see Poa
see Lupinus
Perennial Lupine
Low Spear Grass
Lupine, Perennial
Lupinus sp
Macrosiphum albifrons
Lyall’s Nettle
Lycopersicum esculentum
Aphis fabae
Madrone
Maianthemum dilatatum
Wild Lily-Of-The- Valley
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
see Urtica
Tomato
see Arbutus
Maize see Zea
Malus coronaria Wild Sweet Crabapple
Aphis pomi
Malus pumila Common Apple
Eriosoma lanigerum
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Rhopalosiphum insertum
Roepkea bakeri
Malus spp Ornamental § Table Crabapples
Aphis pomi
Dysaphis plantaginea
Rhopalosiphum fitchii
Malus sylvestris Apple
Aphis pomi
Dysaphis plantaginea
Roepkea bakeri
Maple see Acer
Maple, Broadleaf see Acer
Maple, Japanese see Acer
Maple, Norway see Acer
Maple, (Rocky) Mountain see Acer
Maple, Vine see Acer
Marigold, African
Marigold, Dwarf
Marigold, Marsh
Marsh Marigold
Matricaria matricarioides
Aphis fabae
Aulacorthum solani
Brachycaudus helichrysi
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Myzus persicae
see Tagetes
see Tagetes
see Caltha
see Caltha
Pineapple Weed
see Poa
Alfalfa
Meadow Grass
Medicago sativa
Acyrthosiphon pisum
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Myzus persicae
Therioaphis riehmi
Melilotus alba
Acyrthosiphon pisum
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Therioaphis riehmi
White Sweet Clover
Melilotus sp Sweet Clover
Acyrthosiphon pisum
Mentha arvensis var canadensis
Canada Mint
Aulacorthum solani
Capitophorus elaeagni
Ovatus crataegarius
Mint, Canada see Mentha
Mock Orange see Philadelphus
Mountain Ash, Wild see Sorbus
Mustard see Brassica
Mustard, Hedge
Mustard, Tall Hedge
Nasturtium
Nettle, Hemp
Netle, Lyall’s
Nightshade
Nipplewort
Northern Red Oak
Norway Maple see Acer
Nuphar sp Yellow Pond-Lily
Rhopalosiphum nymphaeae
see Sisymbrium
see Sisymbrium
see Tropaeolum
see Galeopsis
see Urtica
see Solanum
see Lapsana
see Quercus
Nymphaea sp
Rhopalosiphum nymphaeae
Waterlily
Oak, Garry see Quercus
Oak, Northern Red see Quercus
Oak, Red see Quercus
Oat see Avena
see Holodiscus
Water Parsley
Ocean Spray
Oenanthe sarmentosa
Cavariella aegopodii
Orchard Grass see Dactylis
Ornamental and Table Crabapples see Malus
Osmaronia cerasiformis Bird Cherry
Macrosiphum osmaroniae
Osmorhiza chilensis
Myzus ascalonicus
Sweet Cicely
Oxalis deppei Wood Sorrel
Aphis fabae
Ox-Eye Daisy see Chrysanthemum
Pacific Willow see Salix
Pansy see Viola
Paper Birch see Betula
Parsley see Petroselinum
Parsley, Water see Oenanthe
Parsnip see Pastinaca
Parsnip, Cow see Heracleum
64 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aua. 1, 1973
see Sium
Parsnip
Parsnip, Water
Pastinaca sativa
Aphis heraclella
see Paulownia
Paulownia
Paulownia
Paulownia imperialis
Aulacorthum solani
Peach see Prunus
Pear see Pyrus
Pelargonium hortorum Geranium
Aulacorthum circumflexus
see Delphinium
see Lupinus
see Sonchus
see Fuchsia
Perennial Delphinium
Perennial Lupine
Perennial Sowthistle
Peruvian Fuchsia
Petroselinum crispum Parsley
Myzum ornatus
Philadelphus gordonianus Mock Orange
Aphis fabae
Aulacorthum solani
Brachycaudus helichrysi
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Masonaphis spiraeae
Myzus persicae
Phragmites communis Common Reed
Hyalopterus pruni
Picea pungens Blue Sprice
Cinara braggi
Cinara coloradensis
Cinara costata
Elatobium abietinum
Picea sitchensis
Elatobium abietinum
Sitka Spruce
Picea sp Spruce
Elatobium abietinum
Pieris japonica Japanese Andromeda
Aulacorthum pterinigrum
Wahlgreniella nervata
Pineapple Weed see Matricaria
Pine, Lodgepole see Pinus
Pine, Ponderosa see Pinus
Pine, Scots see Pinus
Pinus contorta Lodgepole Pine
Cinara brevispinosa
Cinara medispinosa
Cinara murrayanae
Pinus ponderosa Ponderosa Pine
Essigella gillettei
Pinus sylvestris Scots Pine
Cinara pinea
Schizolachnus pineti
Plantago lanceolata
Myzus ascalonicus
Ribgrass
see Prunus
Low Spear Grass
Plum
Poa annua
Rhopalomyzus poae
Poa sp Meadow Grass
Rhopalosiphum padiformis
Polygonum convolvulus Bindweed
Myzus persicae
Polygonum cuspidatum Japanese Knotweed
Aulacorthum solani
Polygonum persicaria
Aphis fabae
Capitophorus hippophaes
Polypodiaceae
Lady’s Thumb
Fern Family
Idiopterus nephrelepidus
Polystichum munitum Sword Fern
Macrosiphum ptericolens
see Pinus
see Nuphar
see Populus
see Populus
Balsam Poplar
Ponderosa Pine
Pond-Lily, Yellow
Poplar
Poplar, Balsam
Populus balsamifera
Pterocomma bicolor bicolor
Populus sp Poplar
Chaitophorus delicatus
Chaitophorus neglectus
Chaitophorus populicola
Populus tremuloides Trembling Aspen
Chaitophorus populicola
Populus trichocarpa Black Cottonwood
Chaitophorus populifolii
Pterocomma bicolor bicolor
Pterocomma smithiae
Thecabius gravicornis
Thecabius populimonilis
Potato
Potentilla anserina
Chaetosiphon fragaefolii
Chaetosiphon potentillae
see Solanum
Silver Weed
see Primula
Primrose
Primrose
Primula sp
Aulacorthum circumflexus
Aulacorthum solani
Myzus ornatus
Prunus avium Sweet Cherry
Myzus cerasi
Prunus cerasifera var pissardi
Cherry Plum
Phorodon humuli
Prunus domestica Plum
Brachycaudus cardui
Brachycaudus helichrysi
Wild Cherry
Prunus emarginata
Myzus cerasi
Myzus lythri
Prunus japonica Dwarf Flowering Cherry
Phorodon humuli
Prunus persica Peach
Aphis pomi
Myzus persicae
Rhopalosiphum nymphaeae
J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 65
Prunus sp Cherry
Hyalopterus pruni
Pseudotsuga menziesii Douglas Fir
Cinara pseudotaxifoliae
Pyrus communis Pear
Aphis pomi
Quercus borealis
Myzocallis walshii
Northern Red Oak
Quercus garryana Garry Oak
Thelaxes albipes
Thelaxes californica
Tuberculatus columbiae
Quercus rubra Red Oak
Myzocallis occulta
Myzocallis walshii
see Chaenomeles
see Raphanus
see Senecio
Tall Buttercup
Quince, Japanese
Radish
Ragwort, Tansy
Ranunculus acris
Aulacorthum solani
Myzus persicae
Ranunculus sp Buttercup
Aphis fabae
Myzus ornatus
Myzus persicae
Rape, Bird see Brassica
Raphanus raphanistrum Charlock
Myzus persicae
Raphanus sativus Radish
Brevicoryne brassicae
Raspberry, Blackcap see Rubus
Raspberry, Red see Rubus
Red Alder see Alnus
Red Clover see Trifolium
Red Currant see Ribes
Red-Fruited Elder
Red Huckleberry
see Sambucus
see Vaccinium
Red Oak see Quercus
Red Raspberry see Rubus
Reed, Common see Phragmites
Reed Grass, Indian see Cinna
Rhamnus purshiana Cascara
Macrosiphum rhamni
Rheum rhaponticum Rhubarb
Aphis fabae
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Myzus persicae
Rhododendron see Rhododendron
Rhdodendron sp Rhododendron
Masonaphis lambersi
Rhubarb see Rheum
Ribes grossularia Gooseberry
Cryptomyzus ribis
Ribes lacustre
Aphis neomexicana
Swamp Gooseberry
Ribes sativum Red Currant
Cryptomyzus ribis
Ribes sp
Cryptomyzus ribis
Currant
Ribgrass see Plantago
Robinia sp False Acacia
Appendiseta robiniae
Rock Rose see Helianthemum
(Rocky) Mountain Maple see Acer
Rosa rugosa Rugose-Leaved Rose
Chaetosiphon tetrarhodus
Macrosiphum rosae
Metopolophium dirhodum
Rosa spp Hybrid Roses
Aulacorthum clavicornis
Chaetosiphon fragaefolii
Chaetosiphon tetrarhodus
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Macrosiphum rosae
Metopolophium dirhodum
Myzus persicae
Wahlgreniella nervata
see Helleborus
see Helianthemum
see Rosa
see Rosa
Red Raspberry
Rose, Christmas
Rose, Rock
Rose, Rugose-Leaved
Roses, Hybrid
Rubus idaeus
Amphorophora rubi
Aphis idaei
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Macrosiphum fragariae
Rubus laciniatus Cut-Leaved Blackberry
Macrosiphum fragariae
Rubus loganobaccus Loganberry
Aphis idaei
Rubus occidentalis
Amphorophora rubi
Blackcap Raspberry
Rubus parviflorus Thimbleberry
Amphorophora parviflori
Masonaphis davidsoni
Masonaphis maxima
Rubus spectabilis Salmonberry
Amphorophora forbesi
Aulacorthum scabrosum
Rubus thyrsanthus Himalaya Blackberry
Amphorophora parviflori
Macrosiphum fragariae
Rubus vitifolius Trailing Blackberry
Amphorophora rubitoxica
see Rosa
Sheep Sorrel
Rugose-Leaved Rose
Rumex acetosella
Brachycaudus rumexicolens
Myzus ascalonicus
Pemphigus populivenae
Curled Dock
Rumex crispus
Aphis rumicis
66 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumpBria 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
Rutabaga see Brassica
Rye see Secale
Sagebrush see Artemisia
Saintpaulia sp African Violet
Aulacorthum circumflexus
Salal
Salicornia europea
Macrosiphum salicicornii
see Gaultheria
Sand-Fire
Salix babylonica Weeping Willow
Pterocomma smithiae
Salix fragilis Brittle Willow
Pterocomma smithiae
Salix lasiandra Pacific Willow
Cavariella konoi
Pterocomma smithiae
Salix scouleriana Scouler’s Willow
Pterocomma salicis
Salix spp Willow
Chaitophorus macrostachyae
Chaitophorus nigrae
Chaitophorus pustulatus
Chaitophorus viminalis
Plocamaphis bulbosa
Plocamaphis flocculosa
Pterocomma bicolor bicolor
Pterocomma pilosum
Pterocomma salicis
Tuberolachnus salignus
see Rubus
Red-Fruited Elder
Salmonberry
Sambucus racemosa
Aphis sambucifoliae
Macrosiphum stanleyi
Sand-Fire
Saskatoon Berry
Scotch Broom
see Salicornia
see Amelanchier
see Cytisus
Scots Pine see Pinus
Scouler’s Willow see Salix
Secale cereale Rye
Macrosiphum avenae
Rhopalosiphum padi
Sedge see Carex
Sedum anglicum Stonecrop
Aphis sedi
Senecio jacobaea Tansy Ragwort
Aphis lugentis
Senecio vulgaris Common Groundsel
Brachycaudus helichrysi
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Myzus ornatus
Myzus persicae
see Rumex
see Capsella
see Lilium
see Potentilla
Tall Hedge Mustard
Sheep Sorrel
Shepherd’s Purse
Showy Lily
Silver Weed
Sisymbrium officinale
Macrosiphum fragariae
Myzus ascalonicus
Sisymbrium sp Hedge Mustard
Myzus persicae
Sitka Alder see Alnus
Sitka Spruce see Picea
Sium suave
Aphis heraclella
Cavariella aegopodii
Water Parsnip
Smilacina stellata
Star-Flowered Solomon’s Seal
Macrosiphum yagasogae
Snapdragon see Antirrhinum
Snowball see Viburnum
Snowberry see Symphoricarpos
Snowbrush see Ceanothus
Solanum nigrum Nightshade
Myzus persicae
Solanum tuberosum Potato
Aphis fabae
Aulacorthum solani
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Myzus persicae
Rhopalosiphoninus latysiphon
Solidago canadensis Golden-Rod
Dactynotus erigeronensis
Dactynotus nigrotuberculatus
Solomon’s Seal, Star-Flowered see Smilacina
Sonchus arvensis Perennial Sowthistle
Hyperomyzis lactucae
Hyperomyzus pallidus
Sonchus asper
Aphis fabae
Dactynotus sonchi
Hyperomyzus lactucae
Spiny Sowthistle
Sonchus oleraceus
Hyperomyzus lactucae
Annual Sowthistle
Soncus sp Sowthistle
Hyperomyzus lactucae
Myzus ascalonicus
Soebus scopulina (Wild) Mountain Ash
Roepkea yohoensis
see Rumex
see Oxalis
see Sonchus
see Sonchus
see Sonchus
see Spartium
Sorrel, Sheep
Sorrel, Wood
Sowthistle, Annual
Sowthistle, Perennial
Sowthistle, Spiny
Spanish Broom
Spartium junceum Spanish Broom
Aphis craccivora
Spindle Tree, Winged
Spiny Sowthistle
Spiraea
Spiraea sp
Aspidaphis longicauda
Spotted Cat’s Ear
see Euonymus
see Sonchus
see Spiraea
Spiraea
see Hypochoeris
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBiIA 70 (1973), AuG. 1, 1973 67
Spruce see Picea
Spruce, Blue see Picea
Spruce, Sitka see Picea
see Smilacina
Common Chickweed
Star-Flowered Solomon’s Seal
Stellaria media
Myzus persicae
Stellaria sp Chickweed
Myzus ascalonicus
Sticky Geranium see Geranium
Stonecrop see Sedum
Storksbill see Erodium
Strawberry see Fragaria
Strawberry, Blueleaf see Fragaria
Strawberry, (European) Wild Wood
see Fragaria
see Fragaria
see Fragaria
see Fragaria
Strawberry, Virginia
Strawberry, Wild
Strawberry, Wild Wood
Sugar Beet see Beta
Sunflower see Helianthus
Swamp Gooseberry seeRibes
Swede Turnip see Brassica
Sweet Cherry see Prunus
see Osrrorhiza
see Melilotus
see Hesperis
see Polystichum
Snowberry
Sweet Cicely
Sweet Clover
Sweet Rocket
Sword Fern
Symphoricarpos albus
Aphthargelia symphoricarpi
Targetes erecta African Marigold
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Tagetes tenuiflora var pumila
Dwarf Marigold
Brachycaudus helichrysi
Tall Buttercup
Tall Hedge Mustard
Tanacetum vulgare
Macrosiphoniella tanacetaria
see Ranunculus
see Sisymbrium
Tansy
see Tanacetum
see Senecio
Common Dandelion
Tansy
Tansy Ragwort
Taraxacum officinale
Dactynotus taraxaci
Myzus ascalonicus
Thimbleberry
Thistle
Thistle, Bull
Thistle, Canada
Thistle, Indian
Thistle, Wavy-Leafed
Tilia sp
Eucallipterus tiliae
see Rubs
see Cirsium
see Cirsium
see Cirsium
see Cirsium
see Cirsium
Linden
see Lycopersicum
see Rubus
see Populus
Red Clover
Tomato
Trailing Blackberry
Trembling Aspen
Trifolium pratense
Brachycaudus helichrysi
Roepkea sensoriata
Trifolium sp Clover
Acyrthosiphon pisum
Reopkea bakeri
Triticum aestivum Wheat
Macrosiphum avenae
Rhopalosiphum padi
Tropaeolum majus Nasturtium
Aphis fabae
Tulip see Tulipa
Tulipa gesneriana Tulip
Aulacorthum circumflexus
Aulacorthum solani
Dysaphis tulipae
Dysaphis tulipae
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Myzus persicae
Rhopalosiphoninus staphyleae
see Brassica
see Lonicera
Turnip, Swede
Twin-Berry, Black
Ulmus americana
Tinocallis platani
Ulmus sp
Eriosoma americanum
Tinocallis ulmifolii
American Elm
Elm
Urtica lyallii
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Lyall’s Nettle
Vaccinium corymbosum
Highbush Blueberry
Brachycaudus helichrysi
Fimbriaphis fimbriata
Vaccinium parvifolium Red Huckleberry
Macrosiphum parvifolii
Vaccinium sp Blueberry
Aulacorthum pterinigrum
Fimbriaphis fimbriata
Velvet Grass
Viburnum opulus
Ceruraphis eriophori
see Holcus
Snowball
Viburnum trilobum Highbush Cranberry
Acyrthosiphon macrosiphum
Prociphilus xylostei
Vicia faba Broad Bean
Aphis fabae
Vine Maple see Acer
Viola tricolor Pansy
Aulacorthum circumflexus
Myzus ascalonicus
Myzus ornatus
Myzus persicae
Violet, African
Virginia Strawberry
Walnut, English
Waterlily
Water Parsley
Water Parsnip
Wavy-Leafed Thistle
see Saintpaulia
see Fragaria
see Juglans
see Nymphaea
see Oenanthe
see Sium
see Cirsium
68 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRiT. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973
Weeping Birch see Betula
Weeping Willow see Salix
Western Birch see Betula
Wheat see Triticum
Wheat Grass see Agropyron
White Sweet Clover see Melilotus
Wild Cherry see Prunus
see Maianthemum
see Sorbus
see Fragaria
Wild Lily-Of-The-Valley
(Wild) Mountain Ash
Wild Strawberry
Wild Sweet Crabapple see Malus
Wild Wood Strawberry see Fragaria
Willow see Salix
Willow, Pacific see Salix
Willow, Scouler’s see Salix
Willow, Weeping see Salix
Winged Spindle Tree see Euonymus
see Oxalis
see Nuphar
Wood Sorrel
Yellow Pond-Lily
Yucca smalliana Adam’s Needle
Aulacorthum circumflexus
Myzus persicae
Zea mays Maize, Corn
Macrosiphum avenae
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
see Zinnia
Zinnia
Zinnia
Zinnia elegans
Aphis fabae
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
see Zygadenus
Zygadene
Zygadene
Zygadenus sp
Macrosiphum kiowanepum
Acknowledgments
Our sincere thanks are due to Mr. H. N. W.
Toms who reviewed the scientific and common
names of the plants in the host list. Mr. Cho-Kai
Chan did much of the work of compiling the
index.
A NOTE ON THE TAXONOMY OF THE
PSYLLIDAE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
I. D. HODKINSON:
Kitching (1971) recently published a key to
the Psyllidae of British Columbia which
contains a number of nomenclatorial and
taxonomic errors. His key is based on the
monographs of Crawford (1914) and Tuthill
(1943) and more recent work has not been
considered. The purpose of this note is to try to
bring the nomenclature in line with modern
usage.
Tuthill (1944) replaced the name Psylla
uncata Tuthill by Psylla hamata Tuthill as the
former was preoccupied by Psylla uncata
Ferris & Klyver.
Arytaina spartiophila has only one basal
metatarsal spine and would therefore not fall
within the proposed definition of the Psyllinae
(Kitching p. 38). Couplet 3 should be modified
to read — Basal tarsal segment of hind legs
with at least one black claw-like spine at tip.
This will make the key valid for North
American species but not for the world species.
‘Environmental Sciences Centre (Kananaskis),
Calgary, Calgary, Alberta.
University of
Heslop-Harrison (1961) discussed the
North American Arytaina in detail and
established four new genera, three of which are
relevant here. Arytaina robusta and A.
fuscipennis are referable to the genus
EuglyptoneuraH-H., A. ceanothi to the genus
CeanothiaH-H. and A. pubescens to the genus
Purshivora H-H. This does not alter the
validity of the key at the species level.
The American scheme of _ psyllid
classification is based on that proposed by
Crawford in 1914. Modern authors working
outside North America (Vondracek 1957,
Dobreanu & Manolache 1962, Loginova
1967) have since split certain of the genera
recognised by Crawford and these divisions
appear valid on both morphological and
biological grounds. On the modern European
classification system Livia caricisis referable to
the genus Diraphia Waga and Aphalarasensu
Crawford is split into Aphalara sensu stricta
and Craspedolepta Enderlein on the basis of
the form of the clypeus. A revision of the North
American Aphalara is thus urgently required.
References
Crawford, D. L. 1914. A monograph of the jumping plant lice or Psyllidae of the New World.
Bull. U.S. natn. Mus. 85: 1-182.
Dobreanu, E. and C. Manolache, 1962. Homoptera Psylloidea. Fauna Repub. pop. rom. Insecta
8: 376 pp.
Heslop-Harrison, G. 1961. The Arytainini of the subfamily Psyllinae, Hemiptera-Homoptera, family
Psyllidae.-II. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (ser. 13) 3: 417-439.
J. ENToMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 69
Kitching, R. L. 1971. The Psyllidae of British Columbia with a key to species. J. Entomol.
Soc. Brit. Columbia 68: 36-43.
Loginova, M. M. 1967. Psyllinea - Jumping plant lice - in Bei-Bienko et al. Keys to the
insects of the European U.S.S.R. 1. Israel Program for Scientific Translations, Jerusalem.
Tuthill. L. D. 1943. The psyllids of America north of Mexico (Psyllidae:Homoptera). Iowa St.
Coll. J. Sci. 17: 443-660.
Tuthill, L. D. 1944. Descriptions of some new North American Psyllidae with notes on others.
J. Kansas ent. Soc. 17: 1-6.
Vondracek, K. 1957. Mery Psylloidea. Fauna C.S.R. 9: 431 pp.
Loginova (1972) (Commentat. Biol. Soc. Sic. Fenn. 47: 1-37) has recently placed Arytaina
spartiophila in a new genus Arytainilla Log.
Pendergast, C. 1971. Introduction to Organic
Gardening. Nash Publishing, Los Angeles,
167 pp., $2.50 in Canada.
Null, G. and Staff. 1972. How to Grow Food
Organically. Leisure Books, Inc., New
York, 278 pp., 95c.
Tyler, H. 1972. Organic Gardening Without
Poisons. Pocket Books (Simon & Schuster),
New York, 224 pp., $1.50.
Rodale, Robert, Ed. 1971. The Basic Book of
Organic Gardening. Ballantyne Books,
Inc., New York, 377 pp., $1.25.
Harrison, J. B. 1972. Good Food Naturally. J.
J. Douglas Ltd., West Vancouver, 116 pp.,
$3.95.
As one who struggled for years to grow food
in pre-DDT days, with indifferent success, I
have a sceptic’s interest in the current outbreak
of books on organic gardening. Listing this
randomly chosen quintet of paperbacks in my
own ascending order of merit was a temptation
not to be resisted.
The first is well printed and _ bound,
carelessly proofread and without illustrations,
which might even have improved it; they could
scarcely have harmed it. The book exemplifies
everything that is half-baked about the organic
food movement. This is a pity because the
movement is a logical and healthy reaction to
the hard sell of over-refined and over-processed
convenience foods, to careless and excessive use
of chemicals, and less logically, to mass-
produced, farm-factory foods.
Much is made here of the Grand Plan of
Nature. This is never laid out in so many
words, but the phrase is repeated over and
over. Insects and insecticides are covered in 5
pages which confirm the superficiality of the
author’s knowledge. Some samples: the insect
world numbers in the millions of species; there
are 60,000 different types of pesticides; “‘It is
an established fact that insects will attack an
unhealthy plant before they will attack a
healthy, sound plant .. .”’ (the insects could
easily be trapped if only they knew this
established fact too); “‘insecticides ... began
killing large numbers of other animals in-
cluding man himself. There are lakes and
streams throughout our country which are
totally devoid of all life because of these
wonder powders. Hundreds of thousands of
acres of farm and forest lands have been
sprayed, and sprayed again, poisoning the
lands and all of the life upon it.” (P. 149.
Emphasis added). This is poor stuff for a book
published in 1971. The facts of pollution are
bad enough without piling falsehood on
exaggeration.
The author extrapolates from amateur
gardening to commercial farming without,
apparently, recognizing any difference in scale.
His treatment of gardening consists mostly of
sketchy instructions on how to make compost,
rather than on how to grow fruits and
vegetables, as stated on the cover. Nowhere
does he suggest specific methods to reduce
insect damage. The whole issue is quickly
sidestepped by stating that there is an enor-
mous number of ways, all of them easy and
available through a short trip to the library. No
bibliography is given.
The author has an irritating knack for the
wrong word, e.g.: erosion will be stifled; Sir
Howard (Sir Albert Howard) forcibly ex-
claimed his stand; scientists who regaled in
their achievements; our youth formulating a
significant number of people. The writing in
general is an abrasive mixture of high-flown
phrases, italics and colloquialisms. It includes
some completely meaningless passages about
which it is difficult to write soberly; for in-
stance: (P. 97) “A soil that is rich in
microscopic life, is rich in organic matter, and
is a fertile soil. A soil that is rich in organic
matter is naturally a soil that is rich in
microscopic life. Nature works in_ ever-
widening circles.’’ In ever-narrowing ones too,
apparently.
Only the most heady enthusiast could
70 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), AuG. 1, 1973
seriously wade all the way through this dull
inflated, inaccurate and repetitious potboiler. I
finished it with a sense of relief.
The second book is somewhat more
professionally written, but I seemed not to have
changed books as I| struggled through the deep
verbal muskeg of scores of pages of maun-
dering about nature’s cycles. I suspect that
authors such as these confine their reading to
each other’s books, which they paraphrase for
themselves. Whole pages could be exchanged
between them and no one would guess the
difference.
At least some instructions are given here on
how to grow plants. But the book appeals fairly
directly also to food faddists. Thus the last 41
pp. are devoted to brief descriptions of the
nutritive value of foods, from agar-agar, ale
and almonds, through carob, caviar, cola nuts,
crab meat, malt, mango, margarine and oysters
to vinegar, walnut and yogurt; obviously not
restricted to the simpler garden crops. This is
preceded by 22 pp. of tables on the vitamins of
ordinary foods and their content of vital
elements. The authors subscribe to the theory
of “plastic” vegetables, according to which
“chemicalized”’ foods are at best non-nutritious
and at worst, toxic. There is a special but
undefined meaning for the word toxic; it
appears to be a much more serious and
dangerous condition than merely poisonous.
On chemical pesticides (6 pp.), the authors
are still hung up on DDT, which is the only one
named. It is stated to be firmly linked to cancer
and capable of doubling the rate of human
mutation (P. 57). Before the 1940’s, farmers
are said to have “used natural, traditional
methods, including biological control.”’
Farmers in the 1930’s and earlier did indeed
use pyrethrum and rotenone but they also used
traditional compounds of iron, lead, mercury,
phosphorus, copper, fluorine, thallium, and
most common, effective, dangerous, and
persistent of all, the biocide, arsenic. There
were no others available.
A number of chapters have bibliographies
which refer to books rather than to articles.
Something went wrong with the already
inadequate 2-page index. In twenty tries I
could not find a page reference that was even
close.
This is not true of the book by H. A. Tyler,
which has a good index. The cover blurb states
that the author is a professional gardener,
trained in the natural sceinces. It comes
through clearly that he works from personal
experience and knows whereof he writes. There
is a fair amount of padding: the type is large;
the right margin is irregular as in typescript;
full pages and even double pages are devoted to
photos of subjects such as: earthworms,
com post, soil, tilling processes, a few pests and
useful animals, gardens in California, the
author, a handsome old dog, doing his thing,
and some drawings of birds, pests, equipment
and bird boxes. Nevertheless, it is a book that
might appeal to many gardeners. The in-
structions for growing are reasonably specific
so that the book could serve as a reference. It is
vastly superior to the two reviewed above.
The last chapter, on the wastage of manure
from large feed lots and possible solutions to
the problem, is excellent.
The Rodale name should indicate that the
next book is written by pros, and that the
information has stood the test of time. True
enough, with a few reservations. The book is
organized as follows: What is an organic
gardener? (8 pp.), Secrets of the best organic
gardeners (96 pp.), What to grow and how
(210 pp.), Protection against the bugs (50
pp-), When to harvest (16 pp.), The organic
way (22 pp.), an appendix containing ad-
dresses of distributors of natural fertilizers, etc.
(3 in B.C.) and organic gardening clubs (1 in
B.C.), a good glossary and an index. Mostly
straightforward stuff.
The section on pest control is the weakest in
the book. It includes about equal amounts of
enthusiasm, good sense, anthropomorphism,
faith, wishful thinking, and unanswered
questions. The enthusiasm is pervasive; the
good sense pops up now and then as in ad-
vocating the keeping of bantam hens in the
garden, a very old technique; the an-
thropomorphism shows, among other places, in
ladybugs feasting on scales, and various birds
relishing, delighting, deriving great joy or
satisfaction from pests; the faith and wishful
thinking go together. Aphids are said to detest
plans grown in organically rich soil—but the
aphids do not agree, at least not those in my
garden; woodpeckers are said to consume
more than 50% of codling moth larvae in
winter — perhaps so, but they are hopelessly
ineffective as controls in western North
America, according to J. A. Marshall; bird
boxes are said to attract birds that will take
care of all insect problems — but the disruptive
and aggressive starlings and English sparrows
are scarcely mentioned.
The unanswered questions are such as
these: for bean beetle control some gardeners
are said to have used a mixture of crushed
turnips and corn oil (P. 266). But how? In
what amounts? When been beetles are active
surely turnips are mostly seedlings? ‘‘Hot
pepper spray is an easy and certain control” for
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BriT. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 (pl
root maggots (P. 271). How? As a repellant?
On the soil? In the soil? Against adult flies?
Denatured alcohol is the remedy for mealybugs
on house plants. How? No method is given. A
3% oil spray is advised for mites. Not in
summer, surely? Non-toxic sprays of “sour
milk and salt mixtures”’ are said to be effective
against cabbage maggots (P. 267). How does
one get sour milk through a spray nozzle?
What are the nontoxic but effective con-
centrations of salt? And where are they ap-
plied? The habit these authors have of skip-
ping lightly over the nitty gritty details of
pest control is disconcerting and contrasts with
210 pp. of meticulous instructions on exactly
what to grow, precisely how and where.
A spurious air of veracity is given by some
references to published scientific papers, such
as those of plant pathologists who attempted to
reduce transmission of certain viruses by
treatment with juice from pepper plants; or the
finding that sugar kills nematodes. We read
that fungi are the enemy of nematodes (P.
241), but the fungi are unspecified; the im-
pression given is any fungi. These findings are
still several removes from garden application.
The text is based on material that has
appeared in Organic Gardening Magazine, and
so is written by nearly a dozen authors, in-
cluding notably the editor. In sum the book is
worthwhile and a good one to recommend to
prospective organic gardeners who can hardly
fail to find of lead of some kind if not a cure for
most problems.
Although it is attractively printed, bound
and illustrated, it is a pity that John Harrison’s
book is so expensive, for it is by far the best of
this group in every respect. Harrison has a deft
turn of phrase and his writing is direct, fresher
and more personal than that of the hacks who
grind out material they have “‘researched’’, or
that of the dozen professional organic writers.
The first chapter, in fact, is autobiographical
and presents his personal philosophy.
Harrison’s grasp of science and scientific
method is weak, but there is nothing wrong
with his understanding of the economics of
food production, nor of his distinction between
farming and gardening. He is the only one of
these authors who appears to make any
connection between the population problem
and food mass-produced with chemical fer-
tilizers. He seems to be the only one who has
actually made a living by organic farming
rather than by writing about it. He was helped
in this by having settled close to a large and
affluent centre of population where he could
get the loyal clientele and carriage trade prices
that his methods demanded.
Having long eschewed their use, Harrison
appears to have little real knowledge of in-
secticides. He drags out tired arguments such
as the one about insects acquiring resistance
from sub-lethal doses, then needing stronger
and stronger chemicals for control. None can
‘question the logic of his argument that those
who profit from chemicals should do the work
of assaying them. In fact they do. But would
Harrison really prefer that the chemical
companies also make the final decisions on
acceptance or rejection, use patterns and
dosages. Somebody has to. Would he not prefer
that these details be worked out by responsible
public servants with no axe to grind? Only ten
pages are given to Pests and Pesticides, so that
the treatment is necessarily superficial.
The chapters on Planting and Growing,
Harvesting and Storing, are clear, quite
specific in their instructions, and_ well
illustrated; they include five pages on cooking.
The final chapter is a mixed bag of advice,
much of which seems to belong in foregoing
sections. The organization falls off, but it is
possible to find references with a good 5-page
index.
H.R. MacCarthy
72 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumpBia 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 |
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
This society has no support except from subscriptions. It has become
necessary to institute a page charge. This has initially been set at less than
cost: $12.00. The page charge includes all extras except coloured illustrations,
provided that such extras do not comprise more than 40% of the published
pages. Coloured illustrations will be charged directly to the author. Authors, not
attached to universities or official institutions, who must pay these charges from
their personal funds and are unable to do so, may apply for assistance when sub-
mitting a manuscript.
Reprints are sold only in even hundreds and at the following prices:
Number of pages 1-4 5-8 9-12 13-16 17-20 21-24 25-28
First 100 copies $22 31 42 55 70 87 106
Each extra 100 6 8 10 1Z 14 16 18
Author’s discounts (up to 40%) may be granted to authors who certify
at the time of ordering that they are buying reprints at personal expense.
Authors ordering personal reprints in addition to those ordered by an institution
will be billed at the rate for extra hundreds.
Papers for the Journal need not have been presented at meetings of the
Entomological Society of British Columbia. nor is it mandatory, although pref-
erable, that authors be members of the society. The chief condition for publica-
tion is that the paper have some regional origin, interest, or application.
Contributions should be sent to:
H.R. MacCarthy,
6660 N.W. Marine Drive,
Vancouver 8, B.C.
Manuscripts should be typed double-spaced on one side of white, line-
spaced numbered paper if possible, leaving generous margins. The original and
two copies, mailed flat, are required. Tables should be on separate, numbered
sheets, with the caption on the sheet. Captions for illustrations should also be on
separate numbered sheets, but more than one caption may be on a sheet. Photo-
graphs should be glossy prints of good size, clarity and contrast. Line drawings
should be in black ink on good quality white paper.
The style, abbreviations and citations should conform to the Style
Manual for Biological Journals published by the American Institute of Biological
Sciences.
BACK NUMBERS
Back numbers of this journal are available from the Secretary-
Treasurer, from volume 45 (1949) to the present, at $4.00 per volume. Certain
earlier back numbers are also available, but only on special request to the
Secretary-Treasurer.
Address inquiries to:
N. V. Tonks, Secretary-Treasurer,
2819 Graham Street,
Victoria, B.C.
Pe
JOURNAL
‘ of the
-ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY of
BRITISH COLUMBIA
i a ee oe RZ
ECONOMIC
DOWNING gid MOILLIET—Control of the pear leaf blister mite and
ee bh: pear rust mite (Acarina - Eriophyidae) in British Columbia... .
GENERAL
: MACQUEEN and BEIRNE— Insects and mites associated with fresh
| - dung in the southern interior of British Columbia |
a | i HALL and DYER—Larval head-capsule widths of Dendroctonus
ae _rufipennis (Kirby) (Coleoptera: Scolytidae)
a HEDLIN and RUTH—Bearbara colfaxiana siskivouana (Kft.) a pest in
aoe cones of Abies grandis
~ MILLER and FINLAYSON — Native parasites of the larch casebearer,
Coleophora laricella (Hbn.) (Lepidoptera: Coleophoridae), in the
_ West Kootenay area of British Columbia
5 MAYER and BEIRNE— Apple leaf rollers (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae)
} | and their parasites in the Okanagan Valley, British Columbia
ag _ BRUSVEN and PRATHER— Influence of stream sediments on
1 | distribution of macrobenthos
1 | TONKS—Occurrence of a midge, Oligotrophus betheli Felt, on juniper
3 _ on Vancouver Island, British Columbia (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae) . .
>} |} FRAZER, RAWORTH and BRYAN—Rearing natural enemies of aphids
_ for ecological studies
_ VOCKEROTH—Notes on the biology of Cramptonomyia spenceri
S Alexander (Diptera: Cramptonomyiidae)
Se TAXONOMIC
1 ane FORBES. FRAZER and CHO-KAI CHAN—The aphids
A _ (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British Columbia. 3. additions and
corrections
JOURNAL
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY of
BRITISH COLUMBIA
VOL. 71 Issued October 1, 1974
ECONOMIC
DOWNING and MOILLIET—Control of the pear leaf blister mite and
the pear rust mite (Acarina - Eriophyidae) in British Columbia... . 3
GENERAL
MACQUEEN and BEIRNE—Insects and mites associated with fresh
dung in the southern interior of British Columbia .........2.~. 5S
HALL and DYER—Larval head-capsule widths of Dendroctonus
rufipennis (Kirby) (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) .............. 10
HEDLIN and RUTH—Barbara colfaxiana siskivouana (Kft.) a pest in
Gomes-Of Abies. prandis .6.6.0 6 66 a 13
MILLER and FINLAYSON— Native parasites of the larch casebearer.
Coleophora laricella (Hbn.) (Lepidoptera: Coleophoridae). in the
West Kootenay area of British Columbia ................ 14
MAYER and BEIRNE—Apple leaf rollers (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae )
and their parasites in the Okanagan Valley. British Columbia... . . 22
BRUSVEN and PRATHER Influence of stream sediments on
distribution of macrobenthos ...........0..0. 000002 ee 295
TONKS—Occurrence of a midge. Oligotrophus betheli Felt. on juniper
on Vancouver Island. British Columbia (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae) .. 33
FRAZER. RAWORTH and BRYAN —Rearing natural enemies of aphids
formecotogical studies 9) {26 Ue a ee we ha eR ee et we es 309
VOCKEROTH— Notes on the biology of Cramptonomyia spenceri
Alexander (Diptera: Cramptonomyiidae) ................4 38
TANONOMIC
FORBES. FRAZER and CHO-KAIL CHAN—The aphids
(Homoptera: Aphididae) of British Columbia. 3. additions and
COMBCCULOM Get. Meester G4 a oie ye alee ae ales He 6 apd on 3
BO OIG CINE NUE NY Bete ee ose pct Aw wood, aes FB ea aw 4 HO [2234
°* @ © © -e © © ‘@:'.e 8 @ « « «© «© « « «© « «@ © « «@
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS 50
J. Entomo.u. Soc. Brit. CotumBiA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
Directors of the Entomological Society of
British Columbia for 1974 - 1975
President
THELMA FINLAYSON
Simon Fraser University, Burnaby 2
President-Elect
J. R. CARROW
Pacific Forest Research Centre,
506 West Burnside Rd., Victoria
Past President
R. D. McMULLEN
Research Station, C.D.A., Summerland
Secretary-Treasurer
N. V. TONKS
2819 Graham Street, Victoria
Honorary Auditor
P. ZUK
Research Station, C.D.A., Vancouver
Editorial Committee
H. R. MacCARTHY
Vancouver
J. CORNER
Vernon
Directors
H. GERBER B. J. R. PHILOGENE A. L. TURNBULL
Cloverdale Vancouver Burnaby
P. J. PROCTER 5B. D. FRAZER
Kelowna Vancouver
Regional Director of National Society
J. H. BORDEN
Burnaby
J. Extomo.. Soc. Brit. CotumpBra 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 3
CONTROL OF THE PEAR LEAF BLISTER MITE AND
THE PEAR RUST MITE (ACARINA: ERIOPHYIDAE)
IN BRITISH COLUMBIA’
R. S. DOWNING AND T. K. MOILLIET
Research Station, Agriculture Canada
Summerland, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
Delayed dormant applications of endosulfan plus oil or ethion plus
oil gave excellent control of both the pear leaf blister mite, Eriophyes pyri
(Pgst.), and the pear rust mite, Epitrimerus pyri (Nal.) Lime sulphur as a
dormant spray gave excellent control of the pear leaf blister mite but the
delayed dormant application gave poor control. Both applications of lime sul-
phur gave good control of the pear rust mite.
Introduction
Lime sulphur as a dormant spray
has been recommended for control of
the pear leaf blister mite, Eriophyes
pyri (Pegest.), for at least 60 years and
has been quite effective if the spray
was applied between the time the
leaves start to drop in fall and before
the buds start to swell in late winter.
Many fruitgrowers are unable to apply
sprays during this period due to snow
cover, muddy orchard soil, lack of
water for the sprayer or conflict with
other orchard operations. Lime sul-
phur is becoming difficult to obtain
and its cost has increased several fold
during the last decade. Therefore,
substitutes for the dormant appli-
cation of lime sulphur are very
desirable. Oil as a dormant or a delay-
ed dormant spray has given good con-
trol of the blister mite in Oregon
(Childs 1924) but has been less effec-
tive in British Columbia (Downing
1954). However, the combination of oil
plus an organophosphate insecticide
as a delayed dormant spray is recom-
mended for control of the pear leaf
blister mite in the State of Washing-
ton (Anonymous 1973). Endosulfan
has been very effective against rust
mites and when combined with oil has
‘Contribution No. 382, Research Station, Summerland.
been useful against other pests. Com-
parisons between these sprays and
dormant and delayed dormant appli-
cations of lime sulphur were made
for the control of pear blister mite and
pear rust mite, Epitrimerus pyri
(Nal.), in British Columbia.
Methods
Two Bartlett pear orchards, two
and three acres (0.8 and 1.2 hectare)
in size with trees spaced 15 ft. by 15 ft.
(4.57 m) and infested with the pear
rust mite and pear leaf blister mite
were selected for the experiment. The
orchards were divided into 20-to-50-
tree plots so that there were 5 plots
per treatment. Sprays were applied
with a 1969 Turbo-Mist sprayer set
to deliver 60 gallons per acre (673
litres per hectare). The dormant
sprays were applied March 5 and the
delayed dormant sprays March 16,
1973. On May 1, 1973, samples of all
the leaves from 36 spurs per plot were
examined and the numbers of blister-
ed leaves were recorded. In mid-Aug-
ust, 1000 leaves and 100 fruit from
each plot were examined and the
numbers of blistered leaves and rus-
seted fruit were recorded.
Results and Discussion
The effects of dormant and delay-
ed dormant treatments are summariZz-
ed in Table 1 for the pear leaf blister
and in Table 2 for the pear rust mite.
4 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
Table I. Average percentages of Bartlett pear leaves blistered by the pear leaf blister mite after
application of sprays.
Amount Amount i Blistered leaves, %
per per Time of
Insecticide acre hectare application May 1973 ~— Aug. 1973
Lime sulphur 15 gal. 168 1. Dormant 0
Lime sulphur 15 gal. 168 1 Delayed 19
dormant
Endosulfan 50% W.P. 3 lb. 3.35 kg Delayed 0 0
Dormant oil 6 gal. 67.2 1 dormant
Ethion 25% W.P. 8 lb. 8.96 kg Delayed 0 0
Dormant oil 6 gal. 67,2 1 dormant
Check - no treatment 52 10
An outstanding result of this in-
vestigation was the excellent control
of both the pear leaf blister mite and
the pear rust mite given by the delay-
ed dormant application of endosulfan
plus oil or ethion plus oil. Lime sul-
phur as a dormant spray also gave
excellent control of the pear leaf blis-
ter mite but the delayed dormant
application gave poor control. Ovi-
position by overwintered blister mites
had already commenced by the delay-
ed dormant period and eggs laid prior
to this apparently were not killed by
lime sulphur. Against the pear rust
mite, however, both applications of
lime sulphur gave good control.
The delayed dormant sprays of oil
plus endosulfan or oil plus ethion
could help with the control of pests
other than the blister and the rust
mite. In the State of Washington and
some other fruit growing areas, endo-
sulfan plus oil is recommended for
control of pear psylla, Psylla pyricola
Forester. Ethion plus oil provides good
control of some aphids. Both endo-
sulfan plus oil and ethion plus oil
help in the control of the European
red mite, Panonychus ulmi (Koch),
and the San Jose scale, Quadraspidio-
tus perniciosus (Comstock).
Table 2. Average percentage of Bartlett pear fruit russeted by the pear leaf rust mite after
application of sprays.
Amount Time of Percent fruit russeted at
Insecticide per acre application harvest, Aug. 14, 1973
Lime sulphur 15 gal. Dormant
Lime sulphur 15 gal. Delayed
dormant
Endosulfan 50% W.P. 3 lb. Delayed 0
Dormant oil 6 gal. dormant
Ethion 25% W.P. 8 lb. Delayed 0
Dormant oil 6 gal. dormant
Check - no treatment 40
References
Anonymous. 1973. Spray guide for tree fruits in Eastern Washington. Washington State Univ. Ext.
Bull. 419 (rev.), 41 pp.
Childs, L. 1924. Apple blister mite and its control in the northwest. Proc. 20th Ann. Meet. Washing-
ton State Hort. Assoc. 102-106.
Downing, R. S. 1954. Chemical control of the pear leaf blister mite, Eriophyes pyri (Pgst.) in
British Columbia. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia, 5: 7-9.
J. Exrosou. Soc. Brrr. Corumpra 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
ol
INSECTS AND MITES ASSOCIATED WITH FRESH CATTLE
DUNG IN THE SOUTHERN INTERIOR OF
BRITISH COLUMBIA
ANGUS MACQUEEN! AND BRYAN P. BEIRNE
Pestology Centre, Department of Biological Sciences,
Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, British Columbia V5A 186
ABSTRACT
Sixty-seven species or genera of insects were found associated with
fresh cattle dung in the Southern Interior of British Columbia. Three species
of mites were associated with two of the insect species. About one-half of
the species of Coleoptera and Diptera concerned are known or thought to
be introduced.
Introduction
Cattle dung does not decompose
quickly in the semi-arid rangelands
of the southern Interior of British
Columbia. Dried dung pads usually
remain on the soil for long periods.
While the dung is fresh it is a food
and rearing medium for the larvae
of two dipterous pests of cattle: the
horn fly and the face fly. Later, the
dried pads clutter rangeland and pas-
tures aS a Store of undecomposed
plant nutrients.
Insects have been the most suc-
cessful group in exploiting animal
dung in various ways, and they range
from the truly coprophagous forms
such as muscoid flies and dung beetles
(Scarabaeidae) to the predators and
parasites that prey upon many of the
coprophages. It is possible and desir-
able to manipulate the insect fauna
of dung through the careful introduc-
tion of certain insect species. These
will suppress noxious Species such as
the horn fly (Macqueen and Beirne
in prep.) and will help to bury the
dung (Macqueen and Beirne in prep.).
Methods
During the summer of 1970 dung
insects were collected by hand in the
Kamloops and Summerland areas of
British Columbia. In 1971 and 1972,
as an off-shoot of field investigations
'Present address: Division of Entomology. SCIRO. Private
Bag No. 3. Indooroopilly. Queensland 4068. Australia.
into the production of horn fly from
naturally-dropped cattle dung pads
(Macqueen and Beirne in prep.) on
irrigated pasture, insects were bred
from pads that had been exposed in
the field for 24 hours and then were
removed to individual emergence
cages in a greenhouse.
Results
A large number of dung insects
emerged from the samples collected in
the field. A few species in addition to
these were taken during other field
work. Table 1 lists these insects. The
collection is not exhaustive because
this investigation was mainly con-
cerned with certain types of insects
that breed in the dung, namely:
—prevalent coprophagous species
that might be important basic
units in food chains within the
pads and which, along with the
horn fly, are probably inhabitants
only of fresh dune,
—predaceous and parasitic insects
that prey on the coprophagous
species;
—species that manipulate the dung
mass (Scarabaeidae: Aphodiinae
and Scarabaeinae).
Some species that actually breed
in dung may have been omitted be-
cause of their erratic occurrence or
low numbers, but it is highly unlikely
that any moderately prevalent dung-
breeding species are not included.
6 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 71 (1974), Ocr. 1, 1974
Table. 1. Insects associated with fresh cattle dung on range and irrigated pastures at
Kamloops, B.C., 1970-72.
SPECIES
ORDER COLEOPTERA
Histeridae
Hister abbreviatus F.
Saprinus lubricus Lec.
Saprinus oregonensis Hatch
Margarinotus umbrosus Casey
Hydrophilidae
Cercyon spp.
Sphaeridium bipustulatum F.
Sphaeridium lunatum F.
Sphaeridium scarabaeoides L.
Scarabaeidae
Boreocanthon simplex (Lec.)
Onthophagus nuchicornis (L.)
Aphodius fessor (L.)
Aphodius fimetaruis (L.)
Aphodius congregatus Mann.
Aphodius distinctus (Muell.)
Aphodius granarius (L.)
Aphodius haemorrhoidalis (L.)
Aphodius pectoralis Lec.
Aphodius tenellus Say
Aphodius vittatus Say
Staphvlinidae
Aleochara bimaculata Grav.
Hyponygrus obsidianus Melsh.
Ontholestes cingulatus Grav.
Philonthus cruentatus Gmelin
Philonthus debilis Grav.
Philonthus fuscipennis Mann.
Philonthus rectangulus Sharp
**Philonthus sanguinolentus Grav.
Platystethus americanus Erich.
Tachinus nigricornis Mann.
ORDER DIPTERA
Ceratopogonidae
Forcipomyia brevipennis (Macquart)
Stratiomyidae
Sargus cuprarius (L.)
Microchrysa flavicornis (Meig.)
Otitidae
Physiphora demandata (F.)
**First record of this species in Canada.
AUTHORIDY+
oe] NOP SNS) wwww
WWWWWWWWWW
10
10
ORIGIN
Native?
Native?
Native
Native
Exotic
Exotic
Exotic
Native
Exotic
Exotic
Exotic
Native
Exotic
Exotic
Exotic
Native
Native
Native
Exotic
Native?
Native
Exotic
Exotic
Exotic
Exotic
Exotic
Native
Native
Exotic
Native
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotuMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
SPECIES
Sphaeroceridae
Copromyza atra (Meig.)
Leptocera spp.
Sepsidae
Sepsis neocynipsea Mel. & Spul.
Saltella sphondylii (Schr.)
Anthomyiidae
Calythea micropteryx (Thoms.)
Scatophagidae
Scatophaga furcata (Say)
Scatophaga stercoraria (L.)
Muscidae
Haematobia irritans (L.)
Helina duplicata (Meig.)
Hydrotaea armipes (Fall.)
Morellia micans (Macquart)
Myospila meditabunda (F.)
Musca autumnalis DeGeer
Musca domestica (L.)
Orthellia caesarion (Meig.)
Pyrellia cyanicolor (Zett.)
Pegomya spp.
Calliphoridae
Eucalliphora lilaea (Walk.)
Phormia regina (Meig.)
Sarcophagidae
Ravinia l’herminieri (Rob.-Desv.)
Ravinia planifrons (Ald.)
Ravinia querula (Walk.)
ORDER HYMENOPTERA
Braconidae
Aphaereta pallipes (Say)
Trichopria (subg. Phaenopria): 2 spp.
Asobara n. sp.
Cynipidae
Kleidotoma fossa Kieff.
Figitidae
Figites n. sp.?
Xyalophora quinquelineata (Say)
Melanips ” bilineatus (Kieff.)
Pteromalidae
Muscidifurax raptor Gir. & Saund.
Muscidifurax zaraptor Kogan & Legner
Spalangia haematobiae Ashm.
ORDER ACARINA
Pyemotidae (Pygmephorini)
Pediculaster mesembrinae (R. Can.)
(associated with Haematobia
irritans (L.) )
AUTHORITY *
CO CO CO
~“
ORIGIN
Native
Native
Exotic?
Exotic
Exotic
Exotic?
Native
Exotic
Exotic
Exotic?
Exotic?
Native?
Native
Exotic?
Native
Native
Native
Native
Native?
Native?
8 J. Extostou. Soc. Brit. CotuMnBIA TL (1974) OGr a aiid
SPECIES
Parasitidae
Parasitus sp.
(associated with Aphodius fossor (L.)
Macrochelidae
Macrocheles glaber group: sp.
near Perglaber Fil. & Peg.
(associated with Aphodius fossor (L.))
AUTHORIDY? ORIGIN
~
*Insects were identified by (1) H. F. Howden, Department of Biology, Carleton University,
Ottawa: and the following members of the Taxonomy Section, Entomology Research Institute,
Agriculture Canada. Ottawa: (2) E. C. Becker: (3) J. M. Campbell: (4) B. Cooper: (5) L. Foster:
(6) J. F. McAlpine: (7) E. E. Lindquist: (8) L. Masner: (9) W. R. Mason: (10) B. V. Peterson:
(11) R. de Ruette: (12) G. E. Shewell: (13) H. J. Teskev: (14) J. Rx. Vockeroth:-and (15) C. Mi
Yoshimoto: and also (16) the senior author.
Where possible, the geographical
origin of each species was determined,
either from the literature or from
the authority responsible for the iden-
tification. Species are designated as
exotic if there is documentation that
they were introduced into North
America since the arrival of the Euro-
peans and native if it is considered
that they have a natural Nearctic dis-
tribution. For many species that cur-
rently have a Holarctic distribution,
it is impossible to determine an
area of origin with certainty. These
have a question mark (?) in the
column designating their origin in
Table 1. If there is some, but not
definitive, evidence for a certain
origin of these Holarctic species, the
question mark appears after the pos-
sible origin.
Discussion
Coffey (1966) and Poorbaugh, An-
derson, and Burger (1968) gave exten-
Sive lists of flies and other insects
associated with cattle dung in south-
eastern Washington and in California,
respectively. These authors collected
flies that were attracted to dung, as
well as those reared from it. It is likely
that some of the species they mention
are present at Kamloops but are not
listed here because they do not breed
in the dung.
Nearly half of the species in Table
1 were introduced accidentally from
Europe or Asia: ‘thitteen*= of, the
species of Coleoptera listed are known
as probably native whereas 15 are
known as probably exotic; the cor-
responding figures for Diptera are 9
and 10 and for the Hymenoptera(‘a
and 0. Lindroth (1957) recognized
the European origin of a number of
insects associated with cattle dung
on the east coast of North America.
Most have spread across the continent
to the west coast (Poorbaugh et al.
1968), although there have been oc-
casional separate introductions into
the West as in the case of the dung
beetle, Onthophagus nuchicornis (L.)
(Howden and Cartwright 1963; How-
den 1966). The British Columbian
dung fauna is essentially very similar
to that listed for California by Poor-
baugh et al. (1968). Comparison of the
west coast fauna with that associat-
ed with cattle dung ‘in’. Imdiana
(Sanders and Dobson 1966) and
Texas (Blume 1970) shows differen-
ces mainly in the Coleoptera.
The general spread of cattle
throughout much of North America
has afforded a means for establish-
ment of many introduced bucopro-
philous species, i.e., those attracted
to cattle dung, and may have enabled
J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 71 (1974), Ocr. 1, 1974 9
some indigenous species to expand
their original ranges. The result is
that there is now a diverse dung fauna
in the Southern Interior. The original
coprophilous fauna in the area may
have consisted of relatively few
species. Many of the introduced in-
sects that undoubtedly coexisted in
Europe are now reunited under some-
what different circumstances. Some
are Known predators and parasites
of the horn fly and the face fly. It is
fortunate that the same imperfect
quarantine precautions which per-
mitted those pest flies to enter North
America has also tempered their eco-
nomic impact by also allowing the
introduction of some of their natural
enemies.
Acknowledgements
We wish to thank Dr. Howden, Department
of Biology, Carleton University, Ottawa, and the _
members of the Taxonomy Section, ERI, Canada
Agriculture, Ottawa, tor making the identitica-
tions and providing information on certain insect
origins.
The Directors and some staff members of the
Canada Agriculture Research Stations at Kam-
loops and Summerland provided facilities for the
work and helpful advice. In particular we wish
to pay tribute to the late Mr. G. B. Rich, who
took an active interest in the work and provided
us with information on the dung insect fauna.
Literature Cited
Blume, R. R. 1970. Insects associated with bovine droppings in Kerr and Bexar Counties, Texas.
J. Econ. Entomol. 63: 1023-1024.
Cottey, M. D. 1966. Studies on the association of flies (Diptera) with dung in Southeastern Washing-
ton. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 59: 207-218.
Howden, H. F. 1966. Some possible effects of the Pleistocene on the distributions of North American
Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera). Can. Entomol. 98: 1177-1190.
Howden, H. F., and O. L. Cartwright. 1963. Scarab beetles of the genus Onthophagus Latreille
north of Mexico (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Proc. U.S. Natl Mus. 114: 1-135.
Lindroth, C. H. 1957. The taunal connections between Europe and North America. John Wiley and
Sons, New York. 344 pp.
Macqueen, A., and B. P. Beirne. In prep. Influence of other insects on production of horn
fly from cattle dung in British Columbia.
Macqueen, A., and B. P. Beirne. In prep. Burial efficiency of Onthophagus nuchicornis, an intro-
duced dung beetle in British Columbia (Coleoptera: Scarabaeinae).
Poorbaugh, J. H., J. R. Anderson, and J. F. Burger. 1968. The insect inhabitants of undisturbed
cattle droppings in Northern California. Calif. Vector Views 15: 17-36.
Sanders, D. P., and R. C. Dobson. 1966. The insect complex associated with bovine manure in
Indiana. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 59: 955-959.
10 J. Entomou. Soc. Brit. ContUMnra 71 (1974 pr Oca 194
LARVAL HEAD-CAPSULE WIDTHS OF DENDROCTONUS
RUFIPENNIS (KIRBY) (COLEOPTERA: SCOLYTIDAE) |
P. M. HALL and E. D. A. DYER
Department of the Environment, Canadian Forestry Service
Pacific Forest Research Centre, Victoria, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
Widths of larval head capsules of D. rufipennis (Kirby) were meas-
sured and analvsed. The frequency distribution had four distinct modes cor-
responding to the four larval instars. The change in mean head-capsule widths
between instars showed agreement with Dyar’s Rule.
Résumé
Les auteurs mesurerent la largeur des capsules formant les tétes des
larves de D. rufipennis (Kirby). La distribution de fréquences se divisa en
quatre modes distincts qui correspondaient aux quatre stades larvaires. Le
changement d'une largeur moyenne 4a | autre de chaque stade concordait avec
la régle de Dvar.
Introduction
Spruce beetles, Dendroctonus rufi-
pennis (Kirby), normally have a 2-
year life cycle (Massey and Wygant,
1954); however, due to variations in
environmental conditions, 1- and
3-year cycles have been reported
(Knight, 1961). Variation in length of
the life cycle is due partly to the
effects of different temperatures on
the rate of larval development. In
studies of the population biology of
the spruce beetle, determination of
larval instars is required to under-
stand how far development has pro-
eressed toward maturity. Prebble
(1933), Walters and McMullen (1956)
and Reid (1962) have shown that
larval instars of scolytids can be sep-
arated and identified by the head-
capsule width, which remains con-
stant for the duration of each instar.
The presence of four instars has been
cited for several other species in the
genus Dendroctonus: D. brevicomis
Lec. (Miller and Keen, 1960), D. fron-
talis Zimm. (Wood, 1963), D. simplex
Lec. (Prebble, 1933) and D. ponder-
osae Hopk. (Reid, 1962). The current
study was conducted to determine
the number of instars of the spruce
beetle and the corresponding mean
head-capsule widths and their varia-
bility.
Methods
Spruce beetle larvae were collected
from spruce (Picea glauca (Moench)
Voss) in the Naver forest near Prince
George, British Columbia, and pre-
served in 70% ethanol. Other larvae
were reared in spruce logs at-aicon—
stant temperature of 68°F (20°C) to
obtain additional early-instar larvae
for measurement. A dissecting mic-
roscope with ocular micrometer was
used to measure the greatest width of
each head capsule to the nearest
micron.
The head capsule widths were
grouped into 0.02 mm classes for the
construction of a histogram (Fig. 1).
This histogram had four distinct
peaks corresponding to four instars.
Because of the overlap of curves, the
class marks with the four highest
frequencies were taken as the mean
head-capsule widths of the larval in-
Stars and the standard deviations
were calculated as a function of the
mean and range. The mean and range
accurately represent the instar values
because of the large number of
samples and symmetry of the indi-
vidual curves.
Results and Discussion
This study shows that there are
four distinct larval instars in Dend-
roctonus rufipennis (Kirby) and that
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotuMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 LE
FREQUENCY
900
700
r
SOO
300
100
[Remmi ee en ee le ee ee ee eee eee
40 4,2 40 BO a) 40 4,9 4,0 Zo Z) 40 he) 4,0 4,0 ao
eon Oo oe eee? Be OS ee KOPN Re ee he ae
HEAD CAPSULE WIDTH (mm)
Fig. 1. Histogram of larval head-capsule widths of Dendroctonus rufipennis (Kirby)
the developmental stage of larvae can capsule widths of the four instars
be established by measurement of were significantly (p = 0.05) different
head-capsule widths. The mean head- from each other (Table I). Also, the
Table I. Dendroctonus rufipennis (Kirby) larval head-capsule widths
Range Mean
(mm) (mm)
0.396-0.615 0.505 + 0.001!
0.516-0.855 0.685 + 0.002
0.716-1.175 0.945 + 0.002
0.956-1.655 1.305 + 0.002
1/ 95% confidence belt
ale, J. ENTomMoL. Soc. Brit. CotumBia 71 (1974), Ocr. 1, 1974
mean head-capsule widths of succes-
Sive instars increase linearly with an
average growth factor of 1.37x, which
is in good agreement with Dyar’s Rule
instar identification, the range of
each instar may be taken as falling
between the lowest intermodal fre-
quencies.
(Dyar, 1890). For the purposes of
References
Dyar, H. G. 1890. The number of molts of lepidopterous larvae. Psyche 5: 420-422.
Knight, F. B. 1961. Variations in the life history of the engelmann spruce beetle. Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer. 54: 209-214.
Massey, C. L. and N. D. Wygant. 1954. Biology and control of the engelmann spruce beetle in
Colorado. U.S. Dept. Agr. Cir. 944: 1-35.
Miller, J. M. and F. P. Keen. 1960. Biology and control of the western pine beetle. U.S. Dept. Agr.
Misc. Pub. 800; 1-381. |
Prebble, M. L. 1933. The larval development of three bark beetles. Can. Ent. 65: 145-150.
Reid, R. W. 1962. Biology of the mountain pine beetle, Dendroctonus monticolae Hopkins, in the
East Kootenay Region of British Columbia I. Life Cycle, Brood Development, and Flight
Periods. Can. Ent. 94: 531-538. .
Walters, J. and L. H. McMullen. 1956. Life history and habits of Pseudohylesinus nebulosus
(Leconte) (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) in the interior of British Columbia. Can. Ent. 88: 197-202.
Wood, S. L. 1963. A revision of the bark beetle genus Dendroctonus Erickson (Coleoptera:
Scolytidae). Gt. Basin Nat. 23: 1-117.
BOOK REVIEW
Bionomics and Embryology of the In-
land Floodwater Mosquito Aedes
vexans. W. R. HorsFALL, H. W.
FOWLER, JR., L. M. MORETTI AND J. R.
LARSEN. University of Illinois Press,
1973.
This book is presented in two
parts, the first _part-by Horsfall and
Fowler deals with the bionomics of
this major pest species, and the sec-
ond part by Moretti and Larsen des-
cribes its embryology.
The section on bionomics contains
a very large number of observations
on the egg, larva, pupa and adult,
treated rather as separate entities
than as the continuous life history
of a species. The tendency seems to
have been to catalogue rather than
to describe, and the summary (no dis-
cussion is presented in this section)
does little to synthesize. However,
the section does provide an excellent
source of references for the student of
aedine mosquitoes and it includes
very useful instructions for coloniza-
tion of the species in the laboratory.
The section on embryology pro-
vides the most detailed study of or-
eanogenesis in the genus Aedes, also
it is the only detailed study of a mos-
quito which overwinters in the egg
stage. It is straight forward histology
using the light microscope. «fhere
are 96 photographs of various stages
and organs during development, some
of those taken at the earlier stages
are good, but those taken during the
later stages would have been better
replaced by a few clear diagrams, or
at least considerably enlarged. Inter-
pretation of the illustrations is made
more difficult by the way in which
they are set up, at least six pages are
arranged so that the book has to be
turned in order to read the captions.
The book will be a useful reference
work to all those engaged in the study
of mosquitoes.
—Anne Hudson
J. Entomou. Soc. Brit. CotumBia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 13
BARBARA COLFAXIANA SISKIYOUANA (KFT.),
A PEST IN CONES OF ABIES GRANDIS.
A. F. HEDLIN and D. S. RUTH
Department of the Environment, Canadian Forestry Service,
Pacific Forest Research Centre, Victoria, British Columbia
Barbara colfaxiana siskiyouana
(Kit.) is a’ member of the family
Olethreutidae, of which a number are
cone feeders. Keen (1958) reported it
as being a pest on a number of Species
of Abies probably throughout the
range of hosts. In recent years, it has
caused considerable damage to cones
of Abies grandis (grand fir) on
southern Vancouver Island. Observa-
tions reported here were made in
1971, 1972 and 1973 on grand fir, and
they generally agree with those made
earlier by Keen for the western United
States.
In 1973 eggs were observed during
the period from April 13 to May 1 and
larvae from May 8 to July 30. Larval
head capsules, based on 346 measure-
ments, ranged in width from 0.216 to
1.410 mm, slightly larger than those
of B. colfaxiana in Douglas-fir cones
(Hedlin 1960). Pupae were first ob-
served on July 10 and were present
in cones throughout the winter until
Apri.
Adults emerge in April and ovi-
posit on the bracts of young cones.
Eges were laid on bracts near the cone
extremities; none were seen at the
mid portion of the cone. At first the
young larvae feed on the edges of the
cone scales but later tunnel within
the scales towards the axis of the
cone. By late June, they begin to feed
on the seeds and Scale tissue by tun-
neling spirally around the axis. Two
or more larvae in the Same cone con-
struct parallel separate tunnels. Dur-
ing July, the larvae construct silken
pitch-coated cocoons perpendicular
to the cone axis. Pupation occurs with
the anterior end toward the cone ex-
terior. Infested cones remain on the
tree over winter. Normally the moths
emerge the following spring but some
remain in prolonged diapause and
emerge one or more years later.
Insect feeding causes the cone
scales to die and turn brown; by the
end of July, damage is readily ap-
parent from the exterior of the cone.
The feeding causes a heavy flow of
pitch which fuses the cone scales and
prevents the normal disintegration
of cones in autumn. Of 185 cones col-
lected at random from 3 trees, 27%
were infested. Multiple infestations
are common. Twenty cones collected
in 1973 were infested by a total of 93
insects with an average of 4.65 (range
1 to 17) per cone. Cones infested by
at least two insects suffered 100%
seed loss. This suggests that seed col-
lectors should avoid all cones ob-
viously infested by this insect.
References
Hedlin, A. F. 1960. On the life history of the Douglas-fir cone moth, Barbara colfaxiana (Kft.)
(Lepidoptera: Olethreutidae), and one of its parasites Glypta evetriae Cush. (Hymenop-
tera: Ichneumonidae). Can. Ent. 92: 826-834.
Keen, F. P. 1958. Cone and seed insects of western forest trees. U.S.D.A. Tech. Bull. 1169. 168 pp.
14 J. Extowou. Soc. Brit. CoLtumMBiIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
NATIVE PARASITES OF THE LARCH CASEBEARER,
COLEOPHORA LARICELLA
(LEPIDOPTERA: COLEOPHORIDAE), IN THE WEST
KOOTENAY AREA OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
GORDON E. MILLER' and THELMA FINLAYSON!
ABSTRACT
Thirty-two species of parasites and hyperparasites were reared in
1973 trom a total of almost 103,000 larch casebearers, Coleophora laricella
(Hbn.), collected at eight locations in the West Kootenay area of British
Columbia. The two highest casebearer populations were at Fruitvale and
Shoreacres, with densities of 150 and 130 cases per 100 fascicles respectively. |
The highest incidence of parasitism was 17.7% at Rossland, where the host
density was just under 100 cases per 100 fascicles. The Dicladocerus spp.
complex comprised 40.7% of the total parasitism and was most abundant at
Rossland, Arrow Creek, Christina Lake, Sheep’s Creek, and Yahk; Spil-
chalcis albifrons (Walsh) comprised 23.6% of the total and was the most
abundant parasite at Shoreacres, Christina Lake, and Fruitvale; and Bracon
pygmaeus (Prov.) comprised 6.8% of the total and was the most abundant
parasite at Anarchist Summit.
Introduction
The larch casebearer, Coleophora
laricella (Hbn.) (Lepidoptera: Coleo-
phoridae), was first discovered in
western North America on western
larch, Larix occidentalis Nutt. at St.
Maries, Idaho, in 1957 (Denton 1958).
It apparently entered southeastern
British Columbia before 1966 and by
1973 extended along the international
border from Anarchist Summit east
to Roosville, and north to the Cran-
brook, Lardeau, and Nelson areas. Its
range seems to have been relatively
stable in British Columbia since 1968.
Little is known of the native para-
sites of the larch casebearer in west-
ern North America. Bousfield and
Lood (1973) listed 20 species of para-
sites and hyperparasites from Mon-
tana, Idaho and Washington; and
Denton (1972) found 16 Species at
Ste. Maries, Idaho, with an aggregate
parasitism of 17%. The only report on
the impact of individual native para-
Site species on casebearer populations
is by Bousfield and Lood (1970) for
Washington, Idaho and Montana. In
‘Graduate student and Associate Professor, respectively, Simon
Fraser University, Burnaby 2, B.C.
British Columbia, Andrews and Geist-
linger (1969) reared nine species of
parasites and hyperparasites from
Small numbers of casebearers col-
lected from 1966 to 1968. The total
parasitism was 0.69% in 1966, 0.22%
in 1967, and 4.0% in 1968.
The objectives of the work report-
ed upon here were to determine the
identities and impact of native para-
Sites on the larch casebearer in the
West Kootenay area of British Col-
umbia in 1973.
Materials and Methods
Casebearers were collected on May
8-9 (Collection 1), mainly as fourth
instar larvae, and on May 23-25 (Col-
lection 2), mainly as pupae. Samples
were collected at eight locations:
Anarchist Summit, Cascade, Shore-
acres, Rossland, Sheep’s Creek cut-
off (12 miles south of Salmo), Fruit-
vale, Arrow Creek, and Yahk (Fig 1).
In each collection, 10 to 15 trees
were sampled at four to six feet (1.2
to 1.8m) and at 10 to 12 feet (3.0 to
3.7 mM). Five primary branches were
taken from the full circumference
of the tree at each height. Rearing
was done mainly in 1 ft? (0.283 m3)
cages constructed from corrugated
J. EnTomo.. Soc. Brit. Cotumpia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 V5
be se
. : : Scale : miles
RO ee
Ne = |
‘ QO 30
; Q >
NZX
\
X
a
\
x“
\ NN
‘Cranbrook S
xe Ss \ AS
‘ Nw.
2 3456
LEGEN D
SC Range of Larix occidentalis
#2222 Distribution of Coleophora laricella
°
°
te fete %ece
Seale, *
evee te
Collection sites
Anarchist Summit
Christina Lake
Rossland
Shoreacres
Fruitvale
Sheep’s Creek
Arrow Creek
Yahk
Fig. 1. Distribution of the larch casebearer in British Columbia and location of the eight collecting
sites. (Adapted from R. F. Shepherd and D. A. Ross, ‘“‘Problem analysis: larch casebearer
in B.C.”’ Unpublished Internal Report BC-37, Pac. For. Res. Cent., Victoria, B.C., 1973.)
CON MOF WPr
16 J. Entrosrou. Soc: Brit. Cotumpt1a 71 (1974), Ocr, Bier
cardboard, one side of which was re-
placed by fine Dacron mesh. Parasites
were collected daily and preserved in
70% ethanol.
The number of fascicles per inch
(2.5 cm) of branch was calculated by
measuring the length and number
of fascicles in 100 branches from each
collection. When emergence of moths
and parasites had ceased, all the
branches were measured and the total
numbers of fascicles estimated from
the samples.
The number of casebearers in
each collection was determined by
removing the pupal cases by hand and
counting them. Unemerged parasites
were detected by immersing the cases
in warm 10% KOH for 15 minutes and
then examining them under the
microscope. Unemerged parasites were
not identified to species or genus.
Percentage parasitism was calcu-
lated by assuming that only one para-
site emerged from each case. This
may not be an entirely valid assump-
tion, although Bousfield and Lood
(1973) found a low incidence of more
than one parasite emerging from a
Single case.
Results
A total of 102,947 cases were col-
lected and reared, 40,695 in Collection
1, and 62,252 in Collection 2. A total
of 4,459 specimens of 32 species of
hymenopterous parasites and hyper-
parasites emerged, 543 from Collection
1 and 3,916 from Collection 2. Sixteen
of the species could be named, and
the remainder could be named to
genus only. The 32 species were com-
posed of 7 Ichneumonidae, 1 Brac-
onidae, 1 Chalcididae, 14 Eulophidae,
4 Pteromalidae, 1 Mymaridae, and 4
Diapriidae. All the parasites from
both collections emerged at the same
time.
Five of the species have not been
recorded previously from the larch
casebearer: Acrolyta sp., Hyposoter
sp. (Ichneumonidae); Melittobia sp.,
Diglyphus sp. (Eulophidae); Cyrto-
gaster vulgaris Wlkr. (Pteromalidae) ;
and Anaphes sp. (Mymaridae). As
only one specimen of each of the
first three of these and of C. vulgaris
was reared, it is possible that these
few came from hosts other than the
larch casebearer which were accident-
ally included in the collections. This
may also be true for the other
two, Diglyphus sp. and Anaphes sp.,
although they were present in suf-
ficiently large numbers, 107 and 24
specimens respectively, to suggess
that they emerged from the larch
casebearer.
The remaining parasite species
reared in this work have been record-
ed on the larch casebearer from var-
ious areas in North America. Species
that were previously recorded only
from eastern North America (Webb
1953) are: Itoplectis vesca Tow. (Ich-
neumonidae); Eulophus sp., Euderus
cushmani (Cwfd.), Elachertus pro-
teoteratis (How.), Cirrospilus pictus
(Nees), Chrysocharis (Kratochvili-
ana) laricinellae (Ratz.) (Eulophi-
dae); Telenomus spp. and Trissolcus
sp. (Diapriidae). Species taken pre-
viously in Washington, Idaho, and
Montana (Bousfield and Lood 1973;
Denton 1972) but representing new
records for British Columbia are:
Gelis sp., Pristomerus sp. (Ichneu-
monidae); Bracon pygmaeus Prov.
(Braconidae); Tetrastichus dolosus
Gah., Achrysocharella sp., Zagram-
mosoma americanum Gir. (Eulophi-
dae); and Habrocytus phycidis Ashm.,
and Catolaccus aeneoviridis (Gir.)
(Pteromalidae). Species found pre-
viously in both eastern and western
North America, including British Col-
umbia (Andrews and Geistlinger 1969;
Bousfield and Lood 1973; Denton
1972; Webb 1953) are: Gelis tenellus
17
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
oe
61
sa1veatoOYys
"BIQUIN][OZ YSI}lIg Ul SUOTIEIOT 1YSIA 18
6-8 ABI] UO paqdaT[Od sIaIvaqased YIIL] UOT] paieval saziseied Jo sasejusaoied pue SIaGUINN "| aqe J,
"M199 M IIPOOMISIM SNIBZIOPL]IIG S9PNOUT yy %1'O UBY) SSOT,
CT s[e10 |
pueyssoy
J sajyiseieg pasieulau)
%1T'Q UB) Sse] Sotdads [eUOTIIPpY
‘ds snqojodosajq
aepl[eulola}g
I (¢) ‘dds snaad.0peoiq «x
seprydoiny
8 - ‘AOLG sneewscAd uoovig
aepluoorlg
aTeAyINI
BUlISIY )
JUIUING
ystyoIeUy
ON
salads a}Iseleg
18 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtuMpBia 71 (1974), Oor. 1, 1974
(Say) (Ichneumonidae); Spilochal-
cis albifrons (Walsh) (Chalcididae) ;
Dicladocerus spp. (including D. west-
woodii Westw.), and Tetrastichus ecus
Wlkr. [=T. xanthops (Ratz.)]. (Eulo-
phidae). Mesopolobus sp. |=Ambdly-
merus sp.| (Pteromalidae) has been
recorded only from the western
United States and British Columbia
(Andrews and Geistlinger 1969; Bous-
field and Lood 1973; Denton 1972).
Scambus decorus Wly. (Ichneumoni-
dae) was previously recorded on the
larch casebearer only in British Col-
umbia (Andrews and Geistlinger).
Seven parasite species were reared
from Collection 1 of May 8-9 (Table
I). The highest aggregate parasitism
was 6.7% at Rossland, followed by
5.6% at Yahk and 3.0% at Christina
Lake. Three species of Dicladocerus,
including D. westwoodii, were the
most abundant parasites in this col-
lection.
Thirty-two species of parasites, i.e.
all the species found in the survey,
Number of
Parasites
Reared
were reared from Collection 2 of May
23-25 (Table II). The highest aggreg-
ate parasivism of 17.7% occurred at
Rossland, followed by Shoreacres with
6.8%, Arrow Creek with 4.0%, Anar-
chist Summit with 3.4% and Christina
Lake with 2.9%. The most abundant
species in this collection were the
Dicladocerus spp. complex, S. albi-
frons, and B. pygmaeus.
Species that occurred in percent-
ages less than 0.1% at any of the loca-
tions are not included in the tables.
They are: G. tenellus, I. vesca, Pris-
tomerus sp., Hyposoter sp., T. dolosus,
Eulophus sp., E. proteoteratis, C. pic-
tus, C. laricinellae, Melittobia sp., H.
phycidis, C. aeneoviridis, C. vulgaris,
and three species of Telenomus.
G. tenellus, Acrolyta sp., E. cush-
mani, E. proteoteratis, C. pictus, C.
aeneoviridis, and C. vulgaris were
reared only from casebearers collected
at a height of four to six feet. Eulo-
phus sp., Melittobia sp., C. laricinellae,
and Telenomus spp. were reared only
Number of | Number of
Cases Parasites
per 100 per 100
Fascicles Fascicles
Percentage
Parasitism
Collection | Number of
Place Number Cases
Arrow Creek 1 6,874
2 7,036
Anarchist Summit 1 767
2 912
Christina Lake 1 5,596
2 6,695
Fruitvale 1 9,899
2 11,867
Rossland 1 2,165
2 10,442
Shoreacres 1 8,546
Z 15,359
Sheep’s Creek 1 6,794
2 9,738
Yahk 1 54
2 193
15 02
280 2.0
10 0:2
31 0.3
168 Poel
194 1.6
48 0.7
260 2.5
146 5.5
14.0
0.1
7.8
0.5
ae
0.08
0.02 4
Table III. Summary of rearings of larch casebearers collected at eight locations in British
Columbia showing the numbers of cases incubated, the numbers and percentages of
parasites reared, and the numbers of cases and parasites per 100 fascicles.
19
J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CotuMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
89 Ig0T
LLT 88
G6 096
GO
61
ae
6G V6l} FE ibe OP
C0 66 60 8 Pal
*
* G VO
* G
GO G
* I x
GO. =i LO i! pel
€<G TST v0
* e GG OZ v0
T0
a[BAUINI
aye]
eulysiy)
qWuIUING
ystyoreuy
"M189 IPOOM SIM SNAIBZIOPL][IIC, SEPNOUT y »
O8%
9L
I
8G
Tél
GG
"BIQUIN[O/D YSI}lIg Ul SUOT}BIO] IYSIa 1B CZ-EZ ABI] UO paqoa][OO SIaIvaqased YOIe] WO] paiva seyiseied Jo sasejuaoied puke sIaqUINN “[] e[qe J,
%1'0 UBYY SSO'T,
SoyIseleg pasiaweu)
% 1° ueyy
ssa] sotoads [euolIppy
‘ds sno[ossia],
sepriderd
‘ds soydeuy
seplleuUlA Ay
‘ds snqojodosafw
aepl[eulola}g
‘IIr) WNUBITIIWe BVUIOSOWWLISe7
‘ds snydA[31q
(‘pjmMQ) tueuYysnod snispny
‘ds B[JaaeyoosAIYyIYy
‘IY[M SNoo snyoiysesjay,
(¢) ‘dds snia00pe[sig «+
seprydong
(YS[e MA) SUOAJIQTS SToTBYIOoTIdS
Se eS),
‘AOIg snoeevewusAd uoseig
aepluooelg
‘ds BeyA[OINY
‘ds stjax)
‘ATM SNiOVEp SNqUIBvIC
aepluouINneUuyo]
satveds ayIseleg
20 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BriT. CoLuUMBIA 71 (1974), Ocr. 1, 1974
from casebearers collected at a height
of 10 to 12 feet. Not more than two
individuals of any of these 11 species
were obtained, except for C. laricinel-
lae and Telenomus spp. where there
were five and six respectively. Because
there were not sufficient numbers of
any of these species present at either
height to have any Significance, the
collections taken at the two heights
were pooled and are reported as single
collections in the tables.
The Dicladocerus spp. complex
comprised 40.7% of the total parasit-
ism. This complex was the most
abundant at Rossland, Arrow Creek,
Christina Lake, Sheep’s Creek, and
Yahk. Next in importance was S. albi-
frons which comprised 23.6% of the
total parasitism and was the most
abundant species at Shoreacres, Chris-
tina Lake, and Fruitvale. B. pygmaeus
comprised 6.8% of the total and was
the most abundant parasite at Anar-
chist Summit. In decreasing import-
ance were Mesopolobus sp., comprising
3.9%, T. ecus comprising 3.2%, and
Diglyphus sp. comprising 2.4%. The
remaining 24 species accounted for
19.4% of the parasitism. S. albifrons,
T. ecus and Diglyphus sp. were reared
only from cases collected on May
23-25.
Areas of highest overall host den-
sity were Fruitvale and Shoreacres
with 150 and 130 cases per 100 fas-
Cicles respectively in Collection 1
(Table III). However, the percentage
parasitism was highest in both col-
lections at Rossland where host den-
sity was 81 and 67 cases per 100 fas-
cicles in Collections 1 and 2 respect-
ively. Calculation of the number of
parasites per 100 fascicles indicated
that they were most abundant at
Rossland with 14.0 and Shoreacres
with 7.8, both in Collection 2.
Discussion
Seasonal differences in parasitism
were apparent in the two collections.
Only seven species emerged from Col-
lection 1 and these represented about
12% of the total parasitism, whereas
32 Species emerged from Collection 2,
constituting about 88% of the total.
Reasons for the relatively low parasit-
ism in early May could be either that
the host casebearers were not at the
correct stage for attack or that adults
of the majority of the parasite species
had not yet emerged. There may also
have been an accumulation of para-
sites in the hosts over a period of time
because emergence from the two col-
lections took place at the same time.
Differences in parasitism between
the various plots cannot be explained
on the basis of host density. At Shore-
acres and Fruitvale, where casebearer
densities were greatest, the aggregate
parasitism was 6.8% and 2.2% respect-
ively, whereas at Rossland, where host
density was between one-half to two-
thirds that of Shoreacres and Fruit-
vale, the parasitism of 17.7% was
highest. At Yahk, where host density
was lowest, parasitism in Collection 1
amounted to 5.6% which was the third
highest of any of the areas. Because
the parasites must have transferred
to the larch casebearer from other
hosts in the area, the most likely
cause of variation in species numbers
and densities is the extent of occur-
rence of alternate hosts at each site.
The presence of C. laricinellae at
Shoreacres and Rossland is interest-
ing because its origin in British Col-
umbia is unknown. It was imported
into the western United States from
Austria and England for release as a
biological control agent against the
larch casebearer in 1972 (Ryan and
Denton 1973). However, no releases
have been made in British Columbia
and the closest release site in the
J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtuMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 21
United States is over 200 miles from
the locations where they were taken
here. The possible explanations for
its presence are discussed by Ryan
et ai (in press).
The previously unrecorded species
were probably found in the present
survey because of the large numbers
of cases reared. Although many of
them were present in very small num-
bers, it is significant that they will
attack the larch casebearer, and it is
conceivable that under certain con-
spp., S. albifrons, and B. pygmaeus
probably have the greatest potential
for reducing the numbers of larch
casebearer because of their wide dis-
tribution and greater abundance.
Acknowledgments
We thank Drs. C. M. Yoshimoto, W. R. M.
Mason, J. R. Barron, and L. Masner and Mr. M.
Ivanochko, Entomology Research Institute, Can-
ada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Ont.,
for identifying the parasites; and Drs. B. P.
Beirne and J. H. Borden, Simon Fraser Univers-
ity, Burnaby 2, B.C., for advice and help with the
manuscript. The research was supported by Con-
tract OSP3-0228 trom the Pacific Forest Re-
search Centre, Canadian Forestry Service, De-
partment of the Environment, Victoria, B.C.
ditions of weather and host density
that they could become regulatory
factors of consequence. Dicladocerus
References
Andrews, R.J., and N. J. Geistlinger. 1969. Parasites of the larch casebearer, Coleophora laricella
(Hbn.) in British Columbia (Lepidoptera: Coleophoridae). J. entomol. Soc. British Columbia
66: 50-51.
Bousfield, W. E., and R. C. Lood. 1970. Impact of parasites on the larch casebearer in the northern
region — 1970. U.S.D.A. For. Serv. Rept. 71-4, 13 pp.
Bousfield, W. E., and R. C. Lood. 1973. Parasites of the larch casebearer in Montana, Idaho, and
Washington. Environ. Ent., 2: 212-213.
Denton, R. E. 1958. The larch casebearer in Idaho—a new defoliator record for western forests.
Intermt. For. Exp. Stn., U.S. For. Serv. Res. Note 51, 6 pp.
Denton, R. E. 1972. Establishment of Agathis pumila (Ratz.) for control of larch casebearer, and
notes on native parasitism and predation in Idaho. U.S.D.A. For. Serv. Res. Note INT-164,
6 pp. Intermt. For. and Range Exp. Stn., Ogden, Utah.
Ryan, R. B., W. E. Bousfield, R. E. Denton, R. L. Johnsey, and L. F. Pettinger. Release of
Chrysocharis laricinellae (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae) from several sources into the larch
casebearer infestation in the western United States. In press.
Ryan, R. B., W. E. Bousfield, G. E. Miller, and T. Finlayson. Presence of Chrysocharis
laricinellae, a parasite of the larch casebearer, in the Pacitic Northwest. In press.
Ryan, R. B., and R. E. Denton. 1973. Initial releases of Chrysocharis laricinellae and Diclad-
ocerus westwoodii for biological control of the larch casebearer in the western United
States. U.S.D.A. For. Serv. Res. Note PNW-200, 4 pp. Pac. NW For. and Range Exp. Stn.,
Portland, Oregon.
Webb, F. E. 1953. An ecological study of the larch casebearer, Coleophora laricella Hbn.
(Lepidoptera: Coleophoridae). Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., 210 pp.
29 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBiIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
OCCURRENCE OF APPLE LEAF ROLLERS (LEPIDOPTERA:
TORTRICIDAE) AND THEIR PARASITES IN THE
OKANAGAN VALLEY,
BRITISH COLUMBIA
D. F. MAYER! AND B. P. BEIRNE
Pestology Centre, Department of Biological Sciences,
Simon Fraser University, Burnaby 2, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
Seven species of leaf rollers feed on apple in the Okanagan Valley.
Five of them, including two of the three most common species, were not pre-
viously recorded as feeding on apple there. Six of the species have alternative
host plants of which rose is the most important. A short key to final instar
larvae of six of the species is included. Thirty-seven species of parasites were
reared, of which eight may have some significance in control.
Introduction
Apple-feeding species of leaf rol-
lers in the Okanagan Valley were in-
vestigated in 1972. The species, their
food plants, and their natural enemies
are listed here; aspects of their ecol-
ogy are discussed elsewhere (Mayer
and Beirne, in press).
The Leaf Rollers
Seven species were found feeding
on apple in the Okanagan Valley,
between Kelowna and OkKanagan
Falls. An earlier survey by Venables
(1924) revealed four species of which
two were not found in the 1972 sur-
vey. All seven are univoltine. Archips
argyrospilus and A. rosanus overwin-
ter aS eggs which hatch when apple
is in the one-half-inch green bud
stage of development. The newly-
hatched larvae disperse, often wind-
borne. The five other species overwin-
ter as larvae. All seven species reduce
potential fruit set by feeding on the
developing buds and leaves. Blossom
feeding is common. On apple the larva
rolls a single leaf, often attached to
a fruit. On plants with smaller leaves
such as privet two to five leaves may
compromise the nest. The _ seven
species in approximate order of eco-
nomic significance to apple are as
follows.
‘Present address: Department of Entomology, Washington
State University, Pullman, Washington.
(a) Archips argyrospilus (Walk.),
the fruit-tree leaf roller, has been the
dominant leaf roller on apple in the
Okanagan Valley since the early
1920’s. It was still dominant in 1972,
comprising from 19 to 99% of the
apple leaf rollers in different locali-
ties, although it was exceeded in num-
bers by A. rosanus and by Pan-
demis limitata in locations near Sum-
merland. Apple, followed by rose and
antelope bush (Purshia_ tridentata
(Pursh) ), are the primary host
plants. Other food plants are birch
(Betula sp.), squaw current (Ribes
cereum Dougl.), Oregon grape (Ma-
honia nervosa (Pursh) ), Russian
olive (Eleangus angustifolia Pall.),
walnut (Juglans regia L.), and willow
(Salix sp.). Feeding tests showed that
the larvae will feed on leaves of
almost any available shrub or tree
rather than starve. This species is
closely related to A. rosanus but re-
peated laboratory attempts to inter-
breed them resulted in a _ Single
mating but no eggs. Twenty species
of parasites were reared.
(bo) A. rosanus (L.), the European
leaf roller, was common ( 25 to 80%)
on apple in the Summerland district
in 1972 but was not previously record-
ed on that plant in the Okanagan
Valley. The usual primary host plant
is privet (Ligustrum vulgare L.).
meas
Scat saan, “eels i?
ee
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotuMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 23
Other primary host plants are rose
and red-osier dogwood (Cornus sto-
lonifera Michx.). It was also found
feeding on alder (Alnus sp.), choKe-
cherry (Prunus virginiana L.), haw-
thorn (Crataegus douglasii Lindl.),
maple (Acer sp.), Russian olive, wal-
nut, and willow. It was not found
feeding on currant though this is a
host plant in Eastern North America
(Whitehead 1926). Twenty - eight
species of parasites were reared.
(c) Pandemis limitata Rob., the
three-lined leaf roller, was common
(2 to 42%) on apple in the Summer-
land district in 1972 though not re-
corded previously as feeding on it in
the Okanagan Valley. Other primary
host plants are rose and dogwood. It
was also found feeding on birch,
maple, and willow. Though univol-
tine in the Okanagan Valley it is bi-
voltine about 300 miles south in
Washington State. The feeding habits
differ from those described for East-
ern North America. In the Okanagan
Valley the larva first feeds on the
undersurface of a leaf under webbing
and later does not roll leaves; usually
it is found on leaves not fed upon by
other species of leaf rollers. In the
Kast (Hall 1929, Gilliatt 1932) the
early instar larva establishes feeding-
sites in leaves rolled and partly fed
upon by other species of leaf rollers.
Nine species of parasites were reared.
In one locality larvae were found to
be infected with a granulosis virus
that killed them in the final instar.
(d) Platynota idaeusalis (Walk.),
the tufted apple bud moth, was not
common (3%). Apple and rose are
primary host plants and it was also
found feeding on willow. In New York
the larva overwinters as two different
sizes (Chapman and Lienk 1971) but
only as one in the Okanagan Valley.
One parasite species was reared.
(e) Syndemis afflictana (Walk.),
the fall dead-leaf roller, was found
only on apple (2%). It overwinters as
a final-instar larva, whereas the other
species that do not overwinter as
eges do so as partly-grown larvae.
The majority of the larvae were found
in living rolled leaves whereas in New
York (Chapman and Lienk 1971) most
of the larvae construct nests from
dead leaves or cause a living leaf to
die by partly severing the petiole.
(f) Choristoneura rosaceana
(Harr.), the oblique - banded leaf
roller, was the dominant species on
apple in the Okanagan Valley up to
the 1920’s (Venables 1924) but it is
now rare. It was found in 1972 in a
single location near Okanagan Falls
and only in trace amounts, feeding on
apple.
(g) Argyrotaenia dorsalana (Dyar),
was found, infrequently (1%), on
apple and rose. The recorded host
plants are Pinaceae (Powell 1964)
and oak (Freeman 1958).
Parasites
The following parasites were rear-
ed from leaf-rollers in the Okanagan
Valley. The host species, when iden-
tifiable, are indicated by the letters in
parenthesis, which are from the list
above. Only eight of the 38 species
(marked with asterisks below) were
reared more than five times and are
therefore of possible control signifi-
cance.
Ichenumonidae: “Itoplectis quad-
ricingulata (Prov.) (a,b,c); Hercus
pleuralis (Prov.) (b); Scambus tec-
umseh (Harr.) (b); Exochus nigripal-
pis tectulum Townes (a); Phytodietus
sp. (b); Glypa sp. (c); Acropimpla
albortica (Cress.) (b); *“Diadegma sp.
1 (b,c,d); Diadegma sp. 2 (a); Gelis
sp. (a); Pimplinae (b).
Braconidae: *Microgaster epago-
ges Gahan (a,b,c); *“Apanteles cacoe-
cide (Riley) (a,b,c,g); *Habrobracon
ranthonotus (Ashm.) (a); Onco-
24 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumpBia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
phanes americanus (Weed) (b);
Agathis annulipes (Cress.) (a,b);
Agathis sp. (b); Apanteles sp. No. 49
(b).
Trichogrammatidae: Trichogram-
ma minutum Riley (a,b,).
Chalcididae: Spilochalcis albifrons
(Walsh) (b); Brachymeria ovata
ovata (Say) (b,c).
Eulophidae: Eulophus anomocerus
(Crawf.) (a); Sympiesis marylanden-
sis Girault (b); Elachertus aeneoniger
(Girault) (b); Elachertus cacoeciae
(Howard) (b); Elachertus poss. n. sp.
(a); Dicladocerus westwoodii West-
wood (a); Pediobius sp. near lonch-
aeae Burks (a).
Elasmidae: Elasmus atratus How-
ard (a,b).
Pteromalidae: Dibrachys cavus
(Walk.) (a); Dibrachys poss. n. sp.
(bo); Habrocytus phycidis Asn. (a,b,c) ;
Catolaccus aeneoviridis (Girault)
(a,b).
Tachinidae: * Nemorilla pyste
(Walk.) (a,b); Compsilura concin-
nata (Mg.) (b); *Hemisturmia tor-
tricis (Coq.) (a,b,c); EHumea caesar
(Ald.) (a,b); *“Pseudoperichaeta erec-
ta (Coq.) (a,b,c).
Associated Lepidoptera
The apple leaf rollers recorded
from the Okanagan Valley by Ven-
ables (1924) but not found in the 1972
Survey were Acleris maximana
(Barnes & Busck) and Aphelia allen-
1ana (Hern,):
In the 1972 survey three species of
leaf rollers were found on primary
host plants of apple-feeding species
but not themselves on apple: Acleris
forbesana (McD.) and Acleris sp. near
bowmana (McD.), on dogwood, and
Croesia albicomana (Clem.), on rose.
Species of Lepidoptera other than
leaf rollers that were found feeding
on foliage of apple were: Epinotia
rectiplicana Walsm., Epinotia sp.,
Hedia ochroleucana Hbn., and Exzart-
ema punctanum Walsm. (Olethreu-
tinae); Filalima demissae Kief. and
Trachoma walsinghamiella Busck
(Gelechiidae) ; and Lithophane georgii
Grt. (Noctuidae).
Key To Leaf Rollers
Key to final-instar larvae of six
leaf rollers on apple in the OKanagan
Valley, B.C.
1. Body light green, head darker green... . 2
—. Body dark green or brownish green, head red-
dish brown, dark brown, or black
2. Full-grown at about end of apple bloom;
relatively sluggish; usually scarce.
aha eee el ae Argyrotaenia dorsalana
—. Full-grown two or three weeks after end of
apple bloom; very active; often frequent.
Pandemis limitata
3. Head brown to black, body dark green; usual-
a: ye W™eie Se cot ter fei! giax | Jey Gre! <a ane) “confine
ly common « . «. : .ics Sse ae ee 4
—. Head reddish brown to brown, body brown-
ish to brownish green; usually scarce ... 5
4. First thoracic legs brown, remainder green;
never on privet. . . Archips argyrospilus
—. All thoracic legs greenish; often common on
DIivet. 6.00 2 Archips rosanus
5. Body brownish, sometimes with two dark
brown stripes; full grown late in summer or
early in fall Syndemis afflictana
—. Body brownish-green, not with stripes; full-
grown late in spring or early in summer.
Platynota idaeusalis
@, igeyt fel var” tei
Acknowledgements
The authors thank the following: Dr. H. Mad-
sen, Canada Department of Agriculture Research
Station, Summerland, for much advice and assist-
ance throughout this investigation; Drs. E. Rock-
burne and G. Lewis, for identifying the Lepidop-
tera, and Drs. J. Barron, M. Ivonochko, W.
Mason, D. Wood, and C. Yoshimoto, all of the
Entomology Research Institute, Canada Depart-
ment of Agriculture, Ottawa, for identifying
the parasites. The work was financed by an
operating research grant from the National Re-
search Council of Canada to B. P. Beirne.
References
Chapman, P. J. and S. E. Lienk. 1971. Tortricid fauna of apple in New York (Lepidoptera:
Tortricidae). New York Agr. Exp. Sta., Geneva, Spec. Pub. 122 pp.
Freeman, T. N. 1958. The Archipinae of North America (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Can. Entomol.
Suppl. 7, 89 pp.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 25
Gilliatt, F. C. 1932. Life history and habits of the three-lined leaf roller, Pandemis limitata
Rob., in Nova Scotia. Sci. Agr. 12(9): 506-521.
Hall, J. A. 1929. Leaf rollers attacking the apple in Norfolk County, Ontario, Rep. Entomol. Soc.
Ontario 60: 137-141.
Mayer, D. F. and B. P. Beirne. 1973. Aspects of the ecology of apple leaf rollers (Lep.: Tortric.)
in the Okanagan Valley, British Columbia. Can. Entomol. 106:349-352 .
Powell, J. A. 1964. Biological and taxonomic studies on Tortricine moths, with reference to the
species in California. Univ. California Pub. Entomol. 32. 317 pp.
Venables, E. P. 1924. Leaf-rollers attacking orchard trees in the Okanagan Valley. Proc. Entomol.
Soc. Brit. Columbia 21: 22-26.
Whitehead, W. E. 1926. Notes on the currant leaf roller (Cacoecia rosana Linn.) in Nova Scotia.
Proc. Acadian Entomol. Soc. 10: 76-79.
INFLUENCE OF STREAM SEDIMENTS ON DISTRIBUTION
OF MACROBENTHOS'
M. A. BRUSVEN AND K. V. PRATHER:
Department of Entomology
University of Idaho
Moscow, Idaho
ABSTRACT
Studies were conducted in the laboratory and field to determine the
substrate relationships of five species of stream insects representing the orders
Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, Trichoptera and Diptera. Various combinations of
pebble and sand were tested in the presence or absence of cobbles. Substrates
with cobble were generally preferred over substrates without cobble. The pre-
ference for cobble generally increased as the sediments around the cobble de-
creased in size. Substrates with unembedded cobble were slightly preferred
over half-embedded cobble; completely embedded cobble in fine sand proved
unacceptable to most species. Three types of substrate-distribution patterns
are recognized; stream insects which inhabit substrate surfaces; interstices;
and both substrate surfaces and interstices.
Introduction
Sediment pollution is of increasing
concern to stream ecologists. Exces-
sive accumulations of sediment in
mountain streams as a result of agri-
cultural practices, logging, road con-
struction, dredge mining, etc. can
have serious detrimental effects on
the stream biota. The role of Sedi-
ments in the distribution and abund-
ance of stream benthos has been re-
ported by Pervical and Whitehead
(1929), Cummins (1964, 1966), Scott
(1966) and others. This paper is con-
‘Research supported in part by the U.S. Department of the
Interior as authorized under the Water Resources Act of 1964,
Public Law 88-379. Published with the approval of the Director
of the Idaho Agriculture Experiment Station as Research Paper
No. 7461.
“Present address: Third U.S. Army Medical Laboratory, Ft.
McPherson, Georgia, U.S.A.
cerned with substrate relationships
of insects, but we recognize that other
trophic levels are also affected by
sediments. Influence upon any one
trophic level may cause profound side
effects on other components in the
ecosystem.
This paper attempts to clarify the
substrate relationships and ecology
of five stream insects studied in the
laboratory and field and suggests rea-
sons for specific affinities for certain
substrate conditions.
Materials and Methods
Insect-substrate relationships were
studied in the laboratory in artificial
streams similar to one described by
Brusven (1973). Temperature was
26 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. Cotumpia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
B C
PTERONARCYS CALIFORNICA
EPHEMERELLA GRANDIS
PERCENT
aa ae GSS UN Ml Peau Z -
80
60
40
20
oe ATHERI X VARIEGATA
(__] Unembedded Cobble [___] With cobble
(J Half-embedded Cobble (CT) Without cobble
60
40
20
Lp Sp Lp Cs Lp Fs Lp Cs Fs Lp Sp Cs Fs
SUBSTRATE ae ie
Figure 1. Substrate preference of five species of aquatic insects. A. Preference for two sizes
of pebble and sand; B. Preference for unembedded and half-embedded cobble when in presence
of pebble and sand; and C. Preference for substrates with and without cobble. Vertical lines
indicate extremes of three replications. Lp=large pebble; Sp==small pebble; Cs= coarse sand;
F's-fine sand. *-fewer than 25 insects recovered from test quadrants during one replication.
J. Entromot. Soc. Brit. Cotumpia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 27
maintained at approximately 5°C and
water velocity at 15 cm/sec with sub-
strates of coarse sand or larger sedi-
ments and 8 cm/sec with fine sand. As
a bed material fine sand became un-
stable at velocities greater than 8
em/sec. Alternating 12-hour dark-
light cycles were maintained with
artificial lighting and automatic
timers. Each test lasted 48 hours.
Five species of stream _ insects,
Pteronarcys californica Newport,
Ephemerella grandis Eaton, Arcto-
psyche grandis (Banks), Brachycen-
trus sp. and Atheriz variegata Walker,
representing the orders Plecoptera,
Ephemoptera, Trichoptera and Dip-
tera were studied. The insects were
collected in the field and acclimated
in a laboratory stream similar to the
test stream. Middle and late instar
larvae and nymphs were used because
they proved less subject to injury
when handled than early instars.
Substrate preference experiments
were conducted to determine the pref-
erence of the insects: among four
substrate particle sizes, for totally,
partially or unembedded cobble sub-
strates, and substrates with vs. with-
out cobble. Cobble used in this con-
text refers to rocks having diameters
of 64-256 mm. Rocks averaging 115
mm in diameter were used during
cobble preference tests; six of these
were uniformly spaced in each of the
four test quadrants of the stream.
Sediments of less than cobble size
were screened into four size classes:
large pebble (12.0-25.00 mm), small
pebble (6.0-12.0 mm), coarse sand
(2.5-6.0 mm) and fine sand (1.0-1.5
mm).
The insects were uniformly dist-
ributed in the test quadrants of the
stream at the beginning of each test.
A minimum of 35 specimens of a
species was introduced into’ the
stream; recovery of 25 live specimens
from test quadrants was considered
necessary to validate a test. Each test
was replicated three times.
In addition to recording the num-
ber of insects recovered from each
stream section and respective sub-
strate types, the number of insects on
or under cobble was recorded and ex-
pressed as a percentage of the total
number of insects in each quadrant.
This was done to determine the role
played by cobble in microhabitat dis-
tribution as the sediment surround-
ing cobble increased or decreased in
size.
In addition to laboratory studies,
numerous field investigations were
conducted and provided a basis for an
autecological analysis of the species
in question in their natural environs.
RESULTS
Comparative Insect-Substrate
Performance
Five species of aquatic insects in
the laboratory demonstrated differen-
tial preferences when tested on
various combinations of substrate
particle sizes (Fig. 1A). The stone-
fly, Pteronarcys californica Newport,
and the caddisfly, Arctopsyche gran-
dis Banks, preferred a substrate of
large pebble over small pebble and
coarse and fine sand. The mayfly,
Ephemerella grandis Eaton, and the
caddisfly, Brachycentrus sp., display-
ed a moderate preference for large
pebble over coarse and fine sand, but
little distinction between large and
Small pebble. The dipteran, Atheriz
variegata Walker, showed little pref-
erence for one sediment over another.
When embeddedness of cobble was
added as a variable, P. californica and
A. grandis preferred fully exposed
over half-embedded cobble when in
association with all four surrounding
sediment sizes (Fig. 1B). E. grandis
preferred exposed cobble with sur-
rounding sediments of small pebble
28 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. Cotumpira 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
and coarse and fine sand. Brachycen-
trus sp. and A. variegata preferred ex-
posed to half-embedded cobble with
surrounding sediment of fine sand;
however, no preference was indicated
for the two embeddedness values
when cobble was associated with large
and small pebble and coarse sand.
P. californica, E. grandis and A.
grandis preferred cobble over sub-
strates without cobble (Fig. 1C), while
Brachycentrus sp. and A. variegata
showed a high preference for cobble
only when cobble was in the presence
of fine sand. A small to moderate
preference was indicated by Brachy-
centrus sp. for cobble over substrates
without cobble when the latter had
large and small pebble and coarse
sand associated with it. A. variegata,
on the other hand, showed no prefer-
ence for substrates with cobbles un-
derlain with pebbles.
Cobbles were differentially select-
ed as places of inhabitation when
placed in various combinations with
pebble and sand (Fig. 2A). The results
from this test differed from the pre-
vious test in that specific associations
with cobble as a microenvironment
were determined as opposed to general
distribution in test quadrants having
or not having cobble. The data indi-
cate that the affinity of P. californica,
E. grandis and A. grandis for cobble
generally increased as the sediments
surrounding cobble decreasd in size.
A Similar relationship for the case-
bearing caddisfly, Brachycentrus sp.
was not noted. The dipteran, A. varie-
gata, had affinities to cobble only
when cobble was in the presence of
fine sand.
Adding the embeddedness of cobble
as a factor influencing microdistribu-
tion, the data (Fig. 2B) indicate a
weak to moderate preference for un-
embedded over half-embedded cobble.
Like the previous test (Fig. 2A),
Brachycentrus sp. had higher affini-
ties to both unembedded and half-
embedded cobbles than all other
species when these cobbles were test-
ed with various combinations of
smaller surrounding sediments. A.
variegata reflected low affinity to
cobbles except when the latter were
in the presence of fine sand. In this
respect, the results were similar to the
previous test when cobble was unem-
bedded.
Autecology
Laboratory studies provided con-
trol over such substrate variables as
sediment size and type, presence or
absence of cobble and embeddedness
of cobble but arrangement and seg-
regation of sediments in the labora-
tory was artificial. The substrate
characteristics of natural streams are
heterogeneous, often precluding mic-
roenvironmental interpretation of
insect-substrate relationships. There-
fore, in order to integrate the two
aspects of laboratory results and field
ooservations, the following is an
autecological analysis of the five
Species studied with respect to their
substrate affinities and microen-
vironment:
Ephemerella grandis Eaton. This
mayfly occurs in moderately fast,
clean to lightly sanded, cobble
streams. Nymphs occur in the inter-
stices of pebble and gravel or on the
surface of cobble. In the laboratory
they often sought refuge in depres-
sions of rocks. In heavily sanded
streambeds, nymphs demonstrated
increased affinities for cobble. Unem-
bedded cobbles were much preferred
to partially embedded cobbles when
in the presence of sands. Large num-
bers of nymphs were often encoun-
tered in filamentous tails of moss
(Fontinalis sp.) attached to the
downstream sides of rocks. Being
J. EntomMot. Soc. Brit. Coruupra 71 (1974), Ocr. 1, 1974 29
A B
PTERONARCYS CALIFORNICA
EPHEMERELLA GRANDIS
100
80
60
40
20
BRACHYCENTRUS
lll
ARCTOPS J CHE GRANDIS
100
80
60
40
20
ATHERIX VARIEGATA
100
80 [-_JUnembedded Cobble
[_JHalt-embedded Cobble
60
40
20
Fs
Lp Sp Lp Cs Lp Fs
SUBSTRATE TYPE
Figure 2. Substrate preference of five species of aquatic insects. A. Percentage of insects re-
covered on or under unembedded cobble-surrounding substrate test; B. Percentage of insects
recovered on or under half- and unembedded cobble when cobble was tested in relation to four
surrounding substrate sizes. Vertical lines MG extremes in replications. Lp=large pebble,
Sp-small pebble; Cs=coarse sand; Fs=fine sand. *=fewer than 25 insects recovered from test
quadrants during one replication.
PERCENT
30 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumpBra 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
cryptically colored and lethargic, they
often escape detection. The rough,
spiny body surface of this mayfly
undoubtedly restricts its distribution
to accessible microhabitats.
Pteronarcys californica Newport.
Mature nymphs of this stonefly are
some of the larger in the Plecoptera.
The species has a multiple-year
life with overlapping generations. It
occurs in moderately fast, rocky
streams where the rocks are largely
unembedded in fine sediments. Al-
though sands are often present in
small to moderate quantities, the
species still abounds where the lower
surface or Sides of cobbles are avail-
able for retreat. In substrate prefer-
ence tests in the laboratory, older
age class nymphs of this species did
not extensively utilize pebble sub-
strates when cobble substrates were
present; however, when cobble was
unavailable, pebble substrates were
highly selected over fine sediments
(Fig. 1A). Affinities with the under-
surface and sides of cobbles did not
occur except where cobbles were in
the presence of sand, particularly fine
sand (Fig. 2A). The species is secre-
tive during the day, residing com-
monly under rocks or shallow inter-
stices.
Brachycentrus sp. This is a case-
bearing caddisfly, the larvae of which
are poorly known taxonomically. The
cases are square in cross section and
made of plant material. It occurs
most commonly in slow to moderate
streams. Preferred bottom types are
usually gravel with cobble. Filamen-
tous tails of moss and algae as well
as wood pieces lodged in the stream
often harbor large concentrations.
Unlike many stream insects, this
species lives largely on the surface
of the substrate rather than in the
interstices or under rocks. Unembed-
ded cobble is only slightly preferred
over half-embedded cobble (Fig. 1B).
Owing to its nonsecretive behaviour
and clumped distribution, it is vul-
nerable to vertebrate predation.
This caddisfly shows a _ positive
correlation between body size and
transverse channel distribution, Late
instars frequent deeper, faster water
than early instars, which tend to be
close to shore.
Larvae are relatively sedentary,
at least during the day. Their orienta-
tion is upstream. The mesothoracic
and metathoracic legs are extended
and elevated, presumably aS a means
of filtering particulate organic matter
from the water for food. A conspic-
uous diel drift cycle has been reported
for this species (Brusven, 1970), drift
being the greatest during the night.
Arctopsyche grandis Banks. The
larvae of this caddisfly are net spin-
ners; the nets catch particulate or-
eanic matter upon which they feed.
The larvae occur mostly on rocky,
eravelly riffles were the nets are
usually attached to the roughened
edges of pebbles, between pebbles and
coarse sand grains, under rocks, or
in cracks and fissures in rocks. Unlike
the brachycentrid previously discuss-
ed, this caddisfly occurs primarily in’
the interstices of the substrate. A
relatively permeable substrate is pre-
requisite for successful functioning
of the nets.
Laboratory studies revealed this
species to be remarkably similar to
the stonefly, P. californica, in sub-
strate preference for all combinations
of sediment and cobble tested (Figs.
1-2), i.e. coarse sediments of pebble
were preferred over sand, cobble sub-
strates without cobble and unem-
bedded over half-embedded cobble.
Atherix variegata Walker. The
larvae of this rnagionid dipteran are
occasionally common in_ gravelly,
moderately fast mountain streams of
the western United States. The genus
is represented by this single species
J. EntTomot. Soc. Brit. CotumpBia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 5 |
in North America. Laboratory studies
indicated that the larvae had little
preference for pebble over fine and
coarse sand (Fig. 1A) and that the
presence or absence of cobble had
little influence on sediment prefer-
ence except when cobble was associat-
ed with fine sand. The larvae showed
little affinity for cobble as a micro-
habitat except when the cobble was
associated with fine sand (Fig. 2A).
Equipped with ventral prolegs and a
fusiform body, the larvae are effective
burrowers, living and moving in
the interstices of the streambed. It
appears to have one of the widest
ranges of substrate tolerance of
species studied in the laboratory and
field and its absence from some
streams is likely due to factors other
than substrate.
Discussion
The results from this study indi-
cate that sediments influence in a
major way benthic composition and
micro-distribution in streams. Cum-
mins (1964, 1966) suggested that sedi-
ment particle size is a primary factor
influencing microdistribution of ben-
thos and that current, water chemistry
and food are other important factors.
Vertical distribution was not a
principal point of investigation in this
study; however, the results reveal-
ed obvious distributional differences
among the species. Benthic insects
can be classified generally into three
categories with respect to vertical dis-
tribution: those that inhabit substrate
surfaces, interstices, and substrate
surfaces and interstices. Until re-
cently most quantitative studies have
been limited to shallow, surface sedi-
ments (5-7 cm). Recent studies by
Coleman and Hynes (1970), Mundie
(1971), and Bishop (1973), demon-
strated that a large percentage of the
benthic fauna lives at considerably
greater depths. Although the sediment
bed in the artificial streams used here
was only 7 cm deep, it was apparent
that the dipteran A. variegata was an
interstitial inhabitor, apparently cap-
able of burrowing deep within the
streambed given proper sediment
size and permeability; A. grandis was
also an interstitial inhabitor, Brachy-
centrus sp. a substrate-surface inha-
bitor, and P. californica and E. grandis
combination substrate surface-inter-
stitial inhabitors. The latter classifi-
cation would probably apply to most
species in riffle communities.
We view unembedded or partially
embedded cobble as an important
substrate component in a viable, di-
versely-productive mountain stream.
Unimpacted cobble permits maximum
inhabitation around the cobbles, par-
ticularly to insects that cannot bur-
row, have exosKeletal armature or
body size inhibiting interstitial bur-
rowing, or have the habit of living
under or on the surface of cobbles.
Fine sediments around cobbles tend
to produce a “gasket effect” by
creating a seal, thereby restricting
access to the undersurface of the
cobbles or deep sediments except to
specialized, burrowing forms such
as midge (Diptera: Chironomidae) or
tipulid (Diptera: Tiplidae) larvae.
The diversity of species is almost
always reduced in heavily silted,
sanded streams, but these streams
may Still be productive as indicated
by Hynes (1970).
Silt was not used as a test during
this study because of the low velocities
needed to avoid particle suspension.
In an artificial channel, Cummins
(1969) using velocities of 3 cm/sec,
determined that eight of 10 species
of insects tested experienced minor
effects when exposed to a skim of
silt over the streambed. In a natural
stream, Nuttall and Bielby (1973) re-
ported large adverse effects of clay
32 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. Cotumrpia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
on stream insects. Sands, particularly
fine sands are a more serious pol-
lutant than silt to riffle communities
in many Idaho batholith streams be-
cause of the associated soils, the
gradient, and discharge of the
streams. Sands impact the streambed
during low flows; silts tend to be
displaced in suspension, settling out
behind impoundments or in slow, low-
gradient reaches.
The critical nature of sediments
with respect to insect diversity and
productivity in streams is sometimes
lessened by development of a carpet
of algae over the streambed (Brusven
et al., in press). Algal filaments serve
as the effective microenvironment of
many insects and in some cases re-
place sediments as places for inhabi-
tation.
The impact of various kinds and
amounts of sediments on all stages of
insect development is still in a
conjectural state. Whereas previous
studies have dealt largely with the
critical nature of sediments on
nymphs and larvae, the egg stage
may be the most sensitive stage
with respect to sediment pollution.
Determination of age-specific effects
of sediments on insects is largely un-
resolved under field conditions. When
these questions are answered we Shall
have a much clearer undrstanding of
the role played by sediment pollution
in benthic stream ecology.
Literature Cited
Bishop, J. E. 1973. Observations on the vertical distribution of the benthos in a Malaysian stream.
Freshwater Biol. 3:147-156.
Brusven, M. A. 1970 Drift periodicity and upstream dispersion of stream insects. J. Ent. Soc.
British Columbia 67:48-59.
Brusven, M. A. 1973. A closed system plexiglas stream for studying insect-fish-substrate relation-
ships. Prog. Fish-Culturist 35:87-89.
Brusven, M. A., C. MacPhee and R. C. Biggam. (In Press). Effects of water fluctuations on benthic
insects. IN: Anatomy of a River. Pacific Northwest River Basins Commission Report.
Coleman, M. J. and H. B. Hynes. 1970. The vertical distribution of the invertebrate fauna in the
bed of a stream. Limnol. Oceanogr. 15:31-40.
Cummins, K. W. 1964. Factors limiting the micro-distribution of larvae of the caddisflies Pynopsych
lepida (Hagen) and Pynopsyche guttifer (Walker) ina Michigan stream. Ecol. Monogr.
34:271-295.
Cummins, K. W. 1966. A review and future problems in benthic ecology. IN: Cummins, K. W., C. A.
Tryon and R. T. Hartman (eds.), Organism-substrate relationships in streams. Spec. Publ.
Pymatuning Laboratory of Ecology, Univ. Pittsburgh, no. 4. 145 p.
Cummins, K. W. and C. H. Lauff. 1969. The influence of substrate particle size in the microdistribu-
tion of stream macrobenthos. Hydrobiologia 34:145-181.
Hynes, H. B. 1970. The ecology of running waters. Toronto, Univ. of Toronto Press. 555 p.
Mundie, J. H. 1971. Sampling benthos and substrate materials down to 50 microns in size in shallow
streams. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 28:849-860.
Nuttall, P. M. and G. H. Bielby. 1973. The effect of china-clay wasts on stream invertebrate
Environ. Pollution 5:77-86.
Pervical, E. and H. Whitehead. 1929. A quantitative study of the fauna of some types of stream bed.
J. Ecol. 17:283-314.
Scott, D. 1966. The substrate cover-fraction concept in benthic ecology. IN: Cummins, K. W., C. A.
Tryon and R. T. Hartman (eds.). Organism-substrate relationships in streams. Spec. Publ.
Pymatuning Laboratory of Ecology, Univ. Pittsburgh, No. 4. 145 p.
J. ENtTomMot. Soc. Brit. CotumpBia 71 (1974), Ocr. 1, 1974 33
OCCURRENCE OF A MIDGE, OLIGOTROPHUS BETHELI
FELT, ON JUNIPER ON VANCOUVER ISLAND, BRITISH
COLUMBIA (DIPTERA: CECIDOMYIIDAE)!
N. V. TONKS
Research Station, Agriculture Canada
Sidney, British Columbia
On June 2, 1969, I was asKed to ex-
amine a planting of Juniperus sabina
in a nursery at Royal Oak on southern
Vancouver Island. There were many
dead branchlet tips on each shrub
and the planting had an unsightly
brown appearance. Numerous small
flies were active around the plants
and there were many small, elongate,
orange-coloured eggs on the new
growth. The midges were later identi-
fied as Oligotrophus betheli Felt, a
species not previously recorded in
Canada.
Felt (1912) describes this species
from individuals reared on J. utahen-
sis in Colorado. Foote (1965) records
this midge from Colorado and Utah.
Appleby and Neiswander (1965) des-
cribe it and outline the life history
in Ohio under the name O. apicis,
which Gagne (1967) lists as a syno-
nym of O. betheii.
The life history of this species on
Vancouver Island is very similar to
that described in Ohio. The yellow-
orange larvae overwinter in the
branchlet tips, where they pupate in
the spring. Adults emerge in late April
and May to lay eggs on the new
growth. These eggs hatch in late May
and June and larvae enter the
‘Contribution No. 233, Research Station, Agriculture Canada,
Sidney, British Columbia.
branchlet tips to feed. Each infested
tip develops into a brown, fleshy, coni-
cal gall containing a single larva.
During 1969 there was a second
peak of adult emergence during July,
with a third occurring in September.
Counts made in August on 2,854 tips
from 20 plants in the nursery showed
a mean of 23% of the tips infested
per plant. Saleability of the crop was
seriously reduced because of the dis-
coloured and restricted growth.
Appleby (1965) obtained control
of this midge in Ohio with foliage
sprays of dimethoate applied in late
May, early June, or late June. Excel-
lent control was obtained on Van-
couver Island with a foliage spray of
Diazinon 50% E.C. at 1 pint per 100
gallons applied in late May. There
was no resurgence of midge activity
in this planting except on two isolated
unsprayed plants. A second applica-
tion of diazinon was made over the
entire planting in mid-August.
There has been no further report
of this midge infesting junipers on
southern Vancouver Island.
Acknowledgements
Dr. R. J. Gagne, Systematic Entomology
Laboratory, U.S. Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D.C., identified the flies. Dr. J. F.
McAlpine, Biosystematics Research Institute,
Canada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, pro-
vided additional information from correspond-
ence with Dr. Gagne.
References
Appleby, J. E. 1965. Life history and control of Oligotrophus apicis sp. n. (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae)
a midge injurious to junipers: with key to species of Oligotrophus found in the United
States. Diss. Abs. 25:4869.
Appleby, J. E. and R. B. Neiswander. 1965. Oligotrophus apicis sp. n., a midge injurious to
junipers, with key to species of Oligotrophus found in the United States (Diptera:
Cecidomyiidae). Ohio J. Sci. 65:166-175.
34 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumbBtia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
Felt, E. P. 1912. New gall midges or Itonidae (Diptera). N. Y. Entomol. Soc. J. 20:148.
Foote, R. H. 1965. Family Cecidomyiidae. in A. Stone, et al. A catalogue of the Diptera of
America north of Mexico. U.S.D.A. Agric. Handb. 276:264.
Gagne, R. J. 1967. O. betheli. Zool. Record 104:622.
BOOK REVIEW
A Catalog of the Diptera of the Orien-
tal Region. Volume I. Suborder
Nematocera edited by MERCEDES D.
DELFINADO and D. E. Harpy. The
University Press of Hawaii, Hono-
lulu, 1973. Pp. 618. $18.50.
A synoptic catalogue is not an
easy work to review. When it is well
bound, clearly and attractively type-
set, and meticulously edited the task
is even more difficult. The present
work differs in two main respects
from its predecessors, the Nearctic
Catalogue edited by A. Stone et al and
the Neotropical Catalogue edited by
N. Papavero. The former is a single
volume, the latter has a_ fascicle
for each family. Publication of the
Oriental Catalogue in three volumes
is an excellent compromise. A single
volume would have been very bulky
and would, for those interested in
only one or a few families, have
involved an unnecessarily large fin-
ancial outlay. The other major diif-
ference is the inclusion of the full
journal citation with each name
rather than a date and page reference
to an accompanying bibliography.
This perhaps increases the bulk of
the book, and reduces the bibliog-
raphy to a selected rather than an
almost complete list of relevant
papers, but it makes the work so much
more convenient to use that I approve
the arrangement wholeheartedly.
The catalogue is supposed to be
complete through 1970, but a few
omissions have been noted. Eleven
species of Mycetophilidae of the gen-
era Macrocera, Boletina and Sym-
merus described or recorded from
Taiwan by Sasakawa in 1966 and by
Saigusa in 1966 and 1968 are not in-
cluded. I hope that a list of omissions
can be compiled and distributed.
The most striking feature of the
fauna as recorded by the catalogue is
the enormous number of Tipulidae.
The 3223 Oriental species make up
52% of the Nematocera; in the
Nearctic region they make up only
29%. The proportion will probably
decrease in both regions as other
families are more thoroughly studied;
the present figures are perhaps more
an indication of the zeal and enthus-
iasm of Prof. C. P. Alexander than
they are of the actual composition
of the fauna.
This is the third major regional
catalogue of Diptera to appear during
the last nine years. When one con-
siders that the last previous cata-
logues of such scope were those of
Aldrich for Nearctic Diptera in 1905
and of Becker, Kertesz et al for
Palaearctic Diptera and about half
the world Diptera in 1902-1910, this
flurry of catalogues is as remarkable
as it is welcome. For taxonomists of
Diptera, and indeed for all biologists
interested in the order, these publica-
tions are of inestimable value. For
all biological taxonomists they pro-
vide convincing evidence that the
discipline, which Ehrlich in a famous
forecast had seen as extinct by 1970,
is alive and flourishing.
—J.R.Vockeroth
J. ENToMo.L. Soc. Brit. CotumBra 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 25
REARING NATURAL ENEMIES OF APHIDS
FOR ECOLOGICAL STUDIES!
B. D. FRAZER, D. RAWORTH AND A. BRYAN?
Introduction
Recent books on _ parasites of
aphids (Stary, 1970) and on coccinel-
lids (Hodek, 1973) include rearing
methods but in passing only, when
discussing the biology of the species
concerned. A text on biological con-
trol (De Bach et al., 1964) deals with
rearing but like Smith (1966) it em-
phasizes economy in mass rearing
and the use of artificial diets. We
needed a system of rearing which was
simple and efficient yet easily adapt-
ed to the different needs of Coccinel-
lids, Chrysopids, Aphidiids and hyper-
parasites. We were not interested in
long term or mass rearing but in rear-
ing small numbers of different species
just long enough to measure some
biological attribute needed for our
studies on the impact of natural
enemies on the population dynamics
of the prey. Because of the number of
species to be reared, our philosophy is
based on the view that the insects
Should do most of the work, which
obviously saves labour and also seems
to result in more vigorous insects.
This paper reports our general
methods and the modifications that
have allowed us to maintain stocks
of 3 parasites and 3 hyperparasites
of aphids; 2 chrysophids and 7 coc-
cinellids.
Methods and Discussion
The basic rearing system requires
continuity in production of plants
and aphids and a controlled, uniform
environment. Stable conditions reduce
the amount of attention needed by
the colonies, permit accurate sched-
uling of the work and give predictable
results.
‘Contribution No. 324, Research Station, Vancouver.
“Present address: Agriculture Canada, Research Station, 6660
N. W. Marine Drive, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1X2.
Plant and Aphid culture. We plant
10 broad bean seeds (Vicia faba L.,
cv. Exhibition Long Pod) per pot in
UC mix C, Fertilizer I (Matkin and
Chandler, 1957) in 15 cm round, plas-
tic pots. This is done four times per
week. When the plants are newly
sprouted they are heavily infested
with pea aphids, Acyrthosiphon pisum
(Harris), and the pots are placed in
a room maintained at 20 + 2°, 60 +
10% RH and provided with 1000 + 100
lux of light, 16 hr per day ( + indi-
cates the normal ranges). The plants
and aphids are ready for use in 7-8
days, when the plants are 20-40 cm
high but are still actively growing.
The pots of infested plants are then
either moved into rearing cages or
the aphids from the plants are har-
vested. It is advantageous to hold the
aphid stock colonies in another room,
distant from the parasite rearing
area, Otherwise the aphids must be
caged.
We use UC mix because of its
homogeneity and constant composi-
tion over time; but more importantly,
one pot can retain about 500 cc of
water and absorb this amount in 5-10
sec, This reduces watering to 2 times
per week and minimizes the risk of
accidental drought. The environmen-
tal conditions are ideal for the rapid
production of high numbers of large
pea aphids. The stock of aphids we
use is an ‘ecotype’ selected over 15
years and is ideally suited to these
conditions, In fact, it does poorly at
o° warmer or in cooler or dryer condi-
tions.
Rearing cages. We use cages of
varying sizes and construction. We
have not found dimensions or shape
to be important except for syrphids
(Frazer, 1972), provided that the
36 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
cages have transparent roofs and
forced air supply. Air movement
is essential in maintaining constant
favourable conditions inside the cages.
A squirrel cage fan (1/6 hp) assembly
fitted with a rheostat to control the
flow, supplies air to the cages through
cardboard or wooden ducts. The
supply is minimal, only enough to
prevent condensation and heat build
up, yet insufficient to cause excessive
evapotranspiration from the plants.
A large number of cages can be sup-
plied by one fan, provided that each
cage is connected in parallel to a
larger duct to give an equal air flow
to the cages. We have one unit with 6
cages on both sides of a built-in air
duct, from which another worker
supplies air to 60 single pot cages,
using the same small fan assembly.
In fact, a plant in a plastic bag sup-
plied with forced air makes a Suitable
temporary cage.
Rearing coccinellids, Field collect-
ed adults are placed in a cage with
as many pots of aphid infested broad
bean plants as the cage will hold.
The object here is to adjust the ratio
of adult coccinellids to the number of
aphids on the actively growing plants
so that the coccinellids neither eat
all the aphids in a few days nor allow
the aphids to increase greatly, there-
by killing the plants. The starting
ratio is not critical but a good ratio
prevents unscheduled maintenance.
A suitable ratio is 200 adults with 4
pots of 10 plants each.
The coccinellids will oviposit on
the plants but handling eggs on plants
involves considerable time and dis-
turbance to the aphids. We found
that coccinelids prefer to oviposit
in crevices in the cages, in folded
leaves and under the rims of pots.
If single faced, corrugated, cardboard
strips are placed in the cage with
the corrugations running across the
width, almost all egg laying will occur
under and in the corrugations. Eggs
deposited on exposed areas are soon
eaten by the adults. Egg cannibalism
is minimal with corrugated card-
board, unless the strips are left in the
cage for days. If the strips are re-
moved and replaced daily, vast num-
bers of eggs can be produced. How-
ever, we use the strips only to start
another generation, which happens
every other month.
The cardboard strips for oviposi-
tion have other advantages: large
numbers of eggs are deposited in a
short period thus allowing synchro-
nization of hatching; and the card-
board has a large surface area to
volume ratio. The last two factors
greatly reduce the mortality caused
by young larvae eating unhatched
eggs of neighboring batches and by
older larvae eating younger ones.
We put about 10 feet of the strips
bearing eggs in a 1/2 gal ice cream
carton and when the eggs are ready
to hatch, after about five days, we
add a surplus of aphids. When the
larvae have moulted once, they and
the cardboard strips are placed in a
large cage and maintained like the
adults. When the larvae reach the
fourth instar, pots of aphid-infested
plants must be added every 2-3 days
to prevent cannibalism. Again the
cardboard reduces mortality, because
the larvae seek out secluded areas
before moulting or pupating. Pupa-
tion, however, also occurs in other
areas.
We have reared the following
species using these methods: Adalia
bipunctata L., Coccinella californica
Mannerheim, C. undecimpunctata L.,
C. trifasciata perplexa Mulsant, C.
johnsoni Casey, Cycloneda munda Say
and a Mulsantina species.
Rearing chrysopids. We reared two
Chrysopa species using essentially
the same methods as for coccinellids.
Corrugated cardboard is useful for
chrysopids for the same reasons as
for coccinellids, except that adults do
J. EntomMot. Soc. Brit. CotumBiaA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 oT
not oviposit on it preferentially. We
simply ensure that cages of larvae
are well supplied with the cardboard
strips for moulting and pupating. The
most important requirement is to use
newly sprouted bean plants. This pro-
motes synchronous rearing of the
aphids with the chrysopid larvae.
Rearing parasites. We have reared
Aphidus ervi Haliday, A. smithi
Sharma and Subba Rao and Praon
pequedorum Viereck.
Cannibalism does not occur with
the parasites, which greatly simplifies
rearing. Newly sprouted plants are
used, 5-10 cm high, so that the aphids:
are reared in the cage with adult pa-
rasites. If more than 20 @ parasites
are introduced into a new cage, they
‘oversting’ and eliminate the aphids;
if fewer than 20 2 are used, aphid
reproduction appears to keep up with
Oviposition pressure and thus ensur-
ing a large number of parasites in
the next generation. If too few para-
sites are used, the aphids increase
rapidly and kill the plants before the
parasites have time enough to pupate.
If parasites of uniform age are need-
ed, larger plants with more aphids
are used. But here a large number of
? parasites are put in the cage and
removed 24 hr later. Such synchro-
nous colonies are essential for rear-
ing hyperparasites.
The two Aphidius species present
no problems, but P. pequodorum does
well only when we shut off the air
flow , place a dish of water in the cage
and let honeydew accumulate. We add
a previously heavily infested pot of
plants to provide honeydew. Our ex-
perience is that messy cages promote
good production of this sp. We supply
honey as droplets on pieces of wax
paper taped to the side of the cages
for all parasite species.
Rearing hyperparasites. We have
successfully reared Asaphes vulgaris
Walker, A. californicus Girault and a
Dendrocerus sp. on Aphidus ervi in
pea aphids. The only problems are to
synchronize the plant, aphid and
primary parasite production; and to
ensure the proper ratio of aphids to
primary parasites. We use synchro-
nous parasite rearing for this purpose.
When the primary parasites are re-
moved after 2-3 days association with
the aphids, a maximum of 20 9? hy-
perparasites are added. The hyper-
parasites then oviposit in the previ-
ously parasitized aphids in the prefer-,
red stage of development. The cage
conditions for P. pequodorum also
suit the hyperparasites but honey is
not essential. _
Mass rearing conditions. The basic
rearing systems described are easily
upgraded to produce very large num-
bers of coccinellid eggs and parasite
adults. From a young stock of 100 ¢
and 100 2 coccinellids, 500 eggs per
day may be produced for up to four
months. The maintenance involves at
most 1 hr per week, much of which is
spent in cutting cardboard. The eggs
may be safely stored at 10°C for 10
days, but such treatment greatly in-
creases the hatching time when they
are returned to warmer conditions.
The most critical aspect of the system
is to have plants and aphids in excess,
particulaly when coccinellid larvae
are in their 3rd and 4th instars.
References
Frazer, B. D. 1972. A simple and efficient method of rearing aphidophagous Hoverflies (Diptera:
Syrphidae). J. Ent. Soc. Brit. Col. 69: 23-24.
Hodek, I. 1973. Biology of coccinellidae. Dr. W. Junk, N. V.-The Hague, 260 p.
Markin, O. A. and P. A. Chandler. 1957. The UC system for producing healthy container-grown
plants. K. F. Baker (Ed.) Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta. Man. 23, p. 73.
Smith, C. N. (Ed.) 1966. Insect colonization and mass production. Academic Press, New York and
London. 618 p.
Stary, P. 1970. Biology of aphid parasites with respect to integrated control. Dr. W. Junk, N. V. -
The Hague, 643 p.
38 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CorumBiaA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY. OF CRAMPTONOMYIA
SPENCERI ALEXANDER (DIPTERA: CRAMPTONOMYIIDAE)
J. R. VOCKEROTH!
'Biosystematics Research Institute
Agriculture Canada, Ottawa -
ABSTRACT
Adults of Cramptonomyia spenceri were abundant in the lower
Fraser Valley, British Columbia, from late February to early April of 1973.
Eggs, larvae and pupal skins were found on or in dead fallen stems of Alnus
rubra. Wing frequency measurements of both sexes indicate that auditory
stimuli are not involved in finding of mates.
Cramptonomyia spenceri Alexan-
der 1931 was described from a female
collected in Vancouver, B.C. on 30
March, 1930 by the late professor G. J.
Spencer. Alexander referred it to the
family Bibionidae, but thought that
it might belong to the family Pachy-
neuridae, a family with the single
Palaearctic species Pachyneura ele-
gans Zetterstedt. In 1965 Alexander
referred Cramptonomyia to the
Pachyneuridae. Hennig (1969) pro-
posed a family Cramptonomylidae for
Cramptonomyia and the Japanese
species Harukea elegans Okada. Kri-
vosheina and Mamajev (1970) des-
cribed the larva, pupa, male and
female of Pergratospes holoptica, a
third species of the family Crampton-
omyiidae and the first of which the
immature stages were Known. The
larvae were found under bark of dead
but standing Maackia amurensis trees
(Leguminosae) in the Ussuri district,
Maritime Territory, Siberia. In my
Opinion all four genera mentioned
above are closely related and should
be referred to the family Pachyneuri-
dae.
Additional specimens of C. spenceri
were collected in the University of
British Columbia (UBC) Forest, Van-
couver by J. K. Jacob, at Langley
Prairie, B.C. by K. Graham (Jacob,
1937), and in the campus forest in
'Biosvstematics Research Institute. Agriculture
Canada. Ottawa.
1942 by R. E. Foster (UBC collection).
Alexander (1965) recorded the species
also from Washington and Oregon.
He told me (in litt.) that he has no
record of the Washington locality,
but the Oregon specimens were taken
by K. E. Fender in northwestern Ore-
gon at Wallace Bridge, 31. III. 1948
and near the coast at Castle Rock,
on the Grande Ronde-Hebo highway,
31. III. 1949.
From 28 February to 6 April, 1973
I collected about 400 adult Crampton-
omyia in the lower Fraser Valley of
British Columbia. They were taken
mostly at Point Grey (Vancouver),
but also on Mt. Seymour (North Van-
couver), at Hope and at White Rock,
at altitudes from sea level to 400 m.
They were taken in moderate numbers
in mixed conifer and deciduous for-
est (Fig. 1) at all these localities, but
in large numbers in an almost pure
stand of young red alder, Alnus rubra,
along Chancellor Blvd. on the UBC
endowment lands on Point Grey (Fig.
4). The largest numbers were taken
here on 20 March which indicates
either considerable longevity or a pro-
longed emergence period. The number
of adults at this locality declined
rapidly after this date; extensive
sweeping on 6 April yielded one male.
A woodland where the species was
not found was a mixture of Betula
and Pinus contorta on Lulu Island in
the Fraser River delta. Twenty min-
39
J. ENTomMot. Soc. Brit. CoLtumMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
Vancouver
5]
int Grey
Po
i.
ands,
l
ia spencer
Fig. 1. Mixed conifer and deciduous forest, UBC endowment
, Vancouver.
Grey
int
1.
C endowment lanas, Po
spencer
UB
’
Fig. 3. Male of C
Fig. 2. Female of Cramptonomy
Fig. 4. Pure stand of young red alder, Alnus rubra
40 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
utes of sweeping in early March pro-
duced no specimens.
After these collections were made
I learned that Mr. William Dean, of
Simon Fraser University (SFU), Bur-
naby, B.C. has for several years taken
specimens of Cramptonomyia on the
windows of the university buildings.
He thought the insects were more
abundant in 1973 than in previous
years. The SFU campus is surrounded
by second growth alders but these
are mostly several hundred meters
away so it appears that the flies some-
times leave the forested areas where
they breed.
Females confined in vials with
pieces of rotten wood laid from one to
66 eggs each. Fallen alder stems, re-
ferred to here as logs, from the stand
on Chancellor Blvd. were found to
have many eggs on the surface. The
logs varied in diameter from 3 to 12
cm. Eggs occurred on all surfaces of
the logs; most were in crevices or
along the edges of broken pieces of
bark, but some were on bare wood or
on unbroken bark. The logs ranged
in condition from quite hard to rather
soft and rotten. The eggs were laid
singly but the density varied consid-
erably. The greatest abundance ob-
served was 54 on one log 35 cm in
length and about 5 cm in diameter.
Four dead standing trunks were ex-
amined but the single egg found was
about 3 cm above the ground. Eggs
(Figs. 5-7) are orange-brown, 0.95 mm
long and 0.25 mm in greatest width.
The surface is very strongly sculp-
tured.
A first instar larva (Fig. 8) was
found on 29 April on a log stored at
6°C for about one month. By 8 May
logs from the field had approximately
90% of the eggs hatched; one hatched
on that date while the log was being
examined. The age of the eggs was
not Known but since they were abund-
ant in late March the incubation
period under field conditions is prob-
ably at least six weeks. Larvae could
usually be found near empty egg
Shells either in a shallow burrow
under nearby bark or, if no bark was
present, in a burrow about 1 mm
below the surface of the wood. On 18
June empty egg shells and larvae,
apparently still in the first instar,
were found on field-collected logs.
In late March two larger larvae,
11.8 and 12.2 mm long, were found in
alder logs. The position in the logs
was not determined. These larvae
were about the same length as the
adults. Mature larvae of the Siberian
Pergratospes are about twice as long
as adults, so these Cramptonomyia
larvae were probably about half
grown. It seems probable therefore
that the life cycle takes at least two
years.
During late March and early April
empty pupal skins were found pro-
truding from alder logs. The two lar-
vae mentioned, and the pupal skins,
are almost identical with those des-
cribed for Pergratospes and are there-
fore undoubtedly those of C. spence7i.
About the anterior third of the pupal
skin protrudes from the tunnel, which
runs parallel to the surface of the
wood and about 2 mm below it. The
tunnel is clear for about 2 cm and is
then packed with frass. At the outer
end of the frass the head capsule and
sometimes the cast larval skin of the
last instar can be found. Pupal skins
were found only in logs soft enough
to be broken easily by hand. Dr. R.\S.
Smith, Western Forest Products Lab-
oratory, Department of the Environ-
ment, Vancouver, examined several of
these and estimated that they had
been on the ground for at least three
and possibly four years. Pupal skins
were found in logs ranging from 3.1 to
11.3 cm in diameter.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 41
SN
W
es
Fig. 5. Egg of C. spenceri (stereoscan photograph, X 55).
Fig. 6. Surface of egg of C. spenceri (stereoscan photograph, X 275).
Fig. 7. Surface of egg of C. spenceri (stereoscan photograph, X 1100).
Fig. 8. First instar larva of C. spenceri in opened burrow.
Almost all adults taken were swept
from vegetation up to about 1 m above
the ground. A few were seen flying
Slowly at heights up to about 2 m.
Consistently more males than females
were collected; the most marked im-
balance was 113 males and 7 females
collected on 20 March. However, the
pupal skins of 23 males and 19 females
were found, so it is probable the sexes
are produced in about equal numbers,
Mating was not observed. The an-
tenna of the male (Fig. 4) is very
much longer than that of the female
(Fig. 3). I thought it possible that
the male antenna might function as
42 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLuMBIA 71 (1974), Ocr. 1, 1974
an auditory organ which would res-
pond to the sound produced by the
female during flight. Dr. Peter Belton,
Department of Biological Sciences,
SFU, cetermined the wing frequency
of two specimens of each Sex. He gave
me the following information:
Sound was recorded with a Sony
ECM condenser microphone and a
Sony 355 tape deck at a temperature
of 21+ 1°C. Owing to the low fre-
quency of the wing beat, sound pres-
sure showed above the noise level only
when the insects were within about
2 cm of the microphone (+56 db
SPL). Frequency of individuals varied
about 5% during flight. Males and fe-
males flying together could not be
distinguished by an _ experienced
human ear. Three readings for each
of the four specimens gave the fol-
lowing averages: male 1, 74 Hz; male
2, 52 Hz; female 1, 60 Hz; female 2,
56 Hz. In those Diptera Nematocera
(e.g. some Culicidae, Chironomidae,
Ceratopogonidae) in which males
respond to auditory stimuli produced
by the females, the wing frequency
of the sexes is markedly different. It
is therefore very unlikley that the
males of Cramptonomyia respond to
auditory stimuli from the females.
In Pergratospes holoptica the eyes
of the male are much larger than
those of the female and visual rec-
ognition in flight is probably involved
in the finding of a mate. The eyes of
both sexes of Cramptonomyia are of
about the size of those of the female
of Pergratospes so it is unlikely that
the male recognizes the female in
this manner.
The long male antennae may carry
chemoreceptors which respond to a
pheromone produced by the female.
The female palpi are about twice as
long as those of the male, an unusual
and possibly even unique condition in
the Nematocera, but their function is
unknown. Further observations are
required to determine the reasons for
the marked sexual dimorphism in the
length of antennae and palpi.
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank Mr. J. H. Severson, Research
Station, Agriculture Canada, Vancouver for the
photographs of adults and larva, and Dr. A. R.
Forbes and Mr. F. Skelton, of the same Station,
for the photographs of the egg.
References
Alexander, C. P. 1965. Family Pachyneuridae. p. 196. In A catalog of the Diptera of America north
Mexico, ed. A. Stone et al. U.S. Dept. Agric., Washington.
Hennig, W. 1969. Die Stammesgeschichte der Insekten. Waldemar Kramer, Frankfurt am Main.
Jacob, J. K. 1937. Winter insects in British Columbia. Diptera: Cramptonomyia spenceri Alex-
ander. Proc. Ent. Soc. Br. Columb. (1936) 33: 30-31.
Krivosheina, N. P. and B. M. Mamajev. 1970. The family Cramptonomyiidae (Dipera, Nematocera),
new for the fauna of the U.S.S.R.,
its morphology, phylogeny, ecology and phylogenetic
relationships. Ent. Obozr. 49: 886-898. (English translation in Ent. Rev., Wash. 49:
541-548, 1970).
J. Enromot. Soc. Brit. CorumMBIA 71 (1974), Ocr. 1, 1974 43
THE APHIDS (HOMOPTERA: APHIDIDAE) OF
BRITISH COLUMBIA
3. ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS '!
A. R. FORBES, B. D. FRAZER AND CHO-KAI CHAN
Research Station, Agriculture Canada
Vancouver, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
Forty-eight species of aphids are added to the basic taxonomic list of
the aphids of British Columbia. New host records, corrections, and some name
changes are also included.
Introduction
The basic taxonomic list of the
aphids of British Columbia was pub-
lished last year in this Journal
(Forbes, Frazer, and MacCarthy
1973). That list recorded 213 species
collected from 255 hosts or in traps.
The present list adds 48 species of
aphids (indicated with an asterisk
in the list) and 128 aphid-host plant
associations to the first list. Thirty-
nine of the new aphid-host plant
combinations involve plant species
not in the previous list. The additions
recorded here bring the number of
known aphid species in British Co-
lumbia to 261.
This new information is based on
collections made by the staff of the
‘Contribution No. 325, Research Station, 6660 N. W. Marine
Drive, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6T 1X2.
Vancouver Research Station, on rec-
ords supplied by Dr. A. G. Robinson
of material he collected in British Co-
lumbia, and on records supplied by
Dr. G. A. Bradley of Cinera species
collected in the province. Five records
from literature are included.
The present paper also includes
certain corrections to the basic taxo-
nomic list and some changes in gen-
eric and specific names in conformity
with current usage in aphid taxon-
omy.
As in the previous list, the aphids
are arranged alphabetically by spec-
ies. The location of each collection
site can be determined from Table 1
of the basic list or from Table 1 of the
present list. The reference points are
the same as those shown on the map
which accompanies the basic list.
Table 1. Localities where aphids were collected, with airline distances
from 8 reference points.
Reference Distance
Locality point Dir. km mi
Alice Lake Vancouver N 53 33
Barkerville Williams Lake NE 114 71
Boston Bar Vancouver NE 144 9()
Boulder Creek Creston E 107 67
Cascade Creston W 125 78
Clearwater Kamloops NE 110 69
Comox Victoria NW 179 112
Cordova Bay Victoria E 5 3
Cowichan Lake Victoria NW 83 52
Dawson Creek Prince George NE 259 162
Englishman River Victoria NW 114 fl
Falls Park
Granite Falls Vancouver NE 34 21
Horseshoe Bay Vancouver N iu} 8
Jordan River Victoria W 0) 31
Kaslo Creston N 96 60
Keremeos Kelowna S 78 49
Kootenay Park Creston N 72 45
Reference Distance
Locality point Dir. km mi
Malakwa Kamloops E iy 70
Nanaimo Victoria NW 9] 57
Nitinat Lake Victoria W 102 64
Okanagan Lake Kelowna N 21 13
Princeton Vancouver E 198 124
Radium Hotsprings Creston N 176 110
Rutland Kelowna N 6 4
Sechelt Vancouver NW 45 298
Shingle Creek Kelowna S 45 28
Shuswap Falls Kamloops NE 69 43
Shuswap Lake Kamloops NE 50 3]
Slocan Creston NW 104 65
Surrey Vancouver E 24 15
Tofino Victoria NW 202 126
Trout Creek Kelowna S 37 23
Tsawwassen Vancouver S 29 18
Vernon Kelowna N 48 30
Westbank Kelowna W it 8
44 J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumMbBiA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
LIST OF SPECIES
ABIETICOLA (Cholodkovsky), CINARA
Abies grandis: Chilliwack, Jun 9 / 64.
Abies lasiocarpa: Vernon, Jun 16/ 56.
ABIETINUM (Walker), ELATOBIUM
Picea sp: Vancouver, Mar 11 / 73,
May 16/73.
AEGOPODII (Scopoli), CAVARIELLA
Apium graveolens: Cloverdale, Aug
7/59, Aug. 18/59.
Daucus carota: Cloverdale, Jun 19 / 59;
Saanich, Jul 10 /59; Vancouver, Aug
6 / 66.
Pastinaca sativa: Vancouver, May
23 / 58.
AGATHONICA — Hottes, AMPHORO.
PHORA
Previously listed as AMPHOROPHORA
RUBI (Kaltenbach).
ALBIFRONS Essig, MACROSIPHUM
Lupinus sp: Vancouver, Aug 3/66.
ALNI (DeGeer), PTEROCALLIS
Alnus rubra: Granite Falls, Jun 26/ 66:
Vancouver (UBC), Aug 25/72.
ALNIFOLIAE Williams, PROCIPHILUS
Previously listed as PROCIPHILUS
CORRUGATANS (Sirrine).
AMBROSIAE (Thomas), DACTYNOTUS
Hvpochoeris radicata: Vancouver
(UBC), Aug 25/72.
*ANNULATUS — (Hartig).
LOIDES
Quercus robur: Chilliwack, Jun 22/ 66:
Vancouver, Aug 29/72.
*ARIZONICA (Wilson), CINARA
Pinus ponderosa: Okanagan Lake, Jun
18/ 62.
*ARUNDINARIA (Essig), TAKECALLIS
Pseudosasa japonica: North Vancouver,
Oct 7/72.
ATRIPLICIS
COLUS
Chenopodium album: Grand Forks, Jul
297 59,
AVENAE (Fabricius), MACROSIPHUM
Avena sativa: Agassiz, Aug 2/57; Cres-
ton, Jul 31/57; Vancouver, Jul 2/57,
Aug 29/ 57; Vancouver (UBC), Jun
9/58, Aug 1/56.
* Aphid species not in the previous list.
TUBERCU.-
BRACHY-
(Linnaeus).
BERBERIDIS (Kaltenbach),
PHIS
Berberis thunbergit: Chilliwack, Jun
7/64.
* BETULAECOLENS (Fitch), CALAPHIS
Betula sp: Vancouver, May 16/59.
BETULICOLA (Kaltenbach), CALAPHIS
Betula pendula: Victoria, Aug 2/65.
BICOLOR BICOLOR (Oestlund, PTERO-
COMMA
Populus trichocarpa: Summerland, Sep
9/65.
BRAGGII (Gillette), CINARA
Previously listed as BRAGGI due to a
typographical error.
Picea abies: Chilliwack, Jun 7/64.
Picea sitchensis: Nitinat Lake, Jun 2/56.
BRASSICAE (Linnaeus), BREVICORYNE
Brassica napobrassica: Barnhartvale, Oct
4/56; Cloverdale, Aug 30/ 56; Cor-
dova Bay, Aug 11/ 53; Ladner, Aug
29/56; Saanich, Aug 21/60; Surrey,
Aug 29/56.
Brassica oleracea var capitata: Agassiz,
Jul 16/58. |
Brassica oleracea var gemmifera: Abbots-
ford, Sep 13/ 65; Vancouver, Feb
29 (Dd.
*BREVIPILOSA Borner, BETULAPHIS
Betula sp: Vancouver, Jul 13/59.
BREVISPINOSA (Gillette & Palmer),
CINARA
Pinus contorta: Cowichan Lake, Jun
8/56.
BULBOSA (Richards), FULLAWAYA
Previously listed as PLOCAMAPHIS
BULBOSA Richards.
CALIFORNICUM (Clarke),
PHUM
Salix sp: Chilliwack, Jun 8/64.
CALIFORNIENSIS (Shinji), PERIPHYL-
LUS
Acer circinatum: Vancouver, May
16/73; Vancouver (UBC), May 21/73.
Acer negundo: Vancouver, May 13/ 73.
*CANADENSIS Robinson, KAKIMIA
Lonicera involucrata: Granite Falls, Jun
26/66 (Robinson, 1968).
LIOSOMA.-
MACROSI.-
J. Entomot. Soc. Brir. CotumpBra 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 45
*CAPILANOENSIS Robinson, AULACOR-
THUM
Rubus spectabilis: Vancouver, Jul 19/68
(Robinson, 1969).
*CARAGANAE (Cholodkovsky),
THOSIPHON
Colutea arborescens: Vancouver (UBC).
Apr 26/72.
CEANOTHI Clarke, APHIS
Ceanothus velutinus: Clearwater, Aug
297-71.
CERASI (Fabricius), MYZUS
Prunus avium: Victoria, Jun 5/59.
Prunus cerasifera: Chilliwack, Jun
25/66.
Prunus sp: Oliver, Jun 3/56.
*CERASIFOLIAE (Fitch).
SIPHUM
Prunus sp: Soda Creek, Jun 15/56.
Prunus virginiana var demissa: Pentic-
ton, Sep 3/ 65; Williams Lake, May
15/56.
*CERTUS (Walker), MYZUS
Spergularia rubra: Vancouver, Sep
14/72.
* CHRYSOTHAMNI Wilson, APHIS
Chrvysothamnus nauseosus: Summerland,
Jul 26/68.
CIRCUMFLEXUS (Buckton), AULACOR.
THUM
Chrysanthemum morifolium: Vancouv-
er, Jun 14/66 (in greenhouse).
COLORADENSIS (Gillette), CINARA
Picea sitchensis: Comox, May 23/62.
COLU MBIAE Richards, SITOMYZUS
Agropvron repens:
18/538.
CORYLI (Goeze), MYZOCALLIS
Corvlus sp: Vancouver, Aug 7/66.
COSTATA (Zetterstedt), CINARA
Picea glauca: Boulder Creek, Jul 15/58.
CRYSTLEAE (Smith & Knowlton), MAS-
ONAPHIS
Previously listed as CRYSTLEA due to
a typographical error.
CURVIPES (Patch), CINARA
Abies grandis: Cowichan Lake, Jun
2] 30;
*CURVISPINOSUS, Hottes, Essig &
Knowlton, SCHIZOLACHNUS
ACYR-
RHOPALO-
Vancouver,
May
Pinus ponderosa: Slocan, Jul 5/63.
CYPERI (Walker), TRICHOCALLIS
Carex sp: Vancouver, Sep 25/72.
CYTISORUM Hartig, APHIS
Laburnum waterert: Chilliwack, Jun
7/64.
DIRHODUM
PHON
Previously listed as METOPOLOPHI-
UM DIRHODUM (Walker).
Avena sativa: Vancouver, Jul 2/ 57:
Vancouver (UBC), Jun 5/58.
Rosa sp: Erickson, Oct 8/58: Ladner,
Jan 7/56; Vancouver, Mar 21/73, Mar
25/73. Apr 23/66.
ERIOPHORI (Walker), CERURAPHIS
Carex sp: Vancouver, Sep 28/72.
ERYSIMI (Kaltenbach), HYADAPHIS
Brassica oleracea var gemmifera: Agas-
siz, Aug 22/58.
Sisvmbrium officinale: Vancouver, Jul
24/68.
ESSIGI (Gillette & Palmer), KAKIMIA
Aquilegia sp: Vancouver, Sep 7/72.
EUPHORBIAE (Thomas), MACROSI-
PHUM
Brassica oleracea var gemmifera: Agas-
siz, Aug 22/58; Vancouver, Jul 18/58.
Chenopodium album: Agassiz, Jul 12/
96; Brentwood, Jul 5/59.
Chrysanthemum morifolium: Vancouv-
er, Aug 22/58.
Geum macrophyvllum: Vancouver, Sep
ZO7 az.
Hvypochoeris radicata: Vancouver
(UBC), Aug 25/72.
Lactuca sativa: Cloverdale, May 15/ 59,
May 26/59, Jun 12 /59, Jun 22/59.
Rosa rugosa: Vancouver (UBC), Jul
15/59.
Rosa sp: Brentwood, Jun 5/59; Creston,
May 4/59: Milner, Jun 10/59; Pem-
berton, Aug 24/56; Soda Creek, Jun
15/56: Vancouver, Jun 17/59.
FABAE Scopoli, APHIS
Bidens cernua: Vancouver, Sep 9/72.
Chenopodium album: Brentwood, Jul
9/59; Ladner, Sep 25/56; Lulu Island,
Jul 8/58; Vancouver, Jul 7/56.
Impatiens glandulifera: Horseshoe Bay,
Aug 14/72.
(Walker), ACYRTHOSI-
46 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumpBia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
Lactuca sativa: Cloverdale, Aug 7/ 59,
Aug 18/59.
Matricaria matricarioides: Vancouver,
Aug 29/72.
Meconopsis cambrica: Vancouver, Aug
21/7 (2e5ep 17/72,
Mvosotis arvensis: Vancouver, Sep 17/
T2.
FAGI (Linnaeus), PHYLLAPHIS
Fagus grandifolia: Chilliwack, Jun
22/66.
*FARINOSA Gmelin, APHIS
Salix sitchensis: Vancouver, Jun 27/ 56.
Salix sp: Boston Bar, Jul 14/56; Gran-
ite Falls, Jun 26/66; Kootenay Park,
Jul 26/67.
*FERRISI (Swain), CINARA
Pinus monticola: Sechelt, Aug 22/56.
FIMBRIATA Richards, FIMBRIAPHIS
Rosa sp: Ladner, Jun 7/56; Milner, Jun
10/59; Soda Creek, Jun 15/56; Van-
couver, Jun 17/59.
Vaccinium sp: Richmond, Jul 21/72.
FLAVA (Davidson), OESTLUNDIELLA
Alnus sp: Alice Lake, Jun 21/68.
Alnus tenuifolia: Penticton, Sep 5/65.
FORBESI Richards, AMPHOROPHORA
Previously listed as FORBESI (Richards)
due to a typographical error.
FORNACULA Hottes, CINARA
Picea sitchensis: Tofino, Jun 24 /62.
Picea sp: Vancouver, May 29/73.
FRAGAEFOLIL (Cockerell), CHAETOSI-
PHON
Rosa sp: Ladner, Jun 7/ 56; Soda Creek,
Jun 15/56.
FRAGARIAE (Walker), MACROSIPHUM
Calamagrostis sp: Vancouver, Jul 24/68.
Gramineae: Surrey, Jul 7/59.
Rubus sp: Vancouver (CDA), Jun 21/72
(in rearing room).
GILLETTEI Davidson, EUCERAPHIS
Alnus rubra: Vancouver (UBC), Nov
Ly, 2.
Betula sp: Chilliwack, Jul 21/59.
HELICHRYSI (Kaltenbach), BRACHY-
CAUDUS
Anaphalis margaritacea: Granite Falls,
Jun 26/66.
Chrysanthemum frutescens: Vancouver,
Apr 30/58.
Chrysanthemum morifolium: Vancouv-
er, Jan 13/57, Jan 14/57, May 28/59,
Dec 25/52.
Gnaphalium uliginosum: Vancouver,
Sep 12/72.
Prunus domestica: Vancouver, May
12/58, May 26/56; Victoria, Jun 5/59.
HIPPOPHAES (Walker), CAPITOPHOR.-
US
Polygonum persicaria: Vancouver, Sep
9/72.
*HOTTESI (Gillette & Palmer), CINARA
Picea glauca: Shuswap Falls, Jun 10/59.
HUMILIS Walker, HYALOPTEROIDES
Previously listed as HYALOPTER.-
OIDES DACTYLIDIS (Hayhurst).
HUMULI (Schrank), PHORODON
Prunus cerasifera var pissardii: Chilli-
wack, Jun 8/64.
*INSCRIPTA Hottes & Essig, CINARA
Pinus albicaulis: Westbank, Jun 13/56.
*INTERMEDIUS Gillette & Palmer, SY-
MYDOBIUS
Betula occidentalis: Shingle Creek, Sep
9/65.
KIOWANEPUM
PHUM
Previously listed as KIOWANEPHUM
due to a typographical error.
KONOI Takahashi, CAVARIELLA
Apium graveolens: Victoria, Aug 6/53.
*KUCHEA Hottes, CINARA
Pinus monticola: Kaslo, Jun 22/56.
LACTUCAE (Linnaeus), HYPEROMYZUS
Sonchus asper: Vancouver (UBC), Aug
10/72.
*LACTUCAE
PHON
Lactuca serriola: Saanich, Aug 21/59.
LANIGERUM (Hausmann), ERIOSOMA
Cotoneaster sp: Vancouver (UBC), Oct
22/69.
*LARICIFOLIAE (Wilson), CINARA
Larix occidentalis: Lumby, Jun 16/ 62.
*LIGUSTRI (Mosley), MYZUS
Ligustrum vulgare: Vancouver, Ma
& &
30/59, Aug 25 69.
(Hottes), MACROSI.-
ACYRTHOSI.-
(Passerini),
J. Entomo.u. Soc. Brir. CorumBia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 ry
MACROSTACHY AE
PHORUS
Salix argophyvlla: Penticton, Sep 3/65.
MAIDIS (Fitch), RHOPALOSIPHUM
(Essig),
Hordeum vulgare: Dawson Creek, Aug
3/60.
MAXIMA (Mason), MASONAPHIS
Rubus parviflorus: Chilliwack, Jun
25/66.
MEDISPINOSA (Gillette & Palmer), CIN-
ARA
Pinus contorta: Lumby, Jun 16/ 62.
*MONELLI (Essig), CHAITOPHORUS
Salix sp: Creston, Aug 13/58.
*MONOPHAGUS Maxson, PEMPHIGUS
Populus sp: Quesnel, Jul /46.
*MULTISETIS Boudreaux & Tissot, MY-
ZOCALLIS
Quercus coccinea: Chilliwack, Jun 7/64.
MURRAYANAE (Gillette & Palmer), CIN-
ARA
Pinus contorta: Jordan River, Jun 2/55.
NEGLECTUS Hottes & Frison, CHAITO-
PHORUS
Populus tremuloides: Radium Hot-
springs, Jul 26/67.
NERVATA (Gillette),
LA
Rosa sp: Ladner, Jun 7/56; Soda Creek,
Jun 15/56.
NIGRAE Oestlund, CHAITOPHORUS
Salix sp: Princeton, Sep 7/65.
*NIGRIPES Bradley, CINARA
Picea sitchensis: Comox, May 23/62.
*NIGROMACULOSUM Macdougall, MA-
CROSIPHUM
Rosa nutkana: Summerland, Sep 5/65.
*OBSCURA Bradley, CINARA
Picea engelmannii: Barkerville, Jul
4/62.
OCCIDENTALIS (Davidson), CINARA
Abies grandis: Duncan, Jun 4/56.
*OREGONI Hottes & Essig, CINARA
Pinus albicaulis: Westbank, Jun 29/62.
ORNATUS Laing, MYZUS
Chrysanthemum morifolium: Vancouv-
er, Feb 12/58.
Viola tricolor: Vancouver, Aug 6/66.
CHAITO.
WAHLGRENIEL-
PADI (Linnaeus), RHOPALOSIPHUM
Avena sativa: Vancouver, Aug 29/57.
Prunus domestica: Vancouver (UBC),
May 23/56.
Scirpus sp: Clearwater, Aug 29/71.
*PATRICIAE Robinson, MASONAPHIS
Tsuga heterophylla: Vancouver, Jul
19/68 (Robinson, 1969).
PERGANDEI (Wilson), CINARA
Pinus contorta: Cascade, Jul 29/59.
PERSICAE (Sulzer), MYZUS
Apium graveolens: Creston, Apr 22/59.
Bidens cernua: Vancouver, Sep 9/72.
Brassica oleracea var capitata: Saanich,
Aug 21/59.
Brassica oleracea var gemmifera: Agas-
siz, Jul 14/59, Jul 29/60; Vancouver,
Jul 18/58.
Chenopodium album: Vancouver, Jul
7/56.
Cuscuta sp: Vancouver, Jul 13/72 (in
greenhouse); Vancouver (CDA), May
25/71 (in rearing room).
Galium aparine: Langley, Apr 19 73.
Lactuca sativa: Cloverdale, May 26/59,
Aug 7/59, Aug 18/59; Oliver, Jun
3/36.
Prunus domestica: Summerland, Aug
2/56.
Sisvmbrium officinale: Vancouver, Jul
24/68.
*PHILADELPHI MacGillivray, GLEN-
DENNINGIA
Philadelphus gordonianus: Agassiz, Jun
22/51 (MacGillivray, 1954).
PISUM (Harris), ACYRTHOSIPHON
Lupinus sp: Vancouver, no date.
PANTAGINEA (Passerini), DYSAPHIS
Malus sylvestris: Vancouver, Jun 27/72;
Vancouver (UBC), Apr 27/72; Vie-
toria, Jun 5/59.
PLATANOIDES (Schrank), DREPANOSI-
PHUM
Acer macrophvyllum: Vancouver, May
24/73.
Acer platanoides: Chilliwack, Jun 7/ 64.
POMI DeGeer, APHIS
Cotoneaster sp: Vancouver, Sep 15/72.
Crataegus sp: Vancouver. Sep 19/56.
Malus sylvestris: Vancouver, Jun 30/72.
48 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumMbBtra 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974
*PONDEROSAE (Williams), CINARA
Pinus ponderosa: Vernon, Jun 13/56.
POPULICOLA (Thomas). CHAITO-
PHORUS
Populus sp: Soda Creek, Jun 15/56.
Populus tremuloides: Kamloops. Jul
1/ 36.
Populus trichocarpa: Summerland. Sep
5/65.
POPULIFOLII (Essig), CHAITOPHORUS
Populus trichocarpa: Summerland, Sep
9/65: Vancouver, Aug 11/ 57:
couver (UBC), Jun 27 56.
POPULIMONILIS (Riley). THECABIUS
Populus trichocarpa: Princeton, Jul
28/67.
POPULIVENAE Fitch, PEMPHIGUS
Lactuca sativa: Agassiz, Jul 12/56:
Chilliwack. Aug 10/59; Cloverdale,
Jun 22/59.
Populus sp: Cloverdale, Jun 15/59.
PRUNI (Geoffroy), HYALOPTERUS
Prunus domestica: Summerland, Sep
3/65.
*PSEUDAMBROSIAE Olive, DACTYNO.-
TUS
Lactuca biennis: Vancouver (UBC),
Sep / 72.
PSEUDOTAXIFOLIAE Palmer, CINARA
Pseudotsuga menziesii: Cowichan Lake,
May 12/56.
*PSEUDOTSUGAE (Wilson), CINARA
Pseudotsuga menziesii: Shuswap Lake,
Jun 11/59.
PUNCTIPENNIS Zetterstedt, EUCER-
APHIS
Betula occidentalis: Keremeos, Jul
28/67.
Betula sp: Burnaby, Apr 6/ 61: Lulu
Island. May 4/65.
QUADRITUBERCULATA (Kaltenbach),
BETULAPHIS
Betula pendula: Trout Creek, Sep 3/65.
Betula sp: Chilliwack, Jul 21/59.
*RANDYKEI Wilson, CINARA
Picea sitchensis: Nitinat Lake, Jun 10/
36.
RHAMNI Clarke, MACROSIPHUM
Rhamnus purshiana: Vancouver, May
24 73; Victoria, May 20/73.
Van-
*RICHARDSI MacGillivray, MASON-
APHIS
Anaphalis margaritacea: Vancouver, Jul
19/68.
RIEHMI (Borner), THERIOAPHIS
Does not breed on Medicago; those pre-
viously recorded on Medicago were al-
most certainly strays from Melilotus.
ROSAE (Linnaeus), MACROSIPHUM
Rosa rugosa: Vancouver (UBC), Jul
135/59.
Rosa sp: Milner, Jun 10/59; Soda Creek,
Jun 15/56: Vancouver, Jan 7/57, Apr
23/66, Jun 21/ 67, Jul 24/57, Aug
18/72:
*ROSAE Richards. PPEUDOCERCIDIS
Rosa sp: Ladner, Jun 7/56.
*ROSETTEI Maxson, ASIPHUM
Betula papvrifera: Manning Park, Sep
7/65.
RUBITOXICA Knowlton, AMPHORO.
PHORA
Previously listed as RUBITOXICA
(Knowlton) due to a typographical
error.
Rubus vitifolius: Chilliwack, Jun 25/ 66.
RUSSELLAE Hille Ris Lambers, DACTY-
NOTUS
Anaphalis margaritacea: Alice Lake, Jul
21/68.
*SABINAE (Gillette & Palmer), CINARA
Juniperus scopulorum: Rutland, Jun
15/62.
SALICIS (Linnaeus), PTEROCOMMA
Populus sp: Soda Creek, Jun 15/56.
SALIGNUS (Gmelin), TUBEROLACH-
NUS
Salix sp: Vancouver, Sep/32.
SAMBUCIFOLIAE Fitch, APHIS
Sambucus racemosa var pubens: Van-
couver, Jul 20/68.
SANBORNI Gillette, MACROSIPHONI-
ELLA
Chrysanthemum morifolium: Vancou-
ver, Jun 29/ 58, Jul 27/58, Aug 22/58.
*SANGUICEPS Richards, PTEROCOMMA
Salix babylonica: Vancouver, Jul 25/ 65
(Richards, 1967).
Salix sp: Nanaimo, Aug 6/65; Terrace,
Jul 5/60 (Richards, 1967).
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumBiA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 49
*SASKENSIS Bradley, CINARA
Picea engelmanni: Malakwa, Jun 14/62.
SETOSA (Kaltenbach), CTENOCALLIS
Cytisus scoparius: Victoria, Aug 25/71.
*SIJPKENSI Hille Ris Lambers, MACU-
LOLACHNUS
Rosa sp: Soda Creek. Jun 16 56.
SOLANI (Kaltenbach), AULACORTHUM
Apium graveolens: Creston, Apr 22/59.
Daucus carota: Cloverdale, Jun 19/59.
Geranium sp: Vancouver, Nov/68.
*SONATA Hottes. CINARA
Abies grandis: Englishman River Falls
Park, Jun 17/55.
Abies sp: Tsawwassen, Jul 5/71.
*SPINOSUS Shimer, HAMAMELISTES
Betula sp: Unknown location, Jun
207/72.
SPIRAEAE (MacGillivray), MASON.
APHIS
Previously listed as SPIRAEA due to a
typographical error.
SPLENDENS (Gillette & Palmer), CIN-
ARA
Pseudotsuga menziesit: Chilliwack, Jun
8/64: Cowichan Lake, May 16/56.
STANLEYE (Wilson), MACROSIPHUM
Sambucus racemosa var pubens: Van-
couver, Jul 20/68.
TESTU DINACEA
LUS
Acer circinatum: Vancouver, May 24/
73: Vancouver (UBC), May 21/73.
Acer macrophyllum: Vancouver, May
12/73, May 24/73.
Acer negundo: Chilliwack, Jun 8 / 64:
Vancouver, May 13/73.
PERIPHYL.-
(Fernie),
Acer sp: Vancouver, May 13/73: Van-
couver (UBC), May 11/73.
TETRARHODUS (Walker),
PHON
Rosa sp: Vancouver (UBC), Sep 19/56.
*THATCHERI Knowlton & Smith, CIN-
ARA
Pinus ponderosa: Okanagan Lake, Jun
18/62.
*TRIRHODUS (Walker), LONGICAU-
DUS
Aquilegia sp: Vancouver, Sep 7/72.
*TSUGAE Bradley. CINARA
Tsuga heterophylla: Cowichan Lake,
Jun 6/56.
*VARIANS Patch. APHIS
Epilobium anagallidifolium:
Falls. Jun 26/66.
VERRUCOSA (Gillette), ALLAPHIS
Carex sp: Vancouver, Sep 25/72, Sep
28/72.
VIMINALIS Monell. CHAITOPHORUS
Salix sp: Creston, Aug 13/58.
*WILSONI Hottes. ESSIGELLA
Pseudotsuga menziesii: Campbell River.
Jun 22/62.
CHAETOSI-
Granite
Acknowledgements
The authors gratefully acknowledge the con-
tinuing help of Dr. W. R. Richards, Biosystem-
atics Research Institute, Ottawa, with identi-
fications and other advice. We also thank Dr.
G. A. Bradley, of the same Institute and Dr.
A. G. Robinson, University of Manitoba, Win-
nipeg, for allowing us to include their records.
We appreciate the suggestions and advice of Mr.
D. Hille Ris Lambers, Bennekom, The Nether-
lands.
References
Forbes, A. R., B. D. Frazer, and H. R. MacCarthy. 1973. The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of
British Columbia. 1. A basic taxonomic list. J. ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 70: 43-57.
MacGillivray, M. E. 1954. A new genus and species of Aphidae (Homoptera) on Philadelphus sp.
Canad. Ent. 86 (8): 346-348.
Richards, W. R. 1967. The Pterocomma of Canada and Greenland with notes on the phyletic position
of the Pterocommatini (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 99 (10): 1029-1032.
Robinson, A. G. 1968. Two new species of aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) from Canada. Canad. Ent.
100 (3): 276-279.
1969. Four new specias of aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) from Western Canada.
Canad. Ent. 101 (10): 1115-1120.
50 J. EnToMO.. Soc. Brit. CotumbBia 71 (1974), Oot. 1, 1974
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
This society has no support except from subscriptions. It has become neces-
sary to institute a page charge. This has now been set at $20.00. The page charge
includes all extras except coloured illustrations, provided that such extras do not
comprise more than 40% of the published pages. Coloured illustrations will be
charged directly to the author. Authors, not attached to universities or official
institutions, who must pay these charges from their personal funds and are unable
to do so, may apply for assistance when submitting a manuscript.
Reprints are sold only in even hundreds and at the following prices:
Number of pages. 1-4 5-8 9-12 “13-16 17-20 21-24 25-28
First 100 copies $33.00 46.50 63.00 82.50 105.00 130.50 159.00
Each extra 100 9.00 12.00 15.00 18.00 21.00 24.00 27.00.
Author’s discounts (up to 40%) may be granted to authors who certify
at the time of ordering that they are buying reprints at personal expense.
Authors ordering personal reprints in addition to those ordered by an institution
will be billed at the rate for extra hundreds.
Papers for the Journal need not have been presented at meetings of the
Entomological Society of British Columbia. nor is it mandatory, although pref-
erable, that authors be members of the society. The chief condition for publica-
tion is that the paper have some regional origin, interest, or application.
Contributions should be sent to:
H.R. MacCarthy,
6660 N.W. Marine Drive,
Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1X2
Manuscripts should be typed double-spaced on one side of white, line-
spaced numbered paper if possible, leaving generous margins. The original and
two copies, mailed flat, are required. Tables should be on separate, numbered
sheets, with the caption on the sheet. Captions for illustrations should also be on
separate numbered sheets, but more than one caption may be on a sheet. Photo-
graphs should be glossy prints of good size, clarity and contrast. Line drawings
should be in black ink on good quality white paper.
The style, abbreviations and citations should conform to the Style
Manual for Biological Journals published by the American Institute of Biological
Sciences.
BACK NUMBERS
Back numbers of this journal are available from the Secretary-
Treasurer, from volume 45 (1949) to the present, at $4.00 per volume. Certain
earlier back numbers are also available, but only on special request to the
Secretary-Treasurer.
Address inquiries to:
N. V. Tonks, Secretary-Treasurer,
2819 Graham Street,
Victoria, B.C. V8T 3Z3
i;
y
!
ce
a
25)
rr
Coat @ eee ee a) ee ee on ee | ae = eee ee Ne Cae eee
Ae < il = . z=
ww = Ww 2s wo o
u si 7 = x jew
> aa > = >
es) ral “a “ei 8) ve
- 2p) wn ” pins am
a Z D Ne i eZ
UTION NOILNLILSNI SAlYVEGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
| w z ” = ey )
Sag s Pipes ae 4 = \ ae <
SF 3 2 if fp 5 NN 2 5
N ap) 79) CO Ff 2% W”) NX Wy. w Be
N O i oO Uy dp E WK O 2
y 2 = z Ly ES NS 2 =
‘ > = > at = > = |
a, = ” Zz a9) * rad Y) 4
/YG1) LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWNS S31YY
Pr ie Zz “” > eat op) 3
on = Paz, HA WSN -
= pe = 2 = Z
: <
c oc = a er oc
oS ae O oO -
Pa =A z oa PM PAE oe q
UTION NOILNLILSN! NVINOSHLINS S31uvygiq LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITI
: = ee : 5 a oe
= wy a w = ) .
> 9) ~ ms) > ee
ra > rm > “i %, >
= it rus a a )
uw? YW) ee: Ww) — <P>
2 2 z Z z :
= = Zz ts ~
BEET OMBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI _ NVINOSHIMS $3i1uu
+ * Ԥ ob se P
Py =F : = = wy, = = Yj
“iy, ® =. 1 Ciy, = i G
oe Bra. Y no?) : YY 7 4 Y A s oe
ee = 3 KAS 2 . S
= = Ww =» =i 5
v”) < Zz ” z
JTION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31YVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITL
ARIES
LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
LIBRARIES
NOILONLILSNI
NOILLNLILSNI
NOILNLILSNI
Ydi1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Sa1uV
SSaigveEai
INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION
JTION NOILOALILSNI SJINVUEIT LIBRARIES
eo
SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITL
NVINOSHLINS SSIYVYUEIT LIBR
NVINOSHLINS S3ZIYVYSIT
| : S . < \
e = iS ¢ fz t =z WSs S wg
ee a “iy = a .
a > er = ii = .. ame ~ An
ane = uv) mo) , i UF 4
YGiIt LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS SaluW
XY
QS
We
\
NOILALILSNI
LIBRARIES
LIBRARIES
TION NOILNLILSNI SAIYVUdIT LIBRARIES INSTITL
rel,
SAIdYVeYeit LIBRARIES
INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI
INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI
INSTITUTION
Satyvudiy
saluyvuag
| Tee AB Le <S CAAITLIOCRILIA KL TALC "Re, com ra ae on ee er ae ee oe ee re era he Penn ee Re eye:
Do yt : : : :
i > me : i a
re a - a = =
Spee OSHUNS SSIUVESIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOLL
ae re ae 2 gE
Pd > “; ae ea . 4 =
. S t (if J & WB = S ss
a BGG ERX 8 2 g
E z “yy E “OG 2 F: Z
= = oa = ls = >
no a ” ‘2 ” . 2
VARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI S3IUVYRIT LIBR
: ee Zz fa Zz vu >
Wl w = a7) smi ”
e : z z =
, <<
oe he cc 2 oc 5
faa} ~o oO _ m =
a O one Oo a O
oad rd pe = ae A
S3SIYVYUGIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILS
J ra ie rs = Zz
= ae a Oo
5 ed he - a
> _ > ree > i
i a = = a
” on is
MARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3iuvugi7_LIBR
| 2) we w ed oe) = .
= ae = = = =
| A > eal z =| z \
NSS L oO — oe & + O
MQ @ Oo _o o wn n %
Ne em ‘-O = O a ©
R z t a = = \
~ & > carnal J eal = -
* 2 7 x 2 - > on
NLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS SJIUVUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIL
NOILALILSNI
NOILALILSNI
LIBRARIES
SN
NOILOLILSNI
RARIES LIB!
}
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1uVUudII
i
INLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUEIT LIBRARIES
S31UVUSIT LIBRARIES
INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLINS S3!1Y¥VUEtt LIBRARIES
o/
Yj
J,
NVINOSHLINS SSI1uVvug
*
= w < pe z
1 ee = niece, fakes \\ . <
if fs = 4 ystl fy = WSS va ny
i hip 9 5 pip : Re 2 yy,
iy ho CO Gy Z5% J SS \\. a My
Ul = Es “fy = KY bs 7,
= > as = — :
Ww) z WY Ww?
RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNINVINOSHLIWS SaiUVUdIT_ LIB!
Ww ee Ww) nen (ep) ee
rd —- =
as am nn a le
cc = : = oc =
8 of n=l 8 har ~~ on
oc” F S om ° a S
3 a ae Zz a aoe
INLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSI1YVYdIt INSTITUTION NOI
| Spit Sy . cc _. ~ =
- be -
si 7 a on a =
a es a i ee i
a = ie I = Fe
v3
‘ mM m m
i My i n = wn =
ae) ae a ae ee RILSERICROCUT PEP PETALS en oa £ AAR eT tS 2a |
mi ll , ll
088 01053 7
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11